SlideShare a Scribd company logo
SAP -FI / CO
Prepared by: Rao MH 1
Instructor :
Mr. Satyanarayana
Comp-u-Learn
S.R.Nagar
Hyderabad
Prepared by :
Rao M.H
Satyanagar
Hyderabad
Mob: 90300 39225
raoemmh@gmail.com
Prepared by: Rao MH 1
SAP : stands for Systems Application and Products in Data Processing
FI : stands for Financials
CO: stands for Controlling i.e, in noraml terminology Costing
First time SAP was released in 1972 in Germany. SAP Head Qauarters are in Germany.
Version ECC-6.0 is the latest as on 01.07.2009
ECC : stands for ERP Central Component
ERP : stands for Enterprise Resource Planning. It integrates all the systems in one
system. It facilitates free flow of data among departments.
Various Types of ERP Packages:
SAP, Oracle-Financials,JD Edwards, BAAN, Peoplesoft are various types of
ERP packages available in the Market. Among them SAP is Famous in the
World.
Opening of SAP : To open SAP click on the SAP Log on Icon on Desktop
800
Client
SAP Logon
|
ECC
|
INTRODUCTION-FINANCIALS
Prepared by: Rao MH 2
800
SAPUSER ( Not Case Sensitive)
india123 (Case Sensitive)
What is Client # ?
PENNAR ( Purchaser) for Module WIPRO( Implementor)
1. Accounts Manager FICO 1) FI Consultant
2. Costing Manger FICO 2) CO Consultant
3. Purchase Manager MM 3) MM Consultant
4. Sales Manager SD 4) SD Consultant
5. IT Staff Implementation 5) Basis Consultant
6.Project Manager Oversee Project 6)ABAP Programmer
7) Project Manager
UserName
Password
Normally when a Company ( ex., PENNAR) intends to start SAP in its Company, it purchases
SAP software from SAP-India. Price of SAP software is based on the Number of Users. Once
company purchased the software, it recruits / engage another Company (ex., WIPRO) for
implementation purpose. Both the purchaser and implementor will delegate/ recruit some
employees for implementation of SAP. They are called as Core Team Members. Structure of
Core Team will be like below:
Client
Prepared by: Rao MH 2
Core Team from Purchaser analyze the present situation in the Company and prepare
the Process Document for SAP Implementation .
Basis Consultant will install or copy the SAP in Server and Create the Client Numbers.
There are Minimum 2 type of Clients will be created by Basis Consultant.
1. Development Client -----> for Customization & Testing purpose
2. Production Client -----> for Live Data i.e, entering day to day activities
By default SAP-India is allotting 000 (or) 001 (or) 067 (or) 800 as Development Client #
Number of Production Client will be given by Basis Consultant after Discussing with
Purchaser. There will be Minimum of 2 Clients. Some companys are creating 3 clients.
1. Development Client ------> for Customization purpose
2. Testing Client ------> for Testing purpose
3. Production Client ------> for Live Data i.e, entering day to day activities
After Basic Consultant done the Customization in Development Client , he copy it to
Production Client. All the Customization will be done at Development Client only but
not at Prodouction Client.
USER NAME: As we discussed earlier, cost of the SAP is based on Number of Users.
Major Benefit of Users is it fixes the responsibilty of the employee. Who has done
what , can be identified. So the responsibility will be fixed on employees. User name
is not case Sensitive. We can use either Small Letters or Capital Letters.
PASSWORD: Benefit of Passwords are for restricting the Un-authorized use of Users.
Prepared by: Rao MH 3
PASSWORD: Benefit of Passwords are for restricting the Un-authorized use of Users.
Length of the Password can be Minimum 6 and Maximum 40 characters. It is case
sensitive. We can use Alphabetics, Numerics, Alphanumerics or Special Characters
like " * " or "#" etc.,
Note 1: It is not possible to change the password morethan once in a Day
Note 2: System will not permit us to use the latest 5 passwords.
Note 3: If we lost Password it can not be restored. Basis Consultant has to allot New
Password.
LANGUAGE: Along with package SAP has given 41 languages . If we do not specify
the language, by default system will use English ( EN) as language
Once we enter User Name and Password and press enter , system will log on to SAP.
On Screen
1st Row ====> Menu Bar
2nd Row ====> Standard Tool Bar
3rd Row ====> Title Bar
4th Row ====> Application Tool Bar
Last Row ====> Status Bar
In 2nd Row there is √ . It is for Enter symbol. Beside+A954 There is one Box called Command
field.
Prepared by: Rao MH 3
If, any one enter User Name and Password of which some other is logged in SAP
system will warn with a message of 3 options. Action will be depending on the
option we select.
Status on Selecting Employee A Employee B
Radio Button
1st Radio Button Cannot Work Can Work
2nd Radio Button ( Monitored by SAP-India) Can Work Can Work
3rd Radio Button Can Work Cannot Work
Normally in institutes 2nd Radio Button has to select.
If any user want to work on different screens at a single time, he can open upto a max
of 6 windows or Sessions.
WHAT IS SESSION :
A session is a window or screen where SAP user will do day to day activities.
One user can open 6 Sessions at a time.
HOW TO CREATE NEW SESSION:
To create new session path is Menu Bar---->System---->Create Session
HOW TO MOVE FROM ONE SESSION TO ANOTHER:
Press Alt+Tab to move from One session to another session easily
Prepared by: Rao MH 4
HOW TO CLOSE SESSION:
To close one session path is Menu Bar---->System---->End Session
WHAT IS TRANSACTION CODE:
Transaction Code is a code number given for each activity . SAP has given some
Transaction Codes ( TC's ) which are common in SAP throught the world .
If customer / Purchaser want to give their own TC's it should start either with "Y" or
"Z". Other Alphabets are not allowed in SAP.
Note: It is not advisable to give customer's own TC's as it is difficult to update whenever
version is changed.
GOING BACK TO SAP EASY ACCESS SCREEN:
Use /N ( Forward Slash & N) in Command Window . N is not case sensitive.
CHANGING SESSION ( WINDOW)
Posting the Document ( F-02)
A/c Balance Display ( FS10N)
Prepared by: Rao MH 4
After Posting the Document in F-02, to change the session and see the account balance
display, instead of going back to Easy Access and press new code FS10N in command
window, we can type" /NFS10N" to go directly to the new window of FS10N. If we
want to change the session we have to give N before the New Command TC in
Command Window.
Use /OFS10N in command window for creating new session directly with New TC
/N ----> for change the session and /O for Creating the session
ACTIVATING TRASACTION CODES IN SAP MENU :
Some times TC's will not appear in SAP Easy Access Menu. To activate them path is
Menu Bar---->Extras---->Settings---->Display Technical Names Check Box and Press Enter
How to Set Start Transaction Window:
Making 1 session as default screen is called Start Transaction. To Set start transaction
Menu Bar---->Extras---->Set Start Transaction---->Transaction Code (ex F-02)-->Enter
We will get message T F-02 set as start Transaction. From next time onwards when
ever SAP is logged in, F-02 session will open directly.
How to Colse SAP : For closing SAP path
Menu Bar---->System--->Log Off ----> YES for the message Log Off
UNLOCKING SCREENS:
Tools---->Administration---->Monitor---->Lock Entries(TC=SM12)---->List Buttons
Prepared by: Rao MH 5
Tools---->Administration---->Monitor---->Lock Entries(TC=SM12)---->List Buttons
Menu Bar---->Lock Entry---->Delet All---->Select "YES"Button for the message
Delete All Lock Entries.
PROJECT CREATION:
Normal Organization Structure will be as follows
Normal in SAP Example
Group Company Pennar Group
Company Comp Code Pennar Steel Pennar Pennar
Ltd CementsLtd Ind. Ltd
↓ ↓ ↓
Units Business Areas HYD BGL HYD BGL HYD BGL
Company Code is the Legal Entity. FICO Consultant will do customization at Company
Code Level. Company /Group is only for information purpose.
↓ ↓ ↓
↓ ↓
Prepared by: Rao MH 5
Consultant will do customization for one company code and copies the customization to
including Accounting to other Company Codes and makes modification wherever
required.
CUSTOMIZATION OF PENNAR STEEL LTD::
Define Company( Group in Normal ): When project is started Group Company Name in
SAP Company should be defined. Path for defining Company as in Example Project
PENNAR .
TOOLS---->CUSTOMIZING---->IMG(Implementation Guide)---->Execute Project (SPRO)-->
SAP Reference IMG Button---->Enterprise Structure---->Definitions---->Financial Acc---->
Define Company----> Select IMG Activity Button---->Select New Entries Button----->
Company → PENNAR
Company Name → Pennar Group
Street → Ameerpet
Postal Code → 500000
City → Hyderabad
Country → IN ( Select IN from Dropdown/ Pulldown
Button for India)
Language → EN ( Select EN from Dropdown/ Pulldown
Button for English)
Currency → INR ( Select INR from Dropdown/ Pulldown
Prepared by: Rao MH 6
Currency → INR ( Select INR from Dropdown/ Pulldown
Button for Indian Rupee)
Select Save Button ( or) Ctrl + S Buttons for saving the Company Information.
Once the Company information is saved, SAP will generate one Transport Request. Every
time it saves 2 files. One in Client 800 and 2nd one in Transport Request with Key Number.
For Example Project we create 6 requests like below.
1. Basic Settings 3. Accounts Payable 5. Asset Accounting
2. General Ledger 4. Accounts Receivable 6. Controlling
Creating Request : Select create request Button
Short Description: FI Basic Settings for Pennar Steels Ltd -----> press Enter again to save the
request. We get message Data Saved.
DEFINE COMPANY CODE (PENNAR STEELS LTD)
SPRO---> to go directly to SAP Reference IMG Button. So whenever we are customizing ,
no need to give full path upto SPRO. We can give SPRO directly in command field to go
directly to SAP reference IMG Button Screen.
SPRO option will be activated only for Consultants . End User Job is without SPRO Option.
So Path for defining the Company Code is as follows:
Prepared by: Rao MH 6
SPRO--->Enterprise Structure----> Definition ----> Financial Accounting---->Edit, Copy,
Delete,Check Company Code( Select IMG Activity Button here)--->Double click on Edit
Company Code Data---->Select New Entry Button ( Screen like below will open…)
Company Code → PSL
Company Name → PENNAR STEELS LIMITED
Address → Ameerpet
City → Hyderabad
Country → IN
Currency → INR
Language → EN
Select Save Button or CTRL + S for saving. Once Saved New Screen Will open.
Title → Company
Name → PENNAR STEELS LIMITED
Street → Ameerpet
PinCode → 500000
City → Hyderabad
Country → IN
Once Completed all the data, press Enter Button. System will generate Transport Request.
To Choose our request select it from Drop Down Button. Beside Request# Select your
request# .Press enter to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 7
request# .Press enter to save in your request.
Assagin Company Code to Company:--> ( Creating Link between Company Code to Co)
Path to assaign Company Code to Company
SPRO---->Enterprise Structure---->Assaignment---->Financial Accounting---->Assaign
Company Code to Company---->Select Position Button---->Give Company Code PSL and
Presss Enter .
For Company Code PSL Assaign Company----> Pennnar Steels Limited Select Save Button
Press Enter to saving your request.
DEFINE BUSINESS AREAS:
SPRO---->Enterprise Structure---->Definition---->Financial Accounting---->Define Business
Area--->Select New Entries Button----> New Window will open
Business Area Description Select Save Button or CTRL+S .
PSLH HYD.BUSINESS AREA Press Enter to sale your request
PSLB BLG. BUSINESS AREA
Assagining Business area to Company Code is not required. Reason is explained below.
If company is having 2 business areas. 1 in Hyderabad and 2 in Banglore.
PSC PCL
Prepared by: Rao MH 7
A.At the time of Posting :
Company Code PSC PCL
Business Area Hyd Hyd
Without giving company code we cannot post to business areas.
B. A/c Balance Display:
After posting if we want to
see Balance Display
Company Code PSC PCL
Business Area Hyd Hyd
View Hyd Data of PSConly Hyd Data of PCLonly
Same Business are can be used for number of Company Codes in Client 800.
When we see the report or we want to see the report, we have to give the
Combination of company code and business areas.
If Hyderabad incharges wants to see Hyderabad data of all Company Codes
, he has to enter like this.
Company Code → PSL + PCL
Business Area → HYD
CHART OF ACCOUNTS
Prepared by: Rao MH 8
There are two types for creating chart of accounts.
OPTION 1::
PSL PCL PIL
All Company Codes use same
Chart of Accounts ( Set of Accounts
in SAP Language) It means coding is
Same for all Company Codes. Benefit
of this option is Comparision of Acc
and Consolidation is easy and Simple
Ex: Conveyance Account 400000 400000 400000
OPTION 2 ::
Each Company code have their own
set of accoutns . They don’t want to
follow the common coding and at
the same time they want to compare
and consolidate. Which is possible only
by creating Group Chart of Accounts
Ex: Conveyance Account 400000 300000 200000
Prepared by: Rao MH 8
Under Group Chart of accounts
At the time of Account creation PSL PCL PIL Group
We have to give 2 numbers
Ex: Conveyance Account
1. Company Code 400000 300000 200000 100000
2. Group Code 100000 100000 100000
Normally all companies will follow option 1 i.e, SAP SET OF ACCOUNTS as consultant
will do Customization in 1 company and copy customization along with accounts to all
Other Company Codes. It is Easy process.
Process: Chart of Account Codes
Description of Chart of Accounts
Weather we are following option 1 or 2.
Maintainence Language
Length of account Number---> Normally SAP will allow Max of 10 Digits But we
are using 6 digits only.
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger A/c----> GL Accounts---->
Master Data---->Preparations---->Edit Chart of Accounts List( TC is OB13)---->
Select New Entries Button---->
Chart of Accounts → PSL
Description → Chart of Accounts for Pennar Group
Maintenance Language → EN ( Select from Drop Down Box)
Prepared by: Rao MH 9
Maintenance Language → EN ( Select from Drop Down Box)
Length of GL A/c # → 6 ( Max allowed in SAP is 10)
Group Chart of A/c → Leave it Blank for Option 1
Select Save Button of CTRL+ S. Select your request and press enter to save your
request.
Assagining Company Code to Chart of Accounts:
Same path for above ---> Assaign Company ( TC-OB62)----> Select Position Button ---->
Company Code == PSL Press Enter Select Save Button or CTRL+S. Press Enter to Save your
Request.
Account Groups:
If we create Account Codes without Groups like below:
Equity Share Capital 100000
Cash Account 100001
Pref. Share Capital 100002
SBI Current A/c 100003
If we want to see the Current Assets Balances or Transactions of Current Assets, it is not
possible to get directly without Group Creation. We have to verify each and every account
and go on adding the respective accounts. In the above example, we have to add 100001
and 100003 which takes much time in practical.
(OR)
Prepared by: Rao MH 9
When we prepare Balance Sheet, in the balance sheet we have items like Share Capital,
Reserves & Surpluses, Fixed assets, Current Assets etc., We have to verify each and every
account and assaign to the account to the respective item.
To get the Balances directly or assaigning accounts to items easily, SAP has given Account
Groups. Structure of Account Groups in SAP will be as under.
At the time of Creating the groups in SAP we will
give the range of account codes to groups.
Ex: Share Capital 100000 to 100099
Current Assets 200000 to 200099
When we create Cash Account it can be with any number within Range of 200000 to
200099. When we create SBI C/A , it can be within 200000 to 200099. When we prepare
Balance Sheet for Current assets, we give range 200000 to 200099.
In Live Environment, we take the Client's Balance Sheet and Create Account Groups.
After Implementation also Client wants to see the Balance Sheet the way he used to get.
Coding for Account Groups:
While creating account groups in SAP
All Liability Accounts will Start With 1 Seris
All Assets Accounts will Start With 2 Seris
All Income Accounts will Start With 3 Seris
Accounts
↓
Account Groups
↓
Chart of Accounts
Prepared by: Rao MH 10
All Income Accounts will Start With 3 Seris
All Expenses Accounts will Start With 4 Seris
At the time of Posting Document for Expenses by user, he can search all the Expneses
accounts by pressing *4 and select the required account from the list of Expenses Accounts.
If he typed *4 , only Expenses Accounts List will display , not other groups.
PATH: SPRO----->Financial Accounting---->GL Accounting---->GL Accounts---->Master
Data---->Preparations---->Define A/c Group( Select IMG Activity Button)
(TC=OBD4)---->Select New Entries Button ---->
Chart of Acc. A/c Group Name From To
LIABILITIES
PSL SCPL Share Capital 100000 100099
PSL RSPL Reserves & Surpluses 100100 100199
PSL ACDN Acc. Depreciation 100200 100299
PSL SCLM Secured Loans 100300 100399
PSL UNSL Unsecured Loans 100400 100499
PSL CLPR Current Liabilities & Provisions 100500 100599
ASSETS
PSL FAST Fixed Assets 200000 200099
PSL CAST Current Assets& Loans and
Advances 200100 200199
Prepared by: Rao MH 10
INCOMES
PSL SALE Sales 300000 300099
PSL OTHR Other Income 300100 300199
PSL INCR Increase / Decrease in Stock 300200 300299
EXPENDITURES
PSL RMEM Raw Material Consumption 400000 400099
PSL PRSN Personnel Cost ( Manpower) 400100 400199
PSL MFRG Manufacturing 400200 400299
PSL ADMN Administration 400300 400399
PSL INTR Interest 400400 400499
PSL DEPR Depreciation 400500 400599
Select Save Button or CTRL+S. Select your request and press enter to save your request.
Reason for Selection of 6 Digits Coding:
If we planned to use 4 digits coding to chart of accounts, it is difficult to create new groups
in future. As we are assaiging 100 accounts to each group, if any group is completed with
100 accounts, it is difficult to create more group if the account digits is 4.
If account group # is of 10 Digits, it is difficult to remember the account group. So we
suggested / recommend to use 6 digits.
Prepared by: Rao MH 11
If we created Account Groups for Liabilities upto 1599 ( as Liabilities will start with 1 series
and coding is 4 digits) , We can not create morethan 4 another groups 1999-1599=400/100
( as we are assaiging 100 accounts to each group)
Suppose if we are using 6 digit number for group, we can create 199999-100599=99400/100
994 groups. SO WE SUGGESTED TO GO FOR 6 DIGIT ACCOUNT GROUPS.
RETAINED EARNINGS ACCOUNT:
In the Year End, all P& L A/c Balances to be transferred to Surplus in Reserves & Surplus
( Retained Earnings) Account.
All Balance Sheet item balances to be carried forward to Next Year to the same accounts as
Opening Balances.
This step is required to do at the end of the year. But in SAP , it has made mandatory at
the time of Implementation itself. The reason behind this is Consultant will not be available
at the time of Closing the books of accounts for the year. System does not know which
account balances to be transferred to "Surplus in Resreves & Surplus" Account and which
account balances to be carryforward to next year as opening balances of the same account.
We can specify any Account Number within the Range of Given for Reserves & Surplus
i.e., 100100 to 100199. Generally we specicy A/c # 100100. When we start crating account
the first account to be created is 100100, surplus in P&L Account.
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->GL Accounting---->GL Accounts---->Master
Data---->Preparations---->Define Retained Earnings A/c ( TC=OB53)
Prepared by: Rao MH 11
Chart of A/c → PSL press Enter
P& L A/c Statement Type A/c #
X ( means selection) 100100 Select Save or CTRL + S
It gives us a warning Message " A/c 100100 not created in chart of Accounts for PSL"
Ignore the warning message and press Enter. It asks for request. Press Enter again to save
the request.
FISCAL YEAR
Fiscal Year
Variant
Idian Companies April to March + 4 Special Periods V3
US Companies Jan to Dec + 4 Special Periods K4
Some Copanies follow July to June + 4 Specaial Periods V6
Oct to Sept + 4 Special Periods V9
If Fiscal Year period is from April '08 to March '09, in SAP it is called as Fiscal Year 2008
If Fiscal Year period is from July 2008 to June 2009, in SAP it is called as Fiscal Year 2008
If Fiscal Year period is from Oct 2008 to Sept 2009, in SAP it is called as Fiscal Year 2009
Logic behind this is besed on Numbe of Months covered in Next Calender Year. If in next
if Companies in Fiscal Year Period
Prepared by: Rao MH 12
Logic behind this is besed on Numbe of Months covered in Next Calender Year. If in next
Calender Year Period is above 6 months , call it as Next Year , otherwise call with the
same year. So , in above example
No.of Months in
Period 2008 2009 SAP Year ( Fisc.Year)
April 08 to March 09 9 3 2008
July 08 to June 09 6 6 2008
Oct 08 to Sept 09 3 9 2009
What are Special Periods:
For Fiscal Year 2008 i.e, Accounting period from April 2008 to March 2009, March 2009
will be the last Month. In SAP it has 4 special periods for MARCH 09
Month No. in FY
April 1 }
March 12 }
March 13 }
March 14 }
March 15 }
March 16 }
Specail periods are part of last period in that Fiscal Year. In this example March 2009.
USAGE OF SPECIAL PERIODS IS OPTIONAL
Normal Periods
4 Special Periods
Prepared by: Rao MH 12
WHY SPECIAL PERIODS REQUIRED:
Why SAP has allowed Special period is explained below with the example.
Date Status of Accounting
on 20.03.09 Accounts department released profitability upto the Feb'09 to the Mgt.
Figures upto Feb'09 can not be changed as profitability is finalised upto
Feb 09. In that sence, We open period for March 2009 to March 2009 for
data entry purpose so as to not to change the previous data by any one.
So End user can entere transactions only for the month of March 2009.
for Opening March 2009 to March 2009 means open period is
12.2008 to 12.2008
on 30.03.09 New accounting year April 2009 to March 2010 ( Fisc. Year 2009) will
start after 2 days. So to open the period for Fisc.Year 2009, we have to
open period from March 2009 to March 2010 as , for Fisc. Year 2008
B/S is not finalised and still some entries have to make for March 2009.
So period to open would be 12.2008 to 12.2009
on 16.04.09 Accounts Department has closed the Balance Sheet and declared
Profitability for the Fisc. Year 2008 to the Management. Management
has suggested to make some adjustments for which adjustment entries
hast to be passed by A/c Dept. This Adjustments may be for increase /
Prepared by: Rao MH 13
hast to be passed by A/c Dept. This Adjustments may be for increase /
decrease the profitability.
on 05.05.09 Accounts Dept made passed adjustment entries as suggested by the
Management . Data entered on 05.05.09 but posting dated will be
31.03.09 so as to updated the 2008 Fisc. Year ledgers.
on 12.05.09 Audit has completed and Auditors suggested to make Rectification
Entries. These rectification entries were done on 12.05.09 but the posting
date will be 31.03.09 so as to update the Fisc.Year 2008 ledgers.
On 10.07.09 If Management wants to see the Profitability finalized by the Accounts
Department, it is not possible to see as subsequently adjustment entries
were made as suggested by the Management and Rectification Entries
were made as suggested by the Auditors. All the data was changed.
TO OVERCOME THIS PROBLEM SAP HAS GIVEN 4 SPECIAL PERIODS WHICH ARE
PART OF THE LAST PERIOD OF THAT PARTICULAR FISCAL YEAR.
Prepared by: Rao MH 13
HOW SPECIAL PERIODS WILL BE USEFUL:
Entries made upto the Profitability of Accounts Department will be posted upto period 12.
Entries made for Management Adjustements will be in the period 13.
Entries made for Auditors Rectifictions will be in the period 14.
When we want to see the Report:
Report we view
From To
1 12 Profitability finalized by Accounts Department
1 13 Profitability suggested by Management
1 14 Profitability finalized by the Auditors
14 14 To see the list of Rectification Entries suggested by
Auditors
How to Convert Calender Year to Accounting Year Periods:
SAP by default Know only Calender Year ( Jan - Dec) as Accounting Year ( Fiscal Year)
Below is the process to convert the Calender year to Accounting Year.
Conversion for A/c Year from Apr 2009 to March 2010 ( Fisc. Year 2009)
Month Days Period in Year Shift
SAP
Jan 1 31 10 -1 For Accounting Year 2009-2010,
Period
Prepared by: Rao MH 14
Jan 1 31 10 -1 For Accounting Year 2009-2010,
Feb 2 29 11 -1 April will be the 1st Month
Mar 3 31 12 -1 For April Calender year =2009
Apr 4 30 1 0 For April Fiscal Year = 2009
May 5 31 2 0 So, Year Shift is "0" ( 2009-2009)
June 6 30 3 0
July 7 31 4 0 But for Jan to March , Cal Year =2010
August 8 31 5 0 Fiscal Year = 2009
Sept 9 30 6 0 So, Year Shift = "-1" ( 2009-2010)
Oct 10 31 7 0 When we post document for Jan-2010
Nov 11 30 8 0 it should updated the FY. 2009 ledger
Dec 12 31 9 0 But not the 2010, so Year shift= -1.
Prepared by: Rao MH 14
Scenario -II
Conversion for A/c Year from Oct 2009 to Sept 2010 ( Fisc. Year 2010)
Month Days Period in Year Shift
SAP
Jan 1 31 4 0 For Accounting Year 2009-2010,
Feb 2 29 5 0 Oct will be the 1st Month
Mar 3 31 6 0 For Oct Calender year =2009
Apr 4 30 7 0 For Oct Fiscal Year = 2010
May 5 31 8 0 So, Year Shift is "+1" ( 2010-2009)
June 6 30 9 0
July 7 31 10 0 But for Jan to Sept , Cal Year =2010
August 8 31 11 0 Fiscal Year = 2010
Sept 9 30 12 0 So, Year Shift = "0" ( 2010-2010)
Oct 10 31 1 +1 When we post document for Jan-2010
Nov 11 30 2 +1 it should updated the FY. 2010 ledger
Dec 12 31 3 +1 But not the 2009, so Year shift= 0.
PATH FOR FISCAL YEAR CONVERSION::
SPRO---->Financial Accountin---->Fin. A/c Global Setting---->Fiscal Year---->
Maitain Fiscal Year Variant( Maintain Shortend Fiscal Year TC=OB29)---->
Select Position Button Fiscal Year Variant =V3 Press Enter
Double Click on Period Folder. It will display default Window, If we want to
Prepared by: Rao MH 15
Double Click on Period Folder. It will display default Window, If we want to
Create our own Variant Pess on New Entries Button
FV Description
1A April to March + 4 special Periods---> Deselect Year Dependent--Deselect
Calender Year Check Box----> No of Posting Periods =12 ----> No of
Spl. Periods =4 Select Save Button or CTRL+S
Select F.Year Variant as 1A. Double click on Periods folder---> Select New Entries
Month Days Period in Year Shift Press Save Button
SAP
Jan 1 31 10 -1
Feb 2 29 11 -1
Mar 3 31 12 -1
Apr 4 30 1 0
May 5 31 2 0
June 6 30 3 0
July 7 31 4 0
August 8 31 5 0
Sept 9 30 6 0
Oct 10 31 7 0
Nov 11 30 8 0
Dec 12 31 9 0
Prepared by: Rao MH 15
Why to De-select Year Dependent Check Box: If we select the Year Dependent Check
Box, at the time of Saving , SAP will ask for Which Fiscal Year. If we gave 2009 as FY,
Conversion is applicable to that FY only. We have to do the Same process of Conversion for
each and every year. If we de select, converion is applicable to all the years.
Why to De-select Calender Year Check Box: If we select this check box, System will
consider January as Period 1 in the Fiscal Year and April will be as 4th period. But we
require April will be treated as 1st period and January will be 10th in Periods.
Assaigning Company Codes to Fiscal Year Variant:
PATH: Same path as above ( TC=OB37) Select Position Button
Company Code → PSL Press Enter
Company Code Fiscal Year Variant
PSL V3 or 1A Select Save Button and
Press Enter to Save your request
POSTING PERIODS: Here we define , which periods are to be open for posting purpose.
In all other Softwares, Closing of the period is there. Once we selected closing the periods,
end user cannot enter any documents before to that period. But in SAP Open period is
Prepared by: Rao MH 16
end user cannot enter any documents before to that period. But in SAP Open period is
there. If we open period for entering documents, the periods before to that and after that
periods, end user is not able to enter any document. Once we open the period, automatically
other periods will be closed. We can enter any document between the dates of the open
periods only.
Fro example, if we declared profitability upto June'09 and we want to open periods from
July '09 to March'2010. In SAP we call it as 4.2009 to 12.2009.
For Opening and Closing of periods we have 2 options in SAP which is explained below
Prepared by: Rao MH 16
Options
PSL PCL PIL
Option 1.
All the Company codes will
open and close periods at the
same time and same period
there are 3 steps in opeing &
closing of periods.
A) Define Posting Period Variant
"X" to PP Variant option
B) Assaign Company code to X to PSL X to PCL X to PIL
PP Variant
C) Define Open and Closing
periods for Variant
Practically this option is not possible as all the company codes are not able to close books at
the same time. For that purpose SAP has given Option # 2.
PSL PCL PIL
Option 2
A) Define Posting Period Variant
to PP Variant option X Y Z
B) Assaign Company code to X to PSL Y to PCL Z to PIL
Company Codes
Prepared by: Rao MH 17
B) Assaign Company code to X to PSL Y to PCL Z to PIL
PP Variant
C) Define Open and Closing
periods for Variant
For "X"-- July'09 to March'10 4.2009 to
12.2009
For "Y"-- Apr'09 to March'10 1.2009 to
12.2009
For "Z"-- June'09 to July'09 3.2009 to
4.2009
Defining Posting Period Variant:
PATH: SPRO--->Financial Accounting--->Fin A/c Global Settings--->Document Posting
Periods---> Define Variants Open posting periods----> Select New Entries Button
Variant
PSL Posting Period Variant for PSL Select Save Button or CTRL+S
Press Enter to save your request.
Name
Prepared by: Rao MH 17
Assaigning Posting Period Variant to Company Code:
Path: Same as above- (Next step) and Select Position Button
Company Code PSL Press Enter
CoC Company Name City Variant
PSL Pennar Steels Ltd Hyd PSL ( Assaign) Select Save or CTRL+S
Press Enter to save your request.
Open and Close Posting Periods:
Same Path ----> Select New Entries Button
Variant A/c From To From Year To Year From Year
Type A/c A/c Period1 Period 1 Period2
PSL + Valid Keep it Keep it 4 2009 12 2009 12 2008
to all A/c Blank Blank
Tyes
To Year AU Group ( Authorization Group)
Period 2
12 2008 Keep it
Blank
Prepared by: Rao MH 18
Blank
Press Save and Enter to save your request.
After declaring results upto June'09 to the managemen. We want to open period from July'09
to March'10. We also want to open for March'09 as Audit is not completed. In this scenario
SAP has given 2 Options.
From Period 1 which is MANDATORY IN SAP
July-2009 to March 2009
4.2009 to 12.2009
From Period 2 Which is OPTIONAL IN SAP
March-2009 to March-2009
12.2008 to 12.2008
At the time of Opening Posting Periods , Authorisation Group is kept as Blank. When June
Profitability is declared period to be open will be July'09 to March'2010. After July'09
profitability Period to be open will be Aug'09 to March'10. So Opening and Closing of periods
Screen is regularly used in SAP. As this screen is widely used, SAP has given the access of
this screen at the End User level also. It may be Misused by End User. To resctrict the misuse
Authorization Group is Helpful.
Basis Consultant will create Authorization Group Say "X" and assaign user ID's say Manager
Dy.Manager of Accounts to this Group. Hence these 2 people only can access the screen
and make changes in opening periods.
Prepared by: Rao MH 18
Path for Posting Periods Entry at End User Area:
Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Environment---->
Current Settings---->Open & Close Posting Periods(TC= S_ALR_87003642)
Select Position Button Posting Period Variant------> PSL
Press Enter to save.
DOCUMENT TYPES AND NUMBER RANGE:
In Normal Accounting all entries are made by Accounts Persons. So Voucher Number will
be contineous.
in SAP Store Person A/c Person Sales Person
at Factory at City Office at Branch
Purchase Voucher 1
Payment Voucher 2
Sales Voucher 3
Receipt Voucher 4
In the above example , Voucher Number is contineously coming for all the departments.
So, which document raised in Which Department or How many Documents raised in One
Department is not able to get. To Get document number contineously SAP has given
Document Types
Prepared by: Rao MH 19
Document Type RE SA RV
(Purchase) (Gen.Ledger) (Sales)
↓ ↓ ↓
Number Range 02 01 03
↓ ↓ ↓
Number Range Interval 100001 to 1 to 200001
200000 100000 300000
If we give the Document Numbe Range like above, we will get Document Number
Contineously in Department wise. So, by seeing the Document number itself we can say
in which department the Document is generated.
If in any year, 100000 documents are consumed for SA, System will warn with Error Message
when we post a new document of SA. At that time we have to give available Number range
to the Number Range Interval. In the above example , availabel Numbe is from 300001 to
400000
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Financial Accounting Global Settings---->
Document----> Document Header---->Define Document Types ( Select IMG activity
Button TC=OBA7). Select Position Button.
Document Type---------> SA Press Enter
Prepared by: Rao MH 19
Select Details Button ( Ctrl+Shift+F2)
Select Number Range----> 01
Select Number Range Information Button
↓
Company Code -------> PSL
Select Change Interval Button →→ Select Interval Button
Number Range →→ 01
Year →→ 2009
From Number →→ 1
To Number →→ 100000
Current Number →→ 0
External Chk Box →→ De select it Press Enter
Select Save or CTRL+S Ignore Warning Message Press Enter
Number Range Interval cannot be transported to Production Client . Reasons:-
1. Consultant is outsider. He does not know how many Docs. are required for each type.
2. All the Deparment pepole want to have the number range from 1 to 100000 which is
not possible in practical.
IN live environment before going to live Production Clients all Department Heads will sit
together and decide the Document Numbering.
What ever we have given in Client 800 are applicable only for Development Client for testing
Prepared by: Rao MH 20
What ever we have given in Client 800 are applicable only for Development Client for testing
of documents.
Why to De-select External Check Box: If we select the External Check Box, at the time of
Posting end user has to give the Document Number manually. If we deselct, System will
generate Numbering automatically.
For Documents Numbering SAP has given 2 Options.
Option 1 Option 2
Year Specific Numbers used
01-2008-1-100000 49000 01-9999-1-100000 50000
01-2009-1-100000 1000
Posting the Document::
A) Entry Date 11.07.2009
Posting Date 11.07.2009
Document Number 1001 50001
B) Entry Date 11.07.2009
Posting Date 31.03.2009
Document Number 49001 50002
Numbers used
Year Specific
Prepared by: Rao MH 20
In Option 1, last number in 2008 is 49000 and in 2009 is 1000. When we posted document
on 11.07.2009 for the date of Posting 11.07.2009 ( FY2009) New Document Number will be
1001. If we post the document on 11.07.2009 for Posting Date 31.03.2009, New document
number will be the next number of last years last number i.e, 49001 only, but not 1001.
In option number 2, Contineous numbering is there ,whenever we posted the document and
for which Fiscal Year It may relate to . So , in practical, it is difficult to maintain which
document relates to which Fiscal Year. Hence Most of Companies will choose OPTION-1.
FIELD STATUS VARIANT AND FIELD STATUS GROUPS:
At the time of Posting in all Screens, we get around 70 Fields for Debit and 70 for Credit.
so For any Document we have Debit 70 Fields
Credit 70 Fields
Total 140 Fields
If we start entering all the 140 fields , it takes so much time to post a document. So SAP
has given a chance to make any field
Suppress (or) Required (or) Optional
When We select Supress →→ Field will not be visible on Screen at the tiem of Posting
When We select Required →→ Field will appear with ? Or √ Mark. Without
entering data in the field , we can not go to next field.
Prepared by: Rao MH 21
When We select Optional →→ Field will appear on Screen, but it is our choice to
enter the data or not
Field selection is not commone to all accounts. It varies Account to Account. So For Purchase
accounts/ Sales Accounts Field "Qty" is required but Not for Equity Share Capital Account.
If we have 1000 Accounts in Chart of accounts, We have to create 1000 Scenarios for each
account separately. This is very difficult in Practical. To overcome this problem, SAP has
given Shortcut method called " Field Status Group"
A) For Field Status Groups we specify which field is Required/Optional/Suppress.
B) Field Status Groups will be created under Field Status Variant ( F St.V) and Field
Status Variant will be assaigned to Company Codes.
C) In Account Creation we specify Field Status Group
D) At the time of Posting, when user give the Account #, the Screen will appear based on
Field Selection to the Field Status Group which is specified in Account.
SAP has given 4 Common Groups.
1. General 2. Material Accounts 3. Bank Accounts 4. Cost Accounts
Prepared by: Rao MH 21
Accounts Field St.Group Field Supress Required Optional
Sales/ Purchase Material A/c Qty -- √ --
Equity Share
Capital General Qty √ -- --
As an Example we are going to Create Accounts and Post:-
Cash Account Dr.
↓
↓ Equity Share Capital A/c Cr.
↓ ↓
↓ ↓
Bank Accounts General Accounts
↓ ↓
↓ ↓
Text Business Value Text Business
Field Area Date Field Area
For the above acounts , we make the above fields are as Compulsory ( REQUIRED) wether
client inform to make them compulsory or not . Other fields are based on client information.
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Financial A/c. Global Settings---->Document-->
Line Item---->Control---->Define Field Status Variants
Prepared by: Rao MH 22
Line Item---->Control---->Define Field Status Variants
Select Field Status Variant===> 1000 IDSE Group----> Select Copy As Button ( F6)
↓
Change the Field Status Variant to "PSL"
↓
Change the Field Status Name to " Field Status Variant for PSL". Press Enter
↓
Select Copy all Button to copy all 47 Groups
↓
We will get a Message No. of Dependent Entries Copied 47 Enter
Press Save Button or CTRL+S----> Press Enter to save our Request.
Select FstV= PSL Double Click on --> Field Status Group Folder
Double Click on FstGroup=G001----> General ( With Text, allocation)
↓
Double Click on "General Data" Make " Text" Field as Required Entry.
Select Next Group Button on Left Top ( Shift+F6)
Select Next Page or Pagedown Button 2 times
↓
Mark "Business Area" as "Required Entry filed. ----> Select Save Button.
Prepared by: Rao MH 22
Double Click on FstGroup G005= Bank Account(Obligatory, Value Date)
Double Click on General Data----> Make Text as Required Entry
Select Next Group Button
Select Next Page Button or Page Down 2 times
Mark Business Area as Required Entry Fieled.
Select Next Group Button 2 times
Mark Value Date as Requried Entry Field
Select Save or CTRL+S
Value Date means Effective Date. Suppose if we took a Loan from IDBI on 11.07.09
Cheque Date of IDBI is 11.07.2009.
On 13.07.2009 we are postin the document and depositing the cheque in Bank.
At the time of Posting
Document Date-------> 13.07.09 Once date is entered in Document Dated
Posting Date-----------> 13.07.09 and Posting Dated column, it can not be
Modifiable. We have to reverse the entry only.
IDBI Calculate Interest from 11.07.2009, whereas SAP will calculate interest from
13.07.2009 as posting date is 13.07.2009. So In interest amount , there will be a
differene between IDBI and Systems calculation. To overcome this problem, SAP
has given Effective Date i.e, Value Date ( in SAP Terminalogy) . IF we select the
Value Date option Compulsory and enter it at the time of posting. SAP will
calculate interest from Value Date entry. Value date can be modifiable if
Prepared by: Rao MH 23
calculate interest from Value Date entry. Value date can be modifiable if
necessary but not Document Date or Posting Date.
Assaign Filed Status Variant to Company Code:
Same Path ----> Select Position Button ----> Company Code-->PSL
(Next Step to Last Path)
FstV
For Company Code PSL PSL Press Save and Press Enter to Save in ur
Request
Assaign Sales Tax Procedure:
in Financials we are going to Cover
1. General Ledger 2. A/c Payable 3. A/c Receivables 4. Asset A/c
Sale Tax is required for Both Accounts Payable and Accounts Receivbale. But
system will not allow to enter any transactions in India ( for Country Code IN)
withou Sales Tax Procedures even for General Accounts.
So, we assaign some Tax Procedure which is available in system temporarily.
Afterwards, when we go for Accounts Payable , or Receivable we make our
own Tax Procedures.
For Country IN--> Assaign Tax Procedure TaxUS( Sales Tax USA) or TaxINN
(Sales Tax India)---> as Temporary assaignment.
Prepared by: Rao MH 23
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Financial A/c Global Settings---->Tax on Sales/
Purchases---->Basic Settings---->Assaign Country to Calculation Procedure---->
Select Position Button Country----> IN Press Enter
For Counry IN Assaign Procedure ----> TaxUS-Sales Tax
Select Save Button or CTRL+S. Press Enter to save in your request.
TOLERANCE GROUPS: SAP has given 2 types of Tolerance Groups
1. General Ledger Account Tolerance 2. Employee Tolerance
General Ledger Account Tolerance is mandatory in SAP which is applicable in Receipts &
Payments. Before understanding Tolerance Groups, we need to know about "Open Item
Management".
OPEN ITEM MANAGEMENT: This is used for Vendors/ Customers/Balance Sheet Items
where Clearing is Required.
Suppose by the Month end 31.07.2009 we have to pay Salaries 500000
Wages 400000
Rent 25000
Entry for Payable amounts:
Salaries A/c 500000
Prepared by: Rao MH 24
Salaries A/c 500000
Wages A/c 400000
Rent A/c 25000
To Outstanding Expeneses A/c 925000
If we see the account in the Month End,we will have Number of Credit items and Number of
Debit Items. We don’t know which item is pending and How much is Pending. IN SAP, if
we select Open Item Management, at the time of payment , system will ask against which
item the payment is made. When we specify the payment is made against Rent that item
will be cleared upto the extent we paid.
If we paid 25000 against Rent A/c , We can see accounts in 3 ways.
A) Open Items Payable Amounts Salaries and Wages in Example
B) Cleared Items Paid Amounts Rent and Bank Accounts in Example
C) All Items Payable + Paid
Once we selected Open Item Management, we can see Bill Wise Payable of Vendors, Billwise
Receivbales of Customers.
As discussed earlier, SAP has given Tolerance Groups. Tolerance means Pament Diffrence.
It can be " Amount Tolerance" to "Percentage Tolerance". It can be Debit or Credit
Prepared by: Rao MH 24
We create Tolerance for Tolerance Groups
Tolerance Amount Percentage
Group Tolerance Tolerance
A 100
B 2%
C 0 0
1. Create Tolerance group and give the tolerance amount or Percentage or both
2. Tolerance group will be specified in General Ledger A/c.
Ex: Salaries 500000
Wages 400000 Outstanding Expneses as on 31.07.09
Rent 25000
Commission 100005
IN General Ledger a/c for Outstanding Expenses account we have specified Tolerance
Group " A". When we make payment of 100000 to Commission , System check
Howmuch is payable 100005
Howmuch is Paid 100000
Difference 5
If the difference amount is withing the Tolerance Group Amount ( 100 Rs for "A" Tolerance)
Prepared by: Rao MH 25
If the difference amount is withing the Tolerance Group Amount ( 100 Rs for "A" Tolerance)
The difference will be transferred to Sundry Balances Written off account and clear the
Item-Commission automatically.
Dis-advantages of Tolerance System:
1. Tolerance group is given at A/c Level and not at Transactions Level.
2. No Flexibility in Tolerance Groups.
If the Tolerance amount is within the Tolerence Group Limit, system will automatically
transfer the Difference amount to Sundry Balances Written Off account. It should ask the
end user before Transferring. In Live Environment, we use Tolerance Group "C" in which
Tolerance amount and Tolerance Percentage both are ZERO.
If we specify Tolerance Amount (or) Tolerance Percentage as ZERO, system will show the
balance "5" as Outstanding in Account. It the Customer or Enduser decision to Pay or not
to Pay.
If we want to Pay Rs. 5------> we show 100000 paid as part payment and balance show as
outstanding amount.
If we don’t want to pay Rs.5 -----> Transfer this amount to Sundry Balances Written off A/c
and clear Tranaction.
Say we have 1000 General Ledger A/c , 1000 Vendors and 1000 Customers. In all Accounts
we have to assaign Tolerance Group "C" which is highly difficult. So we keep Tolerance
Group as Blank and Amount "ZERO"
Prepared by: Rao MH 25
For Company Tolerance Tolerance Tolerance
Code Group Amount Percentage
PSL Blank "0" "0"
When we create the account, Tolerance Group will be " Blank". System expects we have
created Blank Tolerance Group and Assaigned in the Account.
PATH: SPRO----->Financial Accounting----->General Ledger accounts---->Business
Transactions---->Open Item Clearing---->Clearing Differences---->Define Tolerance
Group for GL A/c----> Select New Entries Button.
Company Code PSL
Tolerance Group Blank
Description Tolerance Group for PSL
Debit Posting "0" Debit % "0"
Credit Posting "0" Credit % "0"
Select "Save" (or) CTRL+S Prese Enter to Save in your Request.
TOLERANCE GROUP FOR EMPLOYEES:
Mainly, Tolerance Group for Employees is to restrict/control the users for posting the
documents. Here, we give userwise upperlimit for posting. We can create Maximum Limit
Prepared by: Rao MH 26
documents. Here, we give userwise upperlimit for posting. We can create Maximum Limit
for Tolerance group.
A B
Max Amount per Document 100000 1000000
Max Amount per Open Item 100000 1000000
Max Cash Discount 0 5
Max Payment Difference Allowed 0 0
If we have 1000 users we have to create 1000 Scenarios. So SAP has given short cut to
Tolerance as Groups. We create 3 Groups "A", "B" & "C" and assaign to Users.
If we have following people in Accounts Dept we can assaign Tolerance Groups to them like
1. Cashier in City Office A In Live Environment ( or) in Training
2. Cashier at Factory A Institutes, We keep Tolerance Group as
3. Cashier at Branch A Blank as Number of Students will logon
4. Accountant- 1 A with Same Username. If we have given
5. Accountant -2 A one Tolerance Group to One Company
6. Dy. Manager Accounts B Code, we have to give same Group to all
7. Manager Accounts B Comp. Codes as , Tolerance Group works
8. General Manager-Acc C at User ID level but not for Company Code
10000000
10
10000000
0
Tolerance Groups
Particulars
C
Employee Designation Tolerance Group
Prepared by: Rao MH 26
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger Accounting---->Business
Transactions---->Open Item Clearing---->Clearing Differences--->Define Tolerance
Group for Employees----> Select Position Button
Select New Entries Button
Group Select Save Button (or)
Company Code CTRL + S
Currency Press Enter to save your
Amount Per Document request
Amount per Open Item A/c
Cash Discount per Line Item 10 %
Permitted Payment Differene
Enter Global Parameters:
Path: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Company Code---->
Enter Global Parameters----> Select Position Button
Company Code-----> PSL Select Company Code PSL
Select Details(F2) Button.
Select Business Area Financial Statement √
Select Propose Fiscal Year √
Define Default Value Date √
Keep Blank
INR
9999999999
Keep Blank
PSL
9999999999
Prepared by: Rao MH 27
Define Default Value Date √
Negative Postings Permitted √
Additional Data Button Click
TDS Number PSL123456C
PAN Number PSL654321P
Select Back arrow and Save.
Press Enter to save ur request.
***************End of Basic Settings Section******************
Prepared by: Rao MH 27
Following are the steps to follow for compleating the Basic Settings in Financials
Step # TC
1 Define Company ( In normal terminology-Group) /NOX15
2 Define Company Code ( in normal terminalogy Company in Group) /NOX02
3 Assaign Company to Company Code /NOX16
4 Define Business Area /NOX03
5 Define Chart of Accounts OB13
6 Assaign Company Code to Chart of Accounts OB62
7 Define Account Groups with Number Ranges OBD4
8 Define Retained Earning Account OB53
9 Define Fiscal Year Variant with Fiscal Year Conversion OB29
10 Assaign Company Code to Fiscal Year Variant OB37
11 Define Posting Period Variant SPRO
12 Assaign company Code to Posting Period Variant SPRO
13 Define Open and Close Posting Periods SPRO
14 Define Document Types and Number Range OBA7
15 Define Field Status Variant SPRO
16 Assaign Company Code to Field Status Variant SPRO
17 Assaign Company Code to Sales Tax Procedure SPRO
18 Define Tolerance Groups SPRO
19 Assaign Company Code to Tolerance Groups SPRO
IMPORTANT STEPS IN BASIC SETTINGS
Action to be Done
Prepared by: Rao MH 28
19 Assaign Company Code to Tolerance Groups SPRO
20 Check the Global Parameters of Company Code and Enter SPRO
TDS and PAN Numbers
Prepared by: Rao MH 28
GENERAL LEDGER CONCEPTS:
HOW TO CREATE GENERAL LEDGER MASTERS :
We can create Chart of Accounts at A) Chart of Accounts Level
B) At Company Code Level
C) Centrally
At Chrt of A/c Level At Company Code Centrally
Level
1. Account Number 1. A/c Currency All Fields of
2. Account Group 2. Only Balance in Local Cht. ofA/c +
3. Company Code Currency Company Code Level
4. Wether it is P& L A/c 3. Tolerance Group are available in
5. Wether it is B/S Item 4. Line Item Display Centrally Area
6. Description 5. Open Item Management
A) Short Text - Max 20 Char 6. Sork Key
B) Long Text- Max 50 Char 7. Field Status Group
A/c to be Created : Range
1. Surplus in P& L Account under Reserves and Surplus Group 100100 to 100199
2. Eqity Share Capital A/c Under Share Capital Group 100000 to 100099
3. Cash A/c Under Current Assets, Loans & Advances Group 200100 to 200199
Prepared by: Rao MH 29
3. Cash A/c Under Current Assets, Loans & Advances Group 200100 to 200199
1ST STEP: Checking the A/c Groups to see the A/c Numbers to allot
PATH: SPRO----->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger Accounting----->
General Ledger Accounts----> Master Data---->Preparations---->
Define A/c Groups ( TC=OBD4) Select Position Button
Chart of Accounts PSL
2nd STEP: Creation of General Ledger Masters:
PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Maser
Records---->GL A/c---->Individual Processing---->Centrally(TC=FS00)
General Ledger Account 100100
Company Code PSL
From Menu Select ----> Create General Ledger account Create
Accoun Group---->Select Reserves & Surplus Short Text Will appear at the time of
Select Balance Sheet Account Radio Button Document Display
Short Text----> Surplus in P& L A/c Long Text will appear at the time of
Long Text----> Surplu in P& L A/c for PSL Ledger Display
Prepared by: Rao MH 29
Select Control Data tab Select Only Balances in Local Currency Chk Box
Tolerance Group Keep it Blank
Line Item Display √
Sort Key 001 ON Posting Date
Select Create/Bank/Interest tab
Field Status Group G001 for General Select Save or CTRL+S
For Creating 2nd Account ----> Equity Share Captial ( A/c # 100100)
GL A/c 100100
Company Code PSL
Select With Template Button
GL A/c 100100
Company Code PSL Press Enter
Select Type/Descripton Tab
Change A/c Group to Share Capital
Short Text Equity Share Capital
Long Text Equity Share Capital of PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 30
Long Text Equity Share Capital of PSL
Other Fields are Common so Select Save Button or Ctrl+S
3rd A/c GL A/c Number 200100
Company Code PSL
Select With Template Button
GL A/c 100100 Copty this Acc to New A/c
Company Code PSL Press Enter
Select Type/Descripton Tab
Change A/c Group to →→ Current Assets Loand & Adv
Short Text →→ Cash Account
Long Text →→ Cash Account of PSL
Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab Button
Field sTatus Group →→ Change to G005
Select Relevant Cash flow →→ √
Other Fields are Common so Select Save Button or Ctrl+S
How to view the Accounts Created:
Select Dropdown button beside GL A/c , we will get match code. Give Company Code
PSL It shows List of Accounts Created under PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 30
POSTING OF TRANSACTIONS:
Path: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger Accounting ---->
Posting--->General Posting(TC=F02)
On screen we get a window For Posting Document
Document Date: Normally Document Date and Posting Date will be same. IN case
of Purchases i.e., Document Date will be the Party's Bill Date. For Date we can enter
like 16.07.2009 ( or ) Press F4 to get the calendar and select the date (or) press F2
for current date.
Posting Date: Posting Date comes automatically from Server. Ledger update will be
based on Posting Date. Period comes automatically based on the date of posting.
Document Number: IN Document Types and No Ranges we deselected Ext. Chk
Box. So Document Number will come automatically after saving the document.
If Ext. Chk Box is selected Document Number should be given by User.
Reference : Party Bill Numbe in case of Purchases.
Document Date 16.07.09 Type SA Comp. Code PSL
Posting Date 16.07.09 Currency INR
Prepared by: Rao MH 31
Posting Date 16.07.09 Currency INR
SAP has given to differentiate between Debit and Credit 2 Different Posting Keys.
Posting Key 40 for G/L Debit
Posting Key 50 for G/L Credit
for Debit :
Select Position Key 40 A/c # 200100 Press Enter
Amount 400000 INR
Business Area PSLH
Text Equity Share Capital Receipt
for Credit :
Select Position Key 50 A/c # 100000 Press Enter
Amount * INR for Copying amount from
Business Area PSLH Debit entry
Text + To get the last Text Entry
Prepared by: Rao MH 31
From Menu---->Document--->Simulate(Shift+F9) to post the Document
Debit amount willl be posted without any Symbol
Credit Amount will be posted with "- " Symbol
Select Save or Ctrl+S. We will get a message "Document 1 was posted in Company Code PSL"
Note: IN ONE DOCUMENT WE CAN POST 999 LINE ITEMS
How to View the Latest Posted Document:
Menu---->Document---->Display---->Select Display Document Header(F5)
How to Change the Document:
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->GL Accounting---->Document---->
Change ( TC=FB-02)
Document # 1 Enter
Comp. Code PSL Double Click on 1st line item ( Cash Account)
Fiscal Year 2009
**** We can change Value Date, Assaignment Numb, Text Fields only, but not other ****
Display Document: Accounting----> Financial A/c---->GL A/c---->Document--->Display
Prepared by: Rao MH 32
Display Document: Accounting----> Financial A/c---->GL A/c---->Document--->Display
(TC=FB03) Select Document List Button
Company Code PSL Type SA Select Execute Button or F8
To Give Last One Week Posted Documents List:
Entry Date 10.07.09 To Date 17.08.09
Select Execute Button or F8
To View Documents Posted by a Specific User:
Menu---->Edit---->Dynamic Selection( Shift+F4)
User Name SAPUSER Select Execute Button or F8
Display Document #1.
To Display Account Blanace :
Accounting----> Financial Accountin----> GL A/C---> Display Balance(TC=FS10N)
To View Number of Accounts at a time:
Select Right Arrow ( Multiple Selection) Button beside GL Account.
To View Random A/c Transactions:
Under Single Value give account Numbers 100100, 200100 and select copy as ( F8)
Prepared by: Rao MH 32
To View Contineous Transactions ( Range of A/c)
Press " Select Intervals" Tab and give
Lower Limit Upper Limit
100000 100099
To Exclude One account from the Range:
Select Exclude Single Values tab
Under Single Value give A/c # 100500. It will not come in the list
Select Copy Button.
To Exclude a Range of accounts from Range of accounts Display: Select Interval Tab
Lower Limit Upper Limit
100050 100059 Select Copy Button
To View only one A/c Transactions: Select Drop down button beside GL A/c
Comp Code PSL Enter Select A/c # 100000 Eq. Share Capital
Comp Code PSL Seleclt Execute Button
Fiscal Year 2009
Business Area PSLH
DoubleClick on Cum.Balance 400000
DoubleClick on Document# 1
Select call up document overview button (F9) Select Back Arrow
How to Creat our own Line Layout:
Select Change Layout Button. Select the Fields which are not required under
Prepared by: Rao MH 33
Select Change Layout Button. Select the Fields which are not required under
Column Content. Ex. Document Type and Document Date
Select Right Arrow ( or) Hide Selected Field Button.
From Hidden Fields Column----> Select 1) Posting Date 2) Select Text
Select Left Arrow (or) show selected fields button.
Change Column Positions Length
Document # 1
Posting Date 2
Text 3 35
Amount in Local 4 Select Totals CheckBox for Amount in Local Currency
Select copy Button
How to save the Layout:
Select Save Layout Button ( Ctrl + F12). There are 2 options for saving layout
Option 1 Option 2
User Specific- Available to only Common to all users
Specific Users
A) Select User Specific check Box A) Deselect User specific Check Box
B) Save with any number or name B) Save with any number or name
For our purpose, Select Option 2 and save with PSL. Deselect the User specific Chk Box.
Description: GL A/c Standard for PSL Enter. We can see Report in our Lay Out.
Prepared by: Rao MH 33
How to Choose our Layout: Press Select Layout Button ( Ctrl + F9)
Select /PSL we can see Report in our Layout.
How to Make Default Line Layout: From Menu---->Select settings---->Layout---->
Administration Select /PSL Layout Check Box.
Select Define Default Settings Button SAVE
Select ← 3 times Change GL A/c to 200100 Cash Account
Select Execute Button . Double click on Cum.Bal 400000. We can see Report in
our layout.
SAMPLE DOCUMENT:
This is used for Month End Provisions. For this purpose we create Sample Doc.
Ex: Salaries A/c Dr. 500000
Wages A/c Dr. 600000
Rent A/c Dr. 100000
To O/s Exp A/c 1,200,000
Sample Document template will not update the ledger . Everymonth end we copy the
template and change the amount and post the Document.
Advantages of Sample Document:
Prepared by: Rao MH 34
Advantages of Sample Document:
1. Sample Document Saves times
2. When we create Sample Document Template , we will not Forget any provisions
3. Any Provision in the Template is paid in the same month . No provison is
required for that account. So When we copy the template for the month, for that
account Enter Amount " ZERO"
Steps to Create Sample Document Template:
1. Define Number Range Interval for Number Range X2
2. Creation of Masters.
3. Creation of Sample Document Template
4. Display Sample Document Posted
5. Posting of Transactions by using Sample Document Template ( F-02)
1. Define Number Range Interval for Number Range X2
G L Document Sample Document
Type SA SA
↓ ↓
No.Range 01 X2
↓ ↓
No.Range 1 to 5000001 to
Interval 100000 5100000
↓ ↓
Ledger Updates Not Update
Prepared by: Rao MH 34
Path: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Financial Accounting Global Settings--->
Document---->Document Number Ranges---> Define Doc. No Range ( FBN1)
Press Enter
Company Code PSL
↓
Select Change Intervals Button
↓
Select Interval Button
No Year From # To #
Range
X2 2009 5000001 5100000 Enter and Save
2. Creation of Masters.
GL A/c Group Name
A) Salaries A/c Under Personell Cost
B) Rent A/c Under Adminstration Cost
C) O/S. Exp Under Current Liabilities & Provisions
a) Check the A/c Groups for Giving Account Numbers ( OBD4)
select Position Button
Chart of A/c PSL Press Enter to get List of A/c Groups
Prepared by: Rao MH 35
Chart of A/c PSL Press Enter to get List of A/c Groups
GL A/c Group Name Number Range
A) Salaries A/c Under Personell Cost 400100 to 400199
B) Rent A/c Under Adminstration Cost 400300 to 400399
C) O/S. Exp Under C/L & Provisions 100500 to 100599
After Note down the Number Range for Required GL A/c to create, create GL accoutns
from FS00
1st Account
GL A/c # 400100 → Salaries Account
Comp. Code PSL Click on With Template Button
GL A/c # 100000
Comp. Code PSL → Press Enter
Change A/c Groupt to Personnel Cost
Select Radio Button P & L Statement A/c
Short Text Salaries Account
Long text Salaries Account of PSL → Save
Prepared by: Rao MH 35
2nd Account
GL A/c # 400300 → Rent account
Comp. Code PSL Click on With Template Button
GL A/c # 400100
Comp. Code PSL → Press Enter
Change A/c Groupt to Administration Cost
Select Radio Button P & L Statement A/c
Short Text Rent A/c
Long text Rent Account of PSL → Save
3rd Account
GL A/c # 100500 → Outstanding Expenses A/c
Comp. Code PSL Click on With Template Button
GL A/c # 100000
Comp. Code PSL → Press Enter
Change A/c Groupt to Current Liabilities & Provisions
Select Radio Button Balance Sheet item
Short Text Outstanding Exp Account
Long text Outstanding Exp A/c. of PSL
Click on Control Data Tab Select Open Item Check Box → Save
Prepared by: Rao MH 36
3. Creation of Sample Document Template
Path: Accounting-----> Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Posting---->
Reference Documents----> Sample Document ( F-01)
Doc.Date: 31.07.09 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL
Post.Date: 31.07.09
1st Dr. Post Key 40 A/c # 400100 ( Salaries) → ENTER
IGNORE WARNING MESSAGE FOR " POSTING DATE FUTURE DATE"
Amount 500000 INR Bus. Area PSLH
Text : Salary Provision for
2nd Dr. Post Key 40 A/c # 400300 ( Rent) → ENTER
Amount 100000 INR Bus. Area PSLH
Text : Rent Provision for
Cr.Entry Post Key 50 A/c # 100500 ( O/S. Exp) → ENTER
Amount * INR Bus. Area PSLH
Text : Provisions for
Select Display Document Overview to see Document → Save ( or ) Ctrl + S
We get a message Document # 5000001 was stored in Company Code PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 36
4. Display Sample Document Posted ( FBM3):
Document # 5000001
Company Code PSL → ENTER
We can see the Sample Document Stored in SAP. We can check the Ledger A/c's
of 400100 (Salaries), 400300( Rent) or 100500( O/S. Exp) because of this Sample
Document Storage, Ledgers are not updated ( FS10N)
5. Posting of Transactions by using Sample Document Template ( F-02)
From Menu---->Document----> Post With Reference ( Shift+F9)
Document # 5000001
Comp. Code PSL
F.Year 2009
Select Display Line Item Check Box → ENTER → ENTER
Ignore warning Message about Future Date and → ENTER
Change Salaries Provision for 450000
Text : Add July to Text → ENTER
If Rent Provision is not required for the month of July Change the Amount to "0"
→ ENTER Ignore message for " Amount is Zero, Line Item Ignored"
Prepared by: Rao MH 37
→ ENTER Ignore message for " Amount is Zero, Line Item Ignored"
→ ENTER
for Post Key 50 i.e, Outstandings Expenses (Credit Entry)
Amount *
Text Add July → ENTER
Select Save or Ctrl + S to get message Document# 2 was posted.
PARKING OF DOCUMENTS : Parking of Documents are used where approval by
Sr. Person is reqired for the Posted Documents. For Example, if in any company
Cashier or Accountant and Accounts Manager/ Sr. Person are there .
Cashier/ Accountant Acc.Manager/ Sr. Person
Enter the Transaction and After Parking Cashier Sr. Verify the Parked Doc
Park the Document for will Send Message to and make corrections if
Approval of Senior Senior for Release / need and Releases the Doc.
Approval of Doc.
Parking will not Update After Releasing Sr. will Releasing will updated the
the Ledger send reply to Cashier Ledger
→
←
Prepared by: Rao MH 37
Steps to Cover this Topic :
1 Entering Document and Parking by Cashier/Accountant
2 Display G L A/c to check wether Ledgers updated or Not.
3 Sending Message to Senior for Releasing Parked Document
4 Display Parked Documents, Make Corrections in Amount, Head of Account, Date
and Releasing by Sr. Person
5 Display G L A/c to check wether Ledgers updated or Not.
6 Sending Message to Cashier regarding the Releasing of Document by Sr. Person
7 Display changes made by Senior Person in Parked Document for Cashier
1 Entering Document and Parking by Cashier/Accountant
Path: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting---->General Ledger----> Posting---->
General Document Parking ( F-65)
Doc.Date: 18.07.09 Type: SA Comp.Code: PSL
Post.Dt: 18.07.09
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER
Amount: 1111 Business Area: PSLH
Text: Parking Document Testing
Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER
Amount: * Business Area: PSLH
Text: +
Prepared by: Rao MH 38
Text: +
Select Document Overview ( Shift+F2) Button which is on Left Top
We get a message Document 3 was parked in PSL
2 Display G L A/c to check wether Ledgers updated or Not. ( FS10N)
GL A/c 400100 Comp. Code: PSL
F.Year 2009 Business Area: PSLH
Select Execute Button We can see that Ledger is not updated
3 Sending Message to Senior for Releasing Parked Document
Menu-----> System-----> Short message
Title: Please Release Document # 3
Rece: Enter User Id of Sr. Person
Rec. Type: SAP Log On Name
Select Express Mail Check Box to show Message to Sr. Person that Message Received
Select Send Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 38
4 Display Parked Document and Release after correcions:
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Document---->
Park Documents---->Post/Delet ( FBV0)
Select Documents List Button
Company Code: PSL
Entered by: Use id of Cashier Press Execute Button
Double Click on Document# 3
To Change the Date click on Document Header Button( Shift + F7)
Change the Document Date and posting date Select Back arrow
To change the Head of Account, select Fast Data Entry Button
Change Dr. Account Number to 400300 ( Rent A/c) and Amount to 600 for Debit
and Credit Amounts.-----> Save---> We get a message Document was Posted.
5 Display G L A/c to check wether Ledgers updated or Not. (FS10N)
GL A/c 400300 Comp. Code: PSL
F.Year 2009 Business Area: PSLH
Select Execute Button We can see that Ledger is updated with 600 not 1111.
6 Message to Cashier regarding the Releasing of Document by Sr. Person
Menu-----> System-----> Short message
Prepared by: Rao MH 39
Menu-----> System-----> Short message
Title: Released Document # 3 with changes
Rece: Enter User Id of Cashier
Rec. Type: SAP Log On Name
Select Express Mail Check Box to show Message to Sr. Person that Message Received
Select Send Button
7 Display changes made by Senior Person in Parked Document for Cashier
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting----->General Ledger----->Documents----->
Parked Documents----->Display Changes( FBV5)
Company Code: PSL
Document No: 3
Fiscal Year: 2009
Select all changes button ( F6) to see changes made by senior for parked document.
HOLD DOCUMENTS: This is used for the purpose of Adjustment Entries. Hold
Documents are for Debit and Credit or only Credit also. When we hold the document, it will
ask for a Temporary Document Number which can be anything. We have the option to
delet the hold document also. Hold document will not update the ledger until it is posted as
normal Document.
If we made Hold document for Cash Account, then Physical Cash Balance will be
SAP Balance + Hold Documents amount.
Prepared by: Rao MH 39
Steps for Hold Documents :
1 Run Program "RFTMPBLU" for conversion of Hold Documents.
2 Creation of Hold Document
(A) One document with Debit and Credit Entries
(B) One document with Credit entry only
3 Display Hold Documents, Delet document ( A) in Point 2, and Complete 2 (B)
Step 1. Run Program "RFTMPBLU" for conversion of Hold Documents. This Option is for
converting the Documents of older version SAP4.7 to New Version ECC6.0
This is given at Client Level but not at Company Code level. This is one time
Exercise for each client.
PATH: Tools----> ABAP Work Bench---->Development---->ABAP Editor ( SE38)--->
Program Select Execute Button
Select No termination for Read Error Check Box----> Select Execute
Step 2. Creation of Hold Document ( F-02)
2A. Doc. Dt: 20.07.09 Type SA Comp Code: PSL
Post.Dt: 20.07.09
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER
Amount 20000 Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Hold Document Testing
Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
RFTMPBLU
Prepared by: Rao MH 40
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: +
Menu----> Document----> Hold ----> Give Hold Document Temp Numb 1234
We will get message that Doc 1234 was Held.
2B. Doc. Dt: 20.07.09 Type SA Comp Code: PSL
Post.Dt: 20.07.09
Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER
Amount 5000 Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Amount Paid to Mr. X
Menu----> Document----> Hold ----> Give Hold Document Temp Numb 12345
We will get message that Doc 12345 was Held.
Step 3. Display Hold Documents, Delet document ( A) in Point 2, and Complete 2 (B) ( F-02)
Menu-------> Documents------> Get Held Documents(F5)
Select Documents List → ENTER
Keep Cursoon on Document 1234 and select Delet Button. Confirm by prssing
Yes for the message. Document 1234 will be deleted. To confirm check with back
arrow
Prepared by: Rao MH 40
Double Click on Document 12345
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: +
Menu---> Document----> Simulate SAVE
Press Enter when we get message.
Check the Document List again by pressing Back Arrow to see Held document
was released from there or not. Once Held Document was posted, it will disappear
from Held Documents List.
RECURRING DOCUMENTS: Recurring Documents are used when date and
amount are fixed. Ex: Prepaid Expenses / Hire Purchase Installments.
Steps for Recurring Documents:
1 Define Number Range Interval for Number Range X1 ( For Recurring
Document Template)
2 Creation of Recurring Document
3 Posting of Transactions by using Recurring Document Templates by the way of
Batch input Session.
Step 1. Define Number Range Interval for Number Range X1 ( FBN1)
Company Code: PSL
Select Change Intervals Button -----> Select Intervals Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 41
Select Change Intervals Button -----> Select Intervals Button
No Year From No To No
X1 2009 5100001 5200000 → ENTER
Ignore the Warning Message and press Enter
Step 2. Creation of Recurring Document ( FBD1)
Accounting ----> Financial Accounting--->General Ledger--->Posting--->
Reference Documents--->Recurring Document
Company Code: PSL
First Run on : 31.07.09
Last Run on : 30.06.10
Interval in Months: 01 for Monthly
Document Type: SA
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER
Amount 10000 Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Recurring Area Testing
Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: + Select Display Document Overview Button---> Save
We get a message 5100001 was stored in Company Code PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 41
Step 3. Display & Posting Recurring Document
Display: Accounting---> Fianancial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing
----->Recurring Entries----> Lists( F.15)
Posting: Accounting---> Fianancial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing
----->Recurring Entries----> Execute( F.14)
Company Code: PSL
Document Numb: 5100001 (Number Generated by Creation of Recurring Doc)
Session Name PSL → Select Process Button
Select Display Errors only Radio Button
Select Process Button again
We get a message "Processing of Batch Input Session Completed"
Exit from Batch Input Session.
To View the Document Posted use the Transction Code FB-03 → ENTER
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS:
There are 3 types of Exchange Rates defined by SAP
Type Purpsose Type Defined by SAP
1 Bank Buying Rate Exports Purpose G Type
2 Bank Selling Rate Imports/ Exp B Type
3 Average Rate MM / SD users only M Type
PATH: SPRO---->Sap Net Weaver---->General Settings--->Currencies--->Check Exchange
Prepared by: Rao MH 42
PATH: SPRO---->Sap Net Weaver---->General Settings--->Currencies--->Check Exchange
Rate Types Select Position Button
Exchange Rate Type B → ENTER
We will get the details of Exchange Rate Type B
Define Translation Ratios for Currency Translation:
Here we give Conversion Factors for 2 Currencies
Foreign INR JPY → Japanees Yen
Currency GBP → Great Britan Pound
US$ 1 : 1 ITL → Italian Leera
JPY 100 : 1
EUR 1 : 1 We can give in SAP Like below
GBP 1 : 1 JPY INR Rate
ITL 1000 : 1 100 == 1 35 ( OR)
1 == 0.01 0.35
Once we follow one Conversion Factor , follow contineously for all the years. Don’t Change
in between. If we change in between, it gives wrong Results.
Conversion Factors are given at Client Level but not at Company Code Level.
PATH: Same as above ignore the warning message and press Yes. Select New Entries
Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 42
Ex. Rate From To Valid
Type From From : To
G US$ INR 01.07.09 1 : 1
B US$ INR 01.07.09 1 : 1
M US$ INR 01.07.09 1 : 1 → Save
Create Request Button
Short Description: Foreign Exchange Customization for PSL
ENTER 2 times to save in your request.
Enter Exchange Rates: This is called Forex Table. We can enter Foreign Exchange
Rates Daily, Weekly, Monthly. For Each Type we can enter only one rate in a day.
PATH: Same Path as above ( Next Step to last Path)
Ex.Rate Valid Indirect From Direct To
Type From Quot Quot
G 10.07.09 US$ 49.40 INR
B 10.07.09 US$ 49.50 INR
M 10.07.09 US$ 49.42 INR → ENTER
SAVE and press Enter to save in your request. Indirect Quot is for INR to US$ Rate .
Exchange Rate Entry at End User Area (S_BCE_68000174)
PATH Accounting ---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Environment---->
Current Settings--->Enter Translation Rates
Ratio
Prepared by: Rao MH 43
Current Settings--->Enter Translation Rates
Select Positon Button
Ex.Rate Tyep G
From Currency US$
To Currency INR
Valid From 10.07.09 → ENTER
Foreign Currency Postings : There are two typs of options for Foreign currency postings.
OPTION -1 OPTION-2
When Exchange Rate is not entered When Exchange Rate is entered
at the time of Posting the Document at the time of Posting the Document
In Option 1, system take the Ex. Rate Rates are entered by End User , but not
from Forex Table the System.
It takes the Latest Rate from Table
Ex. on 09.07.09 Rate is 45
on 21.07.09 Rate is 49
If we want to enter document on 20.07.09, system will take the rate of 45 not 49
Prepared by: Rao MH 43
To Enter Default Exchange Rate type based on Document Type.
Doc. Nature of Document Type of
Type Ex. Rate
SA General Ledger Posting B
KR FI Purchases B
RE MM Purchases B
DR FI Sales B
RV SD Sales B
NOTE: If we do not specify the Ex Rate Type , system will take automatically"M"( Average)
To Enter Default Ex. Rate Type "B"(Bank Selling Rate) for Document "SA" (OBA7)
GL Document----> Select Details Button
Under Default Values:
Ex Rate Type for foreign currency document "B" Select Save or Ctrl+S
Press Enter to Save in your Request.
Posting of Foreign Transactions ( F-02)
Doc.Date 23.07.09 Company Code: PSL
Post Date 23.07.09 Currency : USD Rate Blank
Document Type: SA
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER
Amount 1000 USD Amount in LC Blank 49.5
Bussiness Area: PSLH
Prepared by: Rao MH 44
Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Salaries Postings
Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and Save
To View Document in INR Select Display Currency Button(F8). Select Save or Ctrl+S
Option 2 :When Exhange Rate is entered at the time of posting
Salaries Provison ( F-02)
Doc.Date 23.07.09 Company Code: PSL
Post Date 23.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00
Document Type: SA
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER
System will give warning message Ex. Rate 50.00 deviates from Table Rate
49.50 by 1.01% . Ignore the warning message and Press ENTER
Amount 1000 USD
Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Salaries Postings → ENTER
Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 44
MONTH END PROVISONS: We have 2 options for Month End provisions
Option 1: Accrual / Deferral Document Method
Under option 1 of Accrual / Deferral Document method, on the Month
end we make provision and on next month 1st workign day, we reverse
total provison made. AT the thime of making payment we will take the
actual payment made. For Ex:
On 31.07.09 Provision for Salaries
Salaries A/c Dr 100000
to O/s Expenses 100000
On 01.08.09 Reversal of Provison
O/s. Expenses A/c 100000
to Salaries 100000
On 05.08.09 Salaries Payment
Salaries Account 105000
to Bank/ Cash 105000
Option 2: Open Item Management
Under Open Itme Management , at the end of the month we make the
provision . At the time of payment we adjust the provion. If Excess
payment is made, difference between actual payment and provision
is booked as expenditure for that month. For Ex:
On 31.07.09 Provision for Salaries
Prepared by: Rao MH 45
On 31.07.09 Provision for Salaries
Salaries A/c Dr 100000
to O/s Expenses 100000
On 05.08.09 Salaries Payment
Outstanding Exp 100000
Salaries A/c 5000
To Bank A/c 105000
In both the options effect will be same. In Option 2 Tracking of Provison Made is
improtant which is not possible in practical live environment.
Note: In Live Environment provisions will be made by Accountant and Payment
will be made by Cashier. The cashier at the time of making payment should
know the amount of provision and how much he has to clear at the time of
payment. Tracting is required in Option 2. In Live Environment Companies
follow OPTION-1
Option 1 :Accrual / Deferral Document.
Steps. 1 Define Reversal Reason and Reversal Reason shoul allow us to Reverse on
any day.
2. Ener Accrual/Deferral Document
A) Rent Provision on 23.07.09
B) Salaries Provision on Month End Date
3. Reverse Accrual / Deferral Document.
Prepared by: Rao MH 45
1 Define Reversal Reason and Reversal Reason shoul allow us to Reverse on
any day.
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->GL Accounts---->Business Transactions--->
Adjustment Posting/ Reversal---->Define Reason for Reversal
Select New Entries Button → ENTER
Reason 15 ( Last Number in the Reasons list of the System. Number
May differ from system to system in institutue)
Text: Accrual / Deferral Reversal for PSL
† Negative Posting √
‡ Alt. Posting √ → Save
Press Enter to save in your request.
† When we reverse the transaction it reduces from the same side instead of
Showing it on credit Side. Ex.
Period Debit Credit Balance Cum.Bal
4 100000 ---- 100000 Dr 100000 Dr
5 -100000 ---- - -
When we reverse the Salaries Provison on 1st of of August, it shows on
Debit Side as Negative Balance instead of on Credit Side. If it shows on
Credit Side, in Cash Flow Statement, it shows as " Cash Incoming " from
Prepared by: Rao MH 46
Credit Side, in Cash Flow Statement, it shows as " Cash Incoming " from
Salaries, which seems to be awkward in reports. If it shows on Debit Side
as Negative Balance, Net Effect will come in Cash Flow Statement.
‡ If we don’t select the Aleternative Check Box, system will allow us to
reverse posting only on " ORIGINAL POSTING DATE". If we select
the check box, it allows the reversal entry on any date.
2 Enter Accrual / Deferral Document
PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Periodic Posting---->
Closing ---->Valuate---->Enter Accrual /Deferral Document (FBS1)
For Rent Provision ( FBS1):
Doc.Date 23.07.09 Type SA Company Code: PSL
Post Date 23.07.09 Currency : USD Rate Blank
INR
Reversal Reason 15 Reversal Date 01.08.09
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER
Amount 50000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Rent Provision for July
Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and Save
Prepared by: Rao MH 46
For Salaries Provision ( FBS1):
Doc.Date 31.07.09 Type SA Company Code: PSL
Post Date 31.07.09 Currency : USD Rate Blank
INR
Reversal Reason 15 Reversal Date 01.08.09
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Amount 300000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Salaries Provison for JULY
Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and Save
3 Reversal of Accrual / Deferral Document ( F.81)
PATH: Same Path ( Next Level to the last Path)
Company. Code: PSL
Reverse Posting Dt: 01.08.09
Test Run √ → Select Execute Button ( F8)
Select Reverse Docs. Button
We get a Message that Documents Were reversed with another Document Number
OPTION-2: Open Item Management
Prepared by: Rao MH 47
OPTION-2: Open Item Management
This is used for Vendors / Customers / Balance Sheet Accounts, where Clearing is
Required. IN Balance Sheet Accounts it is applicable like
1. Where there is Provision and Payment will be made in future Ex. O/S. Exp
2. Where there is Recovery and Payment Afterwards Ex: TDS/PF Etc.,
Concept of Open Item Management is like Bill Wise Adjustments in Other Accounting
Softwares.
For Making Open Item Management active, we have to select the " Open Item
Management" Check Box at the time of GL Master Creations.
Suppose Consider Outstanding Expenses Account, if we see account at the end
of the year, there will be so many debits and credits. We don’t know which item is
paid and which is payable. If we select the Open Item Management check Box
at the time of GL Master Creation, while at the time of making payment system
will ask about the payment is against which provision. Once we selected payement
agaisnt Rent Provison, that item will be cleared from Open Items List.
We can see the Outstanding Expneses in 3 ways.
a) Open Items : Payable Items
b) Cleared Items: Amount paid Items
c) All Items: All items of Payable and Paid items.
Prepared by: Rao MH 47
IN SAP we have 3 scenarios for Open Item Management
Scenario No
1st Scenario Full Clearing Provison Amount and Payment are same
2nd Scenario Partial Clearing Part payment against Provisions
3rd Scenario Residual Clearing Part payment against Provisions
Scenario1: Full Clearing
1st Step: Making Provision for Rent ( F-02)
Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: PSL
Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00
INR
Document Type: SA
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER
Amount 60000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Rent Provison for July → ENTER
Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and SAVE
2nd Step: How to View Open Item Managed Transactions ( FBL3N)
PATH: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Account---->
Display/ Change Line Items ( FBL3N)
Type Remarks
Prepared by: Rao MH 48
GL A/c # 100500 ( Outstanding Expenses Account)
Com. Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button Θ
Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8)
3rd Step: Out going payment with Clearing
PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Posting ---->
Outgoing Payment (F-07)
Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: PSL
Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00
INR
Document Type: SA
Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment
Bank Data:
Account : 200100 ( Cash Account)
Bus. Area: PSLH
Amount : 60000
Text: Outgoing Payment
Open Item Selection:
Account : 100500 ( Outstanding Exp)
Account Type S ( it will come by default. S= G L Account)
Select Process Open Items Button on Left Top
Prepared by: Rao MH 48
4th Step: Checking Open Item Managed A/c after payment (FBL3N)
GL A/c : 100500 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button Θ
Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8)
We can see the Report of Cleared Items in GL A/c Number 100500 ( O.S. Exp)
If we want to see the Open Items under GL A/c Number 100500 ( O.S. Exp)
Select Open Items Radio Button Θ
Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8)
Scenario 2 & 3: Partial Clearing and Residual Items Method:
Nature of the Transactions how system works under Partial Clearing or Residual Items
Method is explained with the following Example for understanding.
Partial Clearing Residual Clearing
A) Rent Provison A) Rent Provison
Rent A/c Dr. 70000 Rent A/c Dr. 70000
To O/S. Exp A/c 70000 To O/S. Exp A/c 70000
B) Partial Payment of 2000 by using Partial B) Partial Payment of 3000 by using Partial
Clearing Method Clearing Method
Prepared by: Rao MH 49
Clearing Method Clearing Method
O/S. Exp A/c Dr 2000 O/S. Exp A/c 80000
To Bank/ Cash A/c 2000 To Bank/ Cash A/c 3000
To O/S Exp A/c 77000
O/S. Exp A/c at the end of the period
Open Items 70000 Cr Open Items 77000 Cr
Cleared Items 2000 Dr Cleared Items 80000 Cr
Open Items 68000 Cr 80000 Dr
In Residual Clearing Method, if we make part payment against any provision, System will
clear all the earlier provison and for the difference amount ( i.e., Balance payable) generate
another provision entry with new reference number. Residual means Balance payable.
In Live Environment, Companies will follow Partial Clearing Method instead of Residual
Clearing. Reason is at the time of every payment in Residual a New Reference is generated.
It gives practical problems in case of Vendors / Customers Bills Clearing. We may not know
the actual bill amount after 2 or 3 partial payments. Both the Options are available in SAP,
it depends on the company to choose which option to follow.
Prepared by: Rao MH 49
Scenario2: Partial Clearing
Step 1: Making Rent Provison (F-02)
Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: PSL
Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00
INR
Document Type: SA
Reference # : 6789 ( Normally in Vedors/ Customers it is Bill Number)
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER
Amount 70000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Rent Provison for July → ENTER
Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and SAVE
Step 2: Outgoing payment using Partial Clearing Method ( F-07)
Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: PSL
Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00
INR
Document Type: SA
Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment
Bank Data:
Account : 200100 ( Cash Account)
Bus. Area: PSLH
Amount : 2000
Prepared by: Rao MH 50
Amount : 2000
Text: Outgoing Payment Ref # 6789
Open Item Selection:
Account : 100500 ( Outstanding Exp)
Keep Cursor on Amount Field of Line Item , against which we want to adjust.
Select Partial Payment Tab on top. It creates one table which contains Payment
Amount Column
Double Click on Net Amount 70000. This amount will come automaticall to the
next Column " Payment Amount".
Double Click on Amount under Payment Amount Column and Change the amount
to Actual Payable Amount of Rs. 2000.
From Menu----> Document----> Simulate
System will warn with a message " Correct the Marked Line Items"
Double Click on the Line Item which is in BLUE COLOUR
Enter Text + or type " Out going payment " in Text Column. → SAVE
Checking : See Open Item Managed A/c Transactions ( FBL3N)
GL A/c 100500 Comp. Code : PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button Θ
Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8)
We Can see in the account Rs 70000 in Credit and Rs. 2000 in Debit . Balance 68000 in Cr
i.e., Balance Payable.
Prepared by: Rao MH 50
To View Bill Wise Outstanding :
In Account View Screen, Go to Change Layout Button
From Hidden Fields Column Select---> Reference Field
Select Amoutn in Local Currency Field under Column Content
Select Left Arrow or Show Selected Fields Button
Select Copy Button . Keep Curson on Reference and Select Sub Total Button on Top
We can see the Outstanding amounts in each Bill in the Outstanding Exp. A/c
To Make the Balance Amount 68000 Payment:
Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code:
Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00
INR
Document Type: SA
Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment
Bank Data:
Account : 200100 ( Cash Account)
Bus. Area: PSLH
Amount : 68000
Text: Outgoing Payment
Open Item Selection:
Account : 100500 ( Outstanding Exp)
Select Process Open Items Button
Double click on Payable Amount 70000 and Double Click on Part Payment Amount
Prepared by: Rao MH 51
Double click on Payable Amount 70000 and Double Click on Part Payment Amount
2000 ( when we double click , particular item will change colour into Blue )
From Menu----> Document----> Simulate → SAVE
To View Open Item Managed A/c Transactions ( FBL3N)
GL A/c 100500 Buss. Area: PSLH
Select Open Items Radio Button Θ
Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8)
Scenario 3: Residual Items Method
Step 1: Making Rent Provison (F-02)
Doc.Date 24.07.09 Type : SA Company Code:
PSL
Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : INR
Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER
Amount 80000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: Rent Provison for July → ENTER
Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER
Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH
Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 51
Step 2: Making Part Payment using Residual Method ( F-07)
Doc.Date 24.07.09 Type SA Company Code: PSL
Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00
INR
Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment
Bank Data:
Account : 200100 ( Cash Account)
Bus. Area: PSLH
Amount : 3000
Text: Part Payment for Rent Prov
Open Item Selection:
Account : 100500 Process Open Item Button / Tab
Select Amound Field of Line Item appear to shich we want to adjust--->
Select Residual Items Tab, System Will generate one table which contains
Residual Items Column.
Double click on Net Amount 80000 which is to be adjusted
Double Clik on Residual Items Amount Field. Blance amount ( Acutal Provison
Less Amount paid ) will show in that column automatically ( i.e, 77000 in exp)
From Menu----> Document ----> Simulate
System will warn with a message " Correct the Marked Line Items"
Double Click on the Line Item which is in BLUE COLOUR
Enter Text + or type " Out going payment " in Text Column. → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 52
REVERSALS: When we post a Wrong Entry in SAP, we have to go for Reversal or
pass a Rectification Entry. There are so many Types of Reversals allowed
in SAP. They are
1 Individual Document Reversal
2 Reversal of Reversed Document ( Work Around Method -- Indirect Method)
3 Mass Reversal
4 Cleared Items Reversals
5 Accrual / Deferral Documents Reversal ( Topic covered at Month End Provisons)
Type 1: Individual Document Reversal
A) Under This Method, we can reverse one document at a time
B) At the time of Reversal we have to give the Reversal Reason .
C) At the time of Reversal , we have to specify Reversal Date. If we don’t specify
reversal date, System will generate reversal Document on Original Document
Posting Date. In that case, that Original Document Posting Period should be open
at the time of reversing the document.
PATH: Accounting ---->Financial accounting---->General Ledger---->Document---->
Reverse---->Individual Reversal ( FB08)
***** XXXX****
Prepared by: Rao MH 52
Reversal of Document # 1
Documnt No : 1 Comp Code: PSL F.Year 2009
Reversal Reason 01 ( Reversal In Current Period)
Posting Date: Blank
Select Display Before Reversal Button on Top
Select ← ( Back arrow) and Select Save Button
To See the reversed Document : Menu---> Document----> Display
Reversed Document Type : AB
For General Ledger Postings Document Type is SA . Eventhough Reversal
Document is part of the GL Documents, System will specify automatically
for Reversal Documents Type as AB. Why?
Reversal Documents are part of General Ledger Postings. If System generate
Document Type SA for reversal Document , as number will come in Serial either
for Normal Posting or for Reversal Postings. If I want to see only the Reversal
Documents it is not possible if it allots type SA for all Documents. To identify the
Reversal Documents Separately System is allotting Type AB for reversal Documents.
Ex: Doc. No. Type
1 SA SA is for General Postings
2 SA AB is for Reversal Documents.
3 SA
Prepared by: Rao MH 53
3 SA
4 SA Even though Document number is in
5 SA Serial, we can identify the Reversed
6 SA Documents with Document Type "AB"
7 AB as shown in Example
8 AB
9 SA
10 AB
Type 2: Reversal of Reversed Document (F-02)
From Menu-----> Document ----> Post with Reference
Doc # 19 Comp Code: PSL F.Year 2009
Select Generate Reverse Posting Check Box
Select Display Line Items Check Box → Press ENTER 2 Times
Text: Change to Reversal of Document # 19 → ENTER
Text : + Enter , we can see the reversal of Reversed Document
SAVE We get the message that Document was Saved.
Menu---> Document----> Display to see the Reversed Document.
Prepared by: Rao MH 53
Type 3: Mass Reversal
To reverse more than one document at at time, we use Mass Reversal Method.
The documents to be reversed can be contineous numbers or random numbers.
PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Acconting---->General Ledger---->Document---->
Reverse----> Mass Reversal ( F.80)
Comp. Code: PSL To Reverse Random #, Select Right Arrow
or Multiple Selection Button, beside Document No.
Under Single Values Give Document# 2 and Document# 4. Select Copy Button
Reason for Reversal 01 ( Reversal in Current Period)
Select Test Run Check Box Select Execute Button ( F8)
Select Reverse Document Button
We will get message that Document number 2 and document numbe 4 reversed.
Type 4: Cleared Items Reversal
Step 1 : See Open Itemed Managed Account Transactions ( FBL3N)
GL A/c # 100500 ( Outstanding Exp)
Comp. Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button Θ
Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8)
Prepared by: Rao MH 54
We can see the Cleared Items of A/c # 100500( Outstanding Expenses)
Suppose Document # 12 is for Rent Provison for 60000 and Document # 13 is
payment of 60000 agaisnt Document # 12. Then O/S. Exp Account would be like
O/S. Exp A/c
Doc # 13 60000 Dr. Doc # 12 600000 Cr
in Cleared Items List Document # 12 60000 Cr
Document # 13 60000 Dr
Net payable NIL
If we have given Stop Payment Letter to the Bank agaisnt the Document # 13, it
should be reversed then Account will be
O/S. Exp A/c
Doc # 13 60000 Dr. Doc # 12 600000 Cr
in Cleared Items List Document # 12 60000 Cr
System Shows that Document # 12 under Cleared List. When we have given stop
payment Letter to Bank and reversed document# 13, then Document # 12 should
come under Open Item Category. To make this in SAP we have to follow 2 Steps
1. Reset Cleared Items- to make it as open. Then there will be no Link between
Rent Outstanding and Bank
2. Reverse Document # 13.
Prepared by: Rao MH 54
PATH: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Document---->
Reset Cleared Items ( FBRA)
Giver Clearing Doc 13
Company Code PSL
F.Year 2009 Select Save or Ctrl +S
Select Resetting and Reverse Button
Reversal Reason 01 → ENTER
It gives message that Clearing 13 was reset → ENTER
It gives message Document was posted → ENTER
Checking : To See Open Item Managed Accounts ( FBL3N)
A/C # 100500
Comp.Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button Θ
Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8)
We can see that Document # 12 is appearing in Open Items List.
INTEREST CALCULATIONS:
XXXXX
Prepared by: Rao MH 55
We have two types of interest calculations in SAP.
A. Balance Interest Calculations Item Interest Calculation
B. Defined as Type "S" Defined as Type "P"
C. Used for General Ledger A/c Used for Vendors/ Customers
Type 1: Balance Interest Calculations
Step1. Define Interest Calculation Type
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounts---->General Ledger A/c----> Business
Transactions Bank Interest Calculations---->Interest Calculations Global
Settings---->Define Interest Calculation Type.
Select New Entries Button
Int. Indicator Name Int. Calculation
Type
P1 10% Monthly S ( Balance Interest Calculation)
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Type 1 Type 2
Prepared by: Rao MH 55
Step2. Prepare A/c Balance Interest Calculation
PATH: Next step to last path ( TC=OBAA)
Select New Entries Button
Int. Cal Indicator P1
Int. Cal Frequency 01 ( 1 Month) Under Period Determination
Calender Tyep G
Select Balance Interest Check Box under Output Section
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Step3. Define Reference Interest Rates
For Example there is SBI Term Loan which was take on 15.4.2009 for Rs. 100000.
ON 15.07.2009 we repaid 1st Installment of Rs. 10,000
Interest Calculation for the Whole year:
Method 1. Aprox.
On 100000 from 15.04.09 to 31.03.10 @ 10% 15000
On paid 10000 from 15.07.09 to 31.03.10 @ 10% -3000
Balance Interest Payable 12000
Method 2.
On 100000 from 15.04.09 to 15.07.09 @ 10% 4000
On 90000 from 15.07.09 to 31.03.10 @ 10% 8000
Balance Interest Payable 12000
In Both the Methods Interest Rate will be Same.
Prepared by: Rao MH 56
In Both the Methods Interest Rate will be Same.
In the above Example the Rate of Interest we are paying interest on Loan taken
from SBI and the Rate of Interest we are received from SBI on amout repaid to Bank
are same.
i.e, Interest Charged by Bank 10%
Interest Given by Bank 10%
If both are Different ie., When Loan acount is having Credit Balance 10%
When Loan account is having Debit Balance 8%
We have to define Reference Indicators for Inerest.
P2 for A/c having Credit Balance 10%
P3 for A/c having Debit Balance 8%
Following are Steps to follow for Interest Calculation under Type I
1 Interest rates are given to Reference Interest Rates- for P2 -10% & for P3-8%
2 Reference Interest Rates are assaigned to Accounts
P2 to Accounts having Credit Balances
P3 to Accounts having Debit Balances
3 Accounts having Credit Balance and Accounts Having Debit Balance are assaigned
to interest indicators
4 Interest Indicator will be specified in Loan Account.
Prepared by: Rao MH 56
Step 1. Define Interest Rates:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Gen Ledger a/c--->Business Transactions---->
Bank A/c Interest Calculation--->Interest Calculation---->Reference Int. Rates
(OBAC) Select New Entries Button
Ref. Interest Rate: P2
Long Text Int: 10% A/c Having Credit Balance
Description : 10% Accounts Credit Balance
Date From: 01.04.09
Currency: INR
Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request.
Select New Entries Button
Ref. Interest Rate: P3
Long Text Int: 8% A/c Having Debit Balance
Description : 8% Accounts Debit Balance
Date From: 01.04.09
Currency: INR
Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request.
Define Time Dependent Terms: Same Path ( Next Line to Last Path)
Select New Entries Button 1
Int. Cal Indicator P1
Currency Key INR
Prepared by: Rao MH 57
Currency Key INR
Effective From 01.04.09
Sequential No 1
Term Select Cr. Interest : Balance Interest Calculation
Ref. Int. Rate P2
Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request.
Select New Entries Button
Int. Cal Indicator P1
Currency Key INR
Effective From 01.04.09
Sequential No 2
Term Select Dr. Interest : Balance Interest Calculation
Ref. Int. Rate P3
Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request.
Enter Interest Values: Same Path ( next line to last path) ( TC=OB83)
Select New Entries Button
Reference Interest Rate P2 P3
Valid From 01.04.09 01.04.09
Interest Rate 10% 8%
Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 57
Step 2. Creation of GL Masters: ( FS00)
As we have not created GL Masters for SBI Term Loan and Interest Account , we
have to create now. Before Creating the GL Master check the Available A/c Nos
in OBD 4 and see the Number Ranges for Account Groups. Select the available
Account Number from that Range
GL Master A/c Group A/c No
SBI Rupee Term loan A/c Secured Loans 100300
Interest Account Interest Group 400400
1st A/c
GL A/c# 100300 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009
Select With Template Button
GL A/c# 100000
Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter
Select Type/ Description Tab
Change Account Group to Secured Loans
Change Short Text & Long Text to SBI Rupee Term Loan
Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab
Change Field Status Group to G005
Int. Indicator P1 → SAVE
2nd A/c
Prepared by: Rao MH 58
2nd A/c
GL A/c# 400400 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009
Select With Template Button
GL A/c# 400300
Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter
Select Type/ Description Tab
Change Account Group to Interest
Change Short Text & Long Text to Interest Account → SAVE
Step 3. Assaignment of Accounts for Automatic Postings:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->General Ledger Accounting---->Business
Transactions--->Bank A/c Interest Calculation--->Interest Posting--->Prepare
GL A/c Balance Interest Calculation ( OBV2)
Select Symbols Button ( F8)
Select A/c. Buttons
Chart of Accounts: PSL → ENTER
A/c Symbol 002 (Interest Paid) Currency INR
GL A/c 400400
A/c Symbol 2000 ( GL A/c Paid) Currenty INR
GL A/c ++++++++++ ( 10 Times)
Save -----> Enter
Prepared by: Rao MH 58
Interest A/c Debit 002 Assaign to 400400
SBI Rupee Term Loan A/c Credit 2000 Assaign to 100300
If More than One Term Loan in Against 2000 '++++++++++ ( 10 Times)
We are giving + symbol 10 times as Max length of A/c Number would be 10 digits
But we are using 6 digits only. If at the time of Posting Cash A/c Dr and Equity
Share Capital Credit, system take Cash account as 0000200100 and Equity Share
Capital as 0000100000 and when we see it shows 200100 Dr and 100000 Cr
Suppose if we give 6 times + Symbol for SBI Rupee Term Loan . It takes 000010
which it cannot post.
100300 SBI Rupee Term Loan A/c
100301 IDBI Rupee Term Loan A/c
100302 IFCI Rupee Term Loan A/c
At the time of Interest Calculations, we have to specify for which Loan Account
Interest to be calculated and when.
End User Area: To Open Posting Periods for April ( OB52)
Select Positon Button
PP.Variant PSL
For Variant PSL From Period 1
Save Press Enter to save in your request.
Step 4 SBI Rupee Term Loan Receipt Entry ( F-02)
Prepared by: Rao MH 59
Step 4 SBI Rupee Term Loan Receipt Entry ( F-02)
SBI has given Cheque Dated 15.04.09 but we deposited in on 17.04.09.
At the time of Posting
Document Date 17.04.09
Posting Date 17.04.09 Posting Date is not Modifiable once document posted
in this case, SBI Calculate Interest from 15.04.09 but SAP calculate Interest from
17.04.09. So to match the Interest, SAP Has given the option of Value Date.
Value date is 15.04.09. So system will calculate interest from Value Date but not
from Posting Date. Value date is modifiable after positng the document also.
F-02 ----> Doc.Dt: 17.04.09 Type : SA Comp.Code: PSL
Post.Dt: 17.04.09 Currency : INR
P.Key: 40 A/c No: 200100 → ENTER
Amount 100000 Business Area: PSLH
Value Dt: 15.04.09 Text: SBI Rupee Term Loan Receipt
P.Key: 50 A/c No: 100300 → ENTER
Amount * Business Area: PSLH
Value Dt: 15.04.09 Text: +
Menu----> Document -----> Simulate and Save
Prepared by: Rao MH 59
Step 5 SBI Rupee Term Loan Repayment (F-02)
1st Installment Due Date 15.07.09
Doc.Dt: 13.07.09 Type : SA Comp.Code: PSL
Post.Dt: 13.07.09 Currency : INR
P.Key: 40 A/c No: 100300 → ENTER
Amount 10000 Business Area: PSLH
Value Dt: 15.07.09 Text: SBI Rupee Term Loan Payment
P.Key: 50 A/c No: 200100 → ENTER
Amount * Business Area: PSLH
Value Dt: 15.07.09 Text: +
Menu----> Document -----> Simulate and Save
INTEREST CALCULATIONS:
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Periodic
Processing---->Interest Calculations---->Balance Interest Calculation( F.52)
GL A/c 100300 ( SBI Rupee Term Loan)
Comp. Code PSL
Cal.Period 01.04.09 to 31.03.2010
Select Execute Button (F8)
↓
We can see Interest Calculation, but we can not see Interest Line Item Wise
To See Line Item Wise Interest select Back Arrow and Choose Line Item
Prepared by: Rao MH 60
To See Line Item Wise Interest select Back Arrow and Choose Line Item
Check Box and Execute (F8)
If we want to calculate interest in different rates i.e., from 1st June 2009 to
Intereste is increased from 10% to 12%
From 15.04.09 to 31.05.09 on 100000 @ 10%
From 01.06.09 to 15.07.09 on 100000 @ 12%
From 15.07.09 to 31.03.10 on 90000 @ 12%
Open One more Session with SPRO:
Financial Accounting ----> GL A/c----->Business Transactions----> Bank A/c
Interest Calculations---->Interest Calculations----> Enter Interest Values (OB83)
Select New Entries Button
Ref. Interest Rate P2
Valid From 01.06.09
Inte. Rate 12 ----> Save ----> Enter Save in your request.
Come Back to 1st Session : Select Execute Button . We can see New Interest
Calculation on Screen with 10% and 12% rates.
Posting of Interest for One Month ( 01.04.09 to 30.04.09)
Prepared by: Rao MH 60
Select Back Arrow
Cal.Period 01.04.09 to 30.04.09
Post Interest Check Box √
Update Master Records √
Session Name PSL
Posting to Buss Area PSLH
Posting Dt. Of Session 30.04.09
Document Dt. Of Session 30.04.09
Posting Segment Text Interest of April 2009
Execute ( F8) it shows the interest amount calculated
To Post the Batch Input Session:
Menu----> System----> Services----> Batch Input ----> Session
Select Session Name PSL
Select Process Button
Select Display Errors Only Radio Button
Select Process Button ----> We will get a message that Batch Input Session
Completed
Select Exit Batch Input Session
To View Document Posted ( FB03):
We can see the Document latest posted
Go and see GL Master ( FS00):
Prepared by: Rao MH 61
Go and see GL Master ( FS00):
GL A/c 100300 ( SBI Rupee Term Loan)
Comp.Code: PSL
Menu----> GL A/c----> Change
Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab
Key Date of Last Int. Cal 30.04.09 (Upto which date we have calculated interest)
Date of Last Run 31.07.09 (ON which date we have run the Interest Cal)
SAP Methods for Interest Calculation:
1 Simple Interest and Compound Interest
Simple Interest Compound Interest
15.04.09 SBI RT Loan 100000 Cr 15.04.09 100000
For Symbol 2000 Assaign A/c # 100520 30.04.09 438
Int Payable Int. 438 Posted to 100300 on 30.04.09
For May It Calculate on 100000 only For May it Calculates on 100438
2 Interest Rates Based on Slabs
If Interest Rate is varied from Amount to Amount this system is useful
for ex: on INR 30,000 Int. Rate 10% P2
on 30001 to 50000 Int .Rate 12% P4
In SPRO---> Define Time Dependent Terms---> Amount from 30001
Prepared by: Rao MH 61
3 Int. Calculation from 15.04.09 to 14.05.09 ( instead of 01.04.09 to 30.04.09)
SPRO--->Prepare A/c Balance Interest Calculation ( OBAA)
Enter Settlement Day 14.
4 Interest Posting to Different Accounts:
A/c # 400400 Interest on SBI Rupee Term Loan
A/c # 400401 Interest on IDBI Rupee Term Loan
A/c # 400402 Interest on ICICI Rupee Term Loan
So If we are Calculating interest of IDBI Rupee term Loan
For Symbol 0002 assaign A/c # 400401
In the Batch pocessing select Process Fore Ground Only
System Shows the Entry which is going to be posted
400400 Interest on SBI R.T Loan 438
100301 IDBI Term Loan 438
Change A/c # 400400 to 400401
FOREIGN CURRENCY BALANCES REVALUATION ( FC Balance Revaluation) :
Consider we have taken SBI FC Term Loan on 31.07.09 of 100000 US$ which is
equal to 48,00,000 INR @ 48/ US$. Consider that Company has not paid the
loan upto 31.03.2010.
Prepared by: Rao MH 62
As per Accounting Standard 11, US GAAP, IFRS it is mandatory to revaluate the
FC Loan Balance as on 31.03.2010. Revaluation of FC Balances is applicable to
all FC Loans/ Export Vendors/Import Customers Balances except for Advances.
If on 31.03.2010 rate of 1 US$ equals INR 50, Difference of INR 500000
( 100000 US$ x 5 Rs. == 500000). This difference should be transferred to Exchange Loss
and charged to P& L Account.
Customization of FC Balance Revaluation:
Step.1 Creation of 3 GL Masters
Account Name Under Group No. Range
A) SBI FC Term Loan A/c Secured Loans 100300 to 100399
B) Exchange Gain A/c Other Income 300100 to 300199
C) Exchange Loss A/c Administration 400300 to 400399
Prepared by: Rao MH 62
1st A/c
GL A/c# 100301 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009
Select With Template Button
GL A/c# 100300
Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter
Change Short Text & Long Text to SBI FC Term Loan
Select Control Data Tab
Change Account Currency to USD
De select in Only Blances in Local Currency Check Box
Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab
Remove Interest Indicators and Dates → SAVE
2nd A/c
GL A/c# 300100 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009
Select With Template Button
GL A/c# 400300
Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter
Step 3. Select Type/ Description Tab
Change Account Group to Other Income
Change Short Text & Long Text to Exchange Gain → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 63
3rd A/c
GL A/c# 400301 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009
Select With Template Button
GL A/c# 400300
Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter
Change Short Text & Long Text to Exchange Loss → SAVE
Step 2. Define Accounting Principles:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting ( New)---->Financial A/c Global Settings(New)--->
Ledgers--->Parallel Accounting--->Define Accounting Principles
Select New Entries Button
A/c Principle P1 (Text field any thing can enter)
Name / Descriptionof A/c Principle: Indian Accounting Standards
SAVE and Press Enter to save in your request.
Step 3. Assaign Accounting Principles to Ledger Groups:
Same Path ( Next Level to last path)
Select New Enteries Button
A/c Principle : P1
Target: Ledger Group
Select OL for Indian Accounting Standards ( By default all Indian Companies
SAVE and Press Enter to save in your request. IAS is defined by SAP)
Prepared by: Rao MH 63
Step 4. Define Valuation Methods:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting(New)---->GL A/c ( New)---->Periodic Processing---->
valuate--->Define Valuating Methods
Select New Entries Button
Valuation Method PSL1 (Text Field)
Description FC Valuation for PSL (Bank Selling Method)
Select Always Evaluate Radio Button
Document Type SA
Ex Rate type for Dr. Balance B (Bank Selling Rate)
Ex Rate type for Cr. Balance B (Bank Selling Rate)
select Determine Exchange Rate Type for A/c Balance Radio Button
→ SAVE → Enter to save in your request.
Step 5. Define Valuation Areas:
Same Path ( Next Line to Old path)
Select New Entries Button
Valuation Area : PA ( Text Filed)
Valuation Method: PSL1
Currency type : Select Company Code Currency → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
Step 6. Assaign Valuation Areas & Accounting Principles :
Same Path ( Next Line to Old path)
Prepared by: Rao MH 64
Same Path ( Next Line to Old path)
Select New Entries Button
Valuation Area : PA
A/c Principles: P1 → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
Step 7. Prepare Automatic Posting for Foreign Currency Valuation:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting(New)---->GL A/c ( New)---->Periodic Processing
-----> valuate--->FC Valuation----> Prepare Automatic Posting for Foreign
Currency Valuation ( TC=OBA1)
Double Click on Exchange Rate Difference UG Exchange Rate Key
Chart of Accounts : PSL
Select Right Arrow at Down and Change Valuation Area Button
Valuation Area PA → ENTER
Ex.Rate Expense A/c Exchange
Diff. Key (Exchange Loss) Rate GainA/c
USD ( Text Field) 400301 300100 → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 64
Step 8. Assaign Exchange Rate Difference Key in Loan A/c ( FS00)
GL A/c : 100301
Comp. Code : PSL
From Menu----> GL Account----> Change
Select Control Data Tab
Exchange Rate
Difference Key
USD → SAVE
END USER AREA FOR FC REVALUATION :
{1} FC Term loan Receipt ( F-02)
Doc.Date: 01.08.09 Comp. Code: PSL Currency : USD
Post.DT: 01.08.09 Type : SA Rate: 45.00
Post Key: 40 A/c # 200100 → Enter
Ignore Warning Message → Enter
Amount : 100000 USD Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: SBI FC Term Loan Receipt → Enter
Post Key: 50 A/c # 100301 → Enter
Prepared by: Rao MH 65
Amount : * USD Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: + → Menu----> Document ---->Simulate and SAVE
{2} Enter Year End Exchange Rates in Forex Table ( OB08)
Select New Entries Button
Ex. Rate Valid From Direct To
Type From Currency Quot Currency
G( Bank Buying Rate) 31.03.10 USD 49.50 INR
B( Bank Selling Rate) 31.03.10 USD 50.00 INR
↓
SAVE
{3} FC Valuation:
Accounting ----> Financial Accounting---->Gen Ledger---->Periodic Processing---->
Closing--->Valuate---> FC Valuation(New) ( TC=FAGL_FC_VAL)
Comp. Code: PSL
Valuation Period: 31.03.10
Valuation Area: PA
Select GL Balance tab
Select Valuate GL A/c Balance Check Box → Execute ( F8)
Select on Postings Button and Select Back Arrow 2 Times
Prepared by: Rao MH 65
There are 2 types of FC Valuations.
1) Month End Valuation
2) Year End Valuation
If we made Month End Valuation, Exchange Gain / Loss will be double unless
we reverse in next month. So We will reverse the Exchange Gain/ Loss under
Month End Valuation until the Year End. There will be no Reversal on Year End.
Procedure for Month End Valuation:
Step 1. Month End Exchange Rates in Forex Table ( OB08)
Enter Month End Exchange Rates then go to FC Valuation Screen
IN FAGL_FC_Val Screen
Comp. Code: PSL Valuation Key Date: 31.08.09 ( Every Month End)
Valuation Area: PA
Select Create Posting Check Box
Post.Date: 31.08.09 Reverse Posting Date: 01.09.09
select Reverse Posting check Box
Select GL Balance Tab
Select valuate GL A/c Balance Check Box
GL A/c: 100301 → Select Execute Button ( F8)
Procedure for Year End Valuation:
Step 1. Year End Exchange Rates in Forex Table ( OB08)
Prepared by: Rao MH 66
Step 1. Year End Exchange Rates in Forex Table ( OB08)
Year End Exchange Rates then go to FC Valuation Screen
IN FAGL_FC_Val Screen
Comp. Code: PSL Valuation Key Date: 31.03.10 (F.Y.End Date)
Valuation Area: PA
Select Create Posting Check Box
Post.Date: 31.03.10 Reverse Posting Date: Blank
De select Reverse Posting check Box
Select GL Balance Tab
Select valuate GL A/c Balance Check Box
GL A/c: 100301 → Select Execute Button ( F8)
From Menu--->System---->BatchInput----> Sessions
Session : PSL → Click on Process Button ( F8)
Select Display Errors only Radio Button
Select Process Button → Enter
Business Area: PSLH → Enter
Again Business Area: PSLH → Enter
We will get a message that Processing of Batch Input Session is Completed
Select Exit Batch Input Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 66
To View the Document Posted ( TC=FB03) → Enter
Double Click on 1st Line Item
We can see the FC Revaluation Document Posted.
SOME IMPORTANT POINTS TO BE NOTED IN SAP:
HOW TO VIEW THE STEPS SAVED IN OUR REQUEST:
At the time of various Basic Settings and GL a/c Settings, we saved some steps
in our request. What are the points we saved in our request can be seen with the
folloing path
Tools---->ABAP Work Bench---->Overview---->Transport Organizer ( SE09)
Under client 800
Select Customizing Folder
Select Modifiable Folder
Select GL Customization for PSL Folder
Select Customizing Task Sub Folder
Double Click on Enter Interest Values
Double Click on Enter Interest Values under GL A/c
Select Enter Interest Value Activity
HOW TO VIEW PATH:
SAP Easy Acess Screen Customization Area
( End User Area) ( SPRO Area)
↓ ↓
Prepared by: Rao MH 67
↓ ↓
We know TC but not the Path Use Transaction Code SPRO
In that case, How to view Path. ↓
↓ ↓
In Command Field use Select Cntr + F (or) Find
Search_SAP_Menu --> Enter ↓
Serach Text Entry--> F-02 ( use TC) --> Enter Search Term Fiscal Year---> Enter
We can see the Path from Lower Level to ↓
Upper Level in Descending order Select Fiscal Year Under Financial
A/c Global Settings Area ---> Enter
END OF GENERAL LEDGER ACCOUNTING
Prepared by: Rao MH 67
This is a Sub Ledger ( Subsidary Ledger). When Material Management ( MM ) is not
implemented , this is used for all Purchases i.e., Material purchases as well as for services.
When Material Management Module is implemented this is used for Services , where TDS is
to be deducted. Ex:- Legal & Professional Charges, Job work Charges.
In Normal Accounting for Raw Material Purchases accounting entry would be like below:
Purchases A/c Dr
To Party A/c ( Supplier Account ) Cr
Where as in SAP Entry would be like below:-
Inventory Raw Material A/c Dr ( General Ledger )
To Party A/c ( Supplier Account ) Cr ( Subsidery Ledger)
If the Entry will be like above, Trial Balance will not match as in Trial Balance only Balances
of General Ledgers will affect but not the Subsidery ledgers. To overcome this problem, SAP
automatically passes one more entry internally as and when we pass the first entry .
SAP passes Internal Entry to Sundry Creditors RM A/c ( General Ledger ) which is a Reco
Account or Control Account. If I want to see , One party account we can go to party account.
If I want to see all subledgers, we can go to Sundry Creditors RM a/c
Basic Settings for Accounts Payable:
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
Prepared by: Rao MH 68
Basic Settings for Accounts Payable:
1 Creation of Vendor A/c Groups
A) FI Vendors B) MM Vendors
(Service Parties) (Material Suppliers)
↓ ↓
Specify Reco A/c Required Specify Reco A/c Required
Entry Field Entry Field
2 Create Number Range for Vendor Account
3 Assaign No Range Group to Vendor Account Group
4 Create Tolerance Group for Vendor Account
5 Creation of 2 GL Masters
A) Inventory RM Under Current Assets & Loans and Advances
B) Sundry Creditors for RM Under Liabilities & Provisions
6 Creation of Vendor Masters
7 Document Types and Number Ranges
KR----> Vendor Invoice
KZ----> Vendor Payment
KA----> Vendor Document for Transfer / Reversals
8 Posting Keys 31 Vendor Credit
25 Vendor Debit
Prepared by: Rao MH 68
Step 1. Creation of Vendor Account Groups:
SPRO----> Financial Accounting---->Account Receivable & Accounts Payable---->
Vendor Accounts---> Master Data---->Preparation for Creating Vendor Master
Data---->Define Account Groups with Screen Lay Out ( Vendors)---->
Select New Entries
Account Group → PSL1 (Text Field)
Name → FI Vendors for PSL
Double Click on Company Code Data
Double Click on Account Management
Make Reconciliation Account as "Required Entry" Field (Select Radio Button)
Cash Management Group "Supress" (Select Radio Button)
Select SAVE or CTRL+S----> Select Create Request Button and save in your request.
Short Description : AP Customization for PSL → ENTER
Press Enter to Save in your request.
Select Next Entry Button to create one more Group of MM Vendors for PSL
Account Group → PSL2 (Text Field)
Name → MM Vendors for PSL
Double Click on Company Code Data
Double Click on Account Management
Prepared by: Rao MH 69
Make Reconciliation Account as "Required Entry" Field (Select Radio Button)
Cash Management Group "Supress" (Select Radio Button)
Select SAVE or CTRL+S
Step 2. Create Number Range for Vendor Account :
SPRO----> Financial Accounting---->Account Receivable & Accounts Payable---->
Vendor Accounts---> Master Data---->Preparation for Creating Vendor Master
Data---->Create Number Range for Vendor A/c ( TC=XKN1)
Select Change Intervals Button
Select Intervals Button
No Range From To
15 4400001 4400100 → ENTER
Select Intervals Button
No Range From To
16 4400101 4400200 → ENTER → SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter to SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 69
Step 3. Assaign No Range Group to Vendor Account Group:
SPRO----> Financial Accounting---->Account Receivable & Accounts Payable---->
Vendor Accounts---> Master Data---->Preparation for Creating Vendor Master
Data---->Assaign Number Range for Vendor A/c
Select Position Button
Account Group PSL1 → ENTER
For Group PSL1 Assaign No Range 15
For Group PSL2 Assaign No Range 16 → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request
Step 4. Creation of Tolerance Group for Vendors Accounts:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable ---->
Business Transactions---->Outgoing Payments---->Manual Outgoing Payments---->
Define Tolerances ( Vendors)
Select New Entries button
Company Code: PSL
Tolerance group: Blank
Description : Tolerance Group for PSL
→ SAVE → ENTER to save in your request
Step 5. Creation of 2 GL Masters( FS00) :
1st A/c GL Account No: 200120
Prepared by: Rao MH 70
1st A/c GL Account No: 200120
Comp. Code: PSL → Select with Template Button
GL A/c 200100
Comp. Code PSL → ENTER
Change Short Text and GL A/c Long Text to "Inventory RM"
Select Create/Bank/Interest tab
Select Field Status G001
De Select Relevant to Cash Flow Check Box → SAVE
2nd A/c GL Account No: 100501
Comp. Code: PSL → Select with Template Button
GL A/c 100500
Comp. Code PSL → ENTER
Change Short Text and GL A/c Long Text to "Sundry Creditors for RM"
Select Control Data tab
Select Field Status G001
De Select Only Balances in Local Currencies Check Box
Recon A/c for Account Type: Vendor
Deselect Optimum Management Check Box
Sort Key 012 ( Vendor Account Number)
Select Create/Bank/Interest tab
Select Field Status G067 ( Recon A/c ) → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 70
Step 6. Creation of Vendor Masters:
PATH: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Payable----> Master
Records--->Maintain Centrally---->Create ( TC=XK01)
Company Code: PSL
A/c Group: PSL1 FI Vendors for PSL → ENTER
Title : Company ( Select from Drop Down Box)
Name : Godrej Steel Limited
Street /House #: Ameerpet Postal Code: 500000
Country: IN Communication: EN ( English)
Telephone: 66611983
Select Next Screen Button 3 Times
Reconciliation Account : 100501 ( Sundry Creditors RM A/c)
Sort Key : 012 ( Vendor Number)
Select Next Screen Button
Payment Terms: Select 001 ( Payable Immediately Due Net)
Tolerance Group: Blank
Check Double Inv: √ → SAVE
Step 7. Document Types and Number Ranges: ( TC=OBA7)
Doc.1 Select Type KR ( Vendor Invoice)
Select Details Button
Number Range 19
Prepared by: Rao MH 71
Number Range 19
Select No Range Information Button
Company Code PSL
Select Change Interval Button
Select Interval Button
Give No Range 19
Year 2009
From No 100001
To No 200000 → ENTER → SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter .
Select Back Arrow 3 Times
Doc.2 Select Type KZ ( Vendor Payment)
Select Details Button
Number Range 15
Select No Range Information Button
Company Code PSL
Select Change Interval Button
Select Interval Button
Give No Range 15
Year 2009
From No 200001
To No 300000 → ENTER → SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter .
Prepared by: Rao MH 71
Select Back Arrow 3 Times
Doc.3 Select Type KA ( Vendor Document)
Select Details Button
Number Range 17
Select No Range Information Button
Company Code PSL
Select Change Interval Button
Select Interval Button
Give No Range 17
Year 2009
From No 300001
To No 400000 → ENTER → SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter .
HOUSE BANKS :-
HOUSE BANKS :-
HOUSE BANKS :-
HOUSE BANKS :-
Scenario 1:
SBI Main Branch
↓
A/c Ids C. A/c 1 C. A/c 2 C. A/c 3
Scenario 2:
SBI Main Branch SBI Begumpet Branch
Prepared by: Rao MH 72
SBI Main Branch SBI Begumpet Branch
Bank St. Hyd Hyd
↓ ↓
Current A/c #1 Current A/c #1
1 House Bank 1 House Bank
1 A/c Id 1 A/c Id
House Banks will be created Branch wise
Steps in creating House Banks :
1 Creating of A/c Masters
2 Details of House Bank
3 Creation of Check Lots ( In Normal English Cheque= In SAP Check)
Check From #
Check To #
Step 1. Creation of GL Master( FS00): SBI Current account under Current Assets and
Loans and Advances
GL A/c : 200105 Comp.Code: PSL Select With Template Button
GL A/c : 200100
Comp.Code : PSL → ENTER
Change Short Text & Long Text to SBI Current Account and Save
Prepared by: Rao MH 72
Step 2 Define House Bank:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Bank A/c---->Define House Bank ( TC=FI12)
Comp. Code: PSL
Select New Entries Button
House Bank SBI
Bank Country IN ( IN for India)
Bank Key BSR Code of Bank ( PSL123) → SAVE
Bank Name State Bank of India Ltd
Street Bank Street
City Hyderabad
Bank Branch Main Branch → ENTER Enter again to save in your
Request
Double Click on Bank Folder
Select New Entries Button
A/c ID SBI1
Description SBI Current Account #1
Bank A/c # 123456
Currency INR ( INR for Indian Rupees)
GL A/c 200105 → SAVE
Step 3 Creation of Check Lots:
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Payable---->Periodic
Processing---->Payments ( FI10)
Prepared by: Rao MH 73
Processing---->Payments ( FI10)
From Menu--->Environment---->Check Information---->No Range
Company Code: PSL
House Bank SBI
A/c ID SBI 1 → Select Change Button
Select Create Button
Lot # 1
Check From 500001
Check To 500100
Select Non Sequential Check Box
Short Index SBI
Purchase Date 04.08.2009 → SAVE
PAYMENT METHODS :
Manual Payment Method Automatic Payment Method
1 Check Lot can be Sequential or 1 Check Lot should be only Sequential
Non Sequential
2 We can issue any cheque any time 2 First Cheque will be 500001 and 2nd
Check should be 500002. It should be
In sequential
Prepared by: Rao MH 73
END USER AREA:
Step 1. Purchase Invoice Posting :
Accounting ---> Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---->Document Entry--->
Invoice General ( F-43)
Doc. Dt: 05.08.09 Type : KR Comp. Code: PSL
Post Dt: 05.08.09 Currency: INR
Post Key: 31 ( Vendor Credit) A/c 4400001 ( Godrej Steels Ltd)
→ ENTER Amount: 3000 Buss. Area: PSLH
Text: Purchase Invoice Posting
Post Key: 40 A/c 200120 ( Inventory RM) ENTER
Amount * Buss.Area: PSLH Text : +
Menu---->Document ----->Simulate and SAVE
Step 2. How to view Vendor A/c Transactions: ( FBL1N)
PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Payable--->Account
----->Display/Change Line Items ( FBL1N)
Vendor a/c # 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button
Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8)
Step 3. Go and See General Ledger account ( FS10N)
Prepared by: Rao MH 74
GL A/c # 100501 Comp. Code: PSL F.Year 2009
Buss.Area: PSLH → Execute ( F8)
Double Click on Cum.Balance Amount: 3000
To View Party Wise: Select Change Layout Button
From Hidden Fields Column select Assaignment Field
under Column Contents Select Amount in Local Currency
Select Left Arrow Button or Show Selected Fields Button
select Copy Button
While at the time of Creating the Vendor Master, We mentioned Sort Key 012
(Vendor Number). Sort Key update the Assaignment Fields Automatically
Step 4. Outgoing Payment With Clearing ( F-53):
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->
Document Entry----> Outgoing Payment---->Post ( F-53)
Doc.Dt: 05.08.09 Type : KZ Comp. Code: PSL
Post.Dt: 05.08.09 Period: 5 Currency: INR
Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment
Prepared by: Rao MH 74
Under Bank Data
A/c # 200105 ( SBI Current A/c) Buss.Area: PSLH
Amount: 3000
Value Dt :05.08.09 Text: Outgoing Payment
Under Open Item Selection
Account: 4400001 A/c Type: K ( It come by default)
( K stand for Vendors)
Select Process Open Items Button
Double Click on Payable Amount 3000
From Menu---->Document---->Simulate → SAVE
Step 5. Go and see Vendor A/c Transactions: ( FBL1N)
Vendor a/c # 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button
Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8)
Step 6. Manual Check Creation:
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment
Check Information--->Create--->Manual Checks( FCH5)
Prepared by: Rao MH 75
House Bank SBI A/c ID SBI1
Check No 500001 → SAVE
Step 7. Display Check Register:
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment
Check Information--->Display Check Register(FCHN)
Paying Comp. Code: PSL → Execute ( F8)
Double Click on Check 500020
Select Acompanying Documents Button
Step 8. Check Encashment Date Updation: Here we specify on which date the check
is debited in our Bank Account, Based on Bank Statement .
Advantages:
A) If party says payment was not received , we can say on which date payment
was debited to our account easily.
B) BRS can be done easily
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment
Check Information--->Change--->Additional Info / Cash(FCH6)
Paying Comp. Code: PSL House Bank: SBI A/c ID# SBI1
Check No: 500020 ------> ENTER
Check Encashment Date: 06.08.09-------> SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 75
Go and see Check Register ( FCHN) :
Paying Comp. Code: PSL -----> Execute ( F8)
We can see Report Showing Check Encashed Date
Step 9. Cancellation of Unissued Checks: While writing checks before issuing to
party, we commit some mistakes. Because of that we cancell checks.
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment
Check Information--->Void---->Unused Checks ( FCH3)
Paying Company Code: PSL House Bank: SBI A/c ID SBI1
Check From 500001
Void Reference 06 ( Destroyed or Unusable- Option given by SAP )
We can define our own Void Reason. Explained Below)
Select Void Button → Check will be void
Go and see Check Register ( FCHN) :
Paying Comp. Code: PSL -----> Execute ( F8)
We can see Report Showing Check Cancelled
Once the Check Lot is over , Keep the Curosor on Check No From To Select
Sorting Ascending Order Button. We can see all the chek details in Sr. No of Checks
If any chck Number is missing in order, it means Chck is misused.
Creation of Void Reason Codes:
Prepared by: Rao MH 76
Creation of Void Reason Codes:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable----->
Business Transactions---->Outgoing Payment----->Automatic Outgoing Payments
----->Payment Media---->Check Management---->Define void Reason Codes( FCHV)
Select New Entries Button
Reason Void ReasonCode
16 Stop Payment of PSL → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
Deletion of Encashment Date: Some times by Mistake at the time of entering
Encashment Date , Instead of giving to One Check, we will give to some other
Check . For Ex:
Check NO Amount Encahshed Date
500019 3000 on 06.08.09
500020 3000 by mistake entered to 06.08.09
500021 5000
So We have to delete the encashed date for Check No 500020 and enter Encashed
Date to Check # 50019 as normal check encashement dated entry.
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment
Check Information--->Delete----> Reset Date ( FCHG)
Paying Company Code: PSL House Bank : SBI
A/c ID: SBI1 Check #: 500020 → Select Reset Cashing Data Radio Button
Select Execute ( F8) Button Select YES to Message
Prepared by: Rao MH 76
Go and see Check Register ( FCHN) :
Paying Comp. Code: PSL -----> Execute ( F8)
We can see Report where Check # 500020 encashement Date is Removed
Cancellation of Issued Checks : Encashed Checks cannot be cancelled.
Steps : 1 Purchase Invoice Posting ( F-43)
2 Outgoing Payment with Clearing ( F-53)
3 Manual Check Creation ( FCH5)
4 Display Check Register ( FCHN)
Before encashment by party, we have given stop payment letter to Bank.
5 Issued Check Cancellation
A} Reset Cleared Items---> To make it as open , Delink the Transaction in
Vendor account
B} Reverse Transaction
C} Cancell the Check
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment
Check Information--->Void----> Cancel Payment ( FCH8)
Paying Comp Code :PSL House Bank: SBI A/c ID: SBI1
Check No: 500020 Void Reason: 16
Reversal Reason: 01 → Select Cancel Payment Button
Go and See Vendor A/c Transactions: ( FBL1N)
Vendor A/c# 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Buton
Prepared by: Rao MH 77
Select Open Items Radio Buton
Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute( F8) Button
Advance Payment to Vendors( Down Payment to Vendors) :
Steps:
1 Creation of GL Master " Advances to Vendors" under Current Assets , Loans & Adv
2 Link Betwwen Sundry Creditors & Advance to Vendors
Sundry Creditors Advances to Vendors
(Reconciliaton Account) ( Alternative Reconciliation Account
↘ ↙ or Special GL A/c)
A
( Advance - Special GL Indicator)
A/c # 100501 ( Sundry Creditor Invenory Raw Materials A/c)
A/c # 200150 ( Advances to Vendors A/c)
At the time of Making Payment, we know the purpose wether it is advance or
against Bill. If payment is made against Bill Number , as we assaigned A/c# 100501
in Creditor Accoutn 4400001, it will updated the A/c # 100501.
If we are making payment as advance, while at the time of payment against
Creditor A/c 4400001, we mention "A" for advance. System automatically update
A/c # 200150 ( Advances for Vendors Account) instead of Account # 100501
(Sundry Creditors Inventory Raw Materials Account)
Prepared by: Rao MH 77
3 Advance Payment Postings
4 Purchase Invoice Posting Agaisnt Advances
5 Transfer of advance from Special GL to Normal By clearing Special GL Items
6 Clearing of Normal Items
Vendor Account will have 2 items 1. Normal Items 2. Special GL Items
Scenario 1: Advance Amount and Purchase Invoice Amount are Equal
Step 1. Creation of GL Master " Advaces to Vendors" A/c :
GL A/c 200150
Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template Button
GL A/c 100501 ( Sundry Cr. RM)
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Change Account Group to Current Assets Lonas & Advances
Change Short Text & GL A/c Long Text to Advances to Vendors
→ SAVE
Step 2. Link Between Sundry Creditors and Advances to Vendors:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Receivable & Acc.Payable->
Business Transactions---->Downpayment Made--->Define Alternate
Reconciliation Account for Down Payments ( TC=OBYR)
Double Click on Special GL Indicator "A"
Chart of Accounts ( COA) PSL → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 78
Recon. A/c Spl.GL A/c
100501 200150 Select Save or Ctrl +S
→ ENTER to save in your request
Step 3. Advance Payment Posting :
PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Payable--->
DocumentEntry---->Down Payment---->Downpayment ( TC= F-48)
Doc.DT: 07.08.09 TYPE KZ Comp. Code: PSL
Post DT: 07.08.09
Vendor A/c 4400001 Special GL Indicator : A
Bank A/c 200105 ( SBI C/A) Buss. Area: PSLH
Amount 15000
Text: Advance Payment Posting → ENTER
Amount * Buss.Area: PSLH
Text + → Menu → Document → Simulate & Save
Go and See Vendor Account Transactions ( FBL1N) :
Vendor A/c 44000001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button
Select Special GL Transactions Check Box → Execute ( F8)
We can see report showing Rs. 15,000 as advance payment ( Dr)
Prepared by: Rao MH 78
Step 4. Purchase Invoice Posting agaisnt Advance Amount (F-43):
Doc.Date: 07.08.09 Comp. Code: PSL TYPE: KR
Post. Key: 31 A/c # 4400001 → ENTER
Amount: 15000 Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: Purchase Invoice Posting
Post Key: 40 Account No: 200120 → ENTER
Amount: * Buss.Area: PSLH Text : +
→ Menu → Document → Simulate & Save
Go and See Vendor Account Transactions ( FBL1N) :
Vendor A/c 44000001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button
Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8)
We can see Purchase Invoice of Rs 15,000 outstanding in Report
Select Back Arrow---->Special GL A/c Transactions Check Box along with
Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8)
We can see Rs. 15,0000 ( Dr) and Rs. 15,000 ( Cr). Net Effect will be Zero , but
presentation in Balance Sheet will be Wrong. As 15,000 ( Dr.) Balance will appear
on Assets Side and 15,000 Cr will appear on Liabilities Side.
Step 5. Transfer of Advance from Special GL A/c to Normal by Clearing Special Clearing
Prepared by: Rao MH 79
Step 5. Transfer of Advance from Special GL A/c to Normal by Clearing Special Clearing
Items ( F-54):
Doc.Dt: 07.08.09 Comp. Code: PSL Type : KA
Vendor A./c: 4400001 Text: Advance Payment Clearing
Select Process Down Payment Button
Amount Available Transfer
Amount Posting
15000 15000 15000 → SAVE
Go and See Vendor Account Transactions ( FBL1N) :
Vendor A/c 44000001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button
Select Special GL Transactions Check Box → Execute ( F8)
We can see report. Select ← (Back arrow)
Select Open Items Radio Button
Select Normal Itemes Check Box → Execute ( F8)
We can see report showing 15,000 Debit and Credit under open items
Step 6. Clearing of Normal Items ( F-44):
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts----> Clear ( F-44)
A/c # 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 79
Double Clik on 15000 ( Cr) and 15,000 ( Dr) → SAVE
Go and See Vendor Account Transactions ( FBL1N) :
Vendor A/c 44000001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button
Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8)
We can see report showing 15,000 Debit and Credit under Cleared items
Scenario 2: Advance Amount is More and Purchase Invoice is Less
Advance =100000 Bill Amount : 25000
( Advance may be for 4 Items)
Steps:
1 Advance Payment Posting of Rs. 100,000 ( F-48)
2 Purchase Invoice Posting for Rs. 25,000 ( F-43)
3 Transfer of advance of Rs. 25000 from Special GL A/c to Normal Items ( F-54)
4 Clearing of Normal Items( F-44)
Final Result: Vendor Special GL A/c shows a balance of Rs. 75,000 as Advance to
Vendors
Vendor A/c
↙↘ ↙↘
3- 25,000 2-25,000 1-100,000 3-25,000
0
Special GL A/c
75,000
Prepared by: Rao MH 80
0
(Balance)
Scenario-3: Advance Amount is Less and Bill Amount is More
Advance = 8000 ( 10%) Bill Amount =80,000
Step 1. Advance Payment of Rs. 8,000 ( F-48)
2 Purchase Invoice Posting for Rs. 80,000( F-43)
3 Transfer of Advance From Special GL A/c to Normal by clearing Special GL Items(F-54)
4 While we make Balance payment of 72,000 Rs. Double Click on Bill Amount 80,000
and advance amount 8,000. All 3 line items will go to Cleared Iems ( F-53)
Normal Items
↙↘ ↙↘
2- 80,000 3-8,000 1-8,000 3-8,000
4-72,000
0
(Balance)
Special GL A/c
0
75,000
(Balance)
(Balance)
Prepared by: Rao MH 80
TERMS OF PAYMENT:
TERMS OF PAYMENT:
TERMS OF PAYMENT:
TERMS OF PAYMENT:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts
Payable---->Business Transactions---->Incoming Invoices/Credit Memos
----->Maintain Terms of Payment
Select New Entries Button
Payment Terms: PSL1 ( Text Field)
Select Vendor Check Box } If we want to use same payment terms
Select Customer Check Box } for both Customers and Vendors
Under Default for Base line Data:
Select Posting Date Radio Button
Term: If we make payment within 10 days we get 3% Cash Discount
If we make payment within 20 days we get 2% Cash Discount
Due within 30 days
Term % No.of Days
1 3% 10
2 2% 20
3 -- 30
Press Enter and See Explanation changes according to our Terms
Save and Press Enter to Save In our request.
** Under Default for Base Line Date There are 4 Options
Prepared by: Rao MH 81
** Under Default for Base Line Date There are 4 Options
A. No Default: Number of Purchases during the Month
Terms: 10 days from the Month End 3% C.Discount
20 days from the Month End 2% C.Discount
Due within 30 days from the Month End .
Base Line Date : Keep Blank (If Enter Month End Date -10/20/30 will
be calculated from Month End)
B. Document Date: Party Bill Date
C. Posting Date: Goods Receipt Date → Select This Option
D. Entry Date: Quality Approval Date
ΩΩΩΩΩ
Cash Discount Received:
Trade Discounts are to be adjusted against Purchases wherere as Cash Discounts
are to be shown under Other Income
1 Creation of GL Master " Cash Discount Received" under Other Income( FS00)
GL A/c: 300101 Comp Code: PSL Select With Template
GL A/c: 300100
Comp Code: PSL → ENTER
Change Short Text & Long Text to "Cash Discount Received" → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 81
2 Assaignment of Accounts for Automatic Postings:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Receivble & Accounts
Payable--->Business Transactions---->Outgoing Payments----> Outgoing
Payments Global Settings---->Define A/c's for Cash Discounts taken(OBXU)
Chart of Accounts : PSL → ENTER → SAVE
A/c # 300101 ( Cash Discount Received ) → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request
END USER AREA:
1 Purchase Invoice Posting (F-43)
Normal Date in SAP
Terminology
Party Bill Date 01.08.09 Doc. Date
Goods Rec.Date 05.08.09 Posting Date
Quality Ap.Date 08.08.09 Entry Date
Doc.Dt 01.08.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL
Post.Dt 05.08.09
Post.Key 31 A/c# 4400001 → ENTER
Amount: 100000 Bus.Area: PSLH Payment Terms: PSL1
Text: Purchase Invoice Posting → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message and → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 82
Ignore Warning Message and → ENTER
Post Key: 40 A/c # 200120 → ENTER
Amount: * Buss.Area PSLH Text: +
From Menu → Document→Simulate & SAVE
2 Go and See Vendor A/c Transactions(FBL1N)
Vendor A/c# 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL
select Open Items Radio Button
Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute(F8)
We can see Rs. 100,000 shwos in Open Items
Select Change Layout Button : From Hidden Fields Column Select " Currnet Cash
Discount Amount"
Select Amount in Local Document in Currency under Column Contents Side
Select Left Arrow or Show Selected Fields Button
Select Copy Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 82
3 Outgoing Payment with Clearing ( F-53)
Doc.Date 08.08.09 Type: KZ Comp. Code: PSL
Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment
A/c Under Bank Data:
A/c# 200105 (SBI Current Account)
Bus.Area PSLH
Amount: 97000 (* Amount Paid is 97000 only as 3% CD
Text: Outgoing Payment can be availed as payment is below 10days)
A/c Under Open Item Selection:
A/c# 4400001 (Godrej Steels Limited)
Select Process Open Items Button
Double Click on Payable Amount 100000
From Menu → Document→Simulate & SAVE
Double Click on Blue Font Line Items
Text : + → SAVE
AUTOMATIC PAYMENT PROGRAMME (APP) :
In Automatic Payment Programme, System will define the Due date for the Bill
based on the Payment terms for the Vendors. System will issue Check, Pass Entry
and Clear the Party Account. System Will generate Payment Advice . It will
Update the Check Register. Everything will be done automatically.
The Checks will be issued from the Lots specified for APP. Check Lot should be
Prepared by: Rao MH 83
The Checks will be issued from the Lots specified for APP. Check Lot should be
Sequential. This APP will be used normally by Cash Rich Companies not by all
Companies. They run Every Week (or) 10 days ( or) 15days once. We are not
Programmers. We use system Given Payment Programme, Check Format and
Payment advice Format.
Before Run we have to give Bank Wise Ranking wit available amounts.
Bank Rank Available
Amount
SBI 1 1000000
ICICI 2 500000
IDBI 3 300000
System will issue checks first from Rank 1 Bank , then it will go to Rank 2. Like that
it issues checks based on ranks upto available amount.
When we run the programme. It first give a Proposal . In the proposal it shows
for which parties, for which invoices for which amount and from which bank it is
going to issued checks. We can Edit the proposal by Blocking some invoices for
payment or by changing banks for payment.
Blocking of Invoices Means: If we have funds for payment of 8 Bills , but as per the
Programme Payable Bills came 12, we can drill down the gross amount payable to
any party and block some bills for payment from that proposal.
Changing of Bank can be done when any Vendor requested to make payment from
specific bank, and as per programme, system allotted another bank, we can make
changes in Bank for issuance of Check.
Prepared by: Rao MH 83
Customization of APP:
Step1. Set up Payment Methods per Country for Payment Transactions:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ----> Accounts Receivable& Accounts
Payable---->Business Transactons--->Outgoing Payment---->Automatic
Outgoing payament---->Payment Method/Bank Selection for payemnt
Programme---->Set up payment Methods per country for payment
transactions
Select New Entries Button
Country : IN
Payament Method : M ( Text Field)
Description : Check
Select Outgoing Payaments Radio Button
Select Check Radio Button
Document Type for Payment : KZ
Clearing Document Type : KZ
Pay Medium Programme: RFFOUS_C
Name of Print Data Sheet: LIST1S → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step2. Set up Payment Methods per Company Code for Payment Transactions:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ----> Accounts Receivable& Accounts
Payable---->Business Transactons--->Outgoing Payment---->Automatic
Outgoing payament---->Payment Method/Bank Selection for payemnt
Prepared by: Rao MH 84
Outgoing payament---->Payment Method/Bank Selection for payemnt
Programme---->Set up payment Methods per Company Code for
payment transactions
Select New Entries Button
Paying Company Code: PSL Minimum Amount 100
Payment Method: M Max. Amount :
Select Payment Per Due Date Check Box
Select Form Data Button
Form for Payment Medium F110_PREMIUM_CHECK ( SAP Script)
Drawer on the Form For Pennar Steels Limited
Authorised Signatory
→ SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Step3. Set up all Company Codes for Payment Transactions :
Same Path ( Next Line of Last Path)
Select New Entries button
Company Code: PSL Paying Company Code: PSL
Select Separate Payment for Business Area Check Box
Under Vendors
Spl. GL transactions to be Paid: A ( Select from Dropdown Button )
( A for Advance Payment)
→ SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
9999999999
Prepared by: Rao MH 84
Step4. Setup paying Company Codes for Payment Transactions
Same Path ( Next Line to last path)
Select New Entries Button
Paying Company Code: PSL
Select Forms Button
Form for the Payment Advice: SAP script F110_D_AVIS
Select Sender Details Button
Text ID: Select ST ( ST stands for Standard Text)
Letter Header: F_0001_Header
Footer: F_0001_Footer
Sender: F_0001_Sender → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 5 Creation of Sequential Check Lots ( FCH1)
Paying Comp Code :PSL
House Bank SBI
A/c ID SBI1
select Change Button ( Shift +F5)
Select Create Button
Lot # 2
Check From 800001 { For Sequential Checks Banks will
Check To 801000 give 1000 Numbers not 100)
De-Select Non Sequential Check Box
Sort Information SBI
Prepared by: Rao MH 85
Sort Information SBI
Purchase Date 10.08.09 {It Means Check Book Issued Date}
→ ENTER & SAVE
Step 6. Assaign Payment Methods in Vendor Masters:
PATH: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting --->Accounts Payable ---->Master
Records---->Maintain Centrally---->Change ( XK02)
Vendor 4400001
Comp. Code PSL
Select Payment Transaction Check Box under Company Code Data
→ ENTER Payment Methods M → SAVE
SAP has defined 4 payment Methods in APP Programme :
I. Payment Block: If we don’t want to issue any cheks in APP, we can select * ( Skip A/c)
Option and Select payment Block
II.Alternative Payee PSL has to pay GSL. GSL has to make payment to XYZ. GSL requested
to issue check in the name of XYZ instead of GSL. Here Clearing Party
will be GSL and check will be issued in the name of XYZ.
III. House Bank: If PSL and GSL both are having Bank Account in ICICI and GSL
requested to make payment from ICICI then House Bank will be ICICI
IV. Individual Pay: If 5 Bills are due to GSL. System will generate 1 check for all the 5 bills
If GSL asked to issue a separate check for each bill , we select this option.
So System will Generate individual payment
Prepared by: Rao MH 85
END USER AREA :
1. Purchase Invoice Entry ( F-43)
Doc.DT: 10.08.09 Type : KR Company Cod: PSL
Post.Key: 31 A/c No: 4400001 → ENTER
Amount : 40000 Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: Purchase Invoice Posting
Post.Key: 40 A/c No: 200120 → ENTER
Amount : * Buss.Area PSLH
Text: + From Menu → Document→Simulate & SAVE
2. Set up Bank Determinations for Payment Transactions:
Accounting ---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---->Periodic Processing
----> Payments
From Menu--->Environment--->Maintain Configuration ( FBZP)
Select Bank Determination Button
Select Company Code PSL Double Click on Ranking Order Folder
Select New Entries Button
Payment Currency Rank House
Method Order Bank
M INR 1 SBI → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your Request
Double Click on Bank Account Folder
Prepared by: Rao MH 86
Double Click on Bank Account Folder
Select New Entries Button
House Bank SBI
Payment Method M
Currency INR
Bank A/c ID SBI1
Bank A/c # 200105
Buss.Area PSLH → SAVE
Double Click on Available Amounts Folder
Select New Entries Button
House Bank A/c ID Days Currency Available Amount
SBI SBI1 999 INR 10,00,000
→ SAVE
Automatic Payment Programme Run:
Accounting ---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---->Periodic Processing
---->Payments (F110)
Run Date: 11.08.09 Identification : PSL1
Select Payment Tab Company Code: PSL
Payment Method: M Next Payment Date: 21.08.09 ?
Vendor a/c: 4400001 to 4400100 → SAVE
Select Back Arrow ----> select Proposal Button
Select Start immediately Check Box Go on pressing Enter until we get the
message ." Payment Proposal has been created"
Prepared by: Rao MH 86
? Importance of Next Payment Date:
If purchase Terms of Payment are like below
Within 15 days ----> 3% Cash Discount
Morethan 15 days ----> No Discount
If we make payment on 11.08.09 we get 3 % cash Discount
If we make payment on 21.08.09 we get 3% cash discount
So, system will not make payment on 11.08.09 as we are getting same 3% cash
discount on 21.08.09 also . System automatically controlling cash flow.
Select Edit Proposal Button :
Double Click on Vlaues # System Sbows outgoing bills details
To Blcok One Invoice for Payment:
Double Click on Bill Amount for which payment is to Block.
For Payment Block Select "A" ( Blocked for Payment ) -----> Enter
To Change the Bank:
Double click on the Bill Amount to which Bank account is to change.
Select Reallocate Button ( F6)
Payment Method M
House Bank SBI
A/c ID SBI1 → SAVE Save again
Select Back Arrow
We get a Message " Payement Proposal has been Edited"
Select Payment Run Button → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 87
Select Payment Run Button → ENTER
Go on pressing Enter until we get the message "Payment Run has been Carried out"
For Check Printing:
Select Printout/Data Medium Tab
For Programm: RFFOUS_C Give Variant "X" ( Text Field)
Select Maintain Variants Button
Select For All Selections Fieled Radio Button
Select Contineu Button
Programme Run Date: 11.08.09 Identification Feature: PSL1
Paying Comp. Code PSL Paying Method M
Business Area PSLH House Bank SBI
A/c ID SBI1 Check Lot No 2
( Sequeantial)
Select Chk Box Printer Print Immediately
Print Check LP01 Select
Payment Summary LP01 Select
Payment Advice Notes LP01 Select
No of Sample Printouts: 0 Select Do not Void any Check Box
select Attributes Button Variant X
Meaning : SBI Check Printing Dated 11.08.09 → SAVE
Select Back Arrow ----> Save Once again -----> Select Back Arrow
Prepared by: Rao MH 87
To take Printing : Select Printout Button
For Job Number : In place of "?" Enter Variant "X" → ENTER
→ ENTER Once again
To View the Check on System: From Menu---->System---->Services---->
Output Control Select Execute ( F8)
Select Spool No. Check Box for Title Check
Select Display Contents Button
Go and See Vendor A/c ( FBL1N):
Vendor A/c No: 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button Clearing Date: 11.08.09
Select Normal Items Check Box Select Execute ( F8)
Double Click on Type KZ
Select Callup Document Overview Button → ENTER
Menu----> Environment---->Check Information
Go and See Check Register ( FCHN):
Paying Company Code: PSL → Execute(F8)
We can see that Chck was posted against the outstandign amount
CREDIT MEMO POSTINGS :
We have purchased Material from GSL. But the Material is not good in quality. We
reduced the price of material or return the material to GSL. In that case in Accounting
Prepared by: Rao MH 88
reduced the price of material or return the material to GSL. In that case in Accounting
Credit Memo will raise on GSL
PSL Raises Debit → OR → GSL Raises Credit
Note on GSL Not of PSL
Document Type: KG KA
Number Range 17 17
As Earlier for Document Type KA, No range defined is 17. So There is no need to
define No range 17 again for Document Type KG
PATH: Accounting--->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Payable---->Document
Entry---->Credit Memo General ( F-41)
Doc.Dt: 11.08.09 Type: KG Comp. Code: PSL
Post. Key: 21 ( Vendor Debit) A/c# 4400001 → ENTER
Amount: 1000 Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: Credit Memo Posting
Post Key: 50 A/c# 200120 → ENTER
Amount * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: +
Menu-----> Document-----> Simulate & SAVE
( Credit Memo)
Prepared by: Rao MH 88
Sr. No TC
1 Creation of General Ledger ( GL) Masters FS00
2 Posting of Trans. to GL A/c. ( Menu->Document->Simulate) F-02
3 Changing the Document Posted FB02
4 Display Document Posted FB03
5 Display Account Balance FS10N
6 Defining Document Number Range FBN1
7 Creation of Sample Document F-01
8 Parking Document Entry F-65
9 Display/Change Parked Document FBV0
10 Hold Document Entry ( Menu--->Document---->Hold) F-02
11 Creation of Recurring Document FBD1
12 Display Recurring Document Created F.15
13 Check Foreign Exchange Rate Types SPRO
14 Define Translation Ratios for Currency Translation SPRO
15 Entering Exchange Rates SPRO
16 Exchange Rates Entry at End User Area
17 Enter Default Exchange Rate type "B"for Doc. Type SA OBA7
18 Defining Reversal Reason SPRO
19 Entering Accrual / Deferral Documents FBS1
20 Reversal of Accrual / Deferral Document F.81
21 Display of Open Item Managed A/c Transactions FBL3N
Nature of Transaction
S_BCE_68000174
IMPORTANT TRANSACTION CODES IN GL ACCOUNTING & ACCOUNTS PAYABLE
Prepared by: Rao MH 89
21 Display of Open Item Managed A/c Transactions FBL3N
22 Outgoing Payment with Full /Partial/Residual Clearing F-07
23 Individual Document Reversal FB08
24 Reversal of Reverse Document F-02
25 Mass Reversal F.80
26 Cleared Items Reversal ( For Resetting Cleared Items) FBRA
27 Defining Interest Calculation SPRO
28 Prepare A/c Balance for Interest Calculation OBAA
29 Define Interest Rates ( OBAC) SPRO
30 Deine Time Dependent Terms ( Next Step to Last Transaction) SPRO
31 Enter Interest Values OB83
32 Assaignment of Account for Automatic Interest Posting OBV2
33 To Open Posting Periods at End User Area OB52
34 Interest Calculation F.52
35 Checking of Account Groups for Availability of A/c Numbers OBD4
36 Define A/c Principles for FC Balance Revaluation SPRO
37 Assaing Accounting Principle to Ledger Groups SPRO
38 Deine FC Valuation Methods SPRO
39 Define FC Valuation Areas SPRO
40 Assaigning Valuation Areas & Accounting Principles SPRO
41 Prepare Automatic Postings for F C Valuation OBA1
42 Entering Year End Exchange Rates in Forex Table OB08
43 FC Valuation at End User Area FAGL_FC_PAL
Prepared by: Rao MH 89
Sr. No TC
44 To see the steps saved in our request SE09
46 Posting Key for General Ledger Debit Posting in F-02 40
47 Posting Key for General Ledger Credit Posting in F-02 50
48 Creation of Vendor Account Groups SPRO
49 Create Number Ranges for Vendor Accounts XKN1
50 Assaign Number Range to Vendor Account Groups SPRO
51 Creation of Tolerance group for Vendor Accounts SPRO
52 Creation of Vendor Master XK01
53 Document Types and Number Ranges OBA7
54 Defining House Bank F112
55 Creation of Check Lots F110
56 Purchase Invoice Posting F-43
57 How to View Vendor Account Transactions FBL1N
58 Outgoing Vendor Payment with Clearing F-53
59 Manual Check Creation FCH5
60 Display Check Register FCHN
61 Check Encashment Date Updation FCH6
62 Cancellation of Unissued Checks FCH3
63 Creation of Void Reason for Check Cancellation FCHV
64 Deletion of Encashment Date of Check FCHG
Nature of Transaction
To view Path for any TC: in Commad Field enter Search_Sap_Menu --->
ENTER Type TC for Search Text
Entry Field
45
Prepared by: Rao MH 90
64 Deletion of Encashment Date of Check FCHG
65 Cancellation of issued Checks before encashment FCH8
66 Creating Link between Sundry Cr and Advances to Vendors OBYR
67 Advance Payment Postings to Vendors F-48
68 F-54
69 Clearing of Normal Items under Accounts Payable F-44
70 Assaignment of Account for Automatic Payment OBXU
71 Setup Payment methods per country for payment transactions SPRO
72 Setup Payment methods per Comp. Code for payment transacts SPRO
73 Setup all Company Codes for payment Transactions SPRO
74 Setup Paying Company Codes for payment Transactions SPRO
75 Creation of Sequential Check Lots FCHI
76 Assaign Payment Methods in Vendor Masters XK02
77 Setup Bank Determination for Payment Transactions FBZP
78 Automatic Payment Programme Run F110
79 Credit Memo Posting F-41
80 Posting Key for Vendor Credit 31
81 Posting Key for Vendor Debit 25
END OF ACCOUNTS PAYABLES
Transfer of advances from Spl.GL to Normal by Clearing Sppecial Clearing
Items
Prepared by: Rao MH 90
This is also subledger ( Subsidary Ledger) . This is used when Sales & Distribution Module
is not implemented for all types of Sales. Ex: for Product Sales / Scrap Sales/ Asset Sale
When SD Module is implementing , this is used for Scrap Sale / Asset Sales, Other than
Product Sales. Product Sales will be used in SD Module.
in case of Sales:
Customer A/c Dr. → Sub Ledger → Sundry Dr. A/c
(General Ledger)
To Sales A/c → Gen. Ledger A/c Reconciliatino Account or
control account.
Basic Settings for Accounts Receivable:
Basic Settings for Accounts Receivable:
Basic Settings for Accounts Receivable:
Basic Settings for Accounts Receivable:
1 Creation of Customer Account Groups
a) FI Customers----> for Scrap Sale/ Asset Sale Parties
b) SD Customers----> for Product sale parties
In Both the cases, make Reconciliation account required entry field
2 Create Number Ranges for Customer Account
3 Assaign No Ranges to Customer Account Groups
4 Creation of 2 GL Master
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Prepared by: Rao MH 91
4 Creation of 2 GL Master
a) Sundry Debtors → Under Current Assets, Loans & Advances
b) Sales Account → Under Sales
5 Creation of Customer Masters
6 Document Types & Number Ranges
DR → Customer Invoice
DZ → Customer Payment
DA → Customer Document for Transfers/ Reversals
7 Posting Keys → 01 : Customer Debit
15 : Customer Credit
We are testing a Scenario where Vendor is a Customer also
GSL
Purchases 100000 Sales 100000
Sales 20000 Purchases 20000
Net Payable 80000 Net Receivable 80000
When we make net payment or when we receive Net amount , we have to clear
Vendor as well as Customer Transactions.
Prepared by: Rao MH 91
Customization :
Customization :
Customization :
Customization :
Step 1. Creation of Customer Account Groups
PATH: SPRO---->Financial accounting ---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts
Payable----> Customer Accounts ---->Master Data---->Preparations for
Creating Customer Master Data---->Define Account Groups with
Screen Lay Out ( Customers)
Select New Entries Button
Account Group: PSL1 ( Text Field)
Name : FI Customers for PSL
Double Click on Company Code Data
Double Click on Account Management
Reconciliation Account Make it Required Entry Field → SAVE
Select Create Request Button
Short Description : AR Customization for PSL → ENTER
Press ENTER to save in your request.
Select Next Entry Button
A/c Group: PSL2
Name : SD Customers for PSL
Double Click on Company Code Data
Double Click on Account Management
Reconciliation Account Make it Required Entry Field → SAVE
Step 2. Create Number Ranges for Customer Accoounts:
Prepared by: Rao MH 92
Step 2. Create Number Ranges for Customer Accoounts:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial accounting ---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts
Payable----> Customer Accounts ---->Master Data---->Preparations for
Creating Customer Master Data---->Create No. Ranges for Customers
(TC=XDN1)
Select Change Interval Button
Select Interval Button
No. Range From No To No
35 3000001 3000100 → ENTER
Select Drop Down Button
Select Interval Button
No. Range From No To No
36 3000101 3000200 → ENTER & SAVE
Step 3 Assaign Number Ranges to Customer Accounts:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial accounting ---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts
Payable----> Customer Accounts ---->Master Data---->Preparations for
Creating Customer Master Data---->Assaign Number Ranges to Cust A/c
Select Position Button
Account Group: PSL1 → ENTER
For Group Assaign
PSL1 35
PSL2 36 → SAVE
→ ENTER to Save in your Request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 92
Step 4 Creation of 2 GL Masters ( FS00)
A/c #1 GL A/c: 200110 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template Button
GL A/c: 200150
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Change Short text & GL A/c Long Text to : Sundry Debtors
Select Conrol / Data Tab
Reconciliation for Account type Select Customers
Sork Key: 031 ( Customer No) → SAVE
A/c #2 GL A/c: 300000 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template Button
GL A/c: 300100
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Select Type/ Description Tab
Change Account Group to Sales
Change Short text & GL A/c Long Text to : Sales Accounts → SAVE
Step 5 Creation of Customer Masters:
Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable----> Master
Records----->Maintain Centrally -----> Create ( XD01)
Account Group: Select FI Customers for PSL
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 93
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Title: Company ( Select from Drop Down Button )
Name : Godrej Steel Limited
Country : IN ( India)
Select Control/ Data Tab
Vendor A/c: Select 4400001
Select Company Code data button
Recon A/c: 200110 ( Sundry Debtros A/c)
Sort Key: 031 ( Customer Number)
Select Payment Transaction Tab
Terms of Payment : 0001 ( Payable Immediately due net) → SAVE
Step 6 Document Types & Number Ranges ( OBA7)
Select DR Customer Invoice
Select Details Button
Number Range: 18
Select Number Range information Button
Company Code: PSL
Select Change Intervals Button
Select Intervals Button
No. Range 18 Year : 2009
From No: 400001 To No 500000 → ENTER & SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Enter Press Back Arrow 3 Times
Prepared by: Rao MH 93
Select DZ Customer Payment
Select Details Button
Number Range: 14
Select Number Range information Button
Company Code: PSL
Select Change Intervals Button
Select Intervals Button
No. Range 14 Year : 2009
From No: 500001 To No 600000 → ENTER & SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Enter Press Back Arrow 3 Times
Select DA Customer Document
Select Details Button
Number Range: 16
Select Number Range information Button
Company Code: PSL
Select Change Intervals Button
Select Intervals Button
No. Range 16 Year : 2009
From No: 600001 To No 700000 → ENTER & SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Enter
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
Step1: Sales Invoice Posting :
Prepared by: Rao MH 94
Step1: Sales Invoice Posting :
Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---> Accounts Receivable---->
Document Entry--->Invoice General ( F-22)
Doc. Date: 12.08.09 Type : DR Company Code: PSL
Post.Date: 12.08.09
Post.Key: 01 ( Customer Debit) A/c # 3000001 → ENTER
Amount : 200000 Buss. Area: PSLH
Text: Sales Invoice Posting
Post.Key: 50 ( Sales) A/c# 300000 ( Sales A/c) → ENTER
Amount: * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: +
From Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE
Step2: How to view Customer Account Transactions:
Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---> Accounts Receivable---->
Accounting ---->Display/ Change Line Items ( FBL5N)
Customer A/c # 3000001 Company Code:
Select Open Items Radio Button
Select Normal Items Check Box -----> Execute ( F8)
We can see report that 200000 receivable . If We select Vendor Items Check Box also
we can see Vendor A/c & Customer transactions Together.
Prepared by: Rao MH 94
Incoming Payment and Clearing Vendor & Customer Transactions:
Step A: Document Type DZ( Customer Payment should allow Vendor Trnasactions also
We have 5 Account types of Number Ranges.
When we receive Payment from Customer When we made payment to Vendor
Bank A/c Dr Vendor A/c Dr.
To Customer A/c To Bank A/c
A: Assets A: Assets
D: Customers---> Selected D: Customers---> to be Selected
K: Vendors----> to be selected K: Vendors----> Selected
M: Materials---> M: Materials--->
S: GL Masters---> Selected S: GL Masters---> Selected
Use TC= OBA7 Select Type: DZ
Select Details Button
Select Vendor Check Box-----> SAVE
Press Enter to Save in your request.
Step B: Incoming Payment :
Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---> Accounts Receivable----> Doc. Entry
---->Incoming Payment ( F-28)
Prepared by: Rao MH 95
---->Incoming Payment ( F-28)
Doc.Dt: 12.08.09 Type: DZ Comp. Code: PSL
Clearing Text: Incoming Payment
A/c : 200105 ( SBI C/A) Buss.Area: PSLH
Amount: 198000 Text: Incoming Payment
Under Open Items Selection
A/c # 3000001 ( GSL)
A/c Type: D ( It come by Default) D Stands for Customer
Select Other A/c Check Box
Select Process Open Items Button
A/c Type Comp. Code Standard OI A/c
K ( Vendors) PSL √ 4400001
Select Contineu Button
Double Click on all Open Items
Menu----> Document -----> Simulate & Save
Go and See Customer A/c Transactions ( FBL5N):
Go and See Customer A/c Transactions ( FBL5N):
Go and See Customer A/c Transactions ( FBL5N):
Go and See Customer A/c Transactions ( FBL5N):
Cust. A/c: 3000001 Comp. Code PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button
Select Noram Items Check Box
Select Vendor Items Check Box------> Execute ( F8)
Prepared by: Rao MH 95
Advance Receipt from Customers ( Down Payments Received ) :
Advance Receipt from Customers ( Down Payments Received ) :
Advance Receipt from Customers ( Down Payments Received ) :
Advance Receipt from Customers ( Down Payments Received ) :
Normally after sales we receive payment from Customer. In this case, we received
advance from Customer and after that sales were made.
Step 1. Creation of Advance from Customers under Current Liabilities and Provisions
FS00
GL A/c # 100502
Comp.Code: PSL Select With Template Button
GL A/c # 200110
Comp.Code: PSL
Change Account Group to Current Liabilities and Provisions
Change Short Text and GL Account Long Text to Advances from Customers
SAVE
Step 2. Link Between Sundry Debtors & Advances from Customers:
SPRO--->Financial Account---->Acounts Receivable & Accounts Payable---->
Business Transactions---> Down Payment Received ---->Define Reconciliation A/c
for Customer Downpayments ( TC=OBXR)
Double Click on Special GL Indicator "A" ( A for Advance)
Chart of Accounts PSL → ENTER
Recon A/c Spl.GL A/c
Prepared by: Rao MH 96
Recon A/c Spl.GL A/c
200110 100502 → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 3 Advance Receipt Posting ( F-29)
Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable---->Document Entry---->Down
Payment(F-29)
Doc.Dt: 13.08.09 Type: DZ Comp.Code: PSL
Under Customer :
A/c # 30000001 Spl.GL Indicator: A
Under Bank:
A/c# 200105 Buss. Area: PSLH
Amount: 30000 Text: Advance Receipt Pisting
→ ENTER
Amount : * Buss. Area: PSLH Text : +
Menu----> Document -----> Simulate & SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 96
Step 4 Go and See Customer Account Transactions ( FBL5N)
Cust.A/c: 3000001 Comp.Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button
Select Spl.GL Transactions Check Box
select Execute ( F8) Button
We can see Report Showing Advance receipt from Customer
Step 5 Sale Invoice Posting ( F-22)
Doc.Dt: 13.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSLH
Post. Key: 01 A/c# 3000001 → ENTER
Amount : 30000 Buss. Area: PSLH
Text : Sale Invoice Posting
Post. Key: 50 A/c # 300000 → ENTER
Amount : * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: +
Menu----> Document -----> Simulate & SAVE
Step 6 Go and See Customer Account Transactions ( FBL5N)
Cust.A/c: 3000001 Comp.Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button
Select Normal Items Check Box -----> Execute ( F8)
We can see Sale Invoice showing as Open Item under Normal Items
Select Back Arrow
Prepared by: Rao MH 97
Select Back Arrow
Select Spl.GL Transactions Check Box along with Normal Items
select Execute ( F8) Button
We can see Report Showing Advance receipt from Customer and Sale
Invoice under Open Items
Step 7 Transfer of Advance from Special GL to Normal by Clearing Special GL
Items ( F-39)
Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable---->
Document Entry---->Down payment---->Clearing ( F-39)
Doc.Dt: 13.08.09 Type: DA Comp.Code: PSL
Cust. a/c: 3000001 Text: Advance Receipt Clearing
Select Process Down Payment Button
Trasnfer Posting : 30000 → SAVE
Step 8 Go and See Customer Account Transactions ( FBL5N)
Cust.A/c: 3000001 Comp.Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button
Select Normal Itmes Check Box -----> Execute ( F8)
We can see Sale Invoice and Advance showing as Open Items under
Normal Items
Prepared by: Rao MH 97
Step 9 Clearing of Normal Itmes: ( F-32)
Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable--->
Accounting ---> Clear ( F-32)
A/c # 3000001 Comp. Code: PSL
Select Process Open Items Button
Double Click on Debit 30000 and Double Click on Credit 30000.
Save. Now Both will go from Open Items and cleared.
If we are purchasing following material from One Supplier :
RM → Sundry Cr. RM → 100501
Stores → Sundry Cr. Stores → 100502
Capital Goods → Sundry Cr. C G → 100503
Services → Sundry Cr. Service → 100504
In F-43 Posting Key will Be 39 and Special GL Indicator "X"
BILL DISCOUNTING :
BILL DISCOUNTING :
BILL DISCOUNTING :
BILL DISCOUNTING :
Normally Banks are offering 2 Types of Facilities.
1. Fund Based Banking Facilities
2. Non Fund Based Banking Facilities
Non Fund Based Facilities
Fund Based Facilities
Prepared by: Rao MH 98
1. Money Physically given by Bank 1.Banks will not give Money Physically
2. Types of Facilities ( Credit ) 2. Types of Facilities ( Credit )
a) Cash Credit against Local Sales a) Letter of Credit ( LC's)
b) Packing Credit against Export b) Bank Guarantees ( BG's)
Sales
c) Bank Over Draft
d) Bill/ Invoice Discounting
We are Discussing with Bill Discounting only Now
Suppose PSL Made a sale to one customer on 13.08.09 on 30 days credit payment
terms.
If we have Bill Discounting Facilities, We can discount the Invoice with the bank .
We receive the Money now itself after deducting the Bank Charges and Interest
for 30 days.
On due date, we have 2 scenarios.
if Customer Made the Payment IF Customer does not pay to Bank
to the Bank on Due Date ↓
↓ ↓
No Liability to Bank from PSL Liability rises with PSL and Bank will
debit the amount from PSL's Bank C/A
Prepared by: Rao MH 98
Suppose , if we disounted some of bills with the bank. Out of them, some of the bills
due date is after the date of Fiscal Year Closing Date. The amount which is
outstanding after Fiscal Year Closing date, will be contingent liability of the Customer
as , we do not know, wether customer will pay to the bank or not. So we will show
that amount as Contingent Liability in Notes to the Balance Sheet as " Bills Discounted
with Banks"
Entries in Normal A/c Entries in SAP
1. For Sales: 1. For Sales:
Customer A/c Dr. 50000 Customer A/c Dr. 50000
to Sales A/c 50000 to Sales A/c 50000
2 For Bill of Exchange Payament 2 For Bill of Exchange Payament
No Entry in Accounting Customer Spl GL( W) Dr. 50000
to Customer with Clg 50000
3 Bills of Exchange Discount 3 Bills of Exchange Discount
SBI C/A Dr. 48000 SBI C/A Dr. 48000
Interest A/c Dr. 2000 Interest A/c Dr. 2000
To SBI Bill Discounting A/c 50000 To SBI Bill Discounting A/c 50000
Entry No 2 & 3 will pass together in SAP
4. We can see Report Customer Wise 4. Same Reports available in SAP
Bill Wise, Due Date wise, and Bank
Prepared by: Rao MH 99
Bill Wise, Due Date wise, and Bank
Wise outstanding
5 Reverse of Contingent Liability 5 SBI Bill Discounting with Clg 50000
SBI Bill Discounting A/c Dr. 50000 To Cust. Spl GL( W) with clg 50000
to SBI C/A 50000 ( Sundry Dr. Bill of Exchange)
Presentation of Bills of Exchanges in Balance Sheet:
If we received Bills of Exchange from Customer and discounted in Bank
we have 2 types of presentation in Balance Sheet
{A} We will show Sundry Debtors including the Bills of Exchange Amounts
and Sundry Dr. Bills of Exchange 50000 Dr.
SBI Bills Discounting 50000 Cr. Net ZERO
OR
{B} Some Companies show normal Debtors and Bills Discounting will not
show in B/S. It will be appeared in Notes to B/S under Contingent
Liabilities.
Prepared by: Rao MH 99
Customization:
Step 1. Creation of 2 GL Masters ( FS00)
1st A/c GL A/c: 200111 Comp. Code: PSL
Select With Template Button
GL A/c: 200110
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Change short Text to Sundry Dr. B/E
Change Long Text to Sundry Debtors Bills of Exchange
SAVE
2nd A/c
GL A/c: 100302 Comp. Code: PSL
Select With Template Button
GL A/c: 100300
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Change short Text to SBI Bill Discounting A/c
Change Long Text to SBI Bill Discounting A/c
Select Control Data Tab
Select Open Items Management Check Box
Select Line Items Check Box
Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab
Select Post Automatically Check Box → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 100
Step 2. Link Between Sundry Debtors and Sundry Debtors Bills of Exchange:
PATH: SPRO---> Financial Accounting--->Bank A/c---> Business
Transactions--->Bills of Exchange Transactions---->Bills of Exchange
Receivables---> Post Bill of Exchange Receivable--->Define Alternative
Reconciliation Account for Bills of Exchange Receivable ( OBYN)
Double Click on Special GL Indicator " W"
Chart of Accounts : PSL → ENTER
Recon A/c Spl. GL A/c
200110 200111 → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 3 Define Banks of Sub Accounts:
Upto Bills of Exchange Receivable Path is same----> Present Bill of
Exchange Receivable Bank---->Define Bank sub Account ( TC=OBYK)
Select New Entries Button
COA Bank A/c Usage SGL Ind Customer Bank Sub A/c
Recon A/c for Liability
PSL 200105 Discounting
W 200110 100302
( SBI Bill Discounting A/c)
→ SAVE → ENTER to save in your request
Prepared by: Rao MH 100
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
Step 1 Sales Invoice Posting ( F-22)
Doc.Dt: 14.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSL
Post.Key: 01 A/c # 3000001 → ENTER
Amount: 50000 Buss. Area: PSLH Pay. Terms: NT30
Text : Sales Invoice Posting ( Net 30)
Post.Key: 50 A/c # 300000 → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
Amount: * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: +
Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE
Step 2 Bills of Exchange Payment
Path: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable---->
Document Entry---->Bills of Exchange---->Payment ( F-36)
Doc.Date: 14.08.09 Type : DZ Comp. Code: PSL
Post.Key: 09 A/c # 3000001
Special GL Indicator: W X ENTER
Amount: 50000 Buss. Area: PSLH
Text : Bills of Exchange Payment
Due on : 12.09.09 Planned Usage: Select Discounting
Domicile: SBI ( Bank Name in which B/E is discounted)
Central Bank Location: Main Branch, Hyd ( Location of the Bank)
Select Choose Open Items Check Box
Prepared by: Rao MH 101
Select Choose Open Items Check Box
select Processs Open Iteme
Double Click on Receivable amount( Rs. 50,000
Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE
Note Down the Dcoument Number saved like # 500003.
Step 3 Bills of Exchange Discounting( F-33)
Path: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ----< Accounts Receivable ---->
Document Entry----> Bills of Exchange---->Discounting ( F-33)
Doc.Dt: 14.08.09 Type: DA Comp. Code: PSL
Bank A/c: 200105 ( SBI C/A) Buss. Area: PSLH
Amount : 48000 Text: SBI Bill Discounting
Post. Key: 40 A/c # 400400 ( Interest A/c) → ENTER
Amount : 2000
Buss. Area: PSLH
Text: Interest on SBI Bill Discounting
Select Bill of Exchange Button
Doc # : 500003
Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 101
Step 4 Report to View Customer wise, Bill Wise, Due Date Wise and Bank Wise O/s:
Path: Accounting ---> Financial Accounting --->Accounts Receivable ---> Periodic
Processing--->Bills of Exchange Processing --->Korea---->B/E Management
( TC= S_ALR_87012213)
COA : PSL GL A/c: 200111 Comp. Code: PSL
Special GL Indicator : W Usage: D ( Discounting )
select Discounted/ Collected Radio Button → Execute ( F8)
Select Change Layout Button
Keep fields Due Date, Doc # , Customer No, Received from, Doc Dt, Domicile,
Amount in Local Currency Select Copy Button
REVERSE OF CONTINGENT LIABILITY:
Accounting --->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Receivable---> Document
Entry--->Bills of Exchange--->Reverse Contingent Liability ( TC=F-20)
Doc.Dt: 11.09.09 Type: DA Comp. Code: PSL
Bills of Exchange Selection
GL A/c : 200111 Usage: Discounting
Customer: 3000001 Due By: 30.09.09
Select Edit Line Items Button → Ignore Warning Message Press ENTER
*** Command: + ( Set Items to Active) → SAVE
MENU----> Document ----> Display
If the Bill is Dishonour by Customer :
The Contingent Liability Becomes Actual Liability when the Bill is dishonoured by
Customer. We have to Reverse Contingent Liability and Pass
Customer A/c Dr.
Prepared by: Rao MH 102
Customer A/c Dr.
To SBI C/A
*** Why to Select "+" in Command Field:
+ set items to active
++ set items in block to active
- set items to inactive
-- set items in block to inactive
If customer paid to Bank for Bill Nos 2,3 & 4, then we can select like below
Bill No {OR} {OR}
1 - If we are using "++" or "--" it
2 + ++ should be marked from and to
3 + Bill. In between the marks all bills
4 + ++ will be active or inactive.
5 -
Later If customer made payment for Bill Nos 1 & 5 then
Bill No {OR} {OR}
1 +
2 - -
3 -
4 - -
5 +
Prepared by: Rao MH 102
Dunning means Reminder. If the customer does not make the payment as per the payment
terms, we can issue Dunning ( Reeminder) Letter to Customer from SAP.
Dunning Area: Dunning area can be Company Code, as a
whole (or ) Region (or) Location
In Case of Big Companies Separate Marketing Head from Each Region wants to issue
Dunning Letters to his Area Customers. In this Case Dunning area will be Region
In Case of Small Companies, One Marketing Head for all the Regions . In this case Dunning
area will be Company Code as a whole
Dunning Levels: Dunning Levels means Types of Letters. There are Maximum
9 levels in SAP. But we are using 4 levels.
Dunning Intervals: Dunning Intervals means Frequency of Letters to be generated
Every 10 days or 15 days
Grace Period: 3 days
Ex: if Sale is made on 17.08.09 and Terms of Payment 0001 ( payable immediately)
1st Letter 2nd Letter 3rd Letter 4th Letter
After 20th Aug After 30th After 9th After 19th
DUNNING
DUNNING
DUNNING
DUNNING
Prepared by: Rao MH 103
After 20th Aug After 30th After 9th After 19th
(including 3days Aug Sept Sept
for Grace)
Note: Grace Period is calculated only for the 1st Letter but not for all letters.
Dunning Charges: For Sending the letters we can collect Dunnig Charges from
Customers. Dunning Charges can be a Fixed Amount or Percentage Basis
Amount or Percentage can be based on Levels of Dunning .
Dunning Charges will be levied only in the Letters and will not be posted to
Accounts. It will be Done to Threaten the Customer to make the Payment with in
Due Date. If the Customer paid Dunning Charges in Real, then only posting will
be done to " Dunning Charges A/c " as Other Income.
CUSTOMIZATION OF DUNNING PROCEDURE:
Step 1. Define Dunning Area: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts
Receivable& Accounts Payable--->Business Trnsactions---->Dunning ---> Basic
settings for Dunning---> Define Dunning Area
Select New Entries Buton
Company Code: PSL Area : Blank (Blank Area is for Creating
Text: Dunning Area for PSL Dunning area at Comp Code Level)
SAVE ----> Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Press Enter to Save in your Request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 103
Step 2. Define Dunning Procedure: Upto Dunning Path is same--->Dunning Procedure
---->Define Dunning Procedure( FBMP)
Select New Procedure Button
Dunning Procedure: PSL1 ( Text Field)
Name: Dunning Procedure for PSL
Dunning Interval in Days: 10
No. of Dunning Levels: 4
Line Item Grace Period: 3
Interest Indicator 01 ( Standard Item Interest Calculator)
Select Standard Transaction Dunning Check Box
Select Dunning Texts Button
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Company Code: PSL
Select Customer Radio Button
Pres Enter and Select New Company Code Button
Company Code: PSL Press Enter
De-select Dunning by Dunning Area Check Box. If Area is Blank.
Select Separate Notice for Dunning Level Check Box
Select Back Arrow 2 times
Select "Yes" Button Press Enter to save in your request.
Select Dunning Texts Button once Again.
Comp Code: PSL
Select Customer Radio Button and Press Enter
Prepared by: Rao MH 104
Select Customer Radio Button and Press Enter
Open One More Session with TC = FBMP
Double Click on Procedure 0001
select Dunnint Texts Button
Comp. Code 1000
Select Customer Radio Button → ENTER
Come to 1st Session
Dunning Level From
1 F150_DUNN_01
2 F150_DUNN_01 Select Page Down Button
3 F150_DUNN_02
4 F150_DUNN_02
Select Dunning Levels Button
Select Always Dunn Check Box for all the 4 levels
Select Charges Button
Currency : INR → ENTER ( In this section we can give Dunning
Charges to be collected from Customer)
Select Back Arrow
Select Save or Ctrl+S → Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 104
Step3. Assaign Dunning Procedure in Customer Master:
Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable--->Master records
---->Maintain Centrally--->Change ( XD02)
Customer A/c#: 3000001
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
select Company Code Data Button
Select Correspondence Tab
Dunning Procedure: PSL1 → SAVE
END USER AREA:
Step1. Sales Invoice Posting ( F-22)
Doc.DT: 10.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSL
Post. Key: 01 Account # 3000001 → ENTER
Amount : 9999 Buss. Area: PSLH
Text: Sales Invoice Posting
Post. Key: 50 Account # 300000 → ENTER
Amount : * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: +
Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE
Step2. Dunning : Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable--->
Periodic Processing ---->Dunning ( F150)
Run ON : 18.08.09 Identification: PSL1 ( Text Field)
Select Payment Tab
Prepared by: Rao MH 105
Select Payment Tab
Dunning Date( Letter Date): 18.08.09
Documents Posted Upto: 18.08.09
Company Code: PSL
Customer A/c: 3000001 to 3000100 → SAVE
Select Back Arrow
Select Schedule Button
Output Device : LP01
Select Contineu Button
Select Start Immediately Check Box
Select Schedule Button
Go and Press Enter till we get message " Dunning Selection is Compleate"
Select Dunning Printout Button
Output Device : LP01
Select Contineu Button
Select Print Button
Go on Press Enter till we get theMessage " Dunning Printout is Complete"
Prepared by: Rao MH 105
Select Dunning History Button
Comp. Code: PSL → Execute ( F8)
Keep the Cursor on Amount 9999
Select Display Dunning Notice Button
Keep the Cursor on Doc #
Select Print Preview Button ,
Output Device : LP01
Select Contineu Button
Go and See Customer Master ( XD02):
Customer A/c # 3000001
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Select Comp Code Data Button
Select Correspondence Tab
We can see the Letter to the Customer regarding the Outstanding Payment
Sales Tax is part of CIN in SAP. CIN mans Country India Version.
If we made Local Purchases or Local Sales i.e., Within State Purchases / Sales
VAT is applicable ( VAT Purchases
/ Vat Sales}
SALES TAX
Prepared by: Rao MH 106
If we made Out of State Purchases/ Sales Central Sales Tax( CST Purchases/ Sales)
Sales
Local Outside Local Outside
Purchase Purchase Sales Sales
Basic Price 100 100 Basic Price 200 200
Excise Duty ( 6%apx) 6 6 Excise Duty ( 8%apx) 16 16
106 106 216 216
VAT 4% {*} 4.24 VAT 12.5% {?} 27
CST 2 % {**} 2.12 CST( 2%) ( ??) 4.32
Vendor account 110.24 108.12 Customer Account 243 220.32
Note *: will go to VAT Receivable A/c Note ?: Will go to VAT Payable Account
Note **: to be added to Inventory only, No Note??: will go to CSTG Payable Account
adjustment is possible for CST.
VAT payable and VAT Receivable eventhough 2 accounts, everymonth, we will reconicile
these accounts and adusted against other. Net amount only be payable or receivable.
Where as In the case of CST Payable , we cannot able to adjust this amount agaisnt other
account . CST Receivable can be adjusted against VAT Payable.
Purchases
Prepared by: Rao MH 106
Payment to Sales Tax Dept: Payable
A) Local Sales - Local Purchases (27 - 4.24) 22.76
B) Local Sales - CST Sales (27-0) 27
C)CST Sales - Local Purchases (4.32-4,24) 0.08
D)CST Sales - CST Purchases (4.32-0) 4.32
Customization :
Step 1: Define Tax Procedure:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Finanial Accounting Global Settings--->
Tax on Sales / Purchases----> Basic Settings--->Check Calculation Procedure
Double Click on Define Procedure
Select New Entries Button
Procedure Description
PSL Tax Sales Tax India → SAVE
( Text Field)
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Select PSL Tax
Double Click on Control Data Folder
Select New Entries Button
Step Contition From To A/c Key
Type
10 BASB Base Amount - - -
20 MWVS Input Tax 10 10 VST ( Input Tax)
30 MWAS Output Tax 10 10 MWS(Output tax)
Description
Prepared by: Rao MH 107
30 MWAS Output Tax 10 10 MWS(Output tax)
→ SAVE
Step 2: Assaign Country to Calculation Procedure:
PATH: Upto tax on sales / Purchase Path is same---> Basic Settings--->Assaign
Country to Calculation Procedure
Select Position Button
Country : IN ( For India) → ENTER
For Country IN Assaign Procedure PSL Tax → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 3: Define Tax Codes for Sales and Purchases:
PATH: Upto Tax on Sales / Purchases path is same----> Calculation --->Define
Tax Codes for Sales & Purchases
Give Country Code: IN → ENTER
Tax Code: V1( Text Field) → ENTER
Description: 4% Input Tax
Tax Type: V ( Input Tax) → ENTER
Tax %
Input Tax 4%
Output Tax Keep cursor on Out Put tax % and select Deactivate
Button → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 107
Tax Code: V0 → ENTER
Description : 0% Input Tax
Tax Type: V ( Input Tax) → ENTER
Tax %
Input Tax 0%
Output Tax Keep cursor on Out Put tax % and select Deactivate
Button → SAVE
Tax Code: A1 → ENTER
Description: 12.5% Output Tax
Tax Type A ( Output Tax) → ENTER
Tax %
Output Tax 12.5%
Input Tax Keep cursor on InPut tax % and select Deactivate
Button → SAVE
Tax Code: A0 → ENTER
Description: 0% output Tax
Tax Type: A ( Output Tax) → ENTER
Tax %
Output Tax 0.0%
Input Tax Keep cursor on InPut tax % and select Deactivate
Button → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 108
Step 4: Assaign Tax Codes for Non Taxable Transactions:
PATH: Upto Tax on Sales / Purchases path is same----> Posting ---->Assaign
Tax Codes for Non Taxable Transactions (OBCL)
Select Positon Button
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
For Company Code PSL Input tax Output tax
Code Code
V0 A0
→ SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Step 5: Creation of 2 GL Masters:
A} VAT Receivables Under Current Assets Loans & Advances
B} VAT Payable Under Current Liabilities & Provisions
Enter TC=FS00
1st a/c GL A/c : 200155 Comp. Code : PSL Select with template
GL A/c : 200120
Comp. Code : PSL → ENTER
Change Short Text and GL A/c Long Text to " VAT Receivable Account"
Select Control Data tab
Tax Category: * ( All Tax types allowed)
Prepared by: Rao MH 108
select Posting Without Tax Allowed Check Box
select Create/ Bank/ Interest tab
Change Field Status group to G041 ( tax office clearing account )
→ SAVE
2nd a/c GL A/c : 100505 Comp. Code : PSL Select with template
GL A/c : 200155
Comp. Code : PSL → ENTER
Select Type / Description Tab
Change Account Group to Current Liabilities & Provisions
Change Short Text & Long Text to " VAT Payable A/c" → SAVE
To Change in Ing. RM & Sales Account to Tax Procedure:
GL A/c: 200120 ( Inventory Raw Material A/c)
Menu----> GL A/c----> Change
Select Control Data tab
Tax Category : * ( All Tax Type allowed)
Select Posting Without tax allowed Check Box → SAVE
Ignore Warning Message & Press Enter to SAVE
GL A/c: 300000 ( Sales A/c)
Menu----> GL A/c----> Change
Select Control Data tab
Tax Category : * ( All Tax Type allowed)
Prepared by: Rao MH 109
Tax Category : * ( All Tax Type allowed)
Select Posting Without tax allowed Check Box → SAVE
Ignore Warning Message & Press Enter to SAVE
Step 6: Define Tax Accounts:
PATH: Upto Tax on Sales/ Purchases path is same----> Posting---->Define tax
Accounts ( OB40)
Double Click on Transactions VST( Input Tax)
Chart of Accounts: PSL → ENTER → SAVE
Account: 200155 ( Vat Receivable) → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Select Back Arrow
Double Click on Transactions MWS( Output Tax) → SAVE
Account: 100505 ( Vat Payable ) → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
In Live Environment:
FI Consultants Job: 1. Define Tax Procedure
2. Define Tax Codes
3. Creation of GL Accounts
4. Assaign GL Accounts
Prepared by: Rao MH 109
In MM Module:
Purchase Order Material 1
Vendor 1234
Qty 1 Kg
Rate 100 Rs
Tax Code: V1 ( Input Tax)
Procedure:
Base Amount( 1kg x 100) = 100 Inventory Account
Tax Input V1 ( 4%) = 4 Vat Receivable account
Vendor Credit 104
IN SD Module:
Sales Order Material 1000
Vendor 4567
Qty 1 Kg
Rate 200 RS
Tax Code: A1 (Output Tax)
Procedure:
Base Amount( 1kg x 200) = 200 Sales Account
Tax Input A1 (12.5%) = 25 Vat Payable account
Customer Debit 225
IN FI Module :
Customer A/c Dr. 225
Prepared by: Rao MH 110
Customer A/c Dr. 225
To Sales 225 once we save the entry systme will pass
entry like below
Customer A/c dr 225
To Sales A/c 200
To VAT Payable 25
These entries will pass automatically when MM Module is activated and documents
posted in MM Module. But for our example Now, we are testing only in FI.
Not in MM Module
END USER AREA:
Step 1: Sales Invoice Posting ( F-22)
Doc. Dt: 19.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSL
Post.Dt: 19.08.09
Post. Key: 01 A/c # 3000001 → ENTER
Amount: 225 Select Calculate Tax Check Box
Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Sales Invoice Posting
Post Key: 50 A/c # 300000 → ENTER
Amount: * Tax Code : A1 ( 12.5% output tax)
Buss. Area: PSLH Text : +
Document -----> Simulate & SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 110
TDS is part of CIN ( Country India Version)
TDS stands for Tax Deducted at Source
TCS stands for Tax Collected at Source
We collect TDS for Vedor Payments to Services like Legal , Professional
charges ,& Job work charges
We collect TCS from Customers of Slaes from Scrap & Waste Sales.
Upto SAP Version 4.7C , SAP has given 2 packages in India. SAP +CIN
from Version 4.7EE on wards CIN is part of SAP
There are 2 types of Withholding tax in SAP
Classic Withholding Tax
SAP was released in India in 1995
in 1996 after Finance Budget , For changes in Tax SAP Released
PATCHES (Programme). Like that Upto year 2000 SAP has released patches
and providing along with SAP pack. A new company which purchased SAP
in the Year 2000 got SAP+CIN+ Attach of All the Patches from 1996 to 1999.
Extended Withholding Tax
SAP modified existing programme with the changes in all Finance Budgets.
Later on in Finance Budgets Surcharge, Education Cess, Higher education Cess was
WITH HOLDING TAX ( TDS)
WITH HOLDING TAX ( TDS)
WITH HOLDING TAX ( TDS)
WITH HOLDING TAX ( TDS)
Prepared by: Rao MH 111
Later on in Finance Budgets Surcharge, Education Cess, Higher education Cess was
introduced by Govt.of India in Taxes. In the Present Budget for Financial Year
2010, Surcharge, EducationCess and Higher Ed Cess removed.
Earlier we have Annual TDS Return on Contractors a Separate Form 26C
Later it changed to Common TDS Form of 26. From Year 2009 Quarterly
Return of 26Q was introduced.
Procedure of TDS on Contractors/Interest/Rent/Professional Charges is
same except for Salaries. Only Rates are Different. TDS on salaries is part of
"Pay Roll Module" which we are not Covering in Training.
As Procedure is same, we are Testing only " TDS on Contractors" for Testing
Purpose ( IT Sec 194C)
1. Status Company/Partnership Firm Individuals
2. Rates Basic 2% 2%
3 TDS is to be deducted at the time of Invoice Posting / Advance Payment
Posting which ever is earlier
4. If the Bill amount is less than Rs. 20,000 and the Whole Year Contract
Value with the same party is less than 50,000. No TDS to be deducted.
5. If the Contractor does not have taxable income, we can get exemption
certificate from Income Tax Department for lower rate of Deduction or NIL
Rate of Deduction. In that case we have to deduct TDS at Lower Rate or NIL
rate . Income Tax Dept give exemption for each year.
Prepared by: Rao MH 111
6. TDS Deducted should be deposited within 7 days from the month end.
in case of Year End credits, to be deposited within 2 months from the end of
the year.
7. If 7th day come on Holiday choice to make payment 1 day before or after.
8. If the Bill amount includes material cost and conversion charges, we have
the option to deduct TDS on Full Amount or only on Conversion Charges
9 Issue TDS Certificates in Form 16A should be issued within 1 month or
we can issue consolidated certificate for the whole year within 1 month from
the end of Closing Financial Year.
10. File Quarterly Return in form 26Q
11. Tax deducted at source can be obtained at company code level/ Business
Area Level/Business Place Level.
CUSTOMIZATION:
Step 1: Maintain Calendar:
SPRO--->SAP Netweaver---->General Settings--->Maintain Calender
( TC= SCAL)
Select Public Holidays Radio Button
Select Change Button
Select Create Button
Select With Fixed Date Radio Button
Select Create Button
Day 01
Prepared by: Rao MH 112
Day 01
Month 05( May)
Short Holiday Name: May Day
Long Holiday Name: May Day → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message Select Button → ENTER
Select Back Arrow
Select Holiday Calendar Radio Button
Select Change Button
Select Create Button
Calendar ID P2 ( Text Field)
Description : PSL HYD Factory Holiday Calendar
Select Assaign Holiday Button
Salect May Day Check Box
Select Assaign Public Holiday Button → SAVE
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
Select Back Arrow 2 times
Select Factory Calender Radio Button
Select Change Button
Select Create Button
Calendar ID P3 ( Text Field)
Description : PSL Hyd Factory Calendar
Holiday Calendar ID: P2
Select Monday to Saturday Check Box → SAVE
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 112
Step 2: Check Withholding Tax Countries:
SPRO--->Financial Accounting--->Financial A/c Global Settings--->
Withholding Tax---->Extended Withholding Tax---->Basic Settings--->
Check withholding tax countries
Select New Entries Button
Country : IN
W/Tax Country: IN
Description : India → SAVE
Save in AP Customization Request
Step 3: Define Withholding Tax Keys → Same Path
Country Key: IN → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Off. Withold Name
Tax Key
194C TDS on Contractors → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 4: Define Business Places ( Section Code)
Upto Extended Withholding Tax Path is Same---->Basic Settings---->
India--->Define Business Places
Select New Entries Button
Comp.code: PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 113
Comp.code: PSL
Section Code: PSL ( Text Field)
Name: PSL Hyderabad Factory → SAVE
Name: PSL Hyderabad Factory
Country : IN → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 5: Assaign Factory Calender to Business Place( Section Code)
Same Path → Select New Entries
Comp. Section Fact. Cal Rule
Code Code ID
PSL PSLF PS Day Before ( Select from Dropdown Button)
→ SAVE → ENTER to save in ur request
Prepared by: Rao MH 113
Step 6: Define Business Places:
Menu-->System-->Services-->Table Maintenance--->Extended Table
Maintenance ( SM30)
Table View: J_1BBRANCV
Select Maintain Button
Give Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Business Place: PSLF
Description: PSL Hyd Factory → SAVE
Name: PSL Hyd Factory
Country: IN
Press Enter to Save in your Request
Step 7: Assaign Section Code to Business Place:
Use TC= SM30
Table/ View : V_SECCODE
Select Maintain Button
Comp Code: PSL → ENTER
For Section Business
Code Place
PSLF PSLF ( Assaign) → SAVE
Step 8: Define Withholding Tax Type for Invoice Posting
Prepared by: Rao MH 114
Step 8: Define Withholding Tax Type for Invoice Posting
Upto Extended W/Tax Path is same--->Calculations--->Withhold Tax
Type---->Define Withhold Tax Type for Invoice Posting
Country : IN → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Withhold Tax Type P1
Description : Sec194C Contractors Invoice Posting
Under Base Amount
Select Gross Amount Radio Button
Select Withhold Tax Commercial Rounding Radio Button
Select Post Withhold Tax Amount Check Box
Select No Accumulation Radio Button
Save ----> Press Enter to save in your Request.
Step 9: Define Withhold Tax Type for Payment Posting ( At Advance)
Same Path( Next Line to Last Price)
Country Key: IN for India → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Withhold Tax Type : PA
Description : Section 194C Contractors Advance Posting
Base Amount: Select Gross Amount Radio Button
Select Withhold Tax Commercial Rounding Radio Button
Select Post Withhold Tax Check Box
Prepared by: Rao MH 114
Select No Accumulatio Radio Button
** Select Central Invoice Proportionate Radio Button
→ SAVE → ENTER to save in your request
** Importance of Central Invoice Proportionate Radio Button
on 10.07.09 Advance Payemnt Posting ( F-48)
Vendor Special GL A/c Dr. 100000
To Bank A/c 98000
To TDS Payable A/c 2000 ( to be paid to Govt
before 07.08.09)
on 21.08.09 Posting of Coversion Charges ( F-43)
Conversion Charges A/c Dr 500000
To Vendor A/c 490000
To TDS A/c 10000 ( to be paid to Govt
before 07.09.09)
Transfer of Advance from Special GL to Normal by Clearing Special GL Items
( F-54)
Vendor A/c Dr. 98000
TDS A/c 2000
To Vendor Special GL A/c 100000
Debit to TDS Account will be done automatically when we select the
Central Invoice Proportionate Radio Button
Effect on 07.09.09 to be paid : 10000 Cr Total to be payable
2000 Dr advance paid
Prepared by: Rao MH 115
2000 Dr advance paid
8000 Cr Balance to be paid
Step10: Define Withholding Tax Codes:
Upto Extended Withholding Tax Path is same--->Calculation ---->
Withholding Tax---->Define Withholding tax codes
Country Key: IN ( For India) → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Withholding Tax Type: P1
Withholding Tax Code: P1
Description : Select 194C Contractors Invoice Posting
Official W/Tax Key: 194C ( Standard Posting : Bank/Vendor/
Customer Line Items Reduced)
Base Amount
Percentage Subject to Tax: 100% Posting Indicator: 1
Calculation :
Withholding Tax Rate: 2% → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Select Back Arrow
Select Withhold Tax Type P1
Select Copy as Button
Change Withhold Tax Type to PA
Change Withhold Tax Code to PA
Description : Sec 194C Contractors Advance Posting
→ ENTER & SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 115
Step11: Check Receipient Types :
Upto Extendted Withholding Tax Path is same--->Basic Settings--->
Check Recipient Types
Country Key: IN ( India) → Enter
Select New Entries Button
Withholding Tax Type: P1
Receipient Type: CO ( Text Field)
Text : Company
2nd : Withholding Tax Type: P2
Receipient Type: CO ( Text Field)
Text : Company
SAVE → Enter to save in your request.
Step12: Maintain Tax Due Dates:
Upto Extended Withholding Tax Path is same---> Basinc settings--->
India--->Maintain Tax Due Dates
Select New Entries Button
Country: IN ( for India)
Official W/tax Key : 194C
Receipient Type : CO ( Company)
No. of Days Until Tax
Due Date: 777 ( 7 Days from the Month End)
Select SAVE or Ctrl+S → Enterto save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 116
Step13: Assaign Withhold Tax Types to Company Codes:
Upto Extended Withholding Tax Path is same---> Company Code--->
Assaign Withhold Tax Types to Company Codes
Select New Entries Button
Company Code: PSL
W/Tax Type: P1
Recipient Type: CO
Select W/Tax Agent Check Box
W/Tax Obligated from : 01.04.09
W/Tax Obligated to : 31.03.09
Select SAVE or Ctrl+S → Enter to save in your request.
Select back Arrow Button
Select Company Code: PSL
Select Copy As Button
Change W/tax type to PA and SAVE
Step14: Activate Extended Withholding Tax
Same Path
select Position Button
Company Code: PSL → Enter
For Comp Code PSL Select Extended W/Tax Check Box
SAVE ---> Ignore Warning Message
→ Enter to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 116
Step15: Creation of 2 GL Masters ( FS00)
a) Conversion Charges under Manufacturing Group
b) TDS on Contractors under Current Liabilities& Provisions
FS00 → Enter
1st A/c GL A/c: 400200 Comp.Code: PSL Select With Template
GL A/c: 400100
Comp.Code: PSL → Enter
Change Account Group to " Manufacturing"
Change ST & GL Long Text to " Conversion Charges" → SAVE
2nd A/c
GL A/c: 100510 Comp.Code: PSL Select With Template
GL A/c: 100500
Comp.Code: PSL → Enter
Change ST & GL Long Text to " TDS on Contracting" → SAVE
Step16: Assaignment of Accounts for Automatic Posting
Upto Extended Withhold tax path is same---> Postings--->
A/c for Withhold tax--->Define account for Withhold Tax to be paid over
Chart of Accounts: PSL → Enter
Select W/Tax Code: Check Box
Prepared by: Rao MH 117
Select W/Tax Code: Check Box
With Hold Tax Type: Check Box → SAVE
W/Tax Type W/Tax Code A/c
P1 P1 100510
PA PA 100510 → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
Step17: Maintain Company Code Settings
SPRO--->Logistics General----<Tax on Goods Movements---> India-->
Basic Settings--->Maintain Comp. Code Settings
Select New Entries Button
Comp.Code: PSL → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
Step18: Specify Document Types for Remittance Challan:
TDS Challan for Company Contractors---CO
TDS Challan for Individual Contractors---IN
If in TDS on Contractors A/c there are 5 Bills O/s. ( to pay to Govt)
BillNo Type Amount
1 CO 1000
2 CO 2000
3 IN 3000
4 CO 4000
5 IN 5000
Prepared by: Rao MH 117
At the time of making payment We seelct receipt type = CO
Bills to select 1,2,4== 7000
Document type we use to enter SA as Debit A/c and Credit A/c
Both are general Ledger Accounts.
Entry: TDS on Contractors A/c 7000
To Bank A/c 7000
PATH: Upto Extended W/Tax path is same--->Postings---> India--->
Remittance Challans--->Document Types----> Specify
Document Types ( A/c Payable)
Select New Entries Button
CoCode RC Doc Type
PSL SA → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
Step19: Maintain Number Ranges : Same Path
Select Maintain Groups Button
Select Group Without Text Having 005 Check Box
Menu---->Interval---->Maintain
Comp. Code: PSL → Enter
Select Interval Button
Year From No To No
Prepared by: Rao MH 118
Year From No To No
2009 1 100000 → Enter & SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Step20: Assaign No Group to Business Place:
Use TC= SM30
Table / View == J_1IEWTNUMGR
select maintain button
select new entries button
Comp. Code: PSL Off W/ Tax Key: 194C
Buss. Place: PSLF No. Group: 005
Select Save or Ctrl+S
Step21 Assaign No Group to Section Code:
Use TC=SM30
Table / View=== J_1IEWTNUMGR_1
Select Maintain Button
Select New Entries Button
Co.Code Sect. Code Off. Key No.Group
PSL PSLF 194C 005
→ SAVE → Enter to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 118
Step22 Maintain Numbe Groups & SAP Script Forms( for TDS Certificates)
Upto Extended W/Tax Path is same--->Postings--->India---->W/Tax
Certificates for Vendors & Customers--->Maintain No. Groups & SAP
Script Forms
Select New Entries Button
Co.Code Sect. Code Off. Key Form
PSL PSLF 194C J_1IEWT_CERT
→ SAVE → Enter to save in your request.
Step23 Assaign Number Ranges to Number Groups:
Same Path
Select New Entries Button
No. Group: 004
Internal No. Range 04
→ SAVE → Enter to save in your request.
Step24 Maintain Number Ranges:
Same Path
Select Maintain Groups Button
Select Group W/tax having '004 Check box
Menu--->Internal---> Maintain
Comp. Code: PSL → Enter
Select Internal Button
Year From To
2009 100001 200000 → Enter & Save
Prepared by: Rao MH 119
2009 100001 200000 → Enter & Save
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Step25 Assaign Tax Codes in Vendor Master:
Accounting --->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---->Master
Records--->Maintain Centrally---->Change ( XK02)
Vendor No: 4400001
Comp. Code: PSL
Select Withhold Tax Check Box → Enter
W/Tax Country : IN
W/ Tax Type: P1
W/tax Code: P1
Select Liable Check Box
Recepient Type: CO
W/Tax Type PA
W/tax Code: PA
Select Liable Check Box
Recepient Type: CO
Select CIN Details
Ignore Warnign Message and Press Enter
Select W/tax Tab
PAN of Vendor : PSL123456C ( Text Field)
Select Back Arrow: Select Save or Ctrl+S
Prepared by: Rao MH 119
END USER AREA:
Step1: Posting of Conversion Charges ( F-43)
Doc.Dt: 25.08.09 Type : KR Comp. Code: PSL
Post.DT: 25.08.09
Post Key: 31 A/c# 4400001 → Enter
Amount: 100000 Buss. Area: PSLH
Buss.Place: PSLF Text: Conversion Charges Posting
Post.Key: 40 A/c# 400200 → Enter
(Conversion Chg. A/c)
Remove W/Tax Code: PA → Enter
Amount: * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: +
Menu----> Document----> Simulate
Double Click on Blue Font Line item Change Text to +
SAVE
Regarding TDS following points are important:
Option1 : If the Bill amount is less than 20,000 and in the whole year contracts gross
value is less than 50000, No TDS to be deducted . Remove P1 from PA
Option2 :If the Bill includes Material Value of Rs. 30,000 and Conversion Charges
are Rs. 70,000. TDS should be deducted on 70,000 but not on 100,000.
Withholding Tax Base is 70,000 for P1. and Remove PA
Option3 :If the Bill is only for Conversion charges of Rs. 100,000, TDS should be
deducted on 100,000. Remove PA
Prepared by: Rao MH 120
deducted on 100,000. Remove PA
Step 2: Create Remittance Challan:
PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->
W/tax ---->India--->Extended W/tax--->Remittance of W/tax--->
Create Remittance Challan (J1INCHLN)
Comp.Code: PSL
Fiscal Year: 2009
Buss.Place/
Sect Code: PSLF
Posting Date: 01.08.09 to 31.08.09
Section: 194C
Recipient Type CO
Document Dt: 07.09.09
Post. Date: 07.09.09
Bank A/c: 200105 ( SBI C/A)
Buss Area: PSLH → Execute ( F8)
Text : TDS payment for Aug'09
Select Process Open Items Button
Double Click on all Open Items
Select Document Overview Button
Double Click on SBI C/A Line Item
Amount * → SAVE
Select Clearing Document Button
Select Back Arrow
Prepared by: Rao MH 120
Step 3: Enter Bank Challan : Same Path ( J1INBANR)
Comp. Code: PSL
Fiscal Year: 2009
Challan Clg. No: Select 31
Once we select Challan Clrg. No Internal Challan No and Internal Challan
Date will be updated Automatically
Bank Challan NO: 567 ( Text Field)
Bank Challan Dt: 07.09.09
Bank Key Select SBI → Execute ( F8)
Step 4: Print TDS Certificates : Upto Extended W/tax path is same--->
Certificates---> Print ( J1INCERT)
Comp. Code: PSL Buss Place/Sect Code: PSLF
Fiscal Year: 2009 Section 194C
Post Date: 01.04.09 to 31.03.2010
Bank Challan Dt: 01.05.09 to 30.04.2010
Certificate Date: 30.04.2010
Signatory: Mr. X
Designation : Manager Accounts
Place of Printing: Hyderabad → Execute ( F8)
Output Device: LP01 → Select Print Button
To View the printout From Menu--->System--->Services--->Output Control
Prepared by: Rao MH 121
To View the printout From Menu--->System--->Services--->Output Control
→ Execute ( F8)
Select Spool No Check Box
Select Display Contents Button
from 2009 New Quarterly Return ( Form 26Q) introduced which is not in the
learning package for which TC=J1INQEFILE
We can get Daily Cash positions by Opening Balance+Receipts-Payments
Some Companies will use this for Petty Cash purpose
Cash Journal will not accept Negative Cash Balance
Step1: Create GL Masters- Hyderabad City Office Cash Account( FS00)
GL A/c: 200101 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template
GL A/c: 200100
Comp. Code: PSL → Enter
Change Short Text & GL A/c Long Text to "Hyd City Office Cash A/c"
Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab
Select Post Automatically only Check Box → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
CASH JOURNAL
CASH JOURNAL
CASH JOURNAL
CASH JOURNAL
Prepared by: Rao MH 121
Step2: Define Number Range Intervals for Cash Journal Documents:
SPRO--->Financial Accounting --->Bank Account--->Business Transactions
--->Cash Journal--->Define No Range Interval for --->Cash Journal Doc
Comp. Code: PSL
Select Change Interval Button
Select Interval Button
No Range: 01
From No : 500001 To No: 600000 → Enter & SAVE
Ignore Warning message → Enter
Step3: Set up Cash Journal: Path is same as above
Select New Entries Button
Comp. Code: PSL
Cash Journal: 0001
GL A/c 200101
Currency INR
Doc. Type for GL A/c: SA
Doc. Type for Vendor Payment KZ
Doc. Type from Vendor Payment KZ
Doc. Type from Customer Payment DZ
Doc. Type to Customer Payment DZ
Cash Journal Name: PSL Hyd City Office Cash Book
SAVE → Enter to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 122
Step 4: Create Change Delete Business Transaction
same Path----> Select New Entries Button
Comp. Code: Bus. Tran Type GL A/c Cash Journal
Transactions
i) PSL R( Revenues) 300000 Revenues
Select Account Modifiable Check Box
ii) PSL E ( Expenses) 400100 Expenses
Select Account Modifiable Check Box → SAVE
→ Enter to save in your request.
Note: If I select Account Modifiable, We need not give all Revenue Accounts ( or)
All Expenses Account
IF I don’t Select Account Modifiable Check Box, We need to give for Revenue
and Expenses Account Numbers
300000 400100
300001 400101
300002 400102
300003 400103
Step 5: Set up Print Parameters for Cash Journal:
Same Path
CoCode Cash Jrn Report Correspondence
Print Prg Variant
PSL RFCASHOO DEMOEN SAP18 ( Cash Document)
Press Enter and Save
Prepared by: Rao MH 122
END USER AREA:
Posting to Cash Journal(FBCJ)
Path: Accounting-->Financial Accounting --->General Ledger---> Posting -->
Cash Journal Posting (FBCJ)
From Menu--->Extras--->Change Cash Journal
Comp. Code: PSL
Cash Journal: 0001 → ENTER
Select Today Button
Select Cash Receipts Tab
Business Transactions: Select
Business Amount G/L A/c Text Buss.
Transaction Area
Revenues 5000 300000 Cash PSLH
Sales
Select Post Button
Select Print Cash Journal Button
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Check Deposit can be of two types
a) Manual Check Deposit b) Electronic Check Deposit
Bank Statement can be of two types
BANK RECONCILIATION
BANK RECONCILIATION
BANK RECONCILIATION
BANK RECONCILIATION
Prepared by: Rao MH 123
Bank Statement can be of two types
a) Manual Statement b) Electronic Statement
We are testing now with Manual Check Deposit/Manual Bank Statement
We have to create 4 GL accounts for each Bank Current Account
1 Main Bank Account
2 Check Issue Account as Open Item
3 Check Deposit Account as Open Item
4 Clearing Account as Open Item
Bank Charges Account to be Created
If we have 100 Bank Current accounts, we have to assaign account 100 times
Instead we can assaign account only one time for all 100 Bank Accounts like below.
1 Main Bank Account +++++ ++++0 ( 9 times Plus Symbol)
2 Check Issue Account +++++ ++++1
3 Check Receipt Account +++++ ++++2
4 Clearing Account +++++ ++++3
Always Main Bank account Balance and Bank Statement Balance will be same.
Sales Scenario:
1.Sales Invoice Posting ( F-22)
Customer A/c Dr. 200000
to Sales A/c 200000
2
3
A/c No Should
End With
1
0
Prepared by: Rao MH 123
2. Check Deposit
A) Bank Key E) Customer Number
B) Bank A/c No F) Ref. Bill No
C) Transactions G) Amount
D) Group
SAVE
IDBI Check Deposit A/c Dr 200000
to Customer A/c with Clrg 200000
3. Enter Manual Bank Statement :
i) If the checks deposited does not appear in Bank Statement, they should be
in IDBI Check Deposit Account as Open Items. In BRS these items will be
called as Checks Deposited but not cleared
ii)If check deposited appear in Bank Statement , then enter a) Bank Key
b) Bank A/c No c) Transaction, d)Ref. Doc No f) Amount and SAVE
Once we saved, Entry will generate like below
IDBI Bank A/c Dr 200000
to IDBI Chq. Dep with Clrg A/c 200000
4. Purchase Invoice Posting ( F-43)
Inventory RM A/c Dr 50000
To Party A/c 50000
5 Outgoing Payment with Clearing ( F-53)
Party A/c Dr 50000
To IDBI Check Issued A/c 50000
Prepared by: Rao MH 124
To IDBI Check Issued A/c 50000
6. Creation of Manual Check (FCH5)
Assaing Check No to Payment Document Number
7. Enter Manual Bank Statement
a) If the Check Issued Debit does not appear in the Bank Statement , it will
appear in IDBI Check Issued Account as Open Items. In BRS it will come
under Check Issued but not Cleared
b) If the Check issued Debite appears in Bank Statemetn then Enter
1) Bank Key 2) Bank A/c No 3) Transaction 4) Bank Ref No ( Check No)
5) Amount and SAVE
IDBI Check Issue Dr 50000
to IDBI Bank A/c 50000
8. Bank Charges Direct Debit to Bank Account:
Enter from Manual Bank Statement a) Bank Key b) Bank A/c #
c) Transaction d) Amount and Save
Bank Charges A/c Dr 1000
to IDBI Bank A/c 1000
CUSTOMIZATION FOR BRS:
Step 1: Creation of 4 GL Masters( FS00)
1st a/c GL A/c: 200130 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template
GL A/c: 200105
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Change ST & LT to IDBI Main Bank A/c → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 124
2nd a/c GL A/c: 200131 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template
GL A/c: 200130
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Change ST & LT to IDBI Check Issue A/c
Selct Control Data Tab
Select Open Items Management Check Box → SAVE
3rd a/c GL A/c: 200132 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template
GL A/c: 200131
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Select Type/ Description Tab
Change ST & LT to IDBI Check Deposit A/c → SAVE
4th a/c GL A/c: 400304 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template
GL A/c: 400300
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Select Type/ Description Tab
Change ST & LT to Bank Charges Account → SAVE
Step 2: Define House Bank ( FI12)
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
House Bank : IDBI
Bank Country: IN
Bank Key: PSLIDBI1
Prepared by: Rao MH 125
Bank Key: PSLIDBI1
Save
Bank Name: IDBI Bank Name
Street: Basheerbagh
City: Hyderabad
Branch: Main Branch → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Double Click on Bank Account Folder
Select New Entries Button
A/c ID: IDBI1
Description: IDBI Current A/c # 1
Bank A/c #: IDBI12345 ( Text Field)
Currency: INR
GL A/c : 200130 ( IDBI Main Bank A/c)
SAVE
Step 3: Creation of Check Lots ( FCHI)
Paying Comp. Code: PSL House Bank: IDBI
A/c ID IDBI1
Select Change Button Select Create Button
Lot Number: 1
Check No from : 600001 Check No to : 600100
Select Non Sequention Check Box
Short Information : IDBI Bank
Purchase Dt: 27.08.09 → ENTER & Save
Prepared by: Rao MH 125
Step 4: Define Posting Keys and Posting Rules for Check Deposit:
SPRO--->Financial Accounting--->Bank Accounting--->Business
Transactions--->Check Deposit--->Define Positng Keysand Posting Rules
for Check Deposits
Chart of Accounts: PSL → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Account Text
( Text Field)
PSLA Main Bank
PSLB Check Issue
PSLC Check Deposit
PSLD Bank Charges → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request
Double Click on Accounts to Assaign A/c Symbols Folder
Select New Entries Button
A/c Symbol Currency GL A/c
PSLA INR +++++ ++++0
PSLB INR +++++ ++++1
PSLC INR +++++ ++++2
PSLD INR 400304 → SAVE
Double Click on Create Keys for Posting Rules Folder
Posting
Rule(TF) Text
PSL1 Check Deposit---> Clear Customer
Prepared by: Rao MH 126
PSL1 Check Deposit---> Clear Customer
PSL2 Check Deposit---> Credited in Bank
PSL3 Check Issue-----> Debited in Bank
PSL4 Bank Charges Direct Debits → SAVE
Double click on Define Posting Rules Folder
Select New Entries Button
Posting Rule : PSL1
Posting Area: 2 ( sub Ledger A/c)
Debit Posting Key: 40
A/c Symbol: PSLC
Doc. Type: DZ
Post. Type: 8 ( Clear Credit Sub Ledger A/c)
Select Next Entries Button
Post Rule : PSL2 Check Deposit Contidin is Bank
Posting Area: 1
Doc. Posting Type: SA
Posting Key: 5
Select New Entries Button
Post Rule : PSL3
Posting Area: 1
Debit Posting Key: Blanck Cr. Posting Key : 50
Debit Account Key; PSLB Cr a/c symbol PSLA
Doc. Type: SA
Post Key : SA Post Type: 4
Prepared by: Rao MH 126
Select New Entries Button
Post. Rule : PSL4 Post Area 1 ( Bank a/c)
Doo. Post Key: 40 Cr. Posting Key : 50
DrA/c Symbol PSLD Cr. A/c Symbol" PSLA
Doc. Type: SA
Post Typ:: 1 ( Posting → SAVE
Step 5: Create and Assaign Business Transactions
Upto Business Transactions Path is same---->Check Depsosit--->Create &
Assaign Business Transactions
Select New Entries
Transactions +/- Post Rule Text
PSL1 + PSL1 Cheque Deposit Clear Customer
PSL1 - PSL1 Chq. Dep Clear Cust Reversal
Select SAVE or Ctrl+S
Select Cancel Button & Select "YES" Button. Select Save Again
Select your request and save in your request.
Step 6: Define Variants for Check Deposit: Same Path
Select Create Button
Variant: PSL1 (Text Field)
Name: Cheq Deposit Variant for PSL → ENTER
From Possible Fields Column
Double click on Ref. Doc No ( Sel) → ENTER
second Column offset change to 20
Prepared by: Rao MH 127
second Column offset change to 20
From Possible Fields Column
Double click on Customer No ( Sel) → ENTER
From Possible Fields Column
Double Click on Business Area → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Keep the Cursor on PSL1 and Select Activate Button
Step 7: Create and Assaign Business Transactions for Manual Bank Statement
Upto Business Transactions Path is same--->Payment Transactions--->
Manual Bank Statement---->Credit and Assaign Business Transactions
Select New Entries Button
Transaction +/- Post Int. Algor- Text
Rule ithm
PSL2 + PSL2 Chq. Dep Cr in Bank
PSL2 - PSL2 Chq. Dep Cr in Bank(reversal)
PSL3 - PSL3 "0"Level Cheque issue Dr. In Bank
PSL3 + PSL3 "0"Level Cheque issue Dr. In Bank(Reversal)
PSL4 - PSL4 Bank Charges Direct Debit
PSL4 + PSL4 Bank Charges Direct Debit(Reversal)
SAVE and Enter to Save in your request.
ZERO Level mean 011- outgoing check. Check no different from Payment Doc. No
Prepared by: Rao MH 127
Purchase Scenario:
1. Purchase Invoice Posting ( F-43) Doc #
Inventory Raw Material A/c Dr 50000 100001
to Party Account 50000
2. Outgoing Payment With Clearing ( F-53) Doc #
Party Account Dr 50000 200001
to IDBI Cheque Issued A/c 50000
3.Creating of Manual Check ( FCH5)
Assaign Check No to Payment Document No
Payment Doc # 200001
Check # 500001
If we assaign "0" ( ZERO) level System will take payment Doc# and Check # as
different . Otherwise systeme assume payment Document # as Check #
Define Variants for Manual Bank Statement:
Same Path----> Selecgt Create Button
Variant PSL (Text Field)
Name Manual Bank Statement Variant for PSL → ENTER
From Possible Fields Column Double click on Ref Doc# ( Selection ) → ENTER
4th Column Offset Change to 36
Double Click on Bank Reference → ENTER
Double Click on Bussiness Area → ENTER → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE In Your work bench request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 128
→ ENTER to SAVE In Your work bench request.
Keep the Cursor PSL2 and select Activate Button
To Make Text Field Optional for Field Status Group G-001 and G-005
TC= OBC4 → ENTER
Field Status Variant PSL
Double Click on Field Status Group Folder
Double Click on G-001
Double Click on General Date
Make Text Optional Field → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE In Your request.
Double Click on G-005
Double Click on General Date
Make Text Optional Field → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE In Your request.
END USER AREA:
Sales Scenario:
Step 1 Sales Invoice Posting (F-22)
Doc.Dt: 28.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSL Ref: Bill No 1234
Post Key: 01 A/c # 3000001 → ENTER Amount : 200000
Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Sales Invoice Posting
Post Key: 50 A/c # 300000 → ENTER Amount : *
Buss.Area: PSLH Text: +
Menu----> Document ----> Simulate & SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 128
Step 2 Manual Check Deposit ( FF68)
Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Banks--->Incomings---->Check
Deposit---->Manual Entry
From Menu---> Settings---> Specifications
Short Variant : PSL1 → ENTER
Bank Key: PSLIDBI1
Bank A/c: IDBI12345
Currency: INR
Group: 1
Transaction : PSL1 ( Check Deposit Clear Customer )
Posting Date: 28.08.09
Value Date: 28.08.09
Currency: INR → ENTER
Amount : 200000
Ref. Doc # 1234
Customer : 3000001
Buss. Area: PSLH → SAVE
SAVE Once again
From MENU---> System---->Services--->Batch Input--->Sessions
Select Session Name : IDBI/IDBI1
Select Process Button
Select Display Errors only Radio Button
Select Process Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 129
Select Process Button
Ignore Warning Message
Select Exit Batch Input Button
Step 3 Go and See Customer Account Trnasactions ( FBL5N)
Customer A/c: 3000001
Comp. Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button
Clearing Date : 28.08.09
Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8)
Double Click on Type DZ
Select Callup Document Overview Button to see the Entry Posted
Step 4 Go and See IDBI Check Deposit Account ( FBL3N)
GL A/c : 200132 ( IDBI Check Deposit Account )
Comp. Code: PSL
Select Open Items Radio Button
Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8)
We can see IDBI Check Deposit Report
Prepared by: Rao MH 129
Step 5 Enter Manual Bank Statement ( FF67)
Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->Banks---->Incomings--->Bank
Statement---->Manual Entry( FF67)
From Menu---->Settings---->Specifications
Short Variant: PSL2 → ENTER
Bank Key: PSLIDBI1
Bank A/c: IDBI12345
Currency: INR
Settlement No: 1
Statement DT: 28.08.09
Opening Balance: 0
Closing Balance: 200000
Posting Date: 28.08.09 → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
Trans. Value Dt Amount Ref. Doc Buss.
NO Area
PSL2 28.08.09 200000 1 PSLH → ENTER
SAVE → SAVE once Again
Purchase Scenario:
Step 1. Purchase Invoice Posting (F-43)
Doc.Dt: 29.08.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 130
Doc.Dt: 29.08.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL
Post Key: 01 31 A/c # 4400001 → ENTER Amount : 50000
Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Purchase Invoice Posting
Post Key: 40 A/c # 200120 → ENTER Remove TDS Codes
Amount : * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: +
Menu----> Document ----> Simulate & SAVE
Step 2. Outgoing Payment with Clearing ( F-53)
Doc.Dt: 29.08.09 Type: KZ Comp. Code: PSL
Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment
Bank Data:
Account : 200131 Buss.Area: PSLH Amount : 50000
Text : Outgoing Payament
Open Item Selection:
Account :4400001
Select Process Open Items Button
Double Click on Payable Amount 50000
MENU-----> Document---->SAVE
Step 3. Creation of Manual Checks ( FCH5)
Give Check No : 600005 → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 130
Step 4. Enter Manual Bank Statement ( FF67)
Select Overview Button
Keep the Cursor on Company Code PSL- IDBI Bank Limited
Selecgt New Statement Button
Give Closing Balance : 149000 Receipt → 200000
Posting Date: 29.08.09 Less:
Payment → 50000
Bank Chg → 1000
149000
Transaction Value DT Amount Bank Ref Buss.
Area
PSL3 29.08.09 -50000 600005 PSLH
PSL4 29.08.09 -1000 PSLH → ENTER
SAVE → SAVE Once Again
From MENU---->System--->Services---> Batch Input---->Sessions
Select Session Name: IDBI/IDBI1
Select Process Button
Select Display Errors only Radio Button
Selecgt Process Button → ENTER
→ ENTER Once Again
Ignore the message and select Exit Batch Input Button
Step 5. Go and See Check Issue Account ( FBL3N)
Prepared by: Rao MH 131
Step 5. Go and See Check Issue Account ( FBL3N)
GL A/c: 200131
Comp. Code: PSL
Select Cleared Items Radio Button
Execute( F8)
Step 6. Go and See Main Bank Account ( FS10N)
GL A/c: 200130
Comp. Code: PSL
Fiscal Year: 2009 → Execute(F8)
Double Click on Cumilative Balance 51000
Double Click on 1000 Cr
Select Column Document Overview Button
We can see Bank Charges Entry
How to View the Bank Statement in SAP (FF67)
Select Overview Button
Double Click on PSL-IDBI Bank Ltd
Double Click on Statement No 2
We can see the Bank Statement in SAP
END OF BANK RECONCILIATION
Prepared by: Rao MH 131
This is also a Sub Ledger ( Subsidery Ledger)
Chart of Depreciaion: Asset Customization steps will be made for Chart of
Depreciation and Chart of Depreciation will be assaigned to Company Code /Comp.
Codes.
In SAP we don’t have option of creating the Chart of Depreciation for our own company
But SAP has given the option to copy the Existing Chart of Accounts of Germany or
Indian. We have to copy either Germany Chart of Depreciation or Indian Chart of
Depreciation and make changes according to our company Porocedure.
Depreciation Areas: We have many areas of Depreciation like
1. Book Depreciation
2. Depreciation as per Income Tax Rules
3. Costing Depreciation as mentioned in Schedule 14 of Companies Act
4. Group Depreciation
Postings to Books of Accounts will be done only Book Depreciation, others
are for information purpose only.
Depreciation Methods:
There are So many Depreciation methods recognised by SAP. But in India
we use either 1. Straight Line Method ( SLM) 2. Written Down Value ( WDV)
Depreciation Keys: Depreciation Keys are nothing but Rate+ Method say
5% SLM or 5%WDV
ASSET ACCOUNTING
ASSET ACCOUNTING
ASSET ACCOUNTING
ASSET ACCOUNTING
Prepared by: Rao MH 132
5% SLM or 5%WDV
Posting Keys: We use the Following Posting Keys in Asset Accounting
Posting Key: 70 for Asset Debit
Posting Key: 75 for Asset Credit
Transaction Types:
100 → External Asset Acquisition
110 → In House Production
210 → Retirement with Revenue( Consideration)
Assets can be acquired from Outside Purchases/ InHouse Production/
Inter Unit Transfers/ Inter Company Transfers. So, when we are posting the
Debit Entry, by mentioning the Transaction Type we can come to know what
type to transaction it is.
Asset Accounting is based on 4 Rules:
[A] Sub Asset Master is to be created with reference to the Main Asset Master
[B] Main Asset Master is to be created with Asset Class
[C] Account Determination is specified in Asset Class
[D] For Account Determination we Assaign G L Account based on Nature of
Transaction
Prepared by: Rao MH 132
We will create the Accounts and Determine Accounts like below for Asset Accounting
Testing Purpose
c. Expansion2
( Cap. On 20.06.06)
Mach.No2
( Cap. On 15.04.05)
Mach.No1 Motor (29.08.09)
A/c to
Create
Account
Determination
Asset
Class
Main Asset
Master
Sub Asset
Master
F. Depreciation
G. Acc.Depreciation
f. Capital WIP
e. Vehicles
d. F & F
c. P& M
b. Buildings
a. Land
a. Heavy
b. Others
a. General
b. Expansion 1
A. Purchases
200000 P& M
B. Sale of Asset
C. Profit on Sale
of Asset
D. Loss on Sale
of Asset
E. Loss Dut to
Scrapping
a. Free Hold
b. Lease Hold
a. Factory
b. Admin
a. Dept-A
b. Dept-B
c. Dept-C
a. F& F
b. O/ Equip
Prepared by: Rao MH 133
Additions to the Main Asset will be created as Sub Asset Master
Account Determination :- The Items will determine the GL Accounts to be Posted Automatically
Main Asset Will have always Subnumber ZERO
Depreciation will be calculated at the Sub Asset Master Level, from the date of Capitalization of
Sub Assets.
CUSTOMIZATION :
CUSTOMIZATION :
CUSTOMIZATION :
CUSTOMIZATION :
Step1. Copy Reference Chart of Depreciation/ Depreciation Areas:
PATH: SPRO----> Financial Accounting ---->Asset Accounting ---->Organizational
Structures---->Copy Reference Chart of Depreciation / Depreciation Areas
Double Click on Copy Reference Chart of Depreciation (TC= EC08)
Menu----> Organizational Object---->Copy Organizational Object
From Chart of Dep: ODE ( Max Valuation : Germany)
To Chart of Dep: PSL (Text Field) → ENTER
Ignore Warning Messgae → ENTER
Select Creat Request Button
Shot Description : Asset Customization for PSL → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
We will get a Message Chart of Depreciation Copied to PSL → ENTER
c. Expansion2
Prepared by: Rao MH 133
Select Back Arrow
Double Click on Specify Description of Chart of Depreciation
Select Position Button
Chart of Depreciation PSL → ENTER
Change Description to : Chart of Description for PSL
Select SAVE or CTRL + S → ENTER
to save in your request.
Select Back Arrow
Double Click on Copy / Delet Depreciation Areas
Give Chart of Depreciation PSL → ENTER
Select Depreciation Areas 3,10,15,20,31,32,41 & 51
From MENU---->EDIT----->DELET SAVE
Ignore Warning Messgae → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 2. Asaign Chart of Depreciaton to Company Codes :
Same Path (TC=OAOB )
Select Position Button
Company Code: PSL → ENTER
for Company Code PSL Assaign Chart of Dep PSL
Select SAVE or CTRL+S
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 3. Specify Account Determination
Upto Organizational Structure Path is Same -----> Asset Class---->Specify Account
Prepared by: Rao MH 134
Upto Organizational Structure Path is Same -----> Asset Class---->Specify Account
Determination
Select New Entries Button
A/c Detrmination Name for Account Determination
PSL10000 Land
PSL11000 Buildings
PSL20000 Plant & Machinery
PSL30000 Funiture & Fittings
PSL31000 Vehicles
PSL40000 Capital Work In Progress
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 134
Step 4. Create Screen Layout rules :
Same Path
Select Layout 1000, 1100,2000,2100,2500,3000
Select Copy as Button
Change Screen Change the Name to
Layout
1000 to PSL1 Land
1100 to PSL2 Buildings
2000 to PSL3 Plant & Machinery
2100 to PSL4 Furniture & Fittings
2500 to PSL5 Vehicles
3000 to PSL6 Capital WIP → ENTER
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Step 5. Define Number Range Interval: Same Path ( TC=AS08)
Company Code: PSL Select Change Interval Button
Select Interval Button
No. Range : 01
From No: 1
To No: 100000 → ENTER
Select Interval Button once Again
No. Range : 02
From No: 100001
Prepared by: Rao MH 135
From No: 100001
To No: 200000 → ENTER
Select Interval Button once Again
No. Range : 03
From No: 200001
To No: 300000 → ENTER
Select Interval Button once Again
No. Range : 04
From No: 300001
To No: 400000 → ENTER
Select Interval Button once Again
No. Range : 05
From No: 400001
To No: 500000 → ENTER
Select Interval Button once Again
No. Range : 06
From No: 500001
To No: 600000 → ENTER & SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 135
Step 6. Define Asset Class:
Path is Same (TC=OAOA)
Select New Entries Button
1st Asset: Asset Class: PSL1000 ( Text Field)
Description : Free Hold Land
Short Text: Free Hold Land
A/c Determination: Select PSL10000 (LAND)
Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL1 (LAND)
No. Range: 01
** Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box
Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button
(AUC Stands for Asset Under Construction)
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Select Next Entry Button
2nd Asset: Asset Class: PSL1100 ( Text Field)
Description : Factory Buildings
Short Text: Factory Buildings
A/c Determination: Select PSL11000 (BUILDINGS)
Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL2 (BUILDINGS)
No. Range: 02
Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box
Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 136
Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Select Next Entry Button
3rd Asset: Asset Class: PSL2000 ( Text Field)
Description : Dept-A
Short Text: Dept-A
A/c Determination: Select PSL20000 (PLANT & MACHINERY)
Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL3 (PLANT & MACHINERY)
No. Range: 03
Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box
Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Select Next Entry Button
4th Asset: Asset Class: PSL2001 ( Text Field)
Description : Dept-B
Short Text: Dept-B
A/c Determination: Select PSL20000 (PLANT & MACHINERY)
Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL3 (PLANT & MACHINERY)
No. Range: 03
Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box
Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Select Next Entry Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 136
5th Asset: Asset Class: PSL3000 ( Text Field)
Description : Furniture & Fixtures
Short Text: Furniture & Fixtures
A/c Determination: Select PSL30000 (FUNITURE & FIXTURES)
Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL4 (FUNITURE & FIXTURES)
No. Range: 04
Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box
Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Select Next Entry Button
6th Asset: Asset Class: PSL3100 ( Text Field)
Description : Vehicles Others
Short Text: Vehicles Others
A/c Determination: Select PSL31000 (VEHICLES)
Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL5 (VEHICLES)
No. Range: 05
Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box
Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Select Next Entry Button
7th Asset: Asset Class: PSL4000 ( Text Field)
Description : Capital Work In Process
Prepared by: Rao MH 137
Description : Capital Work In Process
Short Text: Capital Work In Process
A/c Determination: Select PSL40000 (CAPITAL WIP)
Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL6 (CAPITAL WIP)
No. Range: 06
De-Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box
Select Line Items Settlement Radio Button
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S
** WHY WE SELECTED " INCLUDE ASSET INVENTORY" CHECK BOX
Here inventory means Fixed Assets Inventory List. Once we select the Check box,
what ever asset we creat under this asset class, will be included in Fixed Assets
Inventory List
As per Companies Auditors Report Order ( CARO), Auditor should specify in his
report wether the Fixed Assets have been physically verified by the Management or
Not
In Big Companies , Physical Verification will be done in a Phased Manner.
When we create an asset master , there is a field called Last Verification date.
Asset Master Last Verification Date
1 31.03.2009 In the report if we give the verification date
2 31.03.2008 01.04.08 to 31.03.09 we will get the list of
3 31.03.2009 assets physically verified between those days
4 31.03.2009 like 1,3&4
5 31.03.2008
Prepared by: Rao MH 137
Step7. Select Line Item Settlement for Capital Work in Progress:
on 01.08.09 Machinery Purchased xxxxx
Add: on 05.08.09 Freight Charges paid xxxx
Add: on 31.08.09 Commission Charges paid xxxx
on 02.09.09 Asset Commissioned as Mach. No 1 xxxxx
Settle CWIP to Machine No 1. Line Item Wise
De select Include Asset Check Box under Inventory Data.
Step8. Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounts---->Asset Accounting---->Master Data---->Screen Layout
---->Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data
Double Click on Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data
Select Positon Button
Give Screen Layout: PSL1 → ENTER
Select PSL1 Land
Double Click on Logical Field Groups Folder
Select 2 Positing Information
Double Click on Field Group Rules Folder
Capitalization Field Required ¥ We have created PSL1 Land Layout
Select Main No Check Box by Copying Layout 1000 Land . Afterwards if we are
Select Sub No Check Box creating Layout XYZ by copying Layout PSL1, what
¥ Select Copy Check Box ever fields we have choosen for PSL1, will be copied to
XYZ only if we select Copy Check BOX
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 138
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Select Back Arrow
Select 3 Time Dependent Data
Double Click on Field Group Rules Folder
Cost Centre Mate it Optional Entry Field
Select Main No Check Box
Select Sub No Check Box
Select Copy Check Box
Bussiness Area Make it Required Entry Field
Select Main No Check Box
Select Sub No Check Box
Select Copy Check Box
SAVE-----> Selecgt Back Arrow 2 Times
NOTE: SAME PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED FOR LAYOUTS PSL2-BUILDINGS, PSL3-
PLANT & MACHINERY, PSL4-FURNITURE& FIXTURES, PSL5-VEHICLES, PSL6-
CAPITAL WIP.
Prepared by: Rao MH 138
Step 9. Define Screen Layout for Asset Depreciation Areas:
Same Path
Select Screen Layout 2000- Depreciation on Asset Sub No Level
Double Click on Field Group Rules Folder
Dep Key make it Required Entry Field
Deselect Class Check Box
Select Main No Check Box
Select Sub No Check Box
Select Copy Check Box
SAVE-----> Selecgt Back Arrow 2 Times
Step 10. Determine Depreciation Areas in Asset Class:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Asset Accounting ---->Valuation -----> Determine
Depreciation Areas in Asset Class
Chart of Dep: PSL → ENTER (TC== OAYZ)
Select Asset Class : PSL1000 (Free Hold Land)
Double Click on Depreciation Areas Folder
De-select De-Activation Check Box for Area 01 ( Book Depreciation)
Area Layout
for 01 Select 2000 ( Dep on Asset Sub No Level)
02 Select 2000
30 Select 2000
Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request.
Select Back Arrow
Prepared by: Rao MH 139
Select Back Arrow
NOTE: SAME PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED TO ASSET CLASS PSL1100-FACT BUILD,
PSL2000- DEPT A, PSL2001-DEPTB,PSL3000-FURNITURE & FIXTURES, PSL3100-
VEHILES OTHERS & PSL4000- CAPITAL WIP.
Why we have to De-select Deactivation Check Box for Land and Capital WIP even though
there is no Depreciation on Land and Capital WIP. At the time of Creating Land Master we give
Capitalization Date which would be Purchase Date of Land or Registration Date and Rate of
Depreciation as "0%"
Layout of 2000 - Depreciation on Asset Sub No Level will be like below
Asset No Main No Sub No Captalization
Date
Mach.1 1 0 20.04.2005
Motor 1 1 02.09.2009
Sub Number for Main Asset No will always be ZERO. Depreciation will be calculated based on
Capitalization Date. Depreciation will be calculated at Sub Number Level.
Prepared by: Rao MH 139
Step 11. Creation of 15 GL Masters ( FS00)
Create 15 GL Masters as mentioned below under the TC=FS00
A/c to A/c to
Create Copy
200000 200110
200005 200000 Group- Fixed Assets
200010 200000 Reconciliation A/c Type- Assets
200015 200000 Sort Key- 018 ( Asset No)
200020 200000 Field Status Group: G067 ( Reco Account)
200025 200000
100200 200000 Group- Accumulated Depreciation
100205 100200 Reconciliation A/c Type- Assets
100210 100200 Sort Key- 018 ( Asset No)
100215 100200 Field Status Group:G067 ( Reco Account)
300102 300100 ( Exchange Gain A/c)
Group- Other Income Sork Key-018
Field Status Group-G052
300103 300100 Field Status Group-G001 Others as above
400302 300103 Group- Admn Sork Key-018
Field Status Group-G001
400303 400302
400500 400302 Group- Depreciation Sork Key-018
Field Status Group-G001
------> Like Above <------
Parameters to Maintain
Asset Sale A/c
Profit on Asset Sale
Loss on Asset Sale
Loss Due to Scrap
Depreciation A/c
Description
Land
Buildings
Plant & Machinery
Furniture & Fixtures
Capital WIP
Vehicles
Acc. Dep Vehicles
Acc. Dep F & F
Acc. Dep P & M
Acc. Dep Buildings
Prepared by: Rao MH 140
Field Status Group-G001
Step 12. Assaignment of Accounts for Automatic Postings:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Asset accounting ----->Integration with the
General Ledger---->Assaing GL Accounts
Select Position Button (TC==AO90)
Chart of Depreciation : PSL → ENTER
Seelct Chart of Accounts PSL
Double Click on Account Determination Folder
Select Account Determination PSL10000 ( Land )
Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder
A/c to Determine
Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200000 ( Land)
Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap)
Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c)
Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale)
Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale)
→ ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 140
Double Click on Account Determination Folder
Select Account Determination PSL11000 ( Buildings )
Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder
A/c to Determine
Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200005 ( Buildings)
Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap)
Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c)
Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale)
Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale)
→ ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Double Click on Depreciation Folder
Accumulated Dep A/c for Ordinary Depr. 100200 (Acc. Dep Buildings A/c)
Exp. A/c for Ordinary Depreciation 400500 ( Depreciation A/c)
SAVE--> Ignore the Warning Message
Double Click on Account Determination Folder
Select Account Determination PSL20000 (Plant & Machinery )
Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder
A/c to Determine
Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200010 ( Plant & Machinery)
Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap)
Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c)
Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale)
Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale)
Prepared by: Rao MH 141
Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale)
→ ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Double Click on Depreciation Folder
Accumulated Dep A/c for Ordinary Depr. 100205 (Acc. Dep P & M A/c)
Exp. A/c for Ordinary Depreciation 400500 ( Depreciation A/c)
SAVE--> Ignore the Warning Message
Double Click on Account Determination Folder
Select Account Determination PSL30000 (Furniture & Fixtures )
Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder
A/c to Determine
Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200015 ( Furniture & Fixtures)
Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap)
Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c)
Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale)
Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale)
→ ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Double Click on Depreciation Folder
Accumulated Dep A/c for Ordinary Depr. 100210 (Acc. Dep F & F A/c)
Exp. A/c for Ordinary Depreciation 400500 ( Depreciation A/c)
SAVE--> Ignore the Warning Message
Prepared by: Rao MH 141
Double Click on Account Determination Folder
Select Account Determination PSL31000 (Vehicles )
Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder
A/c to Determine
Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200020 (Vehicles)
Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap)
Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c)
Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale)
Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale)
→ ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Double Click on Depreciation Folder
Accumulated Dep A/c for Ordinary Depr. 100215 (Acc. Dep Vehicles A/c)
Exp. A/c for Ordinary Depreciation 400500 ( Depreciation A/c)
SAVE--> Ignore the Warning Message
Double Click on Account Determination Folder
Select Account Determination PSL40000 (Capital WIP )
Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder
A/c to Determine
Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200025 (Capital WIP)
Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap)
Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c)
Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale)
Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale)
Prepared by: Rao MH 142
Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale)
→ ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
NOTE: No Depreciation for Capital WIP
Step 13. Specify Document Type for posting of Depreciation:
SPRO----->Financial Accounting--->Asset Accounting ---->Integration with the General
Ledger---->Post Depreciation to the General Ledger----> Specify Document Types for
Posting of Depreciation (TC===OBA7)
Double click on Define Document Types
Select Type AF ( Depreciation Postings)
Select Details Button
No. Range: 04
Select No Range Information Button
Company Code: PSL
Select Change Interval Button
Select Interval Button
Number Year From No To No External
Range Chk Box
04 2009 700001 800000 √ → ENTER & SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
Prepared by: Rao MH 142
**** As per ECC 6.0 of SAP Documentation , we should not select External Check Box at the
time of Number Range Intervals. Upto Version 4.7EE selection is required. When we
select the External Check Box, at the time of posting the document , we have to specify
what should be the document number. There is an exception to this for Depreciation
Documents Postings.
IN F-02, when we are posting a Document, We can post one document at a time.
Where as for Depreciation Postings systme will post Number of Documents at a time
based on the Account Determination.
PSL10000 Land
PSL11000 Buildings
PSL20000 P&M → System Will generate 4 documents at a time monthly
PSL30000 F&F as Account Determinations are 4
PSL31000 Vehicles
PSL40000 CapitalWIP
Step 14. Specify Intervals and Posting Rules: Same Path (TC== OAYR)
Select Company Code: PSL
Doubel Click on Posting Rules Folder
Select Monthly Posting Radio Button
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Step 15. Specify Rounding Off Net Book Valeu and/ or Depreciation:
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Asset Accounting---->Valuation---->
Amount Specifications(Comp.Code/Dep.Area)---->Specify Rounding off Net Book
Prepared by: Rao MH 143
Amount Specifications(Comp.Code/Dep.Area)---->Specify Rounding off Net Book
Value and /or Depreciation (TC===OAYO)
Ignore Message and Press Enter
Company Code: PSL
Double Click on Rounding Specifications Folder
Select Area: 01 ( Book Depreciation)
Select Details Button
Select Automatically Calculated Depreciation Check Box
Select Rounding Radio Button
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Step 16. Creation of Depreciation Keys:
In Creation of Depreciation Keys we have 5 steps.
Step 1. Define Base Methods
Step 2. Define Declining Balance Method All the 4 steps will be assaigned in Step 5
Step 3. Define Multilevel Methods
Step 4. Maintain Period Control Method
Step 5. Maintain Depreciatio Key 5th Step will be assaigned in Asset Master
Customization of 5 steps is detailed below
Prepared by: Rao MH 143
Step 1. Define Base Methods
SPRO----> Financial Accounting ----> Asset Accounting ---->Depreciation --->Valuation
Methods---->Depreciation Key---->Calculation Methods---->Define Base Methods
0014 Ordinary:Explicity Percentage( after end of life)
* Ordinary -- Means Ordinary Depreciation
Explicit Percentage--- We follow percentages specified in Com. Act Schedule 14.
After End of Life--- No depreciation should be calculated if Net Book Value = ZERO
Step 2. Define Declining Balance Method: Same Path (TC==AFAMD)
Chart of Depreciation : PSL → ENTER
Note Down the Number '001 ( in this Step Nothing to save)
We will mention this number in 5th Step
Step 3. Define Multilevel Methods: Same Path (TC==AFAMS)
Select New Entries Button
Multilevel Method P1 Description: 5% SLM
Validity Satart: Select from Ordinary Depreciation Date
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Double Click on Levels Folder
Select New Entries Button
Acquisition Year Period Base Value Percent
Year
9999 999 12 01 5 → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 144
9999 999 12 01 5 → SAVE
Double Click on Multilevel Method Folder
Select Next Entry Button
Multilevel Method P2 (Text Field)
Description : 5% WDV
Validity Satart: Select from Ordinary Depreciation Date
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Double Click on Levels Folder
Select New Entries Button
Acquisition Year Period Base Value Percent
Year
9999 999 12 24 5 → SAVE
(N.B.V)
Prepared by: Rao MH 144
Note: Some of the Fields in above steps are briefed below for information.
Point 1. Validity Start From : Ordinary Depreciation Start Date
Here Ordinary Depreciation Date means , the date from which system should calculate
depreciation. Normally it should be the Capitalization Date. In some Countries it will be
from 1st of Next month of Capitalization .
Asset Master in India Some other Countries
A. Capitalization DT: 05.09.2009 05.09.2009
B. Ordinary Dep DT: 05.09.2009 01.10.2009
Point 2. Levels
Acquisition Year: 9999 . If we give Acquisition Year as 2009. 5% depreciation
Rate is applicable to only for the assets purchased in 2009. If we mention 9999 , 5% is
applicable to any asset acquired in any year.
Years: 999 (Maximum No. of Years)
If the Depreciation Method is Straight Line Method and Dep Rate is 5% - Life of asset
can be assuemed as 20 Years, if rate is 1% Life would be 100 Years. But in Written
Down value Method Life of the Asset is difficult to calculate as there would always be
some remining value. If we select 999 for Years, it will calculate upto any number of
Years.
Period: 12 Means the number of Months
Basic Value: 01 - Acquisition Value-- it is applicable to Straight Line Method.
In SLM, Dep will be calculated always on Acquisition Value
24- Net Book Value-- it is applicable to Written Down Method.
in WDV dep will be calculated on the Net Book value.
Prepared by: Rao MH 145
in WDV dep will be calculated on the Net Book value.
Percent: Rate of Depreciation
Reduction: Ex: Acquisition Value of the Asset: 100000
Less: Estimated Scrap Value at the end of the
Life of the Asset. 1000
Actual Asset Value for Depreciation Purpose 99000
If we are following 5% Dep Rate in Reduction Method, Dep will be calculated
on 99,000 but not on 100,000. In India this method is not applicable.
Rem Life: Depreciation will be calculated in 2 ways. One is Percentage Method
Second One is Useful Life Method. In India at Present 2nd Method is not
using by most of the Companies. For Example. If an Asset is Purchased in
2004 for Rs. 100,000 which is having Useful Life of 20 Years. So Depreciation
Per Anum is Rs. 5,000. If this Company is Implementing SAP from 2009
onwards. Already 5years accounting was done in Other Accounting Software.
AT the time of Creation of Asset Master in SAP we should mention like
Acquisiton Value : 100,000 , Acc. Depreciation : 25,000. Select Remaining
Life check Box. System will Know Raining Life of Asset is 15 years.
System will calculate depreciation for 15 years only. This system is applicable
if Depreciation Method is Straight Line Method in which life of asset can be
assumed. In WDV it is not possible.
Prepared by: Rao MH 145
Step 4. Maintain Period Control Methods: Same Path (TC== AFAMP)
Chart of Depreciation: PSL → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Period Acq. Additions Retirement Transfers
Control Year
Method
006 PSL Period Control 01 01 01 01
Method
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Step 5. Maintain Depreciation Keys: Same Path (TC==AFAMA)
Select New Entries Button
Dep. Key : PSL1
Description: 5% Straight Line Method
Select Period Control According to Fiscal Year √
Select Depreciation to the Day √
SAVE → Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Double Click on Assaignment of Calculation Methos Folder
Select New Entries Button
Depreciation Type: Ordinary Depreciaton ( Select from Drop Down
Phase: From the Start of Depreciation Button)
Base Method: 0014
Decl.Bal Method: 001
Description
( Prorata at Period Start Date)
Prepared by: Rao MH 146
Decl.Bal Method: 001
Period Control Method: 006
Multilevel Method: P1
Class: Straight Line Depreciation ( Select from DD Button)
SAVE → Select Back Arrow 4 times
Select Depreciation Key: PSL1
Select Activate Button → SAVE
Select New Entries Button
Dep. Key : PSL2
Description: 5% Written Down Value Method
Select Period Control According to Fiscal Year √
Select Depreciation to the Day √
SAVE → Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Double Click on Assaignment of Calculation Methos Folder
Select New Entries Button
Depreciation Type: Ordinary Depreciaton ( Select from Drop Down
Phase: From the Start of Depreciation Button)
Base Method: 0014
Decl.Bal Method: 001
Period Control Method: 006
Multilevel Method: P2
Prepared by: Rao MH 146
Class: Declining Balance Depr. ( Select from DD Button)
SAVE → Select Back Arrow 4 times
Select Depreciation Key: PSL2
Select Activate Button → SAVE
Select First Page/ Control +Page Up Button on Top Right Side
Select Depreciation Key: 0000 ( No Depreciation & No Interest) and Select
Activate Button
Note: Activation of Depreciation Key '0000 is necessary for Land and Capital WIP as there
is no Depreciation on these 2 assets.
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
END USER AREA:
Step 1. Creation of Main Asset Master:
Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets----->Assets---->Create--->
Asset (TC==AS01)
Asset Class: PSL2000 ( Dept A)
Comp. Code: PSL
Description: Machine No 1
Capitalized on : 10.04.2009
Select Time Dependent Tab
Business Area: PSLH
Select Depreciation Areas Tab
Depreciation Key: PSL1 ( 5% Straight Line Mehtod)
Useful Life 15 Yrs } This is only of Information purpose
Prepared by: Rao MH 147
Useful Life 15 Yrs } This is only of Information purpose
Period 6 Months } Not to Calculate Dep. Based on this.
Ordinary Dep.
Start Date: 10.04.2009
SAVE → System Will give a Message Asset No 200001 Sub No. 0 created
( Main Asset No always will have Sub Number ZERO)
Step 2. Creation of Sub Asset Master:
Upto Create Path is Same---->Sub number---->Asset (TC==AS11)
Asset Number: 200001
Company Code: PSL
Description : Motor
Capitalized on : 07.09.2009
Select Time Dependent Tab
Business Area: PSLH
Select Depreciation Area Tab
Depreciation Key : PSL2 ( 5% Written Down Value Method)
Useful Life 15 Yrs } This is only of Information purpose
Period 6 Months } Not to Calculate Dep. Based on this.
Ordinary Dep.
Start Date: 07.09.2009
SAVE → System Will give a Message Asset No 200001 Sub No. 1 created
Prepared by: Rao MH 147
Step 3. Posting of Main Asset Purchase :
Accounting----->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets---->Posting---->Acquisition---->
External Acquisition---->With Vendor (TC==F-90)
Doc. Dt: 10.04.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL
Post. Dt: 10.04.09
Post Key: 31 A/c: 4400001 → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
Amount: 500000 Business Area: PSLH
Text: Machinery Purchase Posting
Post Key: 70 (Debit Asset) A/c: 200001-0
Transaction Type: 100 ( External Acquisition of Asset) → ENTER
Remove TDS Codes → ENTER
Amount: * Text: +
From MENU----> DOCUMENT---->SIMULATE----> SAVE
Asset No 200001-0 updates GL account No 200010 Plant & Machinery Automatically
Because of :
2nd Rule: Main Asset Master to Create With Reference to the Asset Class 200001-0
created with reference to Asset Class PSL2000( Dept A).
3rd Rule: Account Determination is specified in Asset Class. Account Determination
PSL20000 P& M specified in Asset Class PSL2000 ( Dept-A)
4th Rule: For Account Determination we assaign GL Account Based on the Nature of
Transaction. For Account Determination PSL2000 in case of Acquisition , we have
Prepared by: Rao MH 148
Transaction. For Account Determination PSL2000 in case of Acquisition , we have
given GL A/c 200010 Plant & Machinery.
Step 4. Posting of Sub Asset Purchase ( F-90)
Doc. Dt: 07.09.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL
Post. Dt: 07.09.09
Post Key: 31 A/c: 4400001 → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
Amount: 60000 Business Area: PSLH
Text: Motor Purchase Posting
Post Key: 70 (Debit Asset) A/c: 200001-1
Transaction Type: 100 ( External Acquisition of Asset) → ENTER
Remove TDS Codes → ENTER
Amount: * Text: +
From MENU----> DOCUMENT---->SIMULATE----> SAVE
Note 1st Rule: Sub Asset Master is to Create with reference to the Main Asset Master.
200001-1 created with reference to Main Asset 200001 Machine No 1.
The other Rules 2nd, 3rd & 4th are same as above .
Prepared by: Rao MH 148
Report1: Report to view Each Sub Asset Wise , Year-wise Values:
Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets---->Asset---->Asset Explorer
(TC==AW01N)
Give Asset No: 200001-0 → ENTER
To view Depreciation Calculations
Select Display Dep. Calculation Button
Select Period Information Button
We can see the Report of Depreciation Calculation
Select Back Arrow
Select Comparisions Tab
Change the Asset to 200001-1
We can see the Depreciation for Sub Number 1
Select Planned Values Tab
Change the Fiscal Year to 2010 → ENTER
Select Display Dep. Calculation Button
We can see the Report of Depreciation Calculation
Select Back Arrow
Report2: Report to view All Assets for a Particular Period
Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Fixed Assets--->Information Systems--->
Report on Asset Accounting --->Asset Balances---->Balance Lists--->Asset Balances--->
By Business Area (TC==S_ALR_87011965)
Press All Selections Button
Give the Company Code: PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 149
Give the Company Code: PSL
Change Report Date: 30.09.09
Select Execute Button
We can see Summary Report for all assets
Double Click on Dept-A, we can see for that particular area
Double Click on Machine No 1, we can see the report for Machine No 1
Select Back Arrow 3 times
Give Report Date 30.04.09
Select Execute Button
Double Click on Dept-A
Step 5. Depreciation RUN:
Accounting--->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets---->Periodic Processing--->
Depreciation Run---->Execute (TC==AFAB)
Comp. Code: PSL
Fiscal Year: 2009
Posting Period: 01
Select Planned Posting Run Radio Button
Select Test Run Check Box
Select Execute Button
Ignore Warning Message and Select "YES" to the Message
If any Errors has come, to View the Errors
Select Eroor Lists Button ( F7)
Select Back Arrow
Prepared by: Rao MH 149
Deselect Test Run Check Box
From Menu---->Program Execute in Background
Output Device: LP01 → ENTER → ENTER once again
Depreciation Run Programme will take some time to Compleate. In Live Environment
where Assets are more, it take much time. So SAP has given an option to keep the
programme scheduled to run in nights when no data entry will take place. Dep run
programme will take place in Server system not at User System level. To make
Schedules , follow the below process.
Select Date and Time Button
Schedule Start Date: 08.09.09 Time : 23hrs 00 min 00ss
SAVE
To Run Immediately, Select Immediate Button
Select Save or Ctrl+S
We get a Message " Background Tab was scheduled for Programme :"RAPOST2000"
To Check the Job is Processed or Not:
from Menu---->System---->Servicess---->Jobs--->Job Overview
Select Execute Button
To View the Document Posted (TC==FB03)
To view the Document posted by System for Depreciation use TC=FB03.
Select Document List Button
Comp. Code: PSL
Prepared by: Rao MH 150
Comp. Code: PSL
Doc. Type: AF (depreciation Document type)
Select Execute Button
Double Click on Document Number for Drilldown and see the Entry for the Doc. Posted
Double Click on Document Number for Drilldown and see the Entry for the Doc. Posted
In Depreciation Run Screen WE have 4 options for Depreciation Calculation( AFAB)
1. Planned Posting Run
Comp. Code: PSL
Fiscal Year : 2009
Posting Period: 02 (May)
Select Planned Posting Run Check Box
Before Executing depreciation run for May and after Eexuting Depreciation Run for
April , if we commissioned New Asset with April Date. Ex: Mach. No 2 dated 25.04.09
if we run Depreciation Programme for May system will calculated Dep like below
For Asset 200001-0: Dep from 01.05.09 to 31.05.09 ( As for Apr dep already calculated)
For Asset 200002-0: Dep from 25.04.09 to 31.05.09 ( As for Apr dep Not calculated)
2. Repeat Run :
Instead of Selecting Planned Posting like in Earlier Case for Asset No 200002-0, we can
Select Repeat Run for April. If we selected Repeat Run, System will check the Assets
for which Depreciation is not calculated in April and post the Depreciation in that
Period.
Repeate Run is possible only for the Latest Planned Run i.e, in this case for April only
Before Repeat Run, there should be Planned Posting Run for that Period.
Prepared by: Rao MH 150
Period for which Repeat Run is going on should be in Open .
In the Present Example. When we Selected Repeat Run System will calculate Depre.
for Machine No 200002-0 from 25.04.09 to 30.04.09 and post in April Month
When we run for May , we have to choose Planned Posting then system will consider
For Asset 200001-0: Dep from 01.05.09 to 31.05.09
For Asset 200002-0: Dep from 01.05.09 to 31.05.09
3.Restart :
This Option is useful when we have Scheduled Depreciation Run and because of any
Reasons ( Either Technical or Power Problems) the scheduled Job is not Finished,
System gives a Message that Job is not Completed. Select the Restart Radio Button
4 Unplanned Posting :
This option is to be selected when the Depreciation Posting is not as per Planned one
In Live Environment, monthly we pass a Provisional Entry in F-02 in stead of Running
Depreciation Programme in SAP. Entry will be like below
Depreciation Provision A/c Dr
to Accumulated Depreciation Provision Account
Once Audit is over, we will reverse the manual Entries and Run Depreiciation in SAP
Comp. Code: PSL
Fiscal Year: 2009
Period : 12 (upto March)
Select Unplanned Psting Run
Prepared by: Rao MH 151
Select Unplanned Psting Run
SALE OF ASSET:
SALE OF ASSET:
SALE OF ASSET:
SALE OF ASSET: When we sale the Asset , we will transfer the Acc. Depreciation to the
Particular Asset and transfer the Proft or Loss on sale of Asset to P& L A/c
Ex: Suppose if we sold Asset No: 200001-0
Acquistion Value 500000
Less: Accumulated Dep upto 30.04.09 1438
Net Book Value as on 30.04.09 498562
Asset Sale on 01.05.09 501000
Profit on Sale of Asset ( 501000-498562) 2438
Step 1. To Make Asset Retirement Field as Required Field for Field Status Group G052
( Accounts for Fixed Assets Retirement ) (TC==OBC4)
Select Field Status Variant: PSL
Double Click on Field Satus Group Folder
Double Click on Field Satus Group G-052
Double Click on Asset Accounting
Make Asset Retirement as Required Entry Field
SAVE or Ctrl+S → ENTER to save in your Request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 151
Step 2. Asset Sale:
Accounting --->Financial Accounting--->Fixed Assets---->Posting---->Retirement---->
Retirement with Revenue---->With Customer (TC==F-92)
Doc.Dt: 01.05.09 Type : DR Comp. Code: PSL
Post Dt: 01.05.09
Post Key: 01 A/c: 3000001 → ENTER
Amount: 501000 Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Asset Sale Posting
Post Key: 50 A/c: 300102 (Asset Sale a/c) → ENTER
Amount: * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: +
From Menu----> Document---->Simulate
Select Asset Retirement Check Box → ENTER
Asset Number: 200001 } Asset Number which is Selling
Sub Number: 0 }
Transaction Type: 210 ( this will come by Default)
Asset Value Date: 01.05.09
Select complete Retirement Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Blue Font Line Items → SAVE
Eventhough We posted only 2 Entries , System will generate 6 postings automatically
like below
Post Key Amount
01 501000 Dr
70 1438 Dr
40 501000 Dr
50 501000 Cr
A/c
Customer
Acc. Dep P& M
Asset Sale
Asset Sale
Prepared by: Rao MH 152
50 501000 Cr
75 500000 Cr
50 2438 Cr
In Normal Account We give Credit to Plant & Machinery
IN SAP by using the method of Asset Sale, Posting will be done Automatically when
we Sale the Asset.
NOTE: It the Asset is sold on 12.05.09 instead of 01.05.09, at the time of Asset sale we do not
run Depreciation Programme in SAP. We will run the programme as usual at the end
of the month or end of the year. Eventhough we do not run the depreciation programe
systeme will calculate the depreciation upto the date of Sale of Asset and calculate the
Profit on Sale of Asset. On the day when we run the Depreciation Programme, system
will calculate depreciation for the sold asset upto the date of Sale of Asset and post
the entry on the Programme Run Date.
TRANSFER OF ASSET:
TRANSFER OF ASSET:
TRANSFER OF ASSET:
TRANSFER OF ASSET:
We have Asset No 200001-0, we want to transfer this asset from Hyd unit to Bangalore
Unit. In this type of Transfers we have to transfer the Asset at Cost price. There will be
no change in the Life of the Asset as it is transferred within the Company Code Level.
When we are transferring the Asset within 2 units of the same Company Code,there
will be No PROFIT or NO LOSS. We have to transfer both Acquisition Value(Gross
Value) and Accumulated Depreciation on that Asset. Eventhough Dep Programme is
not run, upto the date of transfer depreciation will be considered in sending unit. From
the date of Transfer Depreciation will be considered in Receiving Unit.
Asset Sale
P& M 200001-0
Profit on Sale of Asset
Prepared by: Rao MH 152
There are 2 types in Asset Transfers
Two Step Transfer Procedure One Step Transfer Procedure
In this Method first we have to In this method we will create Asset
1 Create Asset Master in Receiving Master and Transfer Values in One
Unit (AS01) Step only
2 Transfer the Asset Values
Two Step Transfer Procedure is followed when we want to Transfer Number of Assets
at a Single Time or Asset which is going to Transferred will be the Sub Asset Master
in the Receiving Unit.
For Testing Purpose we are Covering One Step Procedure
PATH: Accounting----->Fianancial Accounting----->Fixed Assets---->Posting ---->
Transfer--->Transfer within Company Code (TC==ABUMN)
Asset No: 200001 Sub No: 0 Doc. Date: 01.05.09
Post.Dt: 01.05.09 Asset Value Dt: 01.05.09
Text : Asset Transfer
Select New Asset Radio Button
Description: Machine No 75 ( No of Receiving Unit)
Asset Class: PSL2001 (Dept-B)
Select Master Data Button
Business Area: PSLH
Select Additional Data Button
Capitalized on : 01.05.09
Select Depreciation Area Tab
Prepared by: Rao MH 153
Select Depreciation Area Tab
Dep Key: PSL1 (Dep Key should be same as in Sending Unit)
Useful Life: 15 } Only for Informaion purpose
Period: 5 }
Ord. Dep. Date: 01.05.09 ( From date of Dep in receiving Unit)
Select Back Arrow → ENTER & SAVE
We can see the message that Document Posted.
To View the Posted Document Use TC=FB03
Document No: 35 (Document Number is that which it posted earlier)
→ ENTER We can see the Document which SAP Posted for Transfer of Asset
SCRAPPING OF ASSET:
SCRAPPING OF ASSET:
SCRAPPING OF ASSET:
SCRAPPING OF ASSET:
We have so many assets, out of that Asset Motor 200000-1 is one Asset. If we are not
able to Use/Sold/Trnasfer the asset, we will Scrap it. The Net Book Value of Asset will
be charged to P& L Account.
As per Accounting Standard 28-Impairment of Assets: If the realisable value of the
assets are less than the Net Book Value, and Future Cash Flows are Negative, then we
have to Impair the Asset.
Ex: Acquisition Value: 100000
Acc. Depreciation 20000
Net Book Value 80000
Expected Sale Price 70000
Future Cash Losses Partial Impairment 10000
Prepared by: Rao MH 153
To View Motor Values as on 31.10.2009 ( S_ALR_87011965)
Press All Selections Button
Company Code: PSL
Buss. Area: PSLH
Report Date: 31.10.09
Select Execute Button ( F8)
Double Click on Dept-A
We can see Assets in Dept-A
Scrapping of Asset: PATH :-> Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Fixed
Assets---->Posting---->Retirement---->Asset Retirement by Scrapping (TC=ABAVN)
Asset No: 200000-1
200000 Sub No: 1
Doc. Dt: 01.11.09 Post.Dt: 01.11.09 Asset Value DT: 01.11.09
Text: Asset Scrapping SAVE
Go and See Document Posted ( FB03)
Doc # 36 ( Last Posted Document Number of Asset Scrapping)
Comp. Code: PSL
F.Year 2009 → ENTER
CAPITAL WORK IN PROGRESS LINE ITEM SETTLEMENT:
When we purchase asset on 01.08.09 Machine No 1, we will debit it to Capital Work
in Progress account.
on 05.08.09 Freight charges Paid and Debited to CWIP A/c
Prepared by: Rao MH 154
on 05.08.09 Freight charges Paid and Debited to CWIP A/c
on 12.08.09 Commissioning Charges Paid Debited to CWIP A/c
Asset is Capitalized on 16.08.09 as Machine No 16.
Settlement of CWIP to Machine No 1 Line Item wise is necessary.
Customization:
Step 1. Define Settlement Profile:
SPRO--->Financial Accounting---->Asset Accounting---->Business Transactions---->
Capitalization of Assets under Construction---->Define / Assaign Settlement Profiles
Double Click on Define Settleement Profile (TC==OK07)
Settlement Profile AI ( Settlement of Asset Cost Constructions)
Select Details Button
Select " To be Settled in Full Radio Button "
Allocation Structure : 01 {Co Allocation Structure}
Default Object Type: FXA ( Assets)
Select % settlement Check Box
Select Equivalence Number check Box
Select Amount Settlement Check Box
Under Valid Receivers :
For Fixed Assets -----> Settlement Required
Doc. Type: AA ( Asset Posting)
Max. No of Distribution Rules: 999
Residence Time 12 Months → SAVE
Select Back Arrow 2 Times
Prepared by: Rao MH 154
Double Click on Assaign Settlement Profile to Company Code
Select Position Button
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
For PSL Assaign Settlement Profile AI
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
END USER AREA :
Step 1: Creation of Captial Work In progress Asset Master (AS01)
Asset Class: PSL4000 (Capital WIP)
Comp. Code: PSL
Description: Capital Work In Progress
Capitalized on : 01.08.09 ( Date should be the purchased date as it is
posted to Capital WIP)
Select Time Dependent Tab
Business Area: PSLH
Select Depreciation Tab
Dep. Key: 0000 → SAVE
Asset Number : 500001-0
Step 2: Machinery Purchase Posting (F-90)
Doc. DT: 01.08.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL
Post.DT: 01.08.09 Post Key: 31 Vendor A/c: 4000001
→ ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 155
→ ENTER
Amount: 50000 Buss. Area: PSLH
Text: Machinery Purchase Posting
Post Key: 70 ( Asset Debit) A/c No: 500001-0
T. Type: 100 (External Acquisition of Asset) → ENTER
Remove TDC Codes and → ENTER
Amount: * Text: +
From Menu----->Document----->Simulate & SAVE
Step 3: Posting of Freight on Asset Payment ( F-02)
Doc.DT: 05.08.09 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL
Post.DT: 05.08.09
Post.Key: 70 A/c : 500001-0 T.Type: 100
Amount: 15,000 Text: Freight Payment
Post Key: 50 A/c# 200105 → ENTER
Amount: * Business Area: PSLH TEXT: +
From Menu----->Document----->Simulate & SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 155
Step 4: Creation of Machinery Asset Master( AS01)
Asset Class: PSL2000
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Description: Machine No 16
Capitalized on : 16.08.09
Select Time Dependent Tab
Business Area: PSLH
Select Depreciation Tab
Dep. Key: PSL1
Useful Life: 16 Years
Period: 6 Months
Ord. Dep Start Dt: 16.08.09 → SAVE
We will get the message that Asset Number : 200004-0 Created
Step 5: Settlement of Capital Work In Progress to Machine No 16.
Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets----->Posting---->Capitalized
Asset Under Construction---->Distribute. (TC==AIAB)
Comp. Code: PSL Asset :500001 Sub.No : 0
→ Execute (F8)
Menu--->Edit---->Select---->Select All
Select ENTER Button on Screen
Category Settlement Rec.ST %
Prepared by: Rao MH 156
Category Settlement Rec.ST %
Receiver
FXA 200004-0 Mach.#16 100 → Select Back Arrow & SAVE
select Settlement Button
Asset Value Date: 16.08.09
Text: Capital Work In progress for 16 Settlement
Deselect Test Run Check Box
Execute--- > We will Get Message Transaction was Posted.
Go And See the Document Posted : Use TC=FB03
NOTE: Before Transfering the CWIP Settlement, We have to Assaign Settlement Document
Number Ranges in Controlling for Posting the Settlement Document. Othewise System
will give Error
Prepared by: Rao MH 156
Data Takeover is an important Topic to be concentrated in Implementation Procedure. If any
Company which is using some other Software for Accounting purpose is swithching over to
SAP, Closing balances in previous Software will be taken as Opening Balances in SAP. For this
There should be Cutoff Date in Old Software. During the Process of Data Takeover, it is adviced
to practice not to post any transactions in Old Software until the Data Takeover is completed,
otherwise confusion will arise or balances may not match.
IN SAP, Data Takeover is of 2 Processes
1. Masters Uploading
2. Balances Uploading
Masters Uploading:
IN masters we have GL Masters : FS00
Vendor Masters : XK01
Customer Masters : XD01
Asset Masters : AS01
Material Masters : MM01
In Live Environment , if we have Number of Masters it is Difficult to Create in SAP
One by One. So we first Create all Fields in Excel. Flow of Masters Uploading will be like
Below
Step 1 :
DATA TAKEOVER (LSMW)
DATA TAKEOVER (LSMW)
DATA TAKEOVER (LSMW)
DATA TAKEOVER (LSMW)
Create Masters Data in Excel File
Prepared by: Rao MH 157
Step 1 :
Step 2 :
Step 3 : ( We have 3 Methods for
Uploading to SAP)
↓ ↓ ↓
↓ ↓ ↓
Legacy System Batch Data Computer Aided
Management Comunication Testing Tools
WorkBench ( BDC) (CATT)
(LSMW) ↓ ↓
To Do this ABAP Prgramming required This is used only for Testing Purpose
But not for Data Uploading
As LSMW is the Job of Functional Consulatant, we are covering this topic for learning
purpose
↓
↓
Upload to SAP
Convert Excel File to Text Format
Create Masters Data in Excel File
↓
↓
↓
↓
Prepared by: Rao MH 157
Step 1 : Open a New Excel File and Note Down the Values to be Uploaded
GLA/c# Comp. A/c P& L St B/S Short Text Long Text A/c
Code Group A/c A/c Currency
{1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8}
100001 PSL SCPL X Pref.Share Cap Pref.Share Cap INR
200125 PSL CAST X Inventory Stores Inventory Stores INR
300001 PSL SALE X Sales Trading Sales Trading INR
400101 PSL PRSN X Wages A/c Wages A/c INR
Only Bal Line Sort Field
in Loc Item Key Status
Currency Display Group
{9} {10} {11} {12}
X X 001 G001
X X 001 G001
X X 001 G001
X X 001 G001
Remove Column Headings and Delete Other Sheets in Excel File
Select the Total Sheet by clicking on the left Corner
Click Right Mouse Button and Select format Cells
Select Text-------> Select OK Button from Menu ----> SAVE as
Save As type : Text ( tab Delimited)
Give the File Name: PSLText Select Save Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 158
Give the File Name: PSLText Select Save Button
Select No for the message " to Keep Wrokbook Format"
Select cancel Button From Menu---->File---->Close
Select No Button for the Message Save Excel File.
Step 2. Open a New Excel File and Note Down the Technical Name of EachField. It should be
in the same order of fields in Text File. To Check the Technical Names go to the Screen
of FS00. In FS00 Screen keep the Cursor on GL A/c and Press F1. Select Technical
Information Button . Double Click on Field Name SAKNR. Like that we can see
technical names of other fields.
Component Data type Length Field Name
SAKNR C 10 GL A/c
BUKRS C 4 Comp.Code
KTOKS C 4 A/c Group
XPLACCT C 1 P& L A/c
XBILK C 1 B/S A/c
TXT_20ML C 20 Short Text
TXT_50ML C 50 Long Text
WAERS C 5 A/c Currency
XSALH C 1 Only Bal. in Local Currency
XKRES C 1 Line Item Display
ZUAWA C 3 Sort Key
FSTAG C 4 Field Status
Save the File in Excel Format as PSL Excel
Prepared by: Rao MH 158
Step 3. Masters Uploading:
Use TC= LSMW in SAP
Ignore the Warning Message
Project: PSL
Sub Project: FI
Object: GL Masters
Select Create Entry Button
Give Project Description: PSL Project → ENTER
Sub Project Description: FI Area → ENTER
Object Name: GL Masters Uploading → ENTER
Select Contineu or Execute Button
Select Execute Button
Select Batch Input Recording Radio Button
MENU----->GOTO----->RECORDINGS OVERVIEW
select Create Recording Button
Recording Name: PSLGL
Description: PSLGL Masters Uploading → ENTER
Transaction Code: FS00 → ENTER
GL A/c 100310 Comp. Code: PSL
Menu ---->GL A/c----->Create
Account Group: Secured Loans
Select B/S Account Θ
Short Text: IDBI Rupee Term Loan
Prepared by: Rao MH 159
Short Text: IDBI Rupee Term Loan
Long Text: IDBI Rupee Term Loan
Select control Data tab
Account Currency: INR
Select Only Balances in Local Currecny √
Select Line Item Display √
Sort Key: 001
Select Create/Interest/Bank tab
Field Status Group: G001 → SAVE
Keep the Cursor on FS00 . Select Default All Button → SAVE
Select Back Arrow 2 Times
Give Recording Name PSLGL → ENTER & SAVE
Select Back Arrow
Select Execute Button
Select Create a Structure Button
Source Structure : PSLSTR
Description: PSLGL Structure → ENTER & SAVE
Select Back Arrow
Select Execute Button
Keep the Cursor on PSLSTR
Select Table Maintenance Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 159
Copy Component Column in Excel File in SAP Field Name Column
Copy Data Tyep Column in Excel File in SAP Type Column
Copy Length in Excel File in SAP Length Column → SAVE
Select Back Arrow → SAVE
Select Back Arrow
Select Execute Button → SAVE
Select Back Arrow
Select Execute Button
Menu---->Extras---->Auto Field Mapping → ENTER
Select Accept Proposal Button till we get the Message
"Auto Field Mapping Completed" → ENTER & SAVE
Select Back Arrow
SKIP Maintain Fixed Values , Translation User Defined Routines
Select Specify Files Radio Button
Select Execute Button
Keep the Cursor on the PC(Front End)
Select Add Entry Button ( Ctrl+F2)
File : PSLText.txt ( The same Text File Earlier created)
Name: PSLGL Masters
Select Tabulator Radio Button → ENTER & SAVE
Select Back Arrow
Select Execute Button → SAVE
Select Back Arrow
Select Execute Button → Select Execute Button once again
Prepared by: Rao MH 160
Select Execute Button → Select Execute Button once again
Select Back Arrow 2 times
SKIP Display Read Data
Select Conver Data Radio Button
Select Execute Button → Select Execute Button once again
Select Back Arrow 2 times
SKIP Display Converted Data
Select Create Batch Input Session Button
Select Execute Button → Select Execute Button once again
We will get a message " 1 Batch Input Folder with 4 Transactions Created" → ENTER
Select Execute Button for Run Batch Input Selection
Select Session Name: GLMasters → Select Process Button
Select Display Errors Only Radio Button
Select Process Button
Ignore the Message and Select Exit Batch Input Button
To View the Accounts Created use TC=FS00
Select Drop Down Button Beside GL a/c
Comp. Code : PSL → ENTER
We can see the Masters Created in List.
In the Same Way , We can Upload the Vendor Masters, Customer Masters, Asset
Masters and Material Masters. Technical Names Can be known from the Screen of
Particular Master Creation.
Prepared by: Rao MH 160
Balances Uploading : If the Company is a Going Concern and is implementing SAP
on 01.04.09 --- Upload only Balance Sheet Items Balances
on 01.08.09 --- Upload Balance Sheet Items Balances and P& L A/c Balances as
Uploading is in the Middle of the Fiscal Year
SAP Suggets only to upload the Balances but not the Transactional Data except for
Vendors and Customers where we need Open Item Transactions.
NOTE: Reasons given by SAP for suggesting the Uploading of Balances not Transactions for
some Masters :
A. In Normal Accounting Vendors, Customers and Asset Balances are part of GL A/c's
where as in SAP we have them as SUB Ledgers
B. In Normal Accounting for Vendors and Customers, we keep Payables/ Receivables and
Advances in One Account. But in SAP Payables/ Receivables will be shown under
Normal Items and Advances will be shown under Special GL Items
C. In Normal Accounting we show Accountwise Gross Block and Accumulated Dep.
Ex: P& M Wise, Where as in SAP we maintain each Sub Asset Wise Gross Block and
Accumulated Depreciation.
D. In Normal Accounting Depreciation is a Provisional Figure, where as in SAP
Depreciation is Actually Calculated figure.
E. In Normal Accounting Consumption is a Balance Sheet Figure. Where as in SAP Actual
Consumption entries will be passed.
Ex: Raw Material Consumption in Normal Accounting
Opening Stock xxxxx
Add: Purchases xxxxx
Prepared by: Rao MH 161
Add: Purchases xxxxx
Less: Closing Stock xxxxx
RM Consumption xxxxx
F. In Normal Accounting for Closing Stock only One Entry will be passed
Closing Stock Dr. ( B/S Account)
To Closing Stock Cr (P& L Account)
IN SAP Closing Stock will be Maintained Each Material wise-Quantity, Rate and
Closing Amount
G. In Normal Accounting Production Entries and Delivery Entries will not be passed.
The Difference between Production and Delivery is Increase/Decrease In Stock.
in SAP Production Entries and Delivery Entires will be passed at Product Cost.
Procedure for Balances Uploading :
1 Prepare a Statement Showing Each Vendors - Billwise Payables and Advances which
should match with the Trial Balance
2 Prepare a Statement Showing Each Customers - Billwise Receivables &Advances which
should match with the Trial Balance
3 Prepare a Statement Showing each Sub Assetwise, Purchase Cost, and Accumulated
Depreciation and the Total Should match with Trial Balance Fixed Assets Account and
Accumulated Depreciation Account.
4 Prepare a Statement showing each material wise Quantity, Rate and Amount, which
should match with the Trial Balances Inventory Account.
Prepared by: Rao MH 161
5 Create 5 Dummy GL Accounts . It can be under any Account Group. Generally we
create under Liabilities.
a) GL Clearing A/c b) Vendor Clearing A/c c) Customer Clearing A/c
d) Asset Clearing A/c e) Stock Taking A/c
6 If Balances Uploaded is Correct, Balances of 5 Dummy Accounts will become ZERO.
If in Any Dummy Account Balance is not become ZERO, it means there is some mistake
in uploading that Balances. Balances of the Masters will Upload but with Mistakes.
We have to Check manually the Balances to identify the Mistake and make the
Rectification Entry .
7 We should not allow users to enter day to day transactions until the Balances are
uploaded.
Example of Simple Normal Trial Balance
Particulars Debit Credit A/c Type
Equity Share Capital 500000 GL A/c
Party A 100000 Sub Ledger
Acc. Dep. P& M No 40 200000 Sub Ledger
Sales 300000 GL A/c
Fixed Assets P& M No 40 500000 Sub Ledger
Inv.Raw Meterials 100000 Sub Ledger
Party X 250000 Sub Ledger
SBI Current Account 50000 GL A/c
R M Consumption A/c 200000 Sub Ledger
1100000 1100000
Prepared by: Rao MH 162
1100000 1100000
Step 1. Create 5 Dummy Accounts by using TC=FS00
Step2. Credit GL Balances Uploading in F-02 Fast Data Entry
GL Clearing A/c Dr 1100000
To Equity Share Capital Account 500000
To Vendor Clearing Acount 100000
To Asset Clearing Account 200000
To Sales Account 300000
(All Credit Balances of Trial Balances Transferred to GL Clearing Account)
Step3. Debit Balances Uploading in F-02 Fast Data Entry
Asset Clearing Account Dr 500000
Stock Taking A/c Dr 100000
Customer Clearing A/c Dr 250000
SBI Current Account Dr 50000
RM Consumption A/c Dr 200000
To GL Clearing Account 1100000
(All Debit Balances of Trial Balances Transferred to GL Clearing Account)
Prepared by: Rao MH 162
Why The above 2 Entries are Requrired?
As we discussed in Point No 6 of Procedure above, First We will Transfer the Total
Amount to the Particular Clearing Account in the 5 Dummy Accounts Created. When
we transfer the Individual Balances of Customers/ Vendors/Assets/Materials line item
wise we will make programming to transfer the total to the particular Clearing Account
Whne Debit amount and Credit Amount equals automatically that Particular Clearing
Account ( Dummy) will become ZERO. If any Clearing Account shows balance , it
means there is some mistake in uploading the balances in that partcular category. We
can easily check the balances manually to sort out the difference and make the
adjustment Entry. Point to be noted is that, even if the Balances total does not match
with the amount existing in that Clearing Accoount also, at the time of uploading
line itemwise, data will automatically upload. We can not revert it back. We have to
pass the Adjustment Entry only for rectifing the Mistakes.
Step 4A. Prepare a Statement showing each Vendor Bill Wise Open Items and Advances
Ex: Party A account as in Trial Balance
Bill No 1 50000
Bill No 2 40000
Bill No 3 30000
Advance 20000
Step 4B. Vendor Transactions Uploading F-43
Vendor Clearing Account Dr. 105000 ( Balancing Figure)
Party A Spl Gl A/c Dr 20000 Advance to Vendors
Prepared by: Rao MH 163
Party A Spl Gl A/c Dr 20000 Advance to Vendors
To Party A Bill No 1 50000 Sundry Cr
To Party A Bill No 2 40000 Sundry Cr
To Party A Bill No 3 35000 Sundry Cr
Step 4C. Rectification Entry:
As we Discussed earlier , at the time of Uploading the Line Items, if any mistake
is there, data will upload as we mentioned. In this Example, we can see as per
Trial Balance Party A balance is Rs. 100,000/-. But as per the Data Uploading Bill wise
Total Uploaded is Rs. 105,000/-. So Vendor Clearing Account will not be Zero showing
5000 Debit Balance Which should be rectified with Rectification Entry as Data already
uploaded.
Party A A/c Bill No 3 Dr. 5000
To Vendor Clearing Account 5000
NOTE:
Like the Above we have to Transfer the Item wise Balances of all the Vendors. In Live, as the
Data Base would be more, it is difficult to upload the Data through TC=F-43. Like what we had
done in GL Masters uploading, we will prepare an Excel Sheet and Upload the data from there in One
Lot. For this, ABAP Programmer is required.
Prepared by: Rao MH 163
Step 5A. Prepare a Statement Showing Each Customerwise, billwise open items and Advances
Party X A/c :
Bill No 1 170000 } Closing Balance is Rs. 250,000 DR which
Bill No 2 110000 } is equal to Trial Balance
Advance 30000 }
Step 5B Customer Transactions Uploading F-22
Party X a/c ( Bill No 1) 170000
Party X a/c ( Bill No 2) 110000
To Party X Spl GL a/c 30000
To Customer Clearing A/c 250000
The Debit Balance in Customer Clearing A/c what we transferred through the Entry
in Step 3 is Rs. 250,000 which was equal to the Credit Entry in the above Entry. So
in Customer Clearing Account Balance would be ZERO ( Dr. 250000 - Cr 250000)
Step 6A To Enter the Fixed Assets Balances, we have to Enter Plant & Machinery GL A/c and
Acc. Dep on P & M GL A/c with the below Entry
Post. Key 40 Plant & Machinery A/c 500000
50 To Acc. Dep on P & M A/c 200000
50 Asset Clearing Account 300000
For Uploading the Fixed Assets Item Wise, first we have to Remove the Reconciliations Accounts
Prepared by: Rao MH 164
For Uploading the Fixed Assets Item Wise, first we have to Remove the Reconciliations Accounts
for Assets.( See Step 6C for further Details) USE TC= OAMK { OR}
SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Preparing for Production Start up----> Set or
Reset Reconciliations Account
Comp. Code: PSL
Double Click on Change Control of Reconciliation A/c Folder
From Menu----> Edit---->Selections---->Select All
Select Delect Reconciliation Indicator for All Account → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your request.
Step 6B Creation of Asset Master TC=AS01 → ENTER
Asset Class: PSL2000
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
Description : Machine No 40
Capitalized on : 20.07.09
Select Time Dependent Tab Business Area: PSLH
Select Depreciation Area tab
Dep.Key Useful Period Ord. Dep St. Dt
Life
PSL1 10Yrs 4 Months 01.04.2009 → SAVE
It Shows Asset "200003" Sub No "0" Created
Prepared by: Rao MH 164
Step 6C To Upload Acquisition Value and Acc. Depreciatio Values
This will not update the GL A/c as we have earlier Removed the Reconciliation A/c for
Account Type Assets. It will updated only the SubLedger of Asset .
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Asset Accounting---->Asset Data
Transfer ----->Manual Online Transfer---->Create/Change/Display Legacy Asset
Double Click on Change Legacy Asset ( TC==AS92)
Asset No: 200003
Sub Asset No: 0
Comp. Code: PSL
Select Takeover Values Button
Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER
Cum. Acquisition Value: 500000
Accu. Ordinary Dep: 200000 → SAVE
Step 6D To Make Fixed Assets P& M A/c and Acc. Dep P& M GL A/c as Reconciliation A/c
After Uploading the Balances for Assets, again change the Assets as Reconciliation A/c
USE TC= OAMK → ENTER
Comp. Code: PSL
Double Click on Change/Control of Reconciliatio of A/c Folder
From Menu---->Selections---->Select All ( F7)
Select Set Reconciliation Indicator for Accounts Button
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 165
SAVE → ENTER to save in your request.
Step 7A Prepare a Statement showing the Each Materialwise , Quantity, Rate and Amount. The
Total should match with the Trial Balance Amount.
Ex. Statement of Stock
Material No Qty Rate Amount
RM 1 200 50 10000
RM 2 3000 20 60000
RM 3 1000 30 30000
Total which is equal to TB Figure 100000
Step 7B Create Material Masters and In Accounting View Enter Moving Avg Price ( TC=MM01)
Item Mvg. Price
RM 1 50
RM 2 20
RM 3 30
Data Take over regarding the Stock is the Job of MM Consultant . But we are briefly
explaining the Procedure
Prepared by: Rao MH 165
Step 7C Use TC=MBIC Movement Type =561
Plant: Hyd
Storage Location: RM Storage Location
Material No Qty
RM 1 200
RM 2 3000
RM 3 1000 → SAVE
Once We saved the Data, Accounting Entries will be Generated Automatically. Entries
will be Like below
Inventory RM Local Dr 100000
To Stock Taking A/c 100000
Closing Procedure is used at the Year End. It will explain what steps we have to do in the year
end.
If the Current Accounting Year is April 2009 to March 2010 Fiscal Year 2009
Next A/c Year would be April 2010 to March 2011 Fiscal Year 2010
Closing Procedure will be followed in the last week of March 2010 for the Fiscal Year 2009. Like
that every Fiscal Year in the Last Week of March we will follow the Closing Procedure.
( Value = Qty x Material Master Price)
CLOSING PROCEDURE
CLOSING PROCEDURE
CLOSING PROCEDURE
CLOSING PROCEDURE
Prepared by: Rao MH 166
that every Fiscal Year in the Last Week of March we will follow the Closing Procedure.
Step 1. To Carry Forward the Vendor and Customer Balances to Next Year:
Every Year We have to do this step One Time.
PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting----->Accounts Payable Periodic
Processing Closing---->CarryForward----->Balances Carry Forward ( TC=F.07)
Comp. Code: PSL
Carry Forward to Fiscal Year: 2010
Select Customers Check Box
Vendors Check Box
De-select Test Run Check Box
Select Detailed log Check Box → EXECUTE ( F8)
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
We will get Report that No of Accounts Transferred and Customerwise Balances,
Vendor Account Balances Transferred.
Prepared by: Rao MH 166
Step 2. Asset Closing Balances Transfer (or) Carry Forward:
For Asset Accounting We can Open 2 Fiscal Years at a time . So For Opening the
Fiscal Year 2010 we have to Close the Fiscal Year 2008 for Asset Accounting .
Step2A To Check Which Years is Closed for Asset Accounting :
Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets---->Periodic Processing ---->
Year End Closing---->Undo--->Entire Company Code (TC=OAAQ)
Select Position Button
Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER
We can see Which Year is Last Closed
Step2B To Close Fiscal Year 2008 for Asset Accounting :
Path: Upto Periodic Processing Path is Same---->Year End Closing ---->Execute
(TC=AJAB)
Comp. Code: PSL
Fiscal Year to be Closed: 2008
De-Select Test Run Check Box
From Menu---->Programme--->Execute in Background (F9)
Output Device: LP01 → ENTER → ENTER Again
Select Immediate Button → SAVE
We get a Message " Background Job was Scheduled for Programm RAJABS00"
To Check weather the JOB is processed or not :
Menu--->System---->Services--->Jobs--->Job Overview
Prepared by: Rao MH 167
Menu--->System---->Services--->Jobs--->Job Overview
Execute(F8)-----> We can see that JOB is Finished
To View the Result of the Job :
Select Job " RAJABS00" Check Box
Select Spool Button
Select Sppl No Check Box-----> Select Display Contents Button
To Close Any Fiscal Year for Asset Accounting , We have to Post Depreciation for all Assets for
all the Periods in that Fiscal Year.
Step 3 To Open Fiscal Year 2010 for Asset Accounting:
PATH: Upto Periodic Processing Path is Same----> Fiscal Year Change (TC=AJRW)
Comp. Code: PSL
New Fiscal Year : 2010
De-Select Test Run Check Box
Menu--->Programme--->Execute----> Background
Output Device: LP01 → ENTER → ENTER Again
Select Immediate Button → SAVE
We will get a Message " Background Job was Scheduled for Programm RAJAWE00"
Prepared by: Rao MH 167
To Check weather the JOB is processed or not :
Menu--->System---->Services--->Jobs--->Job Overview
Execute(F8)-----> We can see that JOB is Finished
Select Job " RAJAWE00" Check Box
Select Spool Button
Select Sppl No Check Box-----> Select Display Contents Button
We can see the Report of Assets in Summary in Quantity
Step 4 To Carry Forward GL Balances:
Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing---->
Closing---->Carry Forward---->Balances Carry Forward(New) (TC=FAGLGVTR)
Ledger OL ( Leading Ledger)
Comp. Code: PSL
Carry Forward to Fiscal Year 2010
De-Select Test Run Check Box
Select Output List of Resulst Check Box
Select Balances in Retained Earnings A/c Check Box
Select Execute Button
We can See Report
Select Retained Earnings A/c Button
Select Back Arrow
Select Balance Sheet Accounts Button
We can see Balance Sheet Items Carryforded to the Same Accounts in Next Year.
Prepared by: Rao MH 168
We can see Balance Sheet Items Carryforded to the Same Accounts in Next Year.
Step 4 To Copy Number Range Intervals for 2010
SPRO--->Financial Accounting--->Financial Accounting Global Settings---->Document
---->Document Number Ranges--->Copy to Fiscal Year (TC=OBH2)
Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER
Comp. Code: PSL
To Fiscal Year Under Source Fiscal Year Details 2009
To Fiscal Year Under Target Fiscal Year Details 2010
Select Execute Button
Ignore the Warning Message Select "YES" Button
Step 5 To Open Posting Periods for Year 2010
Generally in Live Environment we have 2 Periods
Period A/c Year Fiscal Year Period to Open
From Prd 1 Apr.2010 to March 2011 2010 1.2010 to 1.2010
( Mandatory)
From Prd 2 Apr.2009 to March 2010 2009 12.2009 to 12.2009
Use TC=OB52 → ENTER Select Position Button
Posting Period Variant : PSL → ENTER
Variant From. Prd F.Year To Prd F.Yr Frm.Prd 2 F.Yr ToPrd 2 F Yr
PSL 1 2010 1 2010 12 2009 12 2009
→ SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 168
If Accounts Department Finalized Profitabilty on 15.04.2010 for the year End 31.03.10
Management Adjustments to Post in Special Periods.
How to Open Special Periods:
From Period 1 Period to Open Fiscal Year
( Mandatory) 1.2010 to 1.2010 2010
From Period2 13.2009 to 13.2009 2009
(Optional) (Spl Prd 1 of 2009)
WE have 4 Special Periods for each Fiscal Year which are part of March to make
adjustments. 13, 14,15,16 part of Period 12.
USE TC=OB52
for Variat PSL Frm.Prd 2 F.Yr To Prd.2 F.Yr
13 2009 13 2009 → SAVE
How to Post to Special Periods ( F-02)
Doc.Dt: 27.03.2009 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL
Post.Dt: 27.03.2009
Post Key: 40 A/c: 400100 → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
System Shows Error that Post. Period Not in Open
Change Period to : 13 → ENTER
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
Amount: 500000 Buss.Area: PSLH
Prepared by: Rao MH 169
Amount: 500000 Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: Salary Provision
Post Key: 50 A/c: 100500 → ENTER
Amount: * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: +
Menu---->Document---->Simulate & SAVE
Go and See GL A/c Balance (FS10N)
GL A/c: 400100
Comp. Code: PSL
F.Year: 2009
Buss.Area: PSLH → Execute ( F8)
We can See the Posting in Period 13.
Prepared by: Rao MH 169
Point 1 How to Creat a Folder:
In Live Environment for Generating Reports or Statements is common and Frequently
Required. So it is Difficult to remember or go to the Particular Report through Path or
Remembering the Transaction Codes. So create a Folder and Keep all the Reports
frequently required by Management in that Folder so as to acess them easily.
Keep The Cursor on Favourites
Menu---->Favourites---->Insert Folder
Give the Folder Name : FI Reports → ENTER
Point 2 How to Attach the Report to Folder :
Keep the Cursor on FI Reports Folder
Menu---->Favourites---->Insert Transactions
Transaction Code : S_ALR_87011965 ( Asset Balances Report)
Double click on Asset Balances Report
We can see that System will go Directly to the Asset Balances Report
Point 3 How to Attach a Report on Desktop:
Go the The Asset Balances Report (Any Report which we want on Desktop)
Select Generate a Shortcut Button On Right Top
Some Important Topics & Reports in SAP
Some Important Topics & Reports in SAP
Some Important Topics & Reports in SAP
Some Important Topics & Reports in SAP
Prepared by: Rao MH 170
Select Generate a Shortcut Button On Right Top
Description: Select ECC Server → ENTER
Select OK to the Message --->SAP will Create Desktop Short cut of the Report
Log Off the SAP
Double Click on Asset Balances Icon on Desktop
Give the Login Password → ENTER
We can see that System will Go directly in to the Asset Balances Report.
Point 4 How to View the Chart of Accounts:
Accounting ---->Financial Accounting--->General Ledger--->Information System---->
General Ledger Reports----> Master Data--->Chart of Accounts---->Chart of Accounts
(TC=S_ALR_87012326)
Chart of Accounts: PSL
Select Execute Button
We can See the Report of List of Accounts Created
Point 5 How to Generate Trial Balance:
Upto General Ledger Report Path is Same---->Account Balances---->Korea--->Trial
Balance South Korea (TC=S_ALR_87012310)
Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE
Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER
Select Current Lay Out Button
Keep the Fields GL A/c, GL Long Text, Cl Balances, and Hid other Fields → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 170
For Trial Balance We have 2 types of Reports
1st General Report
A/c No Descr. Op. Bal 16th Mnt 16th Mnt Acc. Acc. Cl. Bal
Debit Credit Debit Credit
2nd Korea Repot
It gives all Fields like in General Report but we can Hide the Fields which are not
required. Hiding of Fields is not possible in General Report
Point 6 Exporting Statements to Excel:
From Menu--->Lists--->Export to Spread Sheets
Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER
Select Table Radio Button → ENTER → ENTER Once Again and SAVE
Point 7 Printing the Ledger:
Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing ---->
Closing ---->Document---->Balances Audit Trial---->All Accounts--->General Ledger
from Document File (TC=S_ALR_87100205)
Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE
Select Current Layout Button
Keep the Fields Doc. No , Post. Date
From Hidden Fields Column Select Text Field
Prepared by: Rao MH 171
From Hidden Fields Column Select Text Field
Select Left Arrow
From Hidden Fields Column Select Dr. Amount in Local Currency
Select Left Arrow
from Hidden Fields Column Select Cr. Amount in Local Currency
Select Left Arrow
For Debit Amount in Local Currency and For Cr. Amount in Local Currency select
Totals Check Box
Select Copy Button
Double Click on Doc. No to drill down into Voucher
Select Callup Document Overview Button
We can See the Voucher Report
Point 8 How to View the Vendors List:
Accounting---->Financial Accounting----->Accounts Payable---->Information System-->
Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting ---->Master Data---->Vendors List
(TC=S_ALR_87012086)
Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE
Point 9 How to View Vendorwise Purchases Report:
Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same----> Vendor Balances--->
Vendor Business (TC=S_ALR_87012093)
Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE
Prepared by: Rao MH 171
Point 10 How to View the Outstanding List of Vendors:
Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same--->Vendors Items--->
List of Vendor Open Items for Printing (TC=S_ALR87012083)
Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE
Point 11 Agewise Analysis of Vendors:
Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same--->Vendors Items--->
Vendor Payment History with Open Items Sorted List (TC=S_ALR_87012085)
Comp. Code: PSL
Summarization Level: 0
Select Days Over Due Sorted List Check Box only but not Other Check Boxes
→ EXECUTE
Point 12 Vendor Advances Report:
Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same--->Vendors Items--->
List of Down Payments Open on Key Data-Vendors (TC=S_ALR_87012105)
Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE
Point 13 Vendors Ledger ( Payables + Paid):
Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same--->Vendors Items--->
List of Vendor Line Items (TC=S_ALR_87012103)
Prepared by: Rao MH 172
List of Vendor Line Items (TC=S_ALR_87012103)
Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE
Assets Reports
Point 14 Depreciation Forecast:
Accounting --->Financial Accounting --->Fixed Assets---->Information System---->
Reports on Asset Accounting ---->Depreciation Forecast---->Depreciation on
Capitalized Assets ( Depreciation Simulation ) (TC=S_ALR_87012936)
Comp. Code: PSL
Report Date: 31.03.2012 → EXECUTE
( Report for FY. 2009,2010,2011)
Point 15 Depreciation Schedule as per Schedule VI of Companies Act:
Information Systems--->Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Fixed Assets---->
Asset History Sheet ( TC=AR02)
Comp. Code: PSL
Report Date: 31.03.2010
Select Group Totals Only Radio button → EXECUTE
We can See Report in Schedule VI Format
Select Assets Button
Double Click on Asset Retirements
We can see the Asset Retirement Report
Prepared by: Rao MH 172
CREATION:
In this Chapter we create Format for Balance Sheet and P& L Account . Each Company
had its own Format. In India we have Companies Act Schedule VI format.
In Client 000 for India SAP has given BAIN--- Balance Sheet and P& L A/c format
FORMAT:
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3
Summary:
Liabilities
Share Capital Equity Share Capital 100000
Pre. Share Capital 100001
Reserves & Surplus Surplus in P& L A/c 100100
General Reserve 100101
Capital Reserve 100102
Secured Loans TL From Institutions 100310
TL From Banks 100311
Unsecured Loans Fixed Deposits 100400
Sales Tax Dept 100401
By using 0 to 9 lelvels we can get all 3 versions. In Live Environment we create 2 versions.
1st Version --------> Summary
2nd Version--------->Schedules
FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS ( F S V )
FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS ( F S V )
FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS ( F S V )
FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS ( F S V )
Prepared by: Rao MH 173
CUSTOMIZATION:
SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger A/c----->Business Transactions---->Closing
Document---->Define Financial Statement Versions.
Select New Entries Button
Financial Statement Version: PSL ( Text Field)
Name: Balance Sheet and P& L A/c
Maintenance language: EN
Select Item Keys Automatic Check Box
Chart of Accounts PSL → SAVE
Save in your request (or) Create your request.
Select Financial Staatement Items Button
Keep the Cursor on PSL
Select Create Items Button
Give the Itmes Like : Balance Sheet
Profit & Loss Account
Surplus/Loss Carried to Balance Sheet → ENTER
Double Click on NO Text Exists against Liability & Equity
Give the Item Liabilities → ENTER
Double Click on NO Text Exists against Assets
Item: Assets → ENTER
Press Select Button
Keep the Cursor on Balance Sheet
Select Re Assaign Button
Prepared by: Rao MH 173
Select Subordinate Radio Button → ENTER
keep the Cursor on Liabilities
Press Select Button (F9)
Keep the Cursor on Balance Sheet
Select Re Assaign Button ( Shift +F6)
Select Subordinate Radio Button → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on P& L Account
Select Create Items Button
Give the Heads Like Income
Expenditure → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on Liablilites
Select Create Iems Button
Give the Heads Like Share Capital
Reserves & Surplus
Secured Loans
Unsecured Loans → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on Assets
Select Create Items Button
Give the Heads Like Net Fixed Assets
Net Current assets
Misc. Exp to the Extent
Not Writtedn off → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on Income
Prepared by: Rao MH 174
Keep the Cursor on Income
Select Create Item Buton
Give the Heads Like Sales
Other Income
Inc/Dec in Stock → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on Expenditure
Select Create Item Button
Give the Heads Like RM Consumption
Personal Cost
Manufacturing Exp
Administration Exp
Interest
Depreciation → ENTER
→ ENTER to save in your request
Double Click on No Text Exists against Net Result Profit
Items: Surplus Transfer from P & L A/c → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on Surplus Trnsfer from P& L A/c
Press Select Button
Keep the Cursor on Reserves & Surplus
Select Reassaign Button
Select Subordinate Radio Button → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 174
Double Click on No Text Exists against Net Result Loss
Item: Loss Transferred from P& L Account → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on Loss Transfer from P& L A/c
Press Select Button
Keep the Cursor on Misc. Exp To the Extent Not Writtne Off
Select Reassaign Button
Select Subordinate Radio Button → ENTER & SAVE
Assaignment of Accounts:
We have to assaign to the Last Node. Keep the Cursor on Share Capital Select
Assaign Accounts Button
From A/c To A/c Debit Credit
100000 100099 √ √
100101 199999 √ √ → ENTER
Here we are assaigning only Share Capital. But in Live we have to assaign Respective Accounts
to the Nodes
Keep the Cursor on Net Fixed Assets
From A/c To A/c Debit Credit
200000 299999 √ √ → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on Sales Select Assaign Account Button
From A/c To A/c Debit Credit
300000 399999 √ √ → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 175
300000 399999 √ √ → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on RM Consumption
Select Assaign Accounts Button
From A/c To A/c Debit Credit
400000 499999 √ √ → ENTER
Keep the Cursor on Surplus / Loss Carried To Balance Sheet
Select Assaign Accounts Button
From A/c Debit Credit
100100 √ √ → ENTER & SAVE
How to Check All the Accounts Are Assaigned or Not ?
Select Check Button ( Ctrl +F5)
Select Not Assaigned Check Box → ENTER
We can see the Message if any Accounts are not Assaigned , Lis of Accounts will appear
Prepared by: Rao MH 175
We are going to Create the Format for Liabilities Like Below
Liabilities :
Sources of Funds:
Share Capital
100000 Equity Share Capital xxxxx
100001 Pre.Share Capital xxxxx
100002 Redeem Share Capital xxxxx xxxxx
Reserves & Surplus
100100 Surplus in P& L A/c xxxxx
100101 General Reserve xxxxx
100102 Capital Reserve xxxxx xxxxx
Secured Loans
100300 SBI Rupee Term Loan xxxxx
100301 SBI FC Term Loan xxxxx xxxxx
Unsecured Loans
100400 Fixed Deposits xxxxx
100401 Sales Tax Department xxxxx xxxxx
TOTAL LIABILITIES XXXXX
Double Click on Liabilities
Start of Groups: Liabilities
Prepared by: Rao MH 176
Start of Groups: Liabilities
End of Group Total Liabilities
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Share Capital
Start Group: Sources of Funds
End of Group Share Capital
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Reserves & Surpluses
End of Group Reserves & Surpluses
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Assets
Star of Group Assets
End of Group Total Assets
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Net Fixed Assets
Start of Groups: Application of Funds
End of Group Net Fixed Assets
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Business Expenditure to the Extent Not Written off
End of Group Buss. Exp to the Exent Not Written Off
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER & SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 176
Double Click on P& L A/c
Start of Groups: P& L A/c
End of Group Profit /Loss for the Year
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Income
Start of Groups: Income
End of Group Total Income
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER & SAVE
Double Click on Sales
End of Group Sales
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Expenditure
Start of Groups: Expenditure
End of Group Total Expenditure
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on RM Consumption
End of Group RM Consumption
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on Surplus / Loss Carried to B/S
Start of Groups: Surplus/ Loss Carried to B/S
End of Group Surplus/ Loss Carried to B/S
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER
Double Click on No Text Exist against P& L Result
Give the Item: Surplus / Loss Carried to B/s
Prepared by: Rao MH 177
Give the Item: Surplus / Loss Carried to B/s
End of Group Surplus / Loss Carried to B/s
Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER & SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE in your Request
Open One More Session to See Report :
Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger----->Information System---->General
Ledger Reports----->Balance Sheet ( Or) P& L Statement (Or) Cash Flow ---->General----->
Actual /Actual Comparisions----->Balance Sheet ( or) P& L Statement (TC=S_ALR_87012284)
Comp. Code: PSL Buss. Area: PSLH
Financial Statement Version: PSL
Reporting Year : 2009 Reporting Periods: 1 t0 16
Comparision Year 2008 Comparision Periods 1 t0 16
Select Classical List Radio Button
Select Special Evaluation Tab
Balance Sheet Type 1 (Standard Financial Statement)
Select Output Control Tab
Comp. Code Summarization 1 (Balance Sheet for Company Code)
Business Area Summarization 1 ( Balance Sheet for Business Area)
Summary Report 3 (i.e., Level of Balance Sheet)
* Comparision Type 1 ( % of Increase)
** Scaling 5/2
Select Execute Button ---> We can see the BALANCE SHEET AND P& L A/C
Prepared by: Rao MH 177
* Comparision Types: 2009 2008
Sales ( In Lakhs) 100 25
1st type : Percentage of Increase
Current Year - Previous Year X 100 = 100-25 X 100 =300%
2nd Type: Percentage of Group
Current Year x 100 = 100 x 100 =400%
** Scaling: Scale
A) Full Rupee with Paise 0/2
B) Full Rupee without Paise 0/0
C) Rupees in Lakhs withoud Decimals 5/0
D) Rupees in Millions Without Decimals 6/0
E) Rupees in Crores Without Decimals 7/0
F) Rupee in Lakhs Thousands in Decimals 5/2
Ex: If Sales =
Rupees In Lakhs 5=
Thousands in 2 Dec=
Previous Year 25
Previous Year 25
987654321.55
9876.5432155
9876.54
Prepared by: Rao MH 178
CASH FLOW STATEMENT AND RATIO ANALYSIS:
SAP has given Cash Flow Statement and Ratio Analysis as Hardcoded in the Chart
of Accounts. We have to copy the Format and Assaign our Accounts only.
Cash Flow and Ratio Analysis are in Report Painter.
PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounts--->Information System----> Drill Down---->
Reports ( GL A/c's)---->Form---->Define Form (TC=FS15)
Double Click on Change Form
Select Form Type 002 Folder
Select OSAPAUDIT_01 ( RATION ANLYSIS)
Double Click on form OSAPRATIO_03 ( Cash Flow Indirect)
Prepared by: Rao MH 178
New General Ledger ( Multiple Ledgers): This is the Concept given in ECC6.0 by SAP.
For Indian Companies Financial Year is April to March. If an Indian Company is Registered in
US Stock Exchange, it has to Submit Reports to Stock Exchange according to the Financial Year
there in US ( ie., Jan to Dec). If The Same Company had its Group HeadQuarters in UK, it has
to Submit Reports according to the Financial Year there ( i.e., July to June). So For One Company
we are Creating Reports according to the Financial Year. In India Period of April is 01 but in US
it is '04' and in UK it "10". So When we are posting a Transaction in the Period "04" for the
Fiscal Year Variant V3( which is for India), it has to update the Posting Period '01' for the
Fiscal Year Variant K4 ( for US) and Posting Period '10' for the PP Variant V6(for UK).
Here we have the Concept of Leading Ledger and Non Leading Ledgers.
Example:
Company Location Financial Year FYVariant Ledger Group
In India 1st April to31st March V3 0L Leading Ledger
In US 1St Jan to 31st Dec K4 J1 Non Leading Led
IN UK 1st July to 30th June V6 J2 Non Leading Led
When we Create Ledger J1, Automatically Ledger Group J1 will be created and J1 ledger will be
assaigned . At the Time of Posting , if we do not give any Ledger Group it will updates all the
Ledgers.
For Example, Gain on FC Revaluation in India and US it will be Trnasferred to P& L A/c as
ECC 6.0 New Features
ECC 6.0 New Features
ECC 6.0 New Features
ECC 6.0 New Features
Prepared by: Rao MH 179
For Example, Gain on FC Revaluation in India and US it will be Trnasferred to P& L A/c as
Other Income. But in UK it will Add to the Fixed Assets and calculate Depreciation Over the
Life of Asset.
We create a New Ledger Group J3 and assaign Ledgers 0L and J1. At the Time of Posting When
we give Leder Group J3, and Post , it updates Ledgers 0L and J1. In Ledger Group One Ledger
will be Representative Ledger and others will be Non Representative Ledgers. We have to
Open the Periods in which Posting is done in Representative Ledgers. Eventhough the Periods
for Non Representative Ledgers is not open, it will update the records. When the Ledger Group
is Consisiting of Ledgers 0L an J1 always 0L will be the Leading Ledger or Representative Ledger
When we Post a Document, System will generate Documents in non leading ledgers. In Live
Environment, for All document types we will give only One Number Range for No range interval
to post in Non Leading Ledgers.
Customization:
Step 1: Define Ledgers for GL Account:
SPRO---->Financial Acccounting ( New)---->Financial Accounting Global Settings(New)
---->Ledgers---->Ledger--->Define Ledgers for GL A/c
Select New Entries Button
Ledger Description
J1 (Text Field) Non Leading Ledger 1 for PSL
Totals Table: FAGLFLEXT
Prepared by: Rao MH 179
Ledger Description
J2 (Text Field) Non Leading Ledger 2 for PSL
Totals Table: FAGLFLEXT
→ SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request
Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER Once Again
Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER
Step 2. Define and Activate Non Leading Ledgers:
Same Path ( Next Level to he Old Path)
Ledger : J1 → ENTER
select New Entries Button
Comp. Fiscal Yr PPV
Code Variant
PSL K4 PSL → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE in your Request
Select Back Arrow Button
Ledger : J2 → ENTER
select New Entries Button
Comp. Fiscal Yr PPV
Code Variant
PSL V6 PSL → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE in your Request
Prepared by: Rao MH 180
Step 3. Define Ledger Groups: Same Path ( Next Level to Last path)
Select New Entries Button
Ledger Group: J3
Description: Ledger Group for PSL → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE in your Request
Select Ledger Group J3
Double Click on Ledger Assaignment Folder
Select New Entries Button
Ledger : 0L
Select Representative Ledger Check Box
Ledger: J1
De-select Representative Ledger Check Box → SAVE
Step 4. Define Document Types for Entry View in a Ledger:
SPRO--->Financial Accounting( New)---->Financaial Accounting Global Settings (New)
---->Document---->Document Types---->Define Doc. Types for Entry View in a Ledger
Ledger: J1 → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Type No. Range Type No. Range Type No. Range
SA 61 ER 61 RE 61
AA 61 WA 61 RV 61
KR 61 WE 61 WL 61 → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE in your Request
Prepared by: Rao MH 180
Select Back Arrow
Ledger: J2 → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Type No. Range Type No. Range Type No. Range
SA 62 ER 62 RE 62
AA 62 WA 62 RV 62
KR 62 WE 62 WL 62 → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE in your Request
IN Live Environment We have to Give Number Range for all 51 Document Types
Select Back Arrow
Step 5 Define Document Types for General Ledger Group:
Same Path ( Next Level to Old Path)
Ledger: J1 → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Type No. Range Type No. Range Type No. Range
SA 63 ER 63 RE 63
AA 63 WA 63 RV 63
KR 63 WE 63 WL 63 → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE in your Request
Ledger: J2 → ENTER
Select New Entries Button
Type No. Range Type No. Range Type No. Range
SA 64 ER 64 RE 64
Prepared by: Rao MH 181
SA 64 ER 64 RE 64
AA 64 WA 64 RV 64
KR 64 WE 64 WL 64 → SAVE
→ ENTER to SAVE in your Request
Step 6 Define Document No Ranges for Entry Group
Upto Document Path is Same---->Document No. Ranges---->Documents in Entry View
---->Define Doc. No Ranges for Entry View
Company Code: PSL
Select Change Intevals Button
Select Interval Button
No. Range: 61
Year : 2009
From. No 800001
To No 900000 → ENTER
Select Interval Button
No. Range: 62
Year : 2009
From. No 900001
To No 1000000 → ENTER & SAVE
Ignore Warning Message → ENTER
Prepared by: Rao MH 181
Step 7 Define Document Number Ranges for General Ledger View:
Upto Document Path is Same---->Document Number Range---->Doc. In General Ledger
View---->Define Document Number Ranges for General Ledger View
Comp. Code: PSL
Select Change Interval Button
No. Range Year From.No To No
63 2009 1 100000→ENTER
Select Inteval Button
64 2009 100001 200000→ENTER & SAVE
Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter
As the Company is in India, it has Currncy of Indian Rupee. As it is Listed in US
Stock Exchange, Trnasactions has to pass to that Ledger in USD. For UK, system
should Pass Entries in GBP. So We need to Maintain Group Currency in SAP when
we are using New GL Accounts
Step 8 How to Maintain Group Currency GBP:
Path: Tools ---->Administration--->Administration---->Client Administration--->
Client Maintenance(Sec4)
Select Client : 800
Select Details Button
Menu---->Table View---->Display/Change
Standard Currency: Change to GBP → SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 182
Step 9 How to Maintain Hard Currency USD per Country India:
SPRO---->SAP Net weaver---->General Settings---->Set Countries--->Define
Countries in my SAP Systems
Select Positon Button
Country : IN ( India) → ENTER
Select IN Select Details Button
Language : EN Hard Currency: USD → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your Request.
Step 10 Define Currencies for Leading Ledger:
SPRO--->Financial Accounting(New)-->Financial Accounting Global Settings(New)
--->Ledger---->Ledger---->Define Currencies of Leading Ledger
Select Company Code: 1000
Select Copy As Button Change Company Code to : PSL
Select Save or Ctrl + S → ENTER to save in your Request.
Step 11 Define and Activate Non Leading Ledgers: Same Path
Ledger : J1 → ENTER
For Currency 2{C2}: 40 ( Select for USD) → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your Request.
Select Back Arrow
Ledger : J2 → ENTER
For Currency 2{C2}: 30 ( Select for GBP) → SAVE
→ ENTER to save in your Request.
Prepared by: Rao MH 182
END USER AREA:
Step 1. Posting to New General Ledger:
Accounting ---->Financial Accounting --->General Ledger---->Posting --->Enter
GL Posting for Ledger Group (TC=FB01L)
1st Doc. Doc. Dt: 15.08.09 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL
Ledger Group: Keep Blank (to Update all Ledgers)
Post Key: 40 A/c: 200105 → ENTER
Amount: 200000 Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: Equity Share Capital Receipt
Post.Key: 50 A/c: 100000 → ENTER
Amount: * Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: +
Menu----->Document----->Simulate & SAVE
2nd Doc. Doc. Dt: 15.08.09 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL
Ledger Group: J3
Post Key: 40 A/c: 200105 → ENTER
Amount: 100000 Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: Equity Share Capital Receipt
Post.Key: 50 A/c: 100000 → ENTER
Amount: * Buss.Area: PSLH
Text: +
Menu----->Document----->Simulate & SAVE
Prepared by: Rao MH 183
How to View the New Ledger:
Accounting ---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Accounting ---->
Display Balances ( New) (TC=FAGLB03)
A/c # 100000 ( Equity Share Capital)
Comp. Code: PSL
Fiscal Year: 2009 → EXECUTE (F8)
Double Click on Cumilative Balance 500000
How to View the Document:
Select Document Number Check Box
Select Display Document Button
Select Callup Document Overview Button
select Back Arrow 3 times
Select Choose Ledger Button
Change Ledger to J2 → ENTER → EXECUTE(F8)
Double Click on Cumilative Balance 200000
NOTE: IT IS ADVICED TO PRACTICE ECC 6.0 FEATURES AFTER COMPLEATING ALL
OTHER TOPICS AS THERE WILL BE SOME CONFIGURATION PROBLEMS.
END OF FINANCIALS
Prepared by: Rao MH 183

More Related Content

PDF
Sap fico-fi-notes
PDF
Sap Fico Configuration Material
PDF
Sap basis made easy
PDF
Sap step-by-step-navigation-guide-for-beginners
DOC
SAP FI Configuration guide and enduser manual
DOC
SAP FI Configuration guide and enduser manual
PPTX
SAP ERP Essential Training
PDF
fico_sample.pdf
Sap fico-fi-notes
Sap Fico Configuration Material
Sap basis made easy
Sap step-by-step-navigation-guide-for-beginners
SAP FI Configuration guide and enduser manual
SAP FI Configuration guide and enduser manual
SAP ERP Essential Training
fico_sample.pdf

Similar to SAP FICO-RAO FINAL.pdfthe ppt is every format is same format (20)

PDF
Chapter 1-hr-overview
PPTX
SAP GUI and Navigation - Quick Guide
PPTX
WELCOME_To_SAP_overview_Presentation.pptx
PPTX
WELCOME_To_SAP_overview_Presentation.pptx
PDF
Sap basis administration handbook
PPT
SAP Foundations and Navigation
PPTX
Sap navigation
PDF
Introduction to sap
PDF
Introduction to sap jaipur-30 july 2015
PDF
Sap basis made_easy321761331053730
PPTX
Introduction to SAP-Jaipur-30 July 2015.pptx
PPTX
WELCOME_To_SAP_overview_Presentation.pptx
PPTX
Dora ppt1
PPT
SAP_Basic_Navigation.ppt
PDF
Sap r3 basic_training_finance_en_v5
PDF
Sap manual
PPT
Sap S4 HANA PM Online training +918660816919
PDF
sap basis transaction codes
PPT
End users basic_navigation_for_hr-payroll-events_06-05-08
PDF
Sap mm sample
Chapter 1-hr-overview
SAP GUI and Navigation - Quick Guide
WELCOME_To_SAP_overview_Presentation.pptx
WELCOME_To_SAP_overview_Presentation.pptx
Sap basis administration handbook
SAP Foundations and Navigation
Sap navigation
Introduction to sap
Introduction to sap jaipur-30 july 2015
Sap basis made_easy321761331053730
Introduction to SAP-Jaipur-30 July 2015.pptx
WELCOME_To_SAP_overview_Presentation.pptx
Dora ppt1
SAP_Basic_Navigation.ppt
Sap r3 basic_training_finance_en_v5
Sap manual
Sap S4 HANA PM Online training +918660816919
sap basis transaction codes
End users basic_navigation_for_hr-payroll-events_06-05-08
Sap mm sample
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
IMMUNITY IMMUNITY refers to protection against infection, and the immune syst...
PDF
Physiotherapy_for_Respiratory_and_Cardiac_Problems WEBBER.pdf
PPTX
PPT- ENG7_QUARTER1_LESSON1_WEEK1. IMAGERY -DESCRIPTIONS pptx.pptx
PDF
FourierSeries-QuestionsWithAnswers(Part-A).pdf
PDF
grade 11-chemistry_fetena_net_5883.pdf teacher guide for all student
PPTX
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
PPTX
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
PPTX
Pharma ospi slides which help in ospi learning
PDF
01-Introduction-to-Information-Management.pdf
PDF
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
PDF
Sports Quiz easy sports quiz sports quiz
PDF
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
PPTX
Cell Structure & Organelles in detailed.
PDF
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ 4 KỸ NĂNG TIẾNG ANH 9 GLOBAL SUCCESS - CẢ NĂM - BÁM SÁT FORM Đ...
PDF
Module 4: Burden of Disease Tutorial Slides S2 2025
PDF
VCE English Exam - Section C Student Revision Booklet
PDF
RMMM.pdf make it easy to upload and study
PDF
O7-L3 Supply Chain Operations - ICLT Program
PPTX
PPH.pptx obstetrics and gynecology in nursing
PDF
2.FourierTransform-ShortQuestionswithAnswers.pdf
IMMUNITY IMMUNITY refers to protection against infection, and the immune syst...
Physiotherapy_for_Respiratory_and_Cardiac_Problems WEBBER.pdf
PPT- ENG7_QUARTER1_LESSON1_WEEK1. IMAGERY -DESCRIPTIONS pptx.pptx
FourierSeries-QuestionsWithAnswers(Part-A).pdf
grade 11-chemistry_fetena_net_5883.pdf teacher guide for all student
Final Presentation General Medicine 03-08-2024.pptx
Institutional Correction lecture only . . .
Pharma ospi slides which help in ospi learning
01-Introduction-to-Information-Management.pdf
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
Sports Quiz easy sports quiz sports quiz
ANTIBIOTICS.pptx.pdf………………… xxxxxxxxxxxxx
Cell Structure & Organelles in detailed.
BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ 4 KỸ NĂNG TIẾNG ANH 9 GLOBAL SUCCESS - CẢ NĂM - BÁM SÁT FORM Đ...
Module 4: Burden of Disease Tutorial Slides S2 2025
VCE English Exam - Section C Student Revision Booklet
RMMM.pdf make it easy to upload and study
O7-L3 Supply Chain Operations - ICLT Program
PPH.pptx obstetrics and gynecology in nursing
2.FourierTransform-ShortQuestionswithAnswers.pdf
Ad

SAP FICO-RAO FINAL.pdfthe ppt is every format is same format

  • 1. SAP -FI / CO Prepared by: Rao MH 1 Instructor : Mr. Satyanarayana Comp-u-Learn S.R.Nagar Hyderabad Prepared by : Rao M.H Satyanagar Hyderabad Mob: 90300 39225 raoemmh@gmail.com Prepared by: Rao MH 1
  • 2. SAP : stands for Systems Application and Products in Data Processing FI : stands for Financials CO: stands for Controlling i.e, in noraml terminology Costing First time SAP was released in 1972 in Germany. SAP Head Qauarters are in Germany. Version ECC-6.0 is the latest as on 01.07.2009 ECC : stands for ERP Central Component ERP : stands for Enterprise Resource Planning. It integrates all the systems in one system. It facilitates free flow of data among departments. Various Types of ERP Packages: SAP, Oracle-Financials,JD Edwards, BAAN, Peoplesoft are various types of ERP packages available in the Market. Among them SAP is Famous in the World. Opening of SAP : To open SAP click on the SAP Log on Icon on Desktop 800 Client SAP Logon | ECC | INTRODUCTION-FINANCIALS Prepared by: Rao MH 2 800 SAPUSER ( Not Case Sensitive) india123 (Case Sensitive) What is Client # ? PENNAR ( Purchaser) for Module WIPRO( Implementor) 1. Accounts Manager FICO 1) FI Consultant 2. Costing Manger FICO 2) CO Consultant 3. Purchase Manager MM 3) MM Consultant 4. Sales Manager SD 4) SD Consultant 5. IT Staff Implementation 5) Basis Consultant 6.Project Manager Oversee Project 6)ABAP Programmer 7) Project Manager UserName Password Normally when a Company ( ex., PENNAR) intends to start SAP in its Company, it purchases SAP software from SAP-India. Price of SAP software is based on the Number of Users. Once company purchased the software, it recruits / engage another Company (ex., WIPRO) for implementation purpose. Both the purchaser and implementor will delegate/ recruit some employees for implementation of SAP. They are called as Core Team Members. Structure of Core Team will be like below: Client Prepared by: Rao MH 2
  • 3. Core Team from Purchaser analyze the present situation in the Company and prepare the Process Document for SAP Implementation . Basis Consultant will install or copy the SAP in Server and Create the Client Numbers. There are Minimum 2 type of Clients will be created by Basis Consultant. 1. Development Client -----> for Customization & Testing purpose 2. Production Client -----> for Live Data i.e, entering day to day activities By default SAP-India is allotting 000 (or) 001 (or) 067 (or) 800 as Development Client # Number of Production Client will be given by Basis Consultant after Discussing with Purchaser. There will be Minimum of 2 Clients. Some companys are creating 3 clients. 1. Development Client ------> for Customization purpose 2. Testing Client ------> for Testing purpose 3. Production Client ------> for Live Data i.e, entering day to day activities After Basic Consultant done the Customization in Development Client , he copy it to Production Client. All the Customization will be done at Development Client only but not at Prodouction Client. USER NAME: As we discussed earlier, cost of the SAP is based on Number of Users. Major Benefit of Users is it fixes the responsibilty of the employee. Who has done what , can be identified. So the responsibility will be fixed on employees. User name is not case Sensitive. We can use either Small Letters or Capital Letters. PASSWORD: Benefit of Passwords are for restricting the Un-authorized use of Users. Prepared by: Rao MH 3 PASSWORD: Benefit of Passwords are for restricting the Un-authorized use of Users. Length of the Password can be Minimum 6 and Maximum 40 characters. It is case sensitive. We can use Alphabetics, Numerics, Alphanumerics or Special Characters like " * " or "#" etc., Note 1: It is not possible to change the password morethan once in a Day Note 2: System will not permit us to use the latest 5 passwords. Note 3: If we lost Password it can not be restored. Basis Consultant has to allot New Password. LANGUAGE: Along with package SAP has given 41 languages . If we do not specify the language, by default system will use English ( EN) as language Once we enter User Name and Password and press enter , system will log on to SAP. On Screen 1st Row ====> Menu Bar 2nd Row ====> Standard Tool Bar 3rd Row ====> Title Bar 4th Row ====> Application Tool Bar Last Row ====> Status Bar In 2nd Row there is √ . It is for Enter symbol. Beside+A954 There is one Box called Command field. Prepared by: Rao MH 3
  • 4. If, any one enter User Name and Password of which some other is logged in SAP system will warn with a message of 3 options. Action will be depending on the option we select. Status on Selecting Employee A Employee B Radio Button 1st Radio Button Cannot Work Can Work 2nd Radio Button ( Monitored by SAP-India) Can Work Can Work 3rd Radio Button Can Work Cannot Work Normally in institutes 2nd Radio Button has to select. If any user want to work on different screens at a single time, he can open upto a max of 6 windows or Sessions. WHAT IS SESSION : A session is a window or screen where SAP user will do day to day activities. One user can open 6 Sessions at a time. HOW TO CREATE NEW SESSION: To create new session path is Menu Bar---->System---->Create Session HOW TO MOVE FROM ONE SESSION TO ANOTHER: Press Alt+Tab to move from One session to another session easily Prepared by: Rao MH 4 HOW TO CLOSE SESSION: To close one session path is Menu Bar---->System---->End Session WHAT IS TRANSACTION CODE: Transaction Code is a code number given for each activity . SAP has given some Transaction Codes ( TC's ) which are common in SAP throught the world . If customer / Purchaser want to give their own TC's it should start either with "Y" or "Z". Other Alphabets are not allowed in SAP. Note: It is not advisable to give customer's own TC's as it is difficult to update whenever version is changed. GOING BACK TO SAP EASY ACCESS SCREEN: Use /N ( Forward Slash & N) in Command Window . N is not case sensitive. CHANGING SESSION ( WINDOW) Posting the Document ( F-02) A/c Balance Display ( FS10N) Prepared by: Rao MH 4
  • 5. After Posting the Document in F-02, to change the session and see the account balance display, instead of going back to Easy Access and press new code FS10N in command window, we can type" /NFS10N" to go directly to the new window of FS10N. If we want to change the session we have to give N before the New Command TC in Command Window. Use /OFS10N in command window for creating new session directly with New TC /N ----> for change the session and /O for Creating the session ACTIVATING TRASACTION CODES IN SAP MENU : Some times TC's will not appear in SAP Easy Access Menu. To activate them path is Menu Bar---->Extras---->Settings---->Display Technical Names Check Box and Press Enter How to Set Start Transaction Window: Making 1 session as default screen is called Start Transaction. To Set start transaction Menu Bar---->Extras---->Set Start Transaction---->Transaction Code (ex F-02)-->Enter We will get message T F-02 set as start Transaction. From next time onwards when ever SAP is logged in, F-02 session will open directly. How to Colse SAP : For closing SAP path Menu Bar---->System--->Log Off ----> YES for the message Log Off UNLOCKING SCREENS: Tools---->Administration---->Monitor---->Lock Entries(TC=SM12)---->List Buttons Prepared by: Rao MH 5 Tools---->Administration---->Monitor---->Lock Entries(TC=SM12)---->List Buttons Menu Bar---->Lock Entry---->Delet All---->Select "YES"Button for the message Delete All Lock Entries. PROJECT CREATION: Normal Organization Structure will be as follows Normal in SAP Example Group Company Pennar Group Company Comp Code Pennar Steel Pennar Pennar Ltd CementsLtd Ind. Ltd ↓ ↓ ↓ Units Business Areas HYD BGL HYD BGL HYD BGL Company Code is the Legal Entity. FICO Consultant will do customization at Company Code Level. Company /Group is only for information purpose. ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ Prepared by: Rao MH 5
  • 6. Consultant will do customization for one company code and copies the customization to including Accounting to other Company Codes and makes modification wherever required. CUSTOMIZATION OF PENNAR STEEL LTD:: Define Company( Group in Normal ): When project is started Group Company Name in SAP Company should be defined. Path for defining Company as in Example Project PENNAR . TOOLS---->CUSTOMIZING---->IMG(Implementation Guide)---->Execute Project (SPRO)--> SAP Reference IMG Button---->Enterprise Structure---->Definitions---->Financial Acc----> Define Company----> Select IMG Activity Button---->Select New Entries Button-----> Company → PENNAR Company Name → Pennar Group Street → Ameerpet Postal Code → 500000 City → Hyderabad Country → IN ( Select IN from Dropdown/ Pulldown Button for India) Language → EN ( Select EN from Dropdown/ Pulldown Button for English) Currency → INR ( Select INR from Dropdown/ Pulldown Prepared by: Rao MH 6 Currency → INR ( Select INR from Dropdown/ Pulldown Button for Indian Rupee) Select Save Button ( or) Ctrl + S Buttons for saving the Company Information. Once the Company information is saved, SAP will generate one Transport Request. Every time it saves 2 files. One in Client 800 and 2nd one in Transport Request with Key Number. For Example Project we create 6 requests like below. 1. Basic Settings 3. Accounts Payable 5. Asset Accounting 2. General Ledger 4. Accounts Receivable 6. Controlling Creating Request : Select create request Button Short Description: FI Basic Settings for Pennar Steels Ltd -----> press Enter again to save the request. We get message Data Saved. DEFINE COMPANY CODE (PENNAR STEELS LTD) SPRO---> to go directly to SAP Reference IMG Button. So whenever we are customizing , no need to give full path upto SPRO. We can give SPRO directly in command field to go directly to SAP reference IMG Button Screen. SPRO option will be activated only for Consultants . End User Job is without SPRO Option. So Path for defining the Company Code is as follows: Prepared by: Rao MH 6
  • 7. SPRO--->Enterprise Structure----> Definition ----> Financial Accounting---->Edit, Copy, Delete,Check Company Code( Select IMG Activity Button here)--->Double click on Edit Company Code Data---->Select New Entry Button ( Screen like below will open…) Company Code → PSL Company Name → PENNAR STEELS LIMITED Address → Ameerpet City → Hyderabad Country → IN Currency → INR Language → EN Select Save Button or CTRL + S for saving. Once Saved New Screen Will open. Title → Company Name → PENNAR STEELS LIMITED Street → Ameerpet PinCode → 500000 City → Hyderabad Country → IN Once Completed all the data, press Enter Button. System will generate Transport Request. To Choose our request select it from Drop Down Button. Beside Request# Select your request# .Press enter to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 7 request# .Press enter to save in your request. Assagin Company Code to Company:--> ( Creating Link between Company Code to Co) Path to assaign Company Code to Company SPRO---->Enterprise Structure---->Assaignment---->Financial Accounting---->Assaign Company Code to Company---->Select Position Button---->Give Company Code PSL and Presss Enter . For Company Code PSL Assaign Company----> Pennnar Steels Limited Select Save Button Press Enter to saving your request. DEFINE BUSINESS AREAS: SPRO---->Enterprise Structure---->Definition---->Financial Accounting---->Define Business Area--->Select New Entries Button----> New Window will open Business Area Description Select Save Button or CTRL+S . PSLH HYD.BUSINESS AREA Press Enter to sale your request PSLB BLG. BUSINESS AREA Assagining Business area to Company Code is not required. Reason is explained below. If company is having 2 business areas. 1 in Hyderabad and 2 in Banglore. PSC PCL Prepared by: Rao MH 7
  • 8. A.At the time of Posting : Company Code PSC PCL Business Area Hyd Hyd Without giving company code we cannot post to business areas. B. A/c Balance Display: After posting if we want to see Balance Display Company Code PSC PCL Business Area Hyd Hyd View Hyd Data of PSConly Hyd Data of PCLonly Same Business are can be used for number of Company Codes in Client 800. When we see the report or we want to see the report, we have to give the Combination of company code and business areas. If Hyderabad incharges wants to see Hyderabad data of all Company Codes , he has to enter like this. Company Code → PSL + PCL Business Area → HYD CHART OF ACCOUNTS Prepared by: Rao MH 8 There are two types for creating chart of accounts. OPTION 1:: PSL PCL PIL All Company Codes use same Chart of Accounts ( Set of Accounts in SAP Language) It means coding is Same for all Company Codes. Benefit of this option is Comparision of Acc and Consolidation is easy and Simple Ex: Conveyance Account 400000 400000 400000 OPTION 2 :: Each Company code have their own set of accoutns . They don’t want to follow the common coding and at the same time they want to compare and consolidate. Which is possible only by creating Group Chart of Accounts Ex: Conveyance Account 400000 300000 200000 Prepared by: Rao MH 8
  • 9. Under Group Chart of accounts At the time of Account creation PSL PCL PIL Group We have to give 2 numbers Ex: Conveyance Account 1. Company Code 400000 300000 200000 100000 2. Group Code 100000 100000 100000 Normally all companies will follow option 1 i.e, SAP SET OF ACCOUNTS as consultant will do Customization in 1 company and copy customization along with accounts to all Other Company Codes. It is Easy process. Process: Chart of Account Codes Description of Chart of Accounts Weather we are following option 1 or 2. Maintainence Language Length of account Number---> Normally SAP will allow Max of 10 Digits But we are using 6 digits only. PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger A/c----> GL Accounts----> Master Data---->Preparations---->Edit Chart of Accounts List( TC is OB13)----> Select New Entries Button----> Chart of Accounts → PSL Description → Chart of Accounts for Pennar Group Maintenance Language → EN ( Select from Drop Down Box) Prepared by: Rao MH 9 Maintenance Language → EN ( Select from Drop Down Box) Length of GL A/c # → 6 ( Max allowed in SAP is 10) Group Chart of A/c → Leave it Blank for Option 1 Select Save Button of CTRL+ S. Select your request and press enter to save your request. Assagining Company Code to Chart of Accounts: Same path for above ---> Assaign Company ( TC-OB62)----> Select Position Button ----> Company Code == PSL Press Enter Select Save Button or CTRL+S. Press Enter to Save your Request. Account Groups: If we create Account Codes without Groups like below: Equity Share Capital 100000 Cash Account 100001 Pref. Share Capital 100002 SBI Current A/c 100003 If we want to see the Current Assets Balances or Transactions of Current Assets, it is not possible to get directly without Group Creation. We have to verify each and every account and go on adding the respective accounts. In the above example, we have to add 100001 and 100003 which takes much time in practical. (OR) Prepared by: Rao MH 9
  • 10. When we prepare Balance Sheet, in the balance sheet we have items like Share Capital, Reserves & Surpluses, Fixed assets, Current Assets etc., We have to verify each and every account and assaign to the account to the respective item. To get the Balances directly or assaigning accounts to items easily, SAP has given Account Groups. Structure of Account Groups in SAP will be as under. At the time of Creating the groups in SAP we will give the range of account codes to groups. Ex: Share Capital 100000 to 100099 Current Assets 200000 to 200099 When we create Cash Account it can be with any number within Range of 200000 to 200099. When we create SBI C/A , it can be within 200000 to 200099. When we prepare Balance Sheet for Current assets, we give range 200000 to 200099. In Live Environment, we take the Client's Balance Sheet and Create Account Groups. After Implementation also Client wants to see the Balance Sheet the way he used to get. Coding for Account Groups: While creating account groups in SAP All Liability Accounts will Start With 1 Seris All Assets Accounts will Start With 2 Seris All Income Accounts will Start With 3 Seris Accounts ↓ Account Groups ↓ Chart of Accounts Prepared by: Rao MH 10 All Income Accounts will Start With 3 Seris All Expenses Accounts will Start With 4 Seris At the time of Posting Document for Expenses by user, he can search all the Expneses accounts by pressing *4 and select the required account from the list of Expenses Accounts. If he typed *4 , only Expenses Accounts List will display , not other groups. PATH: SPRO----->Financial Accounting---->GL Accounting---->GL Accounts---->Master Data---->Preparations---->Define A/c Group( Select IMG Activity Button) (TC=OBD4)---->Select New Entries Button ----> Chart of Acc. A/c Group Name From To LIABILITIES PSL SCPL Share Capital 100000 100099 PSL RSPL Reserves & Surpluses 100100 100199 PSL ACDN Acc. Depreciation 100200 100299 PSL SCLM Secured Loans 100300 100399 PSL UNSL Unsecured Loans 100400 100499 PSL CLPR Current Liabilities & Provisions 100500 100599 ASSETS PSL FAST Fixed Assets 200000 200099 PSL CAST Current Assets& Loans and Advances 200100 200199 Prepared by: Rao MH 10
  • 11. INCOMES PSL SALE Sales 300000 300099 PSL OTHR Other Income 300100 300199 PSL INCR Increase / Decrease in Stock 300200 300299 EXPENDITURES PSL RMEM Raw Material Consumption 400000 400099 PSL PRSN Personnel Cost ( Manpower) 400100 400199 PSL MFRG Manufacturing 400200 400299 PSL ADMN Administration 400300 400399 PSL INTR Interest 400400 400499 PSL DEPR Depreciation 400500 400599 Select Save Button or CTRL+S. Select your request and press enter to save your request. Reason for Selection of 6 Digits Coding: If we planned to use 4 digits coding to chart of accounts, it is difficult to create new groups in future. As we are assaiging 100 accounts to each group, if any group is completed with 100 accounts, it is difficult to create more group if the account digits is 4. If account group # is of 10 Digits, it is difficult to remember the account group. So we suggested / recommend to use 6 digits. Prepared by: Rao MH 11 If we created Account Groups for Liabilities upto 1599 ( as Liabilities will start with 1 series and coding is 4 digits) , We can not create morethan 4 another groups 1999-1599=400/100 ( as we are assaiging 100 accounts to each group) Suppose if we are using 6 digit number for group, we can create 199999-100599=99400/100 994 groups. SO WE SUGGESTED TO GO FOR 6 DIGIT ACCOUNT GROUPS. RETAINED EARNINGS ACCOUNT: In the Year End, all P& L A/c Balances to be transferred to Surplus in Reserves & Surplus ( Retained Earnings) Account. All Balance Sheet item balances to be carried forward to Next Year to the same accounts as Opening Balances. This step is required to do at the end of the year. But in SAP , it has made mandatory at the time of Implementation itself. The reason behind this is Consultant will not be available at the time of Closing the books of accounts for the year. System does not know which account balances to be transferred to "Surplus in Resreves & Surplus" Account and which account balances to be carryforward to next year as opening balances of the same account. We can specify any Account Number within the Range of Given for Reserves & Surplus i.e., 100100 to 100199. Generally we specicy A/c # 100100. When we start crating account the first account to be created is 100100, surplus in P&L Account. PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->GL Accounting---->GL Accounts---->Master Data---->Preparations---->Define Retained Earnings A/c ( TC=OB53) Prepared by: Rao MH 11
  • 12. Chart of A/c → PSL press Enter P& L A/c Statement Type A/c # X ( means selection) 100100 Select Save or CTRL + S It gives us a warning Message " A/c 100100 not created in chart of Accounts for PSL" Ignore the warning message and press Enter. It asks for request. Press Enter again to save the request. FISCAL YEAR Fiscal Year Variant Idian Companies April to March + 4 Special Periods V3 US Companies Jan to Dec + 4 Special Periods K4 Some Copanies follow July to June + 4 Specaial Periods V6 Oct to Sept + 4 Special Periods V9 If Fiscal Year period is from April '08 to March '09, in SAP it is called as Fiscal Year 2008 If Fiscal Year period is from July 2008 to June 2009, in SAP it is called as Fiscal Year 2008 If Fiscal Year period is from Oct 2008 to Sept 2009, in SAP it is called as Fiscal Year 2009 Logic behind this is besed on Numbe of Months covered in Next Calender Year. If in next if Companies in Fiscal Year Period Prepared by: Rao MH 12 Logic behind this is besed on Numbe of Months covered in Next Calender Year. If in next Calender Year Period is above 6 months , call it as Next Year , otherwise call with the same year. So , in above example No.of Months in Period 2008 2009 SAP Year ( Fisc.Year) April 08 to March 09 9 3 2008 July 08 to June 09 6 6 2008 Oct 08 to Sept 09 3 9 2009 What are Special Periods: For Fiscal Year 2008 i.e, Accounting period from April 2008 to March 2009, March 2009 will be the last Month. In SAP it has 4 special periods for MARCH 09 Month No. in FY April 1 } March 12 } March 13 } March 14 } March 15 } March 16 } Specail periods are part of last period in that Fiscal Year. In this example March 2009. USAGE OF SPECIAL PERIODS IS OPTIONAL Normal Periods 4 Special Periods Prepared by: Rao MH 12
  • 13. WHY SPECIAL PERIODS REQUIRED: Why SAP has allowed Special period is explained below with the example. Date Status of Accounting on 20.03.09 Accounts department released profitability upto the Feb'09 to the Mgt. Figures upto Feb'09 can not be changed as profitability is finalised upto Feb 09. In that sence, We open period for March 2009 to March 2009 for data entry purpose so as to not to change the previous data by any one. So End user can entere transactions only for the month of March 2009. for Opening March 2009 to March 2009 means open period is 12.2008 to 12.2008 on 30.03.09 New accounting year April 2009 to March 2010 ( Fisc. Year 2009) will start after 2 days. So to open the period for Fisc.Year 2009, we have to open period from March 2009 to March 2010 as , for Fisc. Year 2008 B/S is not finalised and still some entries have to make for March 2009. So period to open would be 12.2008 to 12.2009 on 16.04.09 Accounts Department has closed the Balance Sheet and declared Profitability for the Fisc. Year 2008 to the Management. Management has suggested to make some adjustments for which adjustment entries hast to be passed by A/c Dept. This Adjustments may be for increase / Prepared by: Rao MH 13 hast to be passed by A/c Dept. This Adjustments may be for increase / decrease the profitability. on 05.05.09 Accounts Dept made passed adjustment entries as suggested by the Management . Data entered on 05.05.09 but posting dated will be 31.03.09 so as to updated the 2008 Fisc. Year ledgers. on 12.05.09 Audit has completed and Auditors suggested to make Rectification Entries. These rectification entries were done on 12.05.09 but the posting date will be 31.03.09 so as to update the Fisc.Year 2008 ledgers. On 10.07.09 If Management wants to see the Profitability finalized by the Accounts Department, it is not possible to see as subsequently adjustment entries were made as suggested by the Management and Rectification Entries were made as suggested by the Auditors. All the data was changed. TO OVERCOME THIS PROBLEM SAP HAS GIVEN 4 SPECIAL PERIODS WHICH ARE PART OF THE LAST PERIOD OF THAT PARTICULAR FISCAL YEAR. Prepared by: Rao MH 13
  • 14. HOW SPECIAL PERIODS WILL BE USEFUL: Entries made upto the Profitability of Accounts Department will be posted upto period 12. Entries made for Management Adjustements will be in the period 13. Entries made for Auditors Rectifictions will be in the period 14. When we want to see the Report: Report we view From To 1 12 Profitability finalized by Accounts Department 1 13 Profitability suggested by Management 1 14 Profitability finalized by the Auditors 14 14 To see the list of Rectification Entries suggested by Auditors How to Convert Calender Year to Accounting Year Periods: SAP by default Know only Calender Year ( Jan - Dec) as Accounting Year ( Fiscal Year) Below is the process to convert the Calender year to Accounting Year. Conversion for A/c Year from Apr 2009 to March 2010 ( Fisc. Year 2009) Month Days Period in Year Shift SAP Jan 1 31 10 -1 For Accounting Year 2009-2010, Period Prepared by: Rao MH 14 Jan 1 31 10 -1 For Accounting Year 2009-2010, Feb 2 29 11 -1 April will be the 1st Month Mar 3 31 12 -1 For April Calender year =2009 Apr 4 30 1 0 For April Fiscal Year = 2009 May 5 31 2 0 So, Year Shift is "0" ( 2009-2009) June 6 30 3 0 July 7 31 4 0 But for Jan to March , Cal Year =2010 August 8 31 5 0 Fiscal Year = 2009 Sept 9 30 6 0 So, Year Shift = "-1" ( 2009-2010) Oct 10 31 7 0 When we post document for Jan-2010 Nov 11 30 8 0 it should updated the FY. 2009 ledger Dec 12 31 9 0 But not the 2010, so Year shift= -1. Prepared by: Rao MH 14
  • 15. Scenario -II Conversion for A/c Year from Oct 2009 to Sept 2010 ( Fisc. Year 2010) Month Days Period in Year Shift SAP Jan 1 31 4 0 For Accounting Year 2009-2010, Feb 2 29 5 0 Oct will be the 1st Month Mar 3 31 6 0 For Oct Calender year =2009 Apr 4 30 7 0 For Oct Fiscal Year = 2010 May 5 31 8 0 So, Year Shift is "+1" ( 2010-2009) June 6 30 9 0 July 7 31 10 0 But for Jan to Sept , Cal Year =2010 August 8 31 11 0 Fiscal Year = 2010 Sept 9 30 12 0 So, Year Shift = "0" ( 2010-2010) Oct 10 31 1 +1 When we post document for Jan-2010 Nov 11 30 2 +1 it should updated the FY. 2010 ledger Dec 12 31 3 +1 But not the 2009, so Year shift= 0. PATH FOR FISCAL YEAR CONVERSION:: SPRO---->Financial Accountin---->Fin. A/c Global Setting---->Fiscal Year----> Maitain Fiscal Year Variant( Maintain Shortend Fiscal Year TC=OB29)----> Select Position Button Fiscal Year Variant =V3 Press Enter Double Click on Period Folder. It will display default Window, If we want to Prepared by: Rao MH 15 Double Click on Period Folder. It will display default Window, If we want to Create our own Variant Pess on New Entries Button FV Description 1A April to March + 4 special Periods---> Deselect Year Dependent--Deselect Calender Year Check Box----> No of Posting Periods =12 ----> No of Spl. Periods =4 Select Save Button or CTRL+S Select F.Year Variant as 1A. Double click on Periods folder---> Select New Entries Month Days Period in Year Shift Press Save Button SAP Jan 1 31 10 -1 Feb 2 29 11 -1 Mar 3 31 12 -1 Apr 4 30 1 0 May 5 31 2 0 June 6 30 3 0 July 7 31 4 0 August 8 31 5 0 Sept 9 30 6 0 Oct 10 31 7 0 Nov 11 30 8 0 Dec 12 31 9 0 Prepared by: Rao MH 15
  • 16. Why to De-select Year Dependent Check Box: If we select the Year Dependent Check Box, at the time of Saving , SAP will ask for Which Fiscal Year. If we gave 2009 as FY, Conversion is applicable to that FY only. We have to do the Same process of Conversion for each and every year. If we de select, converion is applicable to all the years. Why to De-select Calender Year Check Box: If we select this check box, System will consider January as Period 1 in the Fiscal Year and April will be as 4th period. But we require April will be treated as 1st period and January will be 10th in Periods. Assaigning Company Codes to Fiscal Year Variant: PATH: Same path as above ( TC=OB37) Select Position Button Company Code → PSL Press Enter Company Code Fiscal Year Variant PSL V3 or 1A Select Save Button and Press Enter to Save your request POSTING PERIODS: Here we define , which periods are to be open for posting purpose. In all other Softwares, Closing of the period is there. Once we selected closing the periods, end user cannot enter any documents before to that period. But in SAP Open period is Prepared by: Rao MH 16 end user cannot enter any documents before to that period. But in SAP Open period is there. If we open period for entering documents, the periods before to that and after that periods, end user is not able to enter any document. Once we open the period, automatically other periods will be closed. We can enter any document between the dates of the open periods only. Fro example, if we declared profitability upto June'09 and we want to open periods from July '09 to March'2010. In SAP we call it as 4.2009 to 12.2009. For Opening and Closing of periods we have 2 options in SAP which is explained below Prepared by: Rao MH 16
  • 17. Options PSL PCL PIL Option 1. All the Company codes will open and close periods at the same time and same period there are 3 steps in opeing & closing of periods. A) Define Posting Period Variant "X" to PP Variant option B) Assaign Company code to X to PSL X to PCL X to PIL PP Variant C) Define Open and Closing periods for Variant Practically this option is not possible as all the company codes are not able to close books at the same time. For that purpose SAP has given Option # 2. PSL PCL PIL Option 2 A) Define Posting Period Variant to PP Variant option X Y Z B) Assaign Company code to X to PSL Y to PCL Z to PIL Company Codes Prepared by: Rao MH 17 B) Assaign Company code to X to PSL Y to PCL Z to PIL PP Variant C) Define Open and Closing periods for Variant For "X"-- July'09 to March'10 4.2009 to 12.2009 For "Y"-- Apr'09 to March'10 1.2009 to 12.2009 For "Z"-- June'09 to July'09 3.2009 to 4.2009 Defining Posting Period Variant: PATH: SPRO--->Financial Accounting--->Fin A/c Global Settings--->Document Posting Periods---> Define Variants Open posting periods----> Select New Entries Button Variant PSL Posting Period Variant for PSL Select Save Button or CTRL+S Press Enter to save your request. Name Prepared by: Rao MH 17
  • 18. Assaigning Posting Period Variant to Company Code: Path: Same as above- (Next step) and Select Position Button Company Code PSL Press Enter CoC Company Name City Variant PSL Pennar Steels Ltd Hyd PSL ( Assaign) Select Save or CTRL+S Press Enter to save your request. Open and Close Posting Periods: Same Path ----> Select New Entries Button Variant A/c From To From Year To Year From Year Type A/c A/c Period1 Period 1 Period2 PSL + Valid Keep it Keep it 4 2009 12 2009 12 2008 to all A/c Blank Blank Tyes To Year AU Group ( Authorization Group) Period 2 12 2008 Keep it Blank Prepared by: Rao MH 18 Blank Press Save and Enter to save your request. After declaring results upto June'09 to the managemen. We want to open period from July'09 to March'10. We also want to open for March'09 as Audit is not completed. In this scenario SAP has given 2 Options. From Period 1 which is MANDATORY IN SAP July-2009 to March 2009 4.2009 to 12.2009 From Period 2 Which is OPTIONAL IN SAP March-2009 to March-2009 12.2008 to 12.2008 At the time of Opening Posting Periods , Authorisation Group is kept as Blank. When June Profitability is declared period to be open will be July'09 to March'2010. After July'09 profitability Period to be open will be Aug'09 to March'10. So Opening and Closing of periods Screen is regularly used in SAP. As this screen is widely used, SAP has given the access of this screen at the End User level also. It may be Misused by End User. To resctrict the misuse Authorization Group is Helpful. Basis Consultant will create Authorization Group Say "X" and assaign user ID's say Manager Dy.Manager of Accounts to this Group. Hence these 2 people only can access the screen and make changes in opening periods. Prepared by: Rao MH 18
  • 19. Path for Posting Periods Entry at End User Area: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Environment----> Current Settings---->Open & Close Posting Periods(TC= S_ALR_87003642) Select Position Button Posting Period Variant------> PSL Press Enter to save. DOCUMENT TYPES AND NUMBER RANGE: In Normal Accounting all entries are made by Accounts Persons. So Voucher Number will be contineous. in SAP Store Person A/c Person Sales Person at Factory at City Office at Branch Purchase Voucher 1 Payment Voucher 2 Sales Voucher 3 Receipt Voucher 4 In the above example , Voucher Number is contineously coming for all the departments. So, which document raised in Which Department or How many Documents raised in One Department is not able to get. To Get document number contineously SAP has given Document Types Prepared by: Rao MH 19 Document Type RE SA RV (Purchase) (Gen.Ledger) (Sales) ↓ ↓ ↓ Number Range 02 01 03 ↓ ↓ ↓ Number Range Interval 100001 to 1 to 200001 200000 100000 300000 If we give the Document Numbe Range like above, we will get Document Number Contineously in Department wise. So, by seeing the Document number itself we can say in which department the Document is generated. If in any year, 100000 documents are consumed for SA, System will warn with Error Message when we post a new document of SA. At that time we have to give available Number range to the Number Range Interval. In the above example , availabel Numbe is from 300001 to 400000 PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Financial Accounting Global Settings----> Document----> Document Header---->Define Document Types ( Select IMG activity Button TC=OBA7). Select Position Button. Document Type---------> SA Press Enter Prepared by: Rao MH 19
  • 20. Select Details Button ( Ctrl+Shift+F2) Select Number Range----> 01 Select Number Range Information Button ↓ Company Code -------> PSL Select Change Interval Button →→ Select Interval Button Number Range →→ 01 Year →→ 2009 From Number →→ 1 To Number →→ 100000 Current Number →→ 0 External Chk Box →→ De select it Press Enter Select Save or CTRL+S Ignore Warning Message Press Enter Number Range Interval cannot be transported to Production Client . Reasons:- 1. Consultant is outsider. He does not know how many Docs. are required for each type. 2. All the Deparment pepole want to have the number range from 1 to 100000 which is not possible in practical. IN live environment before going to live Production Clients all Department Heads will sit together and decide the Document Numbering. What ever we have given in Client 800 are applicable only for Development Client for testing Prepared by: Rao MH 20 What ever we have given in Client 800 are applicable only for Development Client for testing of documents. Why to De-select External Check Box: If we select the External Check Box, at the time of Posting end user has to give the Document Number manually. If we deselct, System will generate Numbering automatically. For Documents Numbering SAP has given 2 Options. Option 1 Option 2 Year Specific Numbers used 01-2008-1-100000 49000 01-9999-1-100000 50000 01-2009-1-100000 1000 Posting the Document:: A) Entry Date 11.07.2009 Posting Date 11.07.2009 Document Number 1001 50001 B) Entry Date 11.07.2009 Posting Date 31.03.2009 Document Number 49001 50002 Numbers used Year Specific Prepared by: Rao MH 20
  • 21. In Option 1, last number in 2008 is 49000 and in 2009 is 1000. When we posted document on 11.07.2009 for the date of Posting 11.07.2009 ( FY2009) New Document Number will be 1001. If we post the document on 11.07.2009 for Posting Date 31.03.2009, New document number will be the next number of last years last number i.e, 49001 only, but not 1001. In option number 2, Contineous numbering is there ,whenever we posted the document and for which Fiscal Year It may relate to . So , in practical, it is difficult to maintain which document relates to which Fiscal Year. Hence Most of Companies will choose OPTION-1. FIELD STATUS VARIANT AND FIELD STATUS GROUPS: At the time of Posting in all Screens, we get around 70 Fields for Debit and 70 for Credit. so For any Document we have Debit 70 Fields Credit 70 Fields Total 140 Fields If we start entering all the 140 fields , it takes so much time to post a document. So SAP has given a chance to make any field Suppress (or) Required (or) Optional When We select Supress →→ Field will not be visible on Screen at the tiem of Posting When We select Required →→ Field will appear with ? Or √ Mark. Without entering data in the field , we can not go to next field. Prepared by: Rao MH 21 When We select Optional →→ Field will appear on Screen, but it is our choice to enter the data or not Field selection is not commone to all accounts. It varies Account to Account. So For Purchase accounts/ Sales Accounts Field "Qty" is required but Not for Equity Share Capital Account. If we have 1000 Accounts in Chart of accounts, We have to create 1000 Scenarios for each account separately. This is very difficult in Practical. To overcome this problem, SAP has given Shortcut method called " Field Status Group" A) For Field Status Groups we specify which field is Required/Optional/Suppress. B) Field Status Groups will be created under Field Status Variant ( F St.V) and Field Status Variant will be assaigned to Company Codes. C) In Account Creation we specify Field Status Group D) At the time of Posting, when user give the Account #, the Screen will appear based on Field Selection to the Field Status Group which is specified in Account. SAP has given 4 Common Groups. 1. General 2. Material Accounts 3. Bank Accounts 4. Cost Accounts Prepared by: Rao MH 21
  • 22. Accounts Field St.Group Field Supress Required Optional Sales/ Purchase Material A/c Qty -- √ -- Equity Share Capital General Qty √ -- -- As an Example we are going to Create Accounts and Post:- Cash Account Dr. ↓ ↓ Equity Share Capital A/c Cr. ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ Bank Accounts General Accounts ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ Text Business Value Text Business Field Area Date Field Area For the above acounts , we make the above fields are as Compulsory ( REQUIRED) wether client inform to make them compulsory or not . Other fields are based on client information. PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Financial A/c. Global Settings---->Document--> Line Item---->Control---->Define Field Status Variants Prepared by: Rao MH 22 Line Item---->Control---->Define Field Status Variants Select Field Status Variant===> 1000 IDSE Group----> Select Copy As Button ( F6) ↓ Change the Field Status Variant to "PSL" ↓ Change the Field Status Name to " Field Status Variant for PSL". Press Enter ↓ Select Copy all Button to copy all 47 Groups ↓ We will get a Message No. of Dependent Entries Copied 47 Enter Press Save Button or CTRL+S----> Press Enter to save our Request. Select FstV= PSL Double Click on --> Field Status Group Folder Double Click on FstGroup=G001----> General ( With Text, allocation) ↓ Double Click on "General Data" Make " Text" Field as Required Entry. Select Next Group Button on Left Top ( Shift+F6) Select Next Page or Pagedown Button 2 times ↓ Mark "Business Area" as "Required Entry filed. ----> Select Save Button. Prepared by: Rao MH 22
  • 23. Double Click on FstGroup G005= Bank Account(Obligatory, Value Date) Double Click on General Data----> Make Text as Required Entry Select Next Group Button Select Next Page Button or Page Down 2 times Mark Business Area as Required Entry Fieled. Select Next Group Button 2 times Mark Value Date as Requried Entry Field Select Save or CTRL+S Value Date means Effective Date. Suppose if we took a Loan from IDBI on 11.07.09 Cheque Date of IDBI is 11.07.2009. On 13.07.2009 we are postin the document and depositing the cheque in Bank. At the time of Posting Document Date-------> 13.07.09 Once date is entered in Document Dated Posting Date-----------> 13.07.09 and Posting Dated column, it can not be Modifiable. We have to reverse the entry only. IDBI Calculate Interest from 11.07.2009, whereas SAP will calculate interest from 13.07.2009 as posting date is 13.07.2009. So In interest amount , there will be a differene between IDBI and Systems calculation. To overcome this problem, SAP has given Effective Date i.e, Value Date ( in SAP Terminalogy) . IF we select the Value Date option Compulsory and enter it at the time of posting. SAP will calculate interest from Value Date entry. Value date can be modifiable if Prepared by: Rao MH 23 calculate interest from Value Date entry. Value date can be modifiable if necessary but not Document Date or Posting Date. Assaign Filed Status Variant to Company Code: Same Path ----> Select Position Button ----> Company Code-->PSL (Next Step to Last Path) FstV For Company Code PSL PSL Press Save and Press Enter to Save in ur Request Assaign Sales Tax Procedure: in Financials we are going to Cover 1. General Ledger 2. A/c Payable 3. A/c Receivables 4. Asset A/c Sale Tax is required for Both Accounts Payable and Accounts Receivbale. But system will not allow to enter any transactions in India ( for Country Code IN) withou Sales Tax Procedures even for General Accounts. So, we assaign some Tax Procedure which is available in system temporarily. Afterwards, when we go for Accounts Payable , or Receivable we make our own Tax Procedures. For Country IN--> Assaign Tax Procedure TaxUS( Sales Tax USA) or TaxINN (Sales Tax India)---> as Temporary assaignment. Prepared by: Rao MH 23
  • 24. PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Financial A/c Global Settings---->Tax on Sales/ Purchases---->Basic Settings---->Assaign Country to Calculation Procedure----> Select Position Button Country----> IN Press Enter For Counry IN Assaign Procedure ----> TaxUS-Sales Tax Select Save Button or CTRL+S. Press Enter to save in your request. TOLERANCE GROUPS: SAP has given 2 types of Tolerance Groups 1. General Ledger Account Tolerance 2. Employee Tolerance General Ledger Account Tolerance is mandatory in SAP which is applicable in Receipts & Payments. Before understanding Tolerance Groups, we need to know about "Open Item Management". OPEN ITEM MANAGEMENT: This is used for Vendors/ Customers/Balance Sheet Items where Clearing is Required. Suppose by the Month end 31.07.2009 we have to pay Salaries 500000 Wages 400000 Rent 25000 Entry for Payable amounts: Salaries A/c 500000 Prepared by: Rao MH 24 Salaries A/c 500000 Wages A/c 400000 Rent A/c 25000 To Outstanding Expeneses A/c 925000 If we see the account in the Month End,we will have Number of Credit items and Number of Debit Items. We don’t know which item is pending and How much is Pending. IN SAP, if we select Open Item Management, at the time of payment , system will ask against which item the payment is made. When we specify the payment is made against Rent that item will be cleared upto the extent we paid. If we paid 25000 against Rent A/c , We can see accounts in 3 ways. A) Open Items Payable Amounts Salaries and Wages in Example B) Cleared Items Paid Amounts Rent and Bank Accounts in Example C) All Items Payable + Paid Once we selected Open Item Management, we can see Bill Wise Payable of Vendors, Billwise Receivbales of Customers. As discussed earlier, SAP has given Tolerance Groups. Tolerance means Pament Diffrence. It can be " Amount Tolerance" to "Percentage Tolerance". It can be Debit or Credit Prepared by: Rao MH 24
  • 25. We create Tolerance for Tolerance Groups Tolerance Amount Percentage Group Tolerance Tolerance A 100 B 2% C 0 0 1. Create Tolerance group and give the tolerance amount or Percentage or both 2. Tolerance group will be specified in General Ledger A/c. Ex: Salaries 500000 Wages 400000 Outstanding Expneses as on 31.07.09 Rent 25000 Commission 100005 IN General Ledger a/c for Outstanding Expenses account we have specified Tolerance Group " A". When we make payment of 100000 to Commission , System check Howmuch is payable 100005 Howmuch is Paid 100000 Difference 5 If the difference amount is withing the Tolerance Group Amount ( 100 Rs for "A" Tolerance) Prepared by: Rao MH 25 If the difference amount is withing the Tolerance Group Amount ( 100 Rs for "A" Tolerance) The difference will be transferred to Sundry Balances Written off account and clear the Item-Commission automatically. Dis-advantages of Tolerance System: 1. Tolerance group is given at A/c Level and not at Transactions Level. 2. No Flexibility in Tolerance Groups. If the Tolerance amount is within the Tolerence Group Limit, system will automatically transfer the Difference amount to Sundry Balances Written Off account. It should ask the end user before Transferring. In Live Environment, we use Tolerance Group "C" in which Tolerance amount and Tolerance Percentage both are ZERO. If we specify Tolerance Amount (or) Tolerance Percentage as ZERO, system will show the balance "5" as Outstanding in Account. It the Customer or Enduser decision to Pay or not to Pay. If we want to Pay Rs. 5------> we show 100000 paid as part payment and balance show as outstanding amount. If we don’t want to pay Rs.5 -----> Transfer this amount to Sundry Balances Written off A/c and clear Tranaction. Say we have 1000 General Ledger A/c , 1000 Vendors and 1000 Customers. In all Accounts we have to assaign Tolerance Group "C" which is highly difficult. So we keep Tolerance Group as Blank and Amount "ZERO" Prepared by: Rao MH 25
  • 26. For Company Tolerance Tolerance Tolerance Code Group Amount Percentage PSL Blank "0" "0" When we create the account, Tolerance Group will be " Blank". System expects we have created Blank Tolerance Group and Assaigned in the Account. PATH: SPRO----->Financial Accounting----->General Ledger accounts---->Business Transactions---->Open Item Clearing---->Clearing Differences---->Define Tolerance Group for GL A/c----> Select New Entries Button. Company Code PSL Tolerance Group Blank Description Tolerance Group for PSL Debit Posting "0" Debit % "0" Credit Posting "0" Credit % "0" Select "Save" (or) CTRL+S Prese Enter to Save in your Request. TOLERANCE GROUP FOR EMPLOYEES: Mainly, Tolerance Group for Employees is to restrict/control the users for posting the documents. Here, we give userwise upperlimit for posting. We can create Maximum Limit Prepared by: Rao MH 26 documents. Here, we give userwise upperlimit for posting. We can create Maximum Limit for Tolerance group. A B Max Amount per Document 100000 1000000 Max Amount per Open Item 100000 1000000 Max Cash Discount 0 5 Max Payment Difference Allowed 0 0 If we have 1000 users we have to create 1000 Scenarios. So SAP has given short cut to Tolerance as Groups. We create 3 Groups "A", "B" & "C" and assaign to Users. If we have following people in Accounts Dept we can assaign Tolerance Groups to them like 1. Cashier in City Office A In Live Environment ( or) in Training 2. Cashier at Factory A Institutes, We keep Tolerance Group as 3. Cashier at Branch A Blank as Number of Students will logon 4. Accountant- 1 A with Same Username. If we have given 5. Accountant -2 A one Tolerance Group to One Company 6. Dy. Manager Accounts B Code, we have to give same Group to all 7. Manager Accounts B Comp. Codes as , Tolerance Group works 8. General Manager-Acc C at User ID level but not for Company Code 10000000 10 10000000 0 Tolerance Groups Particulars C Employee Designation Tolerance Group Prepared by: Rao MH 26
  • 27. PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger Accounting---->Business Transactions---->Open Item Clearing---->Clearing Differences--->Define Tolerance Group for Employees----> Select Position Button Select New Entries Button Group Select Save Button (or) Company Code CTRL + S Currency Press Enter to save your Amount Per Document request Amount per Open Item A/c Cash Discount per Line Item 10 % Permitted Payment Differene Enter Global Parameters: Path: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Company Code----> Enter Global Parameters----> Select Position Button Company Code-----> PSL Select Company Code PSL Select Details(F2) Button. Select Business Area Financial Statement √ Select Propose Fiscal Year √ Define Default Value Date √ Keep Blank INR 9999999999 Keep Blank PSL 9999999999 Prepared by: Rao MH 27 Define Default Value Date √ Negative Postings Permitted √ Additional Data Button Click TDS Number PSL123456C PAN Number PSL654321P Select Back arrow and Save. Press Enter to save ur request. ***************End of Basic Settings Section****************** Prepared by: Rao MH 27
  • 28. Following are the steps to follow for compleating the Basic Settings in Financials Step # TC 1 Define Company ( In normal terminology-Group) /NOX15 2 Define Company Code ( in normal terminalogy Company in Group) /NOX02 3 Assaign Company to Company Code /NOX16 4 Define Business Area /NOX03 5 Define Chart of Accounts OB13 6 Assaign Company Code to Chart of Accounts OB62 7 Define Account Groups with Number Ranges OBD4 8 Define Retained Earning Account OB53 9 Define Fiscal Year Variant with Fiscal Year Conversion OB29 10 Assaign Company Code to Fiscal Year Variant OB37 11 Define Posting Period Variant SPRO 12 Assaign company Code to Posting Period Variant SPRO 13 Define Open and Close Posting Periods SPRO 14 Define Document Types and Number Range OBA7 15 Define Field Status Variant SPRO 16 Assaign Company Code to Field Status Variant SPRO 17 Assaign Company Code to Sales Tax Procedure SPRO 18 Define Tolerance Groups SPRO 19 Assaign Company Code to Tolerance Groups SPRO IMPORTANT STEPS IN BASIC SETTINGS Action to be Done Prepared by: Rao MH 28 19 Assaign Company Code to Tolerance Groups SPRO 20 Check the Global Parameters of Company Code and Enter SPRO TDS and PAN Numbers Prepared by: Rao MH 28
  • 29. GENERAL LEDGER CONCEPTS: HOW TO CREATE GENERAL LEDGER MASTERS : We can create Chart of Accounts at A) Chart of Accounts Level B) At Company Code Level C) Centrally At Chrt of A/c Level At Company Code Centrally Level 1. Account Number 1. A/c Currency All Fields of 2. Account Group 2. Only Balance in Local Cht. ofA/c + 3. Company Code Currency Company Code Level 4. Wether it is P& L A/c 3. Tolerance Group are available in 5. Wether it is B/S Item 4. Line Item Display Centrally Area 6. Description 5. Open Item Management A) Short Text - Max 20 Char 6. Sork Key B) Long Text- Max 50 Char 7. Field Status Group A/c to be Created : Range 1. Surplus in P& L Account under Reserves and Surplus Group 100100 to 100199 2. Eqity Share Capital A/c Under Share Capital Group 100000 to 100099 3. Cash A/c Under Current Assets, Loans & Advances Group 200100 to 200199 Prepared by: Rao MH 29 3. Cash A/c Under Current Assets, Loans & Advances Group 200100 to 200199 1ST STEP: Checking the A/c Groups to see the A/c Numbers to allot PATH: SPRO----->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger Accounting-----> General Ledger Accounts----> Master Data---->Preparations----> Define A/c Groups ( TC=OBD4) Select Position Button Chart of Accounts PSL 2nd STEP: Creation of General Ledger Masters: PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Maser Records---->GL A/c---->Individual Processing---->Centrally(TC=FS00) General Ledger Account 100100 Company Code PSL From Menu Select ----> Create General Ledger account Create Accoun Group---->Select Reserves & Surplus Short Text Will appear at the time of Select Balance Sheet Account Radio Button Document Display Short Text----> Surplus in P& L A/c Long Text will appear at the time of Long Text----> Surplu in P& L A/c for PSL Ledger Display Prepared by: Rao MH 29
  • 30. Select Control Data tab Select Only Balances in Local Currency Chk Box Tolerance Group Keep it Blank Line Item Display √ Sort Key 001 ON Posting Date Select Create/Bank/Interest tab Field Status Group G001 for General Select Save or CTRL+S For Creating 2nd Account ----> Equity Share Captial ( A/c # 100100) GL A/c 100100 Company Code PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c 100100 Company Code PSL Press Enter Select Type/Descripton Tab Change A/c Group to Share Capital Short Text Equity Share Capital Long Text Equity Share Capital of PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 30 Long Text Equity Share Capital of PSL Other Fields are Common so Select Save Button or Ctrl+S 3rd A/c GL A/c Number 200100 Company Code PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c 100100 Copty this Acc to New A/c Company Code PSL Press Enter Select Type/Descripton Tab Change A/c Group to →→ Current Assets Loand & Adv Short Text →→ Cash Account Long Text →→ Cash Account of PSL Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab Button Field sTatus Group →→ Change to G005 Select Relevant Cash flow →→ √ Other Fields are Common so Select Save Button or Ctrl+S How to view the Accounts Created: Select Dropdown button beside GL A/c , we will get match code. Give Company Code PSL It shows List of Accounts Created under PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 30
  • 31. POSTING OF TRANSACTIONS: Path: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger Accounting ----> Posting--->General Posting(TC=F02) On screen we get a window For Posting Document Document Date: Normally Document Date and Posting Date will be same. IN case of Purchases i.e., Document Date will be the Party's Bill Date. For Date we can enter like 16.07.2009 ( or ) Press F4 to get the calendar and select the date (or) press F2 for current date. Posting Date: Posting Date comes automatically from Server. Ledger update will be based on Posting Date. Period comes automatically based on the date of posting. Document Number: IN Document Types and No Ranges we deselected Ext. Chk Box. So Document Number will come automatically after saving the document. If Ext. Chk Box is selected Document Number should be given by User. Reference : Party Bill Numbe in case of Purchases. Document Date 16.07.09 Type SA Comp. Code PSL Posting Date 16.07.09 Currency INR Prepared by: Rao MH 31 Posting Date 16.07.09 Currency INR SAP has given to differentiate between Debit and Credit 2 Different Posting Keys. Posting Key 40 for G/L Debit Posting Key 50 for G/L Credit for Debit : Select Position Key 40 A/c # 200100 Press Enter Amount 400000 INR Business Area PSLH Text Equity Share Capital Receipt for Credit : Select Position Key 50 A/c # 100000 Press Enter Amount * INR for Copying amount from Business Area PSLH Debit entry Text + To get the last Text Entry Prepared by: Rao MH 31
  • 32. From Menu---->Document--->Simulate(Shift+F9) to post the Document Debit amount willl be posted without any Symbol Credit Amount will be posted with "- " Symbol Select Save or Ctrl+S. We will get a message "Document 1 was posted in Company Code PSL" Note: IN ONE DOCUMENT WE CAN POST 999 LINE ITEMS How to View the Latest Posted Document: Menu---->Document---->Display---->Select Display Document Header(F5) How to Change the Document: PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->GL Accounting---->Document----> Change ( TC=FB-02) Document # 1 Enter Comp. Code PSL Double Click on 1st line item ( Cash Account) Fiscal Year 2009 **** We can change Value Date, Assaignment Numb, Text Fields only, but not other **** Display Document: Accounting----> Financial A/c---->GL A/c---->Document--->Display Prepared by: Rao MH 32 Display Document: Accounting----> Financial A/c---->GL A/c---->Document--->Display (TC=FB03) Select Document List Button Company Code PSL Type SA Select Execute Button or F8 To Give Last One Week Posted Documents List: Entry Date 10.07.09 To Date 17.08.09 Select Execute Button or F8 To View Documents Posted by a Specific User: Menu---->Edit---->Dynamic Selection( Shift+F4) User Name SAPUSER Select Execute Button or F8 Display Document #1. To Display Account Blanace : Accounting----> Financial Accountin----> GL A/C---> Display Balance(TC=FS10N) To View Number of Accounts at a time: Select Right Arrow ( Multiple Selection) Button beside GL Account. To View Random A/c Transactions: Under Single Value give account Numbers 100100, 200100 and select copy as ( F8) Prepared by: Rao MH 32
  • 33. To View Contineous Transactions ( Range of A/c) Press " Select Intervals" Tab and give Lower Limit Upper Limit 100000 100099 To Exclude One account from the Range: Select Exclude Single Values tab Under Single Value give A/c # 100500. It will not come in the list Select Copy Button. To Exclude a Range of accounts from Range of accounts Display: Select Interval Tab Lower Limit Upper Limit 100050 100059 Select Copy Button To View only one A/c Transactions: Select Drop down button beside GL A/c Comp Code PSL Enter Select A/c # 100000 Eq. Share Capital Comp Code PSL Seleclt Execute Button Fiscal Year 2009 Business Area PSLH DoubleClick on Cum.Balance 400000 DoubleClick on Document# 1 Select call up document overview button (F9) Select Back Arrow How to Creat our own Line Layout: Select Change Layout Button. Select the Fields which are not required under Prepared by: Rao MH 33 Select Change Layout Button. Select the Fields which are not required under Column Content. Ex. Document Type and Document Date Select Right Arrow ( or) Hide Selected Field Button. From Hidden Fields Column----> Select 1) Posting Date 2) Select Text Select Left Arrow (or) show selected fields button. Change Column Positions Length Document # 1 Posting Date 2 Text 3 35 Amount in Local 4 Select Totals CheckBox for Amount in Local Currency Select copy Button How to save the Layout: Select Save Layout Button ( Ctrl + F12). There are 2 options for saving layout Option 1 Option 2 User Specific- Available to only Common to all users Specific Users A) Select User Specific check Box A) Deselect User specific Check Box B) Save with any number or name B) Save with any number or name For our purpose, Select Option 2 and save with PSL. Deselect the User specific Chk Box. Description: GL A/c Standard for PSL Enter. We can see Report in our Lay Out. Prepared by: Rao MH 33
  • 34. How to Choose our Layout: Press Select Layout Button ( Ctrl + F9) Select /PSL we can see Report in our Layout. How to Make Default Line Layout: From Menu---->Select settings---->Layout----> Administration Select /PSL Layout Check Box. Select Define Default Settings Button SAVE Select ← 3 times Change GL A/c to 200100 Cash Account Select Execute Button . Double click on Cum.Bal 400000. We can see Report in our layout. SAMPLE DOCUMENT: This is used for Month End Provisions. For this purpose we create Sample Doc. Ex: Salaries A/c Dr. 500000 Wages A/c Dr. 600000 Rent A/c Dr. 100000 To O/s Exp A/c 1,200,000 Sample Document template will not update the ledger . Everymonth end we copy the template and change the amount and post the Document. Advantages of Sample Document: Prepared by: Rao MH 34 Advantages of Sample Document: 1. Sample Document Saves times 2. When we create Sample Document Template , we will not Forget any provisions 3. Any Provision in the Template is paid in the same month . No provison is required for that account. So When we copy the template for the month, for that account Enter Amount " ZERO" Steps to Create Sample Document Template: 1. Define Number Range Interval for Number Range X2 2. Creation of Masters. 3. Creation of Sample Document Template 4. Display Sample Document Posted 5. Posting of Transactions by using Sample Document Template ( F-02) 1. Define Number Range Interval for Number Range X2 G L Document Sample Document Type SA SA ↓ ↓ No.Range 01 X2 ↓ ↓ No.Range 1 to 5000001 to Interval 100000 5100000 ↓ ↓ Ledger Updates Not Update Prepared by: Rao MH 34
  • 35. Path: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Financial Accounting Global Settings---> Document---->Document Number Ranges---> Define Doc. No Range ( FBN1) Press Enter Company Code PSL ↓ Select Change Intervals Button ↓ Select Interval Button No Year From # To # Range X2 2009 5000001 5100000 Enter and Save 2. Creation of Masters. GL A/c Group Name A) Salaries A/c Under Personell Cost B) Rent A/c Under Adminstration Cost C) O/S. Exp Under Current Liabilities & Provisions a) Check the A/c Groups for Giving Account Numbers ( OBD4) select Position Button Chart of A/c PSL Press Enter to get List of A/c Groups Prepared by: Rao MH 35 Chart of A/c PSL Press Enter to get List of A/c Groups GL A/c Group Name Number Range A) Salaries A/c Under Personell Cost 400100 to 400199 B) Rent A/c Under Adminstration Cost 400300 to 400399 C) O/S. Exp Under C/L & Provisions 100500 to 100599 After Note down the Number Range for Required GL A/c to create, create GL accoutns from FS00 1st Account GL A/c # 400100 → Salaries Account Comp. Code PSL Click on With Template Button GL A/c # 100000 Comp. Code PSL → Press Enter Change A/c Groupt to Personnel Cost Select Radio Button P & L Statement A/c Short Text Salaries Account Long text Salaries Account of PSL → Save Prepared by: Rao MH 35
  • 36. 2nd Account GL A/c # 400300 → Rent account Comp. Code PSL Click on With Template Button GL A/c # 400100 Comp. Code PSL → Press Enter Change A/c Groupt to Administration Cost Select Radio Button P & L Statement A/c Short Text Rent A/c Long text Rent Account of PSL → Save 3rd Account GL A/c # 100500 → Outstanding Expenses A/c Comp. Code PSL Click on With Template Button GL A/c # 100000 Comp. Code PSL → Press Enter Change A/c Groupt to Current Liabilities & Provisions Select Radio Button Balance Sheet item Short Text Outstanding Exp Account Long text Outstanding Exp A/c. of PSL Click on Control Data Tab Select Open Item Check Box → Save Prepared by: Rao MH 36 3. Creation of Sample Document Template Path: Accounting-----> Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Posting----> Reference Documents----> Sample Document ( F-01) Doc.Date: 31.07.09 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL Post.Date: 31.07.09 1st Dr. Post Key 40 A/c # 400100 ( Salaries) → ENTER IGNORE WARNING MESSAGE FOR " POSTING DATE FUTURE DATE" Amount 500000 INR Bus. Area PSLH Text : Salary Provision for 2nd Dr. Post Key 40 A/c # 400300 ( Rent) → ENTER Amount 100000 INR Bus. Area PSLH Text : Rent Provision for Cr.Entry Post Key 50 A/c # 100500 ( O/S. Exp) → ENTER Amount * INR Bus. Area PSLH Text : Provisions for Select Display Document Overview to see Document → Save ( or ) Ctrl + S We get a message Document # 5000001 was stored in Company Code PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 36
  • 37. 4. Display Sample Document Posted ( FBM3): Document # 5000001 Company Code PSL → ENTER We can see the Sample Document Stored in SAP. We can check the Ledger A/c's of 400100 (Salaries), 400300( Rent) or 100500( O/S. Exp) because of this Sample Document Storage, Ledgers are not updated ( FS10N) 5. Posting of Transactions by using Sample Document Template ( F-02) From Menu---->Document----> Post With Reference ( Shift+F9) Document # 5000001 Comp. Code PSL F.Year 2009 Select Display Line Item Check Box → ENTER → ENTER Ignore warning Message about Future Date and → ENTER Change Salaries Provision for 450000 Text : Add July to Text → ENTER If Rent Provision is not required for the month of July Change the Amount to "0" → ENTER Ignore message for " Amount is Zero, Line Item Ignored" Prepared by: Rao MH 37 → ENTER Ignore message for " Amount is Zero, Line Item Ignored" → ENTER for Post Key 50 i.e, Outstandings Expenses (Credit Entry) Amount * Text Add July → ENTER Select Save or Ctrl + S to get message Document# 2 was posted. PARKING OF DOCUMENTS : Parking of Documents are used where approval by Sr. Person is reqired for the Posted Documents. For Example, if in any company Cashier or Accountant and Accounts Manager/ Sr. Person are there . Cashier/ Accountant Acc.Manager/ Sr. Person Enter the Transaction and After Parking Cashier Sr. Verify the Parked Doc Park the Document for will Send Message to and make corrections if Approval of Senior Senior for Release / need and Releases the Doc. Approval of Doc. Parking will not Update After Releasing Sr. will Releasing will updated the the Ledger send reply to Cashier Ledger → ← Prepared by: Rao MH 37
  • 38. Steps to Cover this Topic : 1 Entering Document and Parking by Cashier/Accountant 2 Display G L A/c to check wether Ledgers updated or Not. 3 Sending Message to Senior for Releasing Parked Document 4 Display Parked Documents, Make Corrections in Amount, Head of Account, Date and Releasing by Sr. Person 5 Display G L A/c to check wether Ledgers updated or Not. 6 Sending Message to Cashier regarding the Releasing of Document by Sr. Person 7 Display changes made by Senior Person in Parked Document for Cashier 1 Entering Document and Parking by Cashier/Accountant Path: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting---->General Ledger----> Posting----> General Document Parking ( F-65) Doc.Date: 18.07.09 Type: SA Comp.Code: PSL Post.Dt: 18.07.09 Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER Amount: 1111 Business Area: PSLH Text: Parking Document Testing Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER Amount: * Business Area: PSLH Text: + Prepared by: Rao MH 38 Text: + Select Document Overview ( Shift+F2) Button which is on Left Top We get a message Document 3 was parked in PSL 2 Display G L A/c to check wether Ledgers updated or Not. ( FS10N) GL A/c 400100 Comp. Code: PSL F.Year 2009 Business Area: PSLH Select Execute Button We can see that Ledger is not updated 3 Sending Message to Senior for Releasing Parked Document Menu-----> System-----> Short message Title: Please Release Document # 3 Rece: Enter User Id of Sr. Person Rec. Type: SAP Log On Name Select Express Mail Check Box to show Message to Sr. Person that Message Received Select Send Button Prepared by: Rao MH 38
  • 39. 4 Display Parked Document and Release after correcions: PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Document----> Park Documents---->Post/Delet ( FBV0) Select Documents List Button Company Code: PSL Entered by: Use id of Cashier Press Execute Button Double Click on Document# 3 To Change the Date click on Document Header Button( Shift + F7) Change the Document Date and posting date Select Back arrow To change the Head of Account, select Fast Data Entry Button Change Dr. Account Number to 400300 ( Rent A/c) and Amount to 600 for Debit and Credit Amounts.-----> Save---> We get a message Document was Posted. 5 Display G L A/c to check wether Ledgers updated or Not. (FS10N) GL A/c 400300 Comp. Code: PSL F.Year 2009 Business Area: PSLH Select Execute Button We can see that Ledger is updated with 600 not 1111. 6 Message to Cashier regarding the Releasing of Document by Sr. Person Menu-----> System-----> Short message Prepared by: Rao MH 39 Menu-----> System-----> Short message Title: Released Document # 3 with changes Rece: Enter User Id of Cashier Rec. Type: SAP Log On Name Select Express Mail Check Box to show Message to Sr. Person that Message Received Select Send Button 7 Display changes made by Senior Person in Parked Document for Cashier PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting----->General Ledger----->Documents-----> Parked Documents----->Display Changes( FBV5) Company Code: PSL Document No: 3 Fiscal Year: 2009 Select all changes button ( F6) to see changes made by senior for parked document. HOLD DOCUMENTS: This is used for the purpose of Adjustment Entries. Hold Documents are for Debit and Credit or only Credit also. When we hold the document, it will ask for a Temporary Document Number which can be anything. We have the option to delet the hold document also. Hold document will not update the ledger until it is posted as normal Document. If we made Hold document for Cash Account, then Physical Cash Balance will be SAP Balance + Hold Documents amount. Prepared by: Rao MH 39
  • 40. Steps for Hold Documents : 1 Run Program "RFTMPBLU" for conversion of Hold Documents. 2 Creation of Hold Document (A) One document with Debit and Credit Entries (B) One document with Credit entry only 3 Display Hold Documents, Delet document ( A) in Point 2, and Complete 2 (B) Step 1. Run Program "RFTMPBLU" for conversion of Hold Documents. This Option is for converting the Documents of older version SAP4.7 to New Version ECC6.0 This is given at Client Level but not at Company Code level. This is one time Exercise for each client. PATH: Tools----> ABAP Work Bench---->Development---->ABAP Editor ( SE38)---> Program Select Execute Button Select No termination for Read Error Check Box----> Select Execute Step 2. Creation of Hold Document ( F-02) 2A. Doc. Dt: 20.07.09 Type SA Comp Code: PSL Post.Dt: 20.07.09 Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER Amount 20000 Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Hold Document Testing Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH RFTMPBLU Prepared by: Rao MH 40 Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Hold ----> Give Hold Document Temp Numb 1234 We will get message that Doc 1234 was Held. 2B. Doc. Dt: 20.07.09 Type SA Comp Code: PSL Post.Dt: 20.07.09 Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER Amount 5000 Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Amount Paid to Mr. X Menu----> Document----> Hold ----> Give Hold Document Temp Numb 12345 We will get message that Doc 12345 was Held. Step 3. Display Hold Documents, Delet document ( A) in Point 2, and Complete 2 (B) ( F-02) Menu-------> Documents------> Get Held Documents(F5) Select Documents List → ENTER Keep Cursoon on Document 1234 and select Delet Button. Confirm by prssing Yes for the message. Document 1234 will be deleted. To confirm check with back arrow Prepared by: Rao MH 40
  • 41. Double Click on Document 12345 Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu---> Document----> Simulate SAVE Press Enter when we get message. Check the Document List again by pressing Back Arrow to see Held document was released from there or not. Once Held Document was posted, it will disappear from Held Documents List. RECURRING DOCUMENTS: Recurring Documents are used when date and amount are fixed. Ex: Prepaid Expenses / Hire Purchase Installments. Steps for Recurring Documents: 1 Define Number Range Interval for Number Range X1 ( For Recurring Document Template) 2 Creation of Recurring Document 3 Posting of Transactions by using Recurring Document Templates by the way of Batch input Session. Step 1. Define Number Range Interval for Number Range X1 ( FBN1) Company Code: PSL Select Change Intervals Button -----> Select Intervals Button Prepared by: Rao MH 41 Select Change Intervals Button -----> Select Intervals Button No Year From No To No X1 2009 5100001 5200000 → ENTER Ignore the Warning Message and press Enter Step 2. Creation of Recurring Document ( FBD1) Accounting ----> Financial Accounting--->General Ledger--->Posting---> Reference Documents--->Recurring Document Company Code: PSL First Run on : 31.07.09 Last Run on : 30.06.10 Interval in Months: 01 for Monthly Document Type: SA Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER Amount 10000 Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Recurring Area Testing Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Select Display Document Overview Button---> Save We get a message 5100001 was stored in Company Code PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 41
  • 42. Step 3. Display & Posting Recurring Document Display: Accounting---> Fianancial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing ----->Recurring Entries----> Lists( F.15) Posting: Accounting---> Fianancial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing ----->Recurring Entries----> Execute( F.14) Company Code: PSL Document Numb: 5100001 (Number Generated by Creation of Recurring Doc) Session Name PSL → Select Process Button Select Display Errors only Radio Button Select Process Button again We get a message "Processing of Batch Input Session Completed" Exit from Batch Input Session. To View the Document Posted use the Transction Code FB-03 → ENTER FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS: There are 3 types of Exchange Rates defined by SAP Type Purpsose Type Defined by SAP 1 Bank Buying Rate Exports Purpose G Type 2 Bank Selling Rate Imports/ Exp B Type 3 Average Rate MM / SD users only M Type PATH: SPRO---->Sap Net Weaver---->General Settings--->Currencies--->Check Exchange Prepared by: Rao MH 42 PATH: SPRO---->Sap Net Weaver---->General Settings--->Currencies--->Check Exchange Rate Types Select Position Button Exchange Rate Type B → ENTER We will get the details of Exchange Rate Type B Define Translation Ratios for Currency Translation: Here we give Conversion Factors for 2 Currencies Foreign INR JPY → Japanees Yen Currency GBP → Great Britan Pound US$ 1 : 1 ITL → Italian Leera JPY 100 : 1 EUR 1 : 1 We can give in SAP Like below GBP 1 : 1 JPY INR Rate ITL 1000 : 1 100 == 1 35 ( OR) 1 == 0.01 0.35 Once we follow one Conversion Factor , follow contineously for all the years. Don’t Change in between. If we change in between, it gives wrong Results. Conversion Factors are given at Client Level but not at Company Code Level. PATH: Same as above ignore the warning message and press Yes. Select New Entries Button Prepared by: Rao MH 42
  • 43. Ex. Rate From To Valid Type From From : To G US$ INR 01.07.09 1 : 1 B US$ INR 01.07.09 1 : 1 M US$ INR 01.07.09 1 : 1 → Save Create Request Button Short Description: Foreign Exchange Customization for PSL ENTER 2 times to save in your request. Enter Exchange Rates: This is called Forex Table. We can enter Foreign Exchange Rates Daily, Weekly, Monthly. For Each Type we can enter only one rate in a day. PATH: Same Path as above ( Next Step to last Path) Ex.Rate Valid Indirect From Direct To Type From Quot Quot G 10.07.09 US$ 49.40 INR B 10.07.09 US$ 49.50 INR M 10.07.09 US$ 49.42 INR → ENTER SAVE and press Enter to save in your request. Indirect Quot is for INR to US$ Rate . Exchange Rate Entry at End User Area (S_BCE_68000174) PATH Accounting ---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Environment----> Current Settings--->Enter Translation Rates Ratio Prepared by: Rao MH 43 Current Settings--->Enter Translation Rates Select Positon Button Ex.Rate Tyep G From Currency US$ To Currency INR Valid From 10.07.09 → ENTER Foreign Currency Postings : There are two typs of options for Foreign currency postings. OPTION -1 OPTION-2 When Exchange Rate is not entered When Exchange Rate is entered at the time of Posting the Document at the time of Posting the Document In Option 1, system take the Ex. Rate Rates are entered by End User , but not from Forex Table the System. It takes the Latest Rate from Table Ex. on 09.07.09 Rate is 45 on 21.07.09 Rate is 49 If we want to enter document on 20.07.09, system will take the rate of 45 not 49 Prepared by: Rao MH 43
  • 44. To Enter Default Exchange Rate type based on Document Type. Doc. Nature of Document Type of Type Ex. Rate SA General Ledger Posting B KR FI Purchases B RE MM Purchases B DR FI Sales B RV SD Sales B NOTE: If we do not specify the Ex Rate Type , system will take automatically"M"( Average) To Enter Default Ex. Rate Type "B"(Bank Selling Rate) for Document "SA" (OBA7) GL Document----> Select Details Button Under Default Values: Ex Rate Type for foreign currency document "B" Select Save or Ctrl+S Press Enter to Save in your Request. Posting of Foreign Transactions ( F-02) Doc.Date 23.07.09 Company Code: PSL Post Date 23.07.09 Currency : USD Rate Blank Document Type: SA Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER Amount 1000 USD Amount in LC Blank 49.5 Bussiness Area: PSLH Prepared by: Rao MH 44 Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Salaries Postings Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and Save To View Document in INR Select Display Currency Button(F8). Select Save or Ctrl+S Option 2 :When Exhange Rate is entered at the time of posting Salaries Provison ( F-02) Doc.Date 23.07.09 Company Code: PSL Post Date 23.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00 Document Type: SA Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER System will give warning message Ex. Rate 50.00 deviates from Table Rate 49.50 by 1.01% . Ignore the warning message and Press ENTER Amount 1000 USD Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Salaries Postings → ENTER Post Key: 50 Account No: 200100 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 44
  • 45. MONTH END PROVISONS: We have 2 options for Month End provisions Option 1: Accrual / Deferral Document Method Under option 1 of Accrual / Deferral Document method, on the Month end we make provision and on next month 1st workign day, we reverse total provison made. AT the thime of making payment we will take the actual payment made. For Ex: On 31.07.09 Provision for Salaries Salaries A/c Dr 100000 to O/s Expenses 100000 On 01.08.09 Reversal of Provison O/s. Expenses A/c 100000 to Salaries 100000 On 05.08.09 Salaries Payment Salaries Account 105000 to Bank/ Cash 105000 Option 2: Open Item Management Under Open Itme Management , at the end of the month we make the provision . At the time of payment we adjust the provion. If Excess payment is made, difference between actual payment and provision is booked as expenditure for that month. For Ex: On 31.07.09 Provision for Salaries Prepared by: Rao MH 45 On 31.07.09 Provision for Salaries Salaries A/c Dr 100000 to O/s Expenses 100000 On 05.08.09 Salaries Payment Outstanding Exp 100000 Salaries A/c 5000 To Bank A/c 105000 In both the options effect will be same. In Option 2 Tracking of Provison Made is improtant which is not possible in practical live environment. Note: In Live Environment provisions will be made by Accountant and Payment will be made by Cashier. The cashier at the time of making payment should know the amount of provision and how much he has to clear at the time of payment. Tracting is required in Option 2. In Live Environment Companies follow OPTION-1 Option 1 :Accrual / Deferral Document. Steps. 1 Define Reversal Reason and Reversal Reason shoul allow us to Reverse on any day. 2. Ener Accrual/Deferral Document A) Rent Provision on 23.07.09 B) Salaries Provision on Month End Date 3. Reverse Accrual / Deferral Document. Prepared by: Rao MH 45
  • 46. 1 Define Reversal Reason and Reversal Reason shoul allow us to Reverse on any day. PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->GL Accounts---->Business Transactions---> Adjustment Posting/ Reversal---->Define Reason for Reversal Select New Entries Button → ENTER Reason 15 ( Last Number in the Reasons list of the System. Number May differ from system to system in institutue) Text: Accrual / Deferral Reversal for PSL † Negative Posting √ ‡ Alt. Posting √ → Save Press Enter to save in your request. † When we reverse the transaction it reduces from the same side instead of Showing it on credit Side. Ex. Period Debit Credit Balance Cum.Bal 4 100000 ---- 100000 Dr 100000 Dr 5 -100000 ---- - - When we reverse the Salaries Provison on 1st of of August, it shows on Debit Side as Negative Balance instead of on Credit Side. If it shows on Credit Side, in Cash Flow Statement, it shows as " Cash Incoming " from Prepared by: Rao MH 46 Credit Side, in Cash Flow Statement, it shows as " Cash Incoming " from Salaries, which seems to be awkward in reports. If it shows on Debit Side as Negative Balance, Net Effect will come in Cash Flow Statement. ‡ If we don’t select the Aleternative Check Box, system will allow us to reverse posting only on " ORIGINAL POSTING DATE". If we select the check box, it allows the reversal entry on any date. 2 Enter Accrual / Deferral Document PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Periodic Posting----> Closing ---->Valuate---->Enter Accrual /Deferral Document (FBS1) For Rent Provision ( FBS1): Doc.Date 23.07.09 Type SA Company Code: PSL Post Date 23.07.09 Currency : USD Rate Blank INR Reversal Reason 15 Reversal Date 01.08.09 Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER Amount 50000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Rent Provision for July Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and Save Prepared by: Rao MH 46
  • 47. For Salaries Provision ( FBS1): Doc.Date 31.07.09 Type SA Company Code: PSL Post Date 31.07.09 Currency : USD Rate Blank INR Reversal Reason 15 Reversal Date 01.08.09 Post Key: 40 Account No: 400100 → ENTER Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Amount 300000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Salaries Provison for JULY Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and Save 3 Reversal of Accrual / Deferral Document ( F.81) PATH: Same Path ( Next Level to the last Path) Company. Code: PSL Reverse Posting Dt: 01.08.09 Test Run √ → Select Execute Button ( F8) Select Reverse Docs. Button We get a Message that Documents Were reversed with another Document Number OPTION-2: Open Item Management Prepared by: Rao MH 47 OPTION-2: Open Item Management This is used for Vendors / Customers / Balance Sheet Accounts, where Clearing is Required. IN Balance Sheet Accounts it is applicable like 1. Where there is Provision and Payment will be made in future Ex. O/S. Exp 2. Where there is Recovery and Payment Afterwards Ex: TDS/PF Etc., Concept of Open Item Management is like Bill Wise Adjustments in Other Accounting Softwares. For Making Open Item Management active, we have to select the " Open Item Management" Check Box at the time of GL Master Creations. Suppose Consider Outstanding Expenses Account, if we see account at the end of the year, there will be so many debits and credits. We don’t know which item is paid and which is payable. If we select the Open Item Management check Box at the time of GL Master Creation, while at the time of making payment system will ask about the payment is against which provision. Once we selected payement agaisnt Rent Provison, that item will be cleared from Open Items List. We can see the Outstanding Expneses in 3 ways. a) Open Items : Payable Items b) Cleared Items: Amount paid Items c) All Items: All items of Payable and Paid items. Prepared by: Rao MH 47
  • 48. IN SAP we have 3 scenarios for Open Item Management Scenario No 1st Scenario Full Clearing Provison Amount and Payment are same 2nd Scenario Partial Clearing Part payment against Provisions 3rd Scenario Residual Clearing Part payment against Provisions Scenario1: Full Clearing 1st Step: Making Provision for Rent ( F-02) Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: PSL Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00 INR Document Type: SA Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER Amount 60000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Rent Provison for July → ENTER Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and SAVE 2nd Step: How to View Open Item Managed Transactions ( FBL3N) PATH: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Account----> Display/ Change Line Items ( FBL3N) Type Remarks Prepared by: Rao MH 48 GL A/c # 100500 ( Outstanding Expenses Account) Com. Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Θ Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8) 3rd Step: Out going payment with Clearing PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Posting ----> Outgoing Payment (F-07) Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: PSL Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00 INR Document Type: SA Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment Bank Data: Account : 200100 ( Cash Account) Bus. Area: PSLH Amount : 60000 Text: Outgoing Payment Open Item Selection: Account : 100500 ( Outstanding Exp) Account Type S ( it will come by default. S= G L Account) Select Process Open Items Button on Left Top Prepared by: Rao MH 48
  • 49. 4th Step: Checking Open Item Managed A/c after payment (FBL3N) GL A/c : 100500 Comp. Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Θ Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8) We can see the Report of Cleared Items in GL A/c Number 100500 ( O.S. Exp) If we want to see the Open Items under GL A/c Number 100500 ( O.S. Exp) Select Open Items Radio Button Θ Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8) Scenario 2 & 3: Partial Clearing and Residual Items Method: Nature of the Transactions how system works under Partial Clearing or Residual Items Method is explained with the following Example for understanding. Partial Clearing Residual Clearing A) Rent Provison A) Rent Provison Rent A/c Dr. 70000 Rent A/c Dr. 70000 To O/S. Exp A/c 70000 To O/S. Exp A/c 70000 B) Partial Payment of 2000 by using Partial B) Partial Payment of 3000 by using Partial Clearing Method Clearing Method Prepared by: Rao MH 49 Clearing Method Clearing Method O/S. Exp A/c Dr 2000 O/S. Exp A/c 80000 To Bank/ Cash A/c 2000 To Bank/ Cash A/c 3000 To O/S Exp A/c 77000 O/S. Exp A/c at the end of the period Open Items 70000 Cr Open Items 77000 Cr Cleared Items 2000 Dr Cleared Items 80000 Cr Open Items 68000 Cr 80000 Dr In Residual Clearing Method, if we make part payment against any provision, System will clear all the earlier provison and for the difference amount ( i.e., Balance payable) generate another provision entry with new reference number. Residual means Balance payable. In Live Environment, Companies will follow Partial Clearing Method instead of Residual Clearing. Reason is at the time of every payment in Residual a New Reference is generated. It gives practical problems in case of Vendors / Customers Bills Clearing. We may not know the actual bill amount after 2 or 3 partial payments. Both the Options are available in SAP, it depends on the company to choose which option to follow. Prepared by: Rao MH 49
  • 50. Scenario2: Partial Clearing Step 1: Making Rent Provison (F-02) Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: PSL Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00 INR Document Type: SA Reference # : 6789 ( Normally in Vedors/ Customers it is Bill Number) Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER Amount 70000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Rent Provison for July → ENTER Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and SAVE Step 2: Outgoing payment using Partial Clearing Method ( F-07) Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: PSL Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00 INR Document Type: SA Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment Bank Data: Account : 200100 ( Cash Account) Bus. Area: PSLH Amount : 2000 Prepared by: Rao MH 50 Amount : 2000 Text: Outgoing Payment Ref # 6789 Open Item Selection: Account : 100500 ( Outstanding Exp) Keep Cursor on Amount Field of Line Item , against which we want to adjust. Select Partial Payment Tab on top. It creates one table which contains Payment Amount Column Double Click on Net Amount 70000. This amount will come automaticall to the next Column " Payment Amount". Double Click on Amount under Payment Amount Column and Change the amount to Actual Payable Amount of Rs. 2000. From Menu----> Document----> Simulate System will warn with a message " Correct the Marked Line Items" Double Click on the Line Item which is in BLUE COLOUR Enter Text + or type " Out going payment " in Text Column. → SAVE Checking : See Open Item Managed A/c Transactions ( FBL3N) GL A/c 100500 Comp. Code : PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Θ Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8) We Can see in the account Rs 70000 in Credit and Rs. 2000 in Debit . Balance 68000 in Cr i.e., Balance Payable. Prepared by: Rao MH 50
  • 51. To View Bill Wise Outstanding : In Account View Screen, Go to Change Layout Button From Hidden Fields Column Select---> Reference Field Select Amoutn in Local Currency Field under Column Content Select Left Arrow or Show Selected Fields Button Select Copy Button . Keep Curson on Reference and Select Sub Total Button on Top We can see the Outstanding amounts in each Bill in the Outstanding Exp. A/c To Make the Balance Amount 68000 Payment: Doc.Date 24.07.09 Company Code: Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00 INR Document Type: SA Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment Bank Data: Account : 200100 ( Cash Account) Bus. Area: PSLH Amount : 68000 Text: Outgoing Payment Open Item Selection: Account : 100500 ( Outstanding Exp) Select Process Open Items Button Double click on Payable Amount 70000 and Double Click on Part Payment Amount Prepared by: Rao MH 51 Double click on Payable Amount 70000 and Double Click on Part Payment Amount 2000 ( when we double click , particular item will change colour into Blue ) From Menu----> Document----> Simulate → SAVE To View Open Item Managed A/c Transactions ( FBL3N) GL A/c 100500 Buss. Area: PSLH Select Open Items Radio Button Θ Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8) Scenario 3: Residual Items Method Step 1: Making Rent Provison (F-02) Doc.Date 24.07.09 Type : SA Company Code: PSL Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : INR Post Key: 40 Account No: 400300 → ENTER Amount 80000 INR Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: Rent Provison for July → ENTER Post Key: 50 Account No: 100500 → ENTER Amount * Bussiness Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate and SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 51
  • 52. Step 2: Making Part Payment using Residual Method ( F-07) Doc.Date 24.07.09 Type SA Company Code: PSL Post Date 24.07.09 Currency : USD Rate 50.00 INR Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment Bank Data: Account : 200100 ( Cash Account) Bus. Area: PSLH Amount : 3000 Text: Part Payment for Rent Prov Open Item Selection: Account : 100500 Process Open Item Button / Tab Select Amound Field of Line Item appear to shich we want to adjust---> Select Residual Items Tab, System Will generate one table which contains Residual Items Column. Double click on Net Amount 80000 which is to be adjusted Double Clik on Residual Items Amount Field. Blance amount ( Acutal Provison Less Amount paid ) will show in that column automatically ( i.e, 77000 in exp) From Menu----> Document ----> Simulate System will warn with a message " Correct the Marked Line Items" Double Click on the Line Item which is in BLUE COLOUR Enter Text + or type " Out going payment " in Text Column. → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 52 REVERSALS: When we post a Wrong Entry in SAP, we have to go for Reversal or pass a Rectification Entry. There are so many Types of Reversals allowed in SAP. They are 1 Individual Document Reversal 2 Reversal of Reversed Document ( Work Around Method -- Indirect Method) 3 Mass Reversal 4 Cleared Items Reversals 5 Accrual / Deferral Documents Reversal ( Topic covered at Month End Provisons) Type 1: Individual Document Reversal A) Under This Method, we can reverse one document at a time B) At the time of Reversal we have to give the Reversal Reason . C) At the time of Reversal , we have to specify Reversal Date. If we don’t specify reversal date, System will generate reversal Document on Original Document Posting Date. In that case, that Original Document Posting Period should be open at the time of reversing the document. PATH: Accounting ---->Financial accounting---->General Ledger---->Document----> Reverse---->Individual Reversal ( FB08) ***** XXXX**** Prepared by: Rao MH 52
  • 53. Reversal of Document # 1 Documnt No : 1 Comp Code: PSL F.Year 2009 Reversal Reason 01 ( Reversal In Current Period) Posting Date: Blank Select Display Before Reversal Button on Top Select ← ( Back arrow) and Select Save Button To See the reversed Document : Menu---> Document----> Display Reversed Document Type : AB For General Ledger Postings Document Type is SA . Eventhough Reversal Document is part of the GL Documents, System will specify automatically for Reversal Documents Type as AB. Why? Reversal Documents are part of General Ledger Postings. If System generate Document Type SA for reversal Document , as number will come in Serial either for Normal Posting or for Reversal Postings. If I want to see only the Reversal Documents it is not possible if it allots type SA for all Documents. To identify the Reversal Documents Separately System is allotting Type AB for reversal Documents. Ex: Doc. No. Type 1 SA SA is for General Postings 2 SA AB is for Reversal Documents. 3 SA Prepared by: Rao MH 53 3 SA 4 SA Even though Document number is in 5 SA Serial, we can identify the Reversed 6 SA Documents with Document Type "AB" 7 AB as shown in Example 8 AB 9 SA 10 AB Type 2: Reversal of Reversed Document (F-02) From Menu-----> Document ----> Post with Reference Doc # 19 Comp Code: PSL F.Year 2009 Select Generate Reverse Posting Check Box Select Display Line Items Check Box → Press ENTER 2 Times Text: Change to Reversal of Document # 19 → ENTER Text : + Enter , we can see the reversal of Reversed Document SAVE We get the message that Document was Saved. Menu---> Document----> Display to see the Reversed Document. Prepared by: Rao MH 53
  • 54. Type 3: Mass Reversal To reverse more than one document at at time, we use Mass Reversal Method. The documents to be reversed can be contineous numbers or random numbers. PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Acconting---->General Ledger---->Document----> Reverse----> Mass Reversal ( F.80) Comp. Code: PSL To Reverse Random #, Select Right Arrow or Multiple Selection Button, beside Document No. Under Single Values Give Document# 2 and Document# 4. Select Copy Button Reason for Reversal 01 ( Reversal in Current Period) Select Test Run Check Box Select Execute Button ( F8) Select Reverse Document Button We will get message that Document number 2 and document numbe 4 reversed. Type 4: Cleared Items Reversal Step 1 : See Open Itemed Managed Account Transactions ( FBL3N) GL A/c # 100500 ( Outstanding Exp) Comp. Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Θ Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8) Prepared by: Rao MH 54 We can see the Cleared Items of A/c # 100500( Outstanding Expenses) Suppose Document # 12 is for Rent Provison for 60000 and Document # 13 is payment of 60000 agaisnt Document # 12. Then O/S. Exp Account would be like O/S. Exp A/c Doc # 13 60000 Dr. Doc # 12 600000 Cr in Cleared Items List Document # 12 60000 Cr Document # 13 60000 Dr Net payable NIL If we have given Stop Payment Letter to the Bank agaisnt the Document # 13, it should be reversed then Account will be O/S. Exp A/c Doc # 13 60000 Dr. Doc # 12 600000 Cr in Cleared Items List Document # 12 60000 Cr System Shows that Document # 12 under Cleared List. When we have given stop payment Letter to Bank and reversed document# 13, then Document # 12 should come under Open Item Category. To make this in SAP we have to follow 2 Steps 1. Reset Cleared Items- to make it as open. Then there will be no Link between Rent Outstanding and Bank 2. Reverse Document # 13. Prepared by: Rao MH 54
  • 55. PATH: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Document----> Reset Cleared Items ( FBRA) Giver Clearing Doc 13 Company Code PSL F.Year 2009 Select Save or Ctrl +S Select Resetting and Reverse Button Reversal Reason 01 → ENTER It gives message that Clearing 13 was reset → ENTER It gives message Document was posted → ENTER Checking : To See Open Item Managed Accounts ( FBL3N) A/C # 100500 Comp.Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Θ Select Noramal Items Check Box √ → Select Execute Button (F8) We can see that Document # 12 is appearing in Open Items List. INTEREST CALCULATIONS: XXXXX Prepared by: Rao MH 55 We have two types of interest calculations in SAP. A. Balance Interest Calculations Item Interest Calculation B. Defined as Type "S" Defined as Type "P" C. Used for General Ledger A/c Used for Vendors/ Customers Type 1: Balance Interest Calculations Step1. Define Interest Calculation Type PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounts---->General Ledger A/c----> Business Transactions Bank Interest Calculations---->Interest Calculations Global Settings---->Define Interest Calculation Type. Select New Entries Button Int. Indicator Name Int. Calculation Type P1 10% Monthly S ( Balance Interest Calculation) SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Type 1 Type 2 Prepared by: Rao MH 55
  • 56. Step2. Prepare A/c Balance Interest Calculation PATH: Next step to last path ( TC=OBAA) Select New Entries Button Int. Cal Indicator P1 Int. Cal Frequency 01 ( 1 Month) Under Period Determination Calender Tyep G Select Balance Interest Check Box under Output Section SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step3. Define Reference Interest Rates For Example there is SBI Term Loan which was take on 15.4.2009 for Rs. 100000. ON 15.07.2009 we repaid 1st Installment of Rs. 10,000 Interest Calculation for the Whole year: Method 1. Aprox. On 100000 from 15.04.09 to 31.03.10 @ 10% 15000 On paid 10000 from 15.07.09 to 31.03.10 @ 10% -3000 Balance Interest Payable 12000 Method 2. On 100000 from 15.04.09 to 15.07.09 @ 10% 4000 On 90000 from 15.07.09 to 31.03.10 @ 10% 8000 Balance Interest Payable 12000 In Both the Methods Interest Rate will be Same. Prepared by: Rao MH 56 In Both the Methods Interest Rate will be Same. In the above Example the Rate of Interest we are paying interest on Loan taken from SBI and the Rate of Interest we are received from SBI on amout repaid to Bank are same. i.e, Interest Charged by Bank 10% Interest Given by Bank 10% If both are Different ie., When Loan acount is having Credit Balance 10% When Loan account is having Debit Balance 8% We have to define Reference Indicators for Inerest. P2 for A/c having Credit Balance 10% P3 for A/c having Debit Balance 8% Following are Steps to follow for Interest Calculation under Type I 1 Interest rates are given to Reference Interest Rates- for P2 -10% & for P3-8% 2 Reference Interest Rates are assaigned to Accounts P2 to Accounts having Credit Balances P3 to Accounts having Debit Balances 3 Accounts having Credit Balance and Accounts Having Debit Balance are assaigned to interest indicators 4 Interest Indicator will be specified in Loan Account. Prepared by: Rao MH 56
  • 57. Step 1. Define Interest Rates: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Gen Ledger a/c--->Business Transactions----> Bank A/c Interest Calculation--->Interest Calculation---->Reference Int. Rates (OBAC) Select New Entries Button Ref. Interest Rate: P2 Long Text Int: 10% A/c Having Credit Balance Description : 10% Accounts Credit Balance Date From: 01.04.09 Currency: INR Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request. Select New Entries Button Ref. Interest Rate: P3 Long Text Int: 8% A/c Having Debit Balance Description : 8% Accounts Debit Balance Date From: 01.04.09 Currency: INR Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request. Define Time Dependent Terms: Same Path ( Next Line to Last Path) Select New Entries Button 1 Int. Cal Indicator P1 Currency Key INR Prepared by: Rao MH 57 Currency Key INR Effective From 01.04.09 Sequential No 1 Term Select Cr. Interest : Balance Interest Calculation Ref. Int. Rate P2 Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request. Select New Entries Button Int. Cal Indicator P1 Currency Key INR Effective From 01.04.09 Sequential No 2 Term Select Dr. Interest : Balance Interest Calculation Ref. Int. Rate P3 Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request. Enter Interest Values: Same Path ( next line to last path) ( TC=OB83) Select New Entries Button Reference Interest Rate P2 P3 Valid From 01.04.09 01.04.09 Interest Rate 10% 8% Select Save or Ctrl +S-----> press Enter to Save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 57
  • 58. Step 2. Creation of GL Masters: ( FS00) As we have not created GL Masters for SBI Term Loan and Interest Account , we have to create now. Before Creating the GL Master check the Available A/c Nos in OBD 4 and see the Number Ranges for Account Groups. Select the available Account Number from that Range GL Master A/c Group A/c No SBI Rupee Term loan A/c Secured Loans 100300 Interest Account Interest Group 400400 1st A/c GL A/c# 100300 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009 Select With Template Button GL A/c# 100000 Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter Select Type/ Description Tab Change Account Group to Secured Loans Change Short Text & Long Text to SBI Rupee Term Loan Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab Change Field Status Group to G005 Int. Indicator P1 → SAVE 2nd A/c Prepared by: Rao MH 58 2nd A/c GL A/c# 400400 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009 Select With Template Button GL A/c# 400300 Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter Select Type/ Description Tab Change Account Group to Interest Change Short Text & Long Text to Interest Account → SAVE Step 3. Assaignment of Accounts for Automatic Postings: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->General Ledger Accounting---->Business Transactions--->Bank A/c Interest Calculation--->Interest Posting--->Prepare GL A/c Balance Interest Calculation ( OBV2) Select Symbols Button ( F8) Select A/c. Buttons Chart of Accounts: PSL → ENTER A/c Symbol 002 (Interest Paid) Currency INR GL A/c 400400 A/c Symbol 2000 ( GL A/c Paid) Currenty INR GL A/c ++++++++++ ( 10 Times) Save -----> Enter Prepared by: Rao MH 58
  • 59. Interest A/c Debit 002 Assaign to 400400 SBI Rupee Term Loan A/c Credit 2000 Assaign to 100300 If More than One Term Loan in Against 2000 '++++++++++ ( 10 Times) We are giving + symbol 10 times as Max length of A/c Number would be 10 digits But we are using 6 digits only. If at the time of Posting Cash A/c Dr and Equity Share Capital Credit, system take Cash account as 0000200100 and Equity Share Capital as 0000100000 and when we see it shows 200100 Dr and 100000 Cr Suppose if we give 6 times + Symbol for SBI Rupee Term Loan . It takes 000010 which it cannot post. 100300 SBI Rupee Term Loan A/c 100301 IDBI Rupee Term Loan A/c 100302 IFCI Rupee Term Loan A/c At the time of Interest Calculations, we have to specify for which Loan Account Interest to be calculated and when. End User Area: To Open Posting Periods for April ( OB52) Select Positon Button PP.Variant PSL For Variant PSL From Period 1 Save Press Enter to save in your request. Step 4 SBI Rupee Term Loan Receipt Entry ( F-02) Prepared by: Rao MH 59 Step 4 SBI Rupee Term Loan Receipt Entry ( F-02) SBI has given Cheque Dated 15.04.09 but we deposited in on 17.04.09. At the time of Posting Document Date 17.04.09 Posting Date 17.04.09 Posting Date is not Modifiable once document posted in this case, SBI Calculate Interest from 15.04.09 but SAP calculate Interest from 17.04.09. So to match the Interest, SAP Has given the option of Value Date. Value date is 15.04.09. So system will calculate interest from Value Date but not from Posting Date. Value date is modifiable after positng the document also. F-02 ----> Doc.Dt: 17.04.09 Type : SA Comp.Code: PSL Post.Dt: 17.04.09 Currency : INR P.Key: 40 A/c No: 200100 → ENTER Amount 100000 Business Area: PSLH Value Dt: 15.04.09 Text: SBI Rupee Term Loan Receipt P.Key: 50 A/c No: 100300 → ENTER Amount * Business Area: PSLH Value Dt: 15.04.09 Text: + Menu----> Document -----> Simulate and Save Prepared by: Rao MH 59
  • 60. Step 5 SBI Rupee Term Loan Repayment (F-02) 1st Installment Due Date 15.07.09 Doc.Dt: 13.07.09 Type : SA Comp.Code: PSL Post.Dt: 13.07.09 Currency : INR P.Key: 40 A/c No: 100300 → ENTER Amount 10000 Business Area: PSLH Value Dt: 15.07.09 Text: SBI Rupee Term Loan Payment P.Key: 50 A/c No: 200100 → ENTER Amount * Business Area: PSLH Value Dt: 15.07.09 Text: + Menu----> Document -----> Simulate and Save INTEREST CALCULATIONS: PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing---->Interest Calculations---->Balance Interest Calculation( F.52) GL A/c 100300 ( SBI Rupee Term Loan) Comp. Code PSL Cal.Period 01.04.09 to 31.03.2010 Select Execute Button (F8) ↓ We can see Interest Calculation, but we can not see Interest Line Item Wise To See Line Item Wise Interest select Back Arrow and Choose Line Item Prepared by: Rao MH 60 To See Line Item Wise Interest select Back Arrow and Choose Line Item Check Box and Execute (F8) If we want to calculate interest in different rates i.e., from 1st June 2009 to Intereste is increased from 10% to 12% From 15.04.09 to 31.05.09 on 100000 @ 10% From 01.06.09 to 15.07.09 on 100000 @ 12% From 15.07.09 to 31.03.10 on 90000 @ 12% Open One more Session with SPRO: Financial Accounting ----> GL A/c----->Business Transactions----> Bank A/c Interest Calculations---->Interest Calculations----> Enter Interest Values (OB83) Select New Entries Button Ref. Interest Rate P2 Valid From 01.06.09 Inte. Rate 12 ----> Save ----> Enter Save in your request. Come Back to 1st Session : Select Execute Button . We can see New Interest Calculation on Screen with 10% and 12% rates. Posting of Interest for One Month ( 01.04.09 to 30.04.09) Prepared by: Rao MH 60
  • 61. Select Back Arrow Cal.Period 01.04.09 to 30.04.09 Post Interest Check Box √ Update Master Records √ Session Name PSL Posting to Buss Area PSLH Posting Dt. Of Session 30.04.09 Document Dt. Of Session 30.04.09 Posting Segment Text Interest of April 2009 Execute ( F8) it shows the interest amount calculated To Post the Batch Input Session: Menu----> System----> Services----> Batch Input ----> Session Select Session Name PSL Select Process Button Select Display Errors Only Radio Button Select Process Button ----> We will get a message that Batch Input Session Completed Select Exit Batch Input Session To View Document Posted ( FB03): We can see the Document latest posted Go and see GL Master ( FS00): Prepared by: Rao MH 61 Go and see GL Master ( FS00): GL A/c 100300 ( SBI Rupee Term Loan) Comp.Code: PSL Menu----> GL A/c----> Change Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab Key Date of Last Int. Cal 30.04.09 (Upto which date we have calculated interest) Date of Last Run 31.07.09 (ON which date we have run the Interest Cal) SAP Methods for Interest Calculation: 1 Simple Interest and Compound Interest Simple Interest Compound Interest 15.04.09 SBI RT Loan 100000 Cr 15.04.09 100000 For Symbol 2000 Assaign A/c # 100520 30.04.09 438 Int Payable Int. 438 Posted to 100300 on 30.04.09 For May It Calculate on 100000 only For May it Calculates on 100438 2 Interest Rates Based on Slabs If Interest Rate is varied from Amount to Amount this system is useful for ex: on INR 30,000 Int. Rate 10% P2 on 30001 to 50000 Int .Rate 12% P4 In SPRO---> Define Time Dependent Terms---> Amount from 30001 Prepared by: Rao MH 61
  • 62. 3 Int. Calculation from 15.04.09 to 14.05.09 ( instead of 01.04.09 to 30.04.09) SPRO--->Prepare A/c Balance Interest Calculation ( OBAA) Enter Settlement Day 14. 4 Interest Posting to Different Accounts: A/c # 400400 Interest on SBI Rupee Term Loan A/c # 400401 Interest on IDBI Rupee Term Loan A/c # 400402 Interest on ICICI Rupee Term Loan So If we are Calculating interest of IDBI Rupee term Loan For Symbol 0002 assaign A/c # 400401 In the Batch pocessing select Process Fore Ground Only System Shows the Entry which is going to be posted 400400 Interest on SBI R.T Loan 438 100301 IDBI Term Loan 438 Change A/c # 400400 to 400401 FOREIGN CURRENCY BALANCES REVALUATION ( FC Balance Revaluation) : Consider we have taken SBI FC Term Loan on 31.07.09 of 100000 US$ which is equal to 48,00,000 INR @ 48/ US$. Consider that Company has not paid the loan upto 31.03.2010. Prepared by: Rao MH 62 As per Accounting Standard 11, US GAAP, IFRS it is mandatory to revaluate the FC Loan Balance as on 31.03.2010. Revaluation of FC Balances is applicable to all FC Loans/ Export Vendors/Import Customers Balances except for Advances. If on 31.03.2010 rate of 1 US$ equals INR 50, Difference of INR 500000 ( 100000 US$ x 5 Rs. == 500000). This difference should be transferred to Exchange Loss and charged to P& L Account. Customization of FC Balance Revaluation: Step.1 Creation of 3 GL Masters Account Name Under Group No. Range A) SBI FC Term Loan A/c Secured Loans 100300 to 100399 B) Exchange Gain A/c Other Income 300100 to 300199 C) Exchange Loss A/c Administration 400300 to 400399 Prepared by: Rao MH 62
  • 63. 1st A/c GL A/c# 100301 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009 Select With Template Button GL A/c# 100300 Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter Change Short Text & Long Text to SBI FC Term Loan Select Control Data Tab Change Account Currency to USD De select in Only Blances in Local Currency Check Box Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab Remove Interest Indicators and Dates → SAVE 2nd A/c GL A/c# 300100 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009 Select With Template Button GL A/c# 400300 Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter Step 3. Select Type/ Description Tab Change Account Group to Other Income Change Short Text & Long Text to Exchange Gain → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 63 3rd A/c GL A/c# 400301 Comp.Code: PSL F.Year: 2009 Select With Template Button GL A/c# 400300 Comp.Code: PSL Press Enter Change Short Text & Long Text to Exchange Loss → SAVE Step 2. Define Accounting Principles: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ( New)---->Financial A/c Global Settings(New)---> Ledgers--->Parallel Accounting--->Define Accounting Principles Select New Entries Button A/c Principle P1 (Text field any thing can enter) Name / Descriptionof A/c Principle: Indian Accounting Standards SAVE and Press Enter to save in your request. Step 3. Assaign Accounting Principles to Ledger Groups: Same Path ( Next Level to last path) Select New Enteries Button A/c Principle : P1 Target: Ledger Group Select OL for Indian Accounting Standards ( By default all Indian Companies SAVE and Press Enter to save in your request. IAS is defined by SAP) Prepared by: Rao MH 63
  • 64. Step 4. Define Valuation Methods: SPRO---->Financial Accounting(New)---->GL A/c ( New)---->Periodic Processing----> valuate--->Define Valuating Methods Select New Entries Button Valuation Method PSL1 (Text Field) Description FC Valuation for PSL (Bank Selling Method) Select Always Evaluate Radio Button Document Type SA Ex Rate type for Dr. Balance B (Bank Selling Rate) Ex Rate type for Cr. Balance B (Bank Selling Rate) select Determine Exchange Rate Type for A/c Balance Radio Button → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step 5. Define Valuation Areas: Same Path ( Next Line to Old path) Select New Entries Button Valuation Area : PA ( Text Filed) Valuation Method: PSL1 Currency type : Select Company Code Currency → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step 6. Assaign Valuation Areas & Accounting Principles : Same Path ( Next Line to Old path) Prepared by: Rao MH 64 Same Path ( Next Line to Old path) Select New Entries Button Valuation Area : PA A/c Principles: P1 → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step 7. Prepare Automatic Posting for Foreign Currency Valuation: SPRO---->Financial Accounting(New)---->GL A/c ( New)---->Periodic Processing -----> valuate--->FC Valuation----> Prepare Automatic Posting for Foreign Currency Valuation ( TC=OBA1) Double Click on Exchange Rate Difference UG Exchange Rate Key Chart of Accounts : PSL Select Right Arrow at Down and Change Valuation Area Button Valuation Area PA → ENTER Ex.Rate Expense A/c Exchange Diff. Key (Exchange Loss) Rate GainA/c USD ( Text Field) 400301 300100 → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 64
  • 65. Step 8. Assaign Exchange Rate Difference Key in Loan A/c ( FS00) GL A/c : 100301 Comp. Code : PSL From Menu----> GL Account----> Change Select Control Data Tab Exchange Rate Difference Key USD → SAVE END USER AREA FOR FC REVALUATION : {1} FC Term loan Receipt ( F-02) Doc.Date: 01.08.09 Comp. Code: PSL Currency : USD Post.DT: 01.08.09 Type : SA Rate: 45.00 Post Key: 40 A/c # 200100 → Enter Ignore Warning Message → Enter Amount : 100000 USD Buss.Area: PSLH Text: SBI FC Term Loan Receipt → Enter Post Key: 50 A/c # 100301 → Enter Prepared by: Rao MH 65 Amount : * USD Buss.Area: PSLH Text: + → Menu----> Document ---->Simulate and SAVE {2} Enter Year End Exchange Rates in Forex Table ( OB08) Select New Entries Button Ex. Rate Valid From Direct To Type From Currency Quot Currency G( Bank Buying Rate) 31.03.10 USD 49.50 INR B( Bank Selling Rate) 31.03.10 USD 50.00 INR ↓ SAVE {3} FC Valuation: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting---->Gen Ledger---->Periodic Processing----> Closing--->Valuate---> FC Valuation(New) ( TC=FAGL_FC_VAL) Comp. Code: PSL Valuation Period: 31.03.10 Valuation Area: PA Select GL Balance tab Select Valuate GL A/c Balance Check Box → Execute ( F8) Select on Postings Button and Select Back Arrow 2 Times Prepared by: Rao MH 65
  • 66. There are 2 types of FC Valuations. 1) Month End Valuation 2) Year End Valuation If we made Month End Valuation, Exchange Gain / Loss will be double unless we reverse in next month. So We will reverse the Exchange Gain/ Loss under Month End Valuation until the Year End. There will be no Reversal on Year End. Procedure for Month End Valuation: Step 1. Month End Exchange Rates in Forex Table ( OB08) Enter Month End Exchange Rates then go to FC Valuation Screen IN FAGL_FC_Val Screen Comp. Code: PSL Valuation Key Date: 31.08.09 ( Every Month End) Valuation Area: PA Select Create Posting Check Box Post.Date: 31.08.09 Reverse Posting Date: 01.09.09 select Reverse Posting check Box Select GL Balance Tab Select valuate GL A/c Balance Check Box GL A/c: 100301 → Select Execute Button ( F8) Procedure for Year End Valuation: Step 1. Year End Exchange Rates in Forex Table ( OB08) Prepared by: Rao MH 66 Step 1. Year End Exchange Rates in Forex Table ( OB08) Year End Exchange Rates then go to FC Valuation Screen IN FAGL_FC_Val Screen Comp. Code: PSL Valuation Key Date: 31.03.10 (F.Y.End Date) Valuation Area: PA Select Create Posting Check Box Post.Date: 31.03.10 Reverse Posting Date: Blank De select Reverse Posting check Box Select GL Balance Tab Select valuate GL A/c Balance Check Box GL A/c: 100301 → Select Execute Button ( F8) From Menu--->System---->BatchInput----> Sessions Session : PSL → Click on Process Button ( F8) Select Display Errors only Radio Button Select Process Button → Enter Business Area: PSLH → Enter Again Business Area: PSLH → Enter We will get a message that Processing of Batch Input Session is Completed Select Exit Batch Input Button Prepared by: Rao MH 66
  • 67. To View the Document Posted ( TC=FB03) → Enter Double Click on 1st Line Item We can see the FC Revaluation Document Posted. SOME IMPORTANT POINTS TO BE NOTED IN SAP: HOW TO VIEW THE STEPS SAVED IN OUR REQUEST: At the time of various Basic Settings and GL a/c Settings, we saved some steps in our request. What are the points we saved in our request can be seen with the folloing path Tools---->ABAP Work Bench---->Overview---->Transport Organizer ( SE09) Under client 800 Select Customizing Folder Select Modifiable Folder Select GL Customization for PSL Folder Select Customizing Task Sub Folder Double Click on Enter Interest Values Double Click on Enter Interest Values under GL A/c Select Enter Interest Value Activity HOW TO VIEW PATH: SAP Easy Acess Screen Customization Area ( End User Area) ( SPRO Area) ↓ ↓ Prepared by: Rao MH 67 ↓ ↓ We know TC but not the Path Use Transaction Code SPRO In that case, How to view Path. ↓ ↓ ↓ In Command Field use Select Cntr + F (or) Find Search_SAP_Menu --> Enter ↓ Serach Text Entry--> F-02 ( use TC) --> Enter Search Term Fiscal Year---> Enter We can see the Path from Lower Level to ↓ Upper Level in Descending order Select Fiscal Year Under Financial A/c Global Settings Area ---> Enter END OF GENERAL LEDGER ACCOUNTING Prepared by: Rao MH 67
  • 68. This is a Sub Ledger ( Subsidary Ledger). When Material Management ( MM ) is not implemented , this is used for all Purchases i.e., Material purchases as well as for services. When Material Management Module is implemented this is used for Services , where TDS is to be deducted. Ex:- Legal & Professional Charges, Job work Charges. In Normal Accounting for Raw Material Purchases accounting entry would be like below: Purchases A/c Dr To Party A/c ( Supplier Account ) Cr Where as in SAP Entry would be like below:- Inventory Raw Material A/c Dr ( General Ledger ) To Party A/c ( Supplier Account ) Cr ( Subsidery Ledger) If the Entry will be like above, Trial Balance will not match as in Trial Balance only Balances of General Ledgers will affect but not the Subsidery ledgers. To overcome this problem, SAP automatically passes one more entry internally as and when we pass the first entry . SAP passes Internal Entry to Sundry Creditors RM A/c ( General Ledger ) which is a Reco Account or Control Account. If I want to see , One party account we can go to party account. If I want to see all subledgers, we can go to Sundry Creditors RM a/c Basic Settings for Accounts Payable: ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Prepared by: Rao MH 68 Basic Settings for Accounts Payable: 1 Creation of Vendor A/c Groups A) FI Vendors B) MM Vendors (Service Parties) (Material Suppliers) ↓ ↓ Specify Reco A/c Required Specify Reco A/c Required Entry Field Entry Field 2 Create Number Range for Vendor Account 3 Assaign No Range Group to Vendor Account Group 4 Create Tolerance Group for Vendor Account 5 Creation of 2 GL Masters A) Inventory RM Under Current Assets & Loans and Advances B) Sundry Creditors for RM Under Liabilities & Provisions 6 Creation of Vendor Masters 7 Document Types and Number Ranges KR----> Vendor Invoice KZ----> Vendor Payment KA----> Vendor Document for Transfer / Reversals 8 Posting Keys 31 Vendor Credit 25 Vendor Debit Prepared by: Rao MH 68
  • 69. Step 1. Creation of Vendor Account Groups: SPRO----> Financial Accounting---->Account Receivable & Accounts Payable----> Vendor Accounts---> Master Data---->Preparation for Creating Vendor Master Data---->Define Account Groups with Screen Lay Out ( Vendors)----> Select New Entries Account Group → PSL1 (Text Field) Name → FI Vendors for PSL Double Click on Company Code Data Double Click on Account Management Make Reconciliation Account as "Required Entry" Field (Select Radio Button) Cash Management Group "Supress" (Select Radio Button) Select SAVE or CTRL+S----> Select Create Request Button and save in your request. Short Description : AP Customization for PSL → ENTER Press Enter to Save in your request. Select Next Entry Button to create one more Group of MM Vendors for PSL Account Group → PSL2 (Text Field) Name → MM Vendors for PSL Double Click on Company Code Data Double Click on Account Management Prepared by: Rao MH 69 Make Reconciliation Account as "Required Entry" Field (Select Radio Button) Cash Management Group "Supress" (Select Radio Button) Select SAVE or CTRL+S Step 2. Create Number Range for Vendor Account : SPRO----> Financial Accounting---->Account Receivable & Accounts Payable----> Vendor Accounts---> Master Data---->Preparation for Creating Vendor Master Data---->Create Number Range for Vendor A/c ( TC=XKN1) Select Change Intervals Button Select Intervals Button No Range From To 15 4400001 4400100 → ENTER Select Intervals Button No Range From To 16 4400101 4400200 → ENTER → SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter to SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 69
  • 70. Step 3. Assaign No Range Group to Vendor Account Group: SPRO----> Financial Accounting---->Account Receivable & Accounts Payable----> Vendor Accounts---> Master Data---->Preparation for Creating Vendor Master Data---->Assaign Number Range for Vendor A/c Select Position Button Account Group PSL1 → ENTER For Group PSL1 Assaign No Range 15 For Group PSL2 Assaign No Range 16 → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request Step 4. Creation of Tolerance Group for Vendors Accounts: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable ----> Business Transactions---->Outgoing Payments---->Manual Outgoing Payments----> Define Tolerances ( Vendors) Select New Entries button Company Code: PSL Tolerance group: Blank Description : Tolerance Group for PSL → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request Step 5. Creation of 2 GL Masters( FS00) : 1st A/c GL Account No: 200120 Prepared by: Rao MH 70 1st A/c GL Account No: 200120 Comp. Code: PSL → Select with Template Button GL A/c 200100 Comp. Code PSL → ENTER Change Short Text and GL A/c Long Text to "Inventory RM" Select Create/Bank/Interest tab Select Field Status G001 De Select Relevant to Cash Flow Check Box → SAVE 2nd A/c GL Account No: 100501 Comp. Code: PSL → Select with Template Button GL A/c 100500 Comp. Code PSL → ENTER Change Short Text and GL A/c Long Text to "Sundry Creditors for RM" Select Control Data tab Select Field Status G001 De Select Only Balances in Local Currencies Check Box Recon A/c for Account Type: Vendor Deselect Optimum Management Check Box Sort Key 012 ( Vendor Account Number) Select Create/Bank/Interest tab Select Field Status G067 ( Recon A/c ) → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 70
  • 71. Step 6. Creation of Vendor Masters: PATH: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Payable----> Master Records--->Maintain Centrally---->Create ( TC=XK01) Company Code: PSL A/c Group: PSL1 FI Vendors for PSL → ENTER Title : Company ( Select from Drop Down Box) Name : Godrej Steel Limited Street /House #: Ameerpet Postal Code: 500000 Country: IN Communication: EN ( English) Telephone: 66611983 Select Next Screen Button 3 Times Reconciliation Account : 100501 ( Sundry Creditors RM A/c) Sort Key : 012 ( Vendor Number) Select Next Screen Button Payment Terms: Select 001 ( Payable Immediately Due Net) Tolerance Group: Blank Check Double Inv: √ → SAVE Step 7. Document Types and Number Ranges: ( TC=OBA7) Doc.1 Select Type KR ( Vendor Invoice) Select Details Button Number Range 19 Prepared by: Rao MH 71 Number Range 19 Select No Range Information Button Company Code PSL Select Change Interval Button Select Interval Button Give No Range 19 Year 2009 From No 100001 To No 200000 → ENTER → SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter . Select Back Arrow 3 Times Doc.2 Select Type KZ ( Vendor Payment) Select Details Button Number Range 15 Select No Range Information Button Company Code PSL Select Change Interval Button Select Interval Button Give No Range 15 Year 2009 From No 200001 To No 300000 → ENTER → SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter . Prepared by: Rao MH 71
  • 72. Select Back Arrow 3 Times Doc.3 Select Type KA ( Vendor Document) Select Details Button Number Range 17 Select No Range Information Button Company Code PSL Select Change Interval Button Select Interval Button Give No Range 17 Year 2009 From No 300001 To No 400000 → ENTER → SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter . HOUSE BANKS :- HOUSE BANKS :- HOUSE BANKS :- HOUSE BANKS :- Scenario 1: SBI Main Branch ↓ A/c Ids C. A/c 1 C. A/c 2 C. A/c 3 Scenario 2: SBI Main Branch SBI Begumpet Branch Prepared by: Rao MH 72 SBI Main Branch SBI Begumpet Branch Bank St. Hyd Hyd ↓ ↓ Current A/c #1 Current A/c #1 1 House Bank 1 House Bank 1 A/c Id 1 A/c Id House Banks will be created Branch wise Steps in creating House Banks : 1 Creating of A/c Masters 2 Details of House Bank 3 Creation of Check Lots ( In Normal English Cheque= In SAP Check) Check From # Check To # Step 1. Creation of GL Master( FS00): SBI Current account under Current Assets and Loans and Advances GL A/c : 200105 Comp.Code: PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c : 200100 Comp.Code : PSL → ENTER Change Short Text & Long Text to SBI Current Account and Save Prepared by: Rao MH 72
  • 73. Step 2 Define House Bank: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Bank A/c---->Define House Bank ( TC=FI12) Comp. Code: PSL Select New Entries Button House Bank SBI Bank Country IN ( IN for India) Bank Key BSR Code of Bank ( PSL123) → SAVE Bank Name State Bank of India Ltd Street Bank Street City Hyderabad Bank Branch Main Branch → ENTER Enter again to save in your Request Double Click on Bank Folder Select New Entries Button A/c ID SBI1 Description SBI Current Account #1 Bank A/c # 123456 Currency INR ( INR for Indian Rupees) GL A/c 200105 → SAVE Step 3 Creation of Check Lots: PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Payable---->Periodic Processing---->Payments ( FI10) Prepared by: Rao MH 73 Processing---->Payments ( FI10) From Menu--->Environment---->Check Information---->No Range Company Code: PSL House Bank SBI A/c ID SBI 1 → Select Change Button Select Create Button Lot # 1 Check From 500001 Check To 500100 Select Non Sequential Check Box Short Index SBI Purchase Date 04.08.2009 → SAVE PAYMENT METHODS : Manual Payment Method Automatic Payment Method 1 Check Lot can be Sequential or 1 Check Lot should be only Sequential Non Sequential 2 We can issue any cheque any time 2 First Cheque will be 500001 and 2nd Check should be 500002. It should be In sequential Prepared by: Rao MH 73
  • 74. END USER AREA: Step 1. Purchase Invoice Posting : Accounting ---> Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---->Document Entry---> Invoice General ( F-43) Doc. Dt: 05.08.09 Type : KR Comp. Code: PSL Post Dt: 05.08.09 Currency: INR Post Key: 31 ( Vendor Credit) A/c 4400001 ( Godrej Steels Ltd) → ENTER Amount: 3000 Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Purchase Invoice Posting Post Key: 40 A/c 200120 ( Inventory RM) ENTER Amount * Buss.Area: PSLH Text : + Menu---->Document ----->Simulate and SAVE Step 2. How to view Vendor A/c Transactions: ( FBL1N) PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Payable--->Account ----->Display/Change Line Items ( FBL1N) Vendor a/c # 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8) Step 3. Go and See General Ledger account ( FS10N) Prepared by: Rao MH 74 GL A/c # 100501 Comp. Code: PSL F.Year 2009 Buss.Area: PSLH → Execute ( F8) Double Click on Cum.Balance Amount: 3000 To View Party Wise: Select Change Layout Button From Hidden Fields Column select Assaignment Field under Column Contents Select Amount in Local Currency Select Left Arrow Button or Show Selected Fields Button select Copy Button While at the time of Creating the Vendor Master, We mentioned Sort Key 012 (Vendor Number). Sort Key update the Assaignment Fields Automatically Step 4. Outgoing Payment With Clearing ( F-53): PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---> Document Entry----> Outgoing Payment---->Post ( F-53) Doc.Dt: 05.08.09 Type : KZ Comp. Code: PSL Post.Dt: 05.08.09 Period: 5 Currency: INR Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment Prepared by: Rao MH 74
  • 75. Under Bank Data A/c # 200105 ( SBI Current A/c) Buss.Area: PSLH Amount: 3000 Value Dt :05.08.09 Text: Outgoing Payment Under Open Item Selection Account: 4400001 A/c Type: K ( It come by default) ( K stand for Vendors) Select Process Open Items Button Double Click on Payable Amount 3000 From Menu---->Document---->Simulate → SAVE Step 5. Go and see Vendor A/c Transactions: ( FBL1N) Vendor a/c # 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8) Step 6. Manual Check Creation: PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment Check Information--->Create--->Manual Checks( FCH5) Prepared by: Rao MH 75 House Bank SBI A/c ID SBI1 Check No 500001 → SAVE Step 7. Display Check Register: PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment Check Information--->Display Check Register(FCHN) Paying Comp. Code: PSL → Execute ( F8) Double Click on Check 500020 Select Acompanying Documents Button Step 8. Check Encashment Date Updation: Here we specify on which date the check is debited in our Bank Account, Based on Bank Statement . Advantages: A) If party says payment was not received , we can say on which date payment was debited to our account easily. B) BRS can be done easily PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment Check Information--->Change--->Additional Info / Cash(FCH6) Paying Comp. Code: PSL House Bank: SBI A/c ID# SBI1 Check No: 500020 ------> ENTER Check Encashment Date: 06.08.09-------> SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 75
  • 76. Go and see Check Register ( FCHN) : Paying Comp. Code: PSL -----> Execute ( F8) We can see Report Showing Check Encashed Date Step 9. Cancellation of Unissued Checks: While writing checks before issuing to party, we commit some mistakes. Because of that we cancell checks. PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment Check Information--->Void---->Unused Checks ( FCH3) Paying Company Code: PSL House Bank: SBI A/c ID SBI1 Check From 500001 Void Reference 06 ( Destroyed or Unusable- Option given by SAP ) We can define our own Void Reason. Explained Below) Select Void Button → Check will be void Go and see Check Register ( FCHN) : Paying Comp. Code: PSL -----> Execute ( F8) We can see Report Showing Check Cancelled Once the Check Lot is over , Keep the Curosor on Check No From To Select Sorting Ascending Order Button. We can see all the chek details in Sr. No of Checks If any chck Number is missing in order, it means Chck is misused. Creation of Void Reason Codes: Prepared by: Rao MH 76 Creation of Void Reason Codes: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable-----> Business Transactions---->Outgoing Payment----->Automatic Outgoing Payments ----->Payment Media---->Check Management---->Define void Reason Codes( FCHV) Select New Entries Button Reason Void ReasonCode 16 Stop Payment of PSL → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Deletion of Encashment Date: Some times by Mistake at the time of entering Encashment Date , Instead of giving to One Check, we will give to some other Check . For Ex: Check NO Amount Encahshed Date 500019 3000 on 06.08.09 500020 3000 by mistake entered to 06.08.09 500021 5000 So We have to delete the encashed date for Check No 500020 and enter Encashed Date to Check # 50019 as normal check encashement dated entry. PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment Check Information--->Delete----> Reset Date ( FCHG) Paying Company Code: PSL House Bank : SBI A/c ID: SBI1 Check #: 500020 → Select Reset Cashing Data Radio Button Select Execute ( F8) Button Select YES to Message Prepared by: Rao MH 76
  • 77. Go and see Check Register ( FCHN) : Paying Comp. Code: PSL -----> Execute ( F8) We can see Report where Check # 500020 encashement Date is Removed Cancellation of Issued Checks : Encashed Checks cannot be cancelled. Steps : 1 Purchase Invoice Posting ( F-43) 2 Outgoing Payment with Clearing ( F-53) 3 Manual Check Creation ( FCH5) 4 Display Check Register ( FCHN) Before encashment by party, we have given stop payment letter to Bank. 5 Issued Check Cancellation A} Reset Cleared Items---> To make it as open , Delink the Transaction in Vendor account B} Reverse Transaction C} Cancell the Check PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable--->Environment Check Information--->Void----> Cancel Payment ( FCH8) Paying Comp Code :PSL House Bank: SBI A/c ID: SBI1 Check No: 500020 Void Reason: 16 Reversal Reason: 01 → Select Cancel Payment Button Go and See Vendor A/c Transactions: ( FBL1N) Vendor A/c# 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Buton Prepared by: Rao MH 77 Select Open Items Radio Buton Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute( F8) Button Advance Payment to Vendors( Down Payment to Vendors) : Steps: 1 Creation of GL Master " Advances to Vendors" under Current Assets , Loans & Adv 2 Link Betwwen Sundry Creditors & Advance to Vendors Sundry Creditors Advances to Vendors (Reconciliaton Account) ( Alternative Reconciliation Account ↘ ↙ or Special GL A/c) A ( Advance - Special GL Indicator) A/c # 100501 ( Sundry Creditor Invenory Raw Materials A/c) A/c # 200150 ( Advances to Vendors A/c) At the time of Making Payment, we know the purpose wether it is advance or against Bill. If payment is made against Bill Number , as we assaigned A/c# 100501 in Creditor Accoutn 4400001, it will updated the A/c # 100501. If we are making payment as advance, while at the time of payment against Creditor A/c 4400001, we mention "A" for advance. System automatically update A/c # 200150 ( Advances for Vendors Account) instead of Account # 100501 (Sundry Creditors Inventory Raw Materials Account) Prepared by: Rao MH 77
  • 78. 3 Advance Payment Postings 4 Purchase Invoice Posting Agaisnt Advances 5 Transfer of advance from Special GL to Normal By clearing Special GL Items 6 Clearing of Normal Items Vendor Account will have 2 items 1. Normal Items 2. Special GL Items Scenario 1: Advance Amount and Purchase Invoice Amount are Equal Step 1. Creation of GL Master " Advaces to Vendors" A/c : GL A/c 200150 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c 100501 ( Sundry Cr. RM) Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Change Account Group to Current Assets Lonas & Advances Change Short Text & GL A/c Long Text to Advances to Vendors → SAVE Step 2. Link Between Sundry Creditors and Advances to Vendors: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Receivable & Acc.Payable-> Business Transactions---->Downpayment Made--->Define Alternate Reconciliation Account for Down Payments ( TC=OBYR) Double Click on Special GL Indicator "A" Chart of Accounts ( COA) PSL → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 78 Recon. A/c Spl.GL A/c 100501 200150 Select Save or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request Step 3. Advance Payment Posting : PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Payable---> DocumentEntry---->Down Payment---->Downpayment ( TC= F-48) Doc.DT: 07.08.09 TYPE KZ Comp. Code: PSL Post DT: 07.08.09 Vendor A/c 4400001 Special GL Indicator : A Bank A/c 200105 ( SBI C/A) Buss. Area: PSLH Amount 15000 Text: Advance Payment Posting → ENTER Amount * Buss.Area: PSLH Text + → Menu → Document → Simulate & Save Go and See Vendor Account Transactions ( FBL1N) : Vendor A/c 44000001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Select Special GL Transactions Check Box → Execute ( F8) We can see report showing Rs. 15,000 as advance payment ( Dr) Prepared by: Rao MH 78
  • 79. Step 4. Purchase Invoice Posting agaisnt Advance Amount (F-43): Doc.Date: 07.08.09 Comp. Code: PSL TYPE: KR Post. Key: 31 A/c # 4400001 → ENTER Amount: 15000 Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Purchase Invoice Posting Post Key: 40 Account No: 200120 → ENTER Amount: * Buss.Area: PSLH Text : + → Menu → Document → Simulate & Save Go and See Vendor Account Transactions ( FBL1N) : Vendor A/c 44000001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8) We can see Purchase Invoice of Rs 15,000 outstanding in Report Select Back Arrow---->Special GL A/c Transactions Check Box along with Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8) We can see Rs. 15,0000 ( Dr) and Rs. 15,000 ( Cr). Net Effect will be Zero , but presentation in Balance Sheet will be Wrong. As 15,000 ( Dr.) Balance will appear on Assets Side and 15,000 Cr will appear on Liabilities Side. Step 5. Transfer of Advance from Special GL A/c to Normal by Clearing Special Clearing Prepared by: Rao MH 79 Step 5. Transfer of Advance from Special GL A/c to Normal by Clearing Special Clearing Items ( F-54): Doc.Dt: 07.08.09 Comp. Code: PSL Type : KA Vendor A./c: 4400001 Text: Advance Payment Clearing Select Process Down Payment Button Amount Available Transfer Amount Posting 15000 15000 15000 → SAVE Go and See Vendor Account Transactions ( FBL1N) : Vendor A/c 44000001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Select Special GL Transactions Check Box → Execute ( F8) We can see report. Select ← (Back arrow) Select Open Items Radio Button Select Normal Itemes Check Box → Execute ( F8) We can see report showing 15,000 Debit and Credit under open items Step 6. Clearing of Normal Items ( F-44): PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts----> Clear ( F-44) A/c # 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 79
  • 80. Double Clik on 15000 ( Cr) and 15,000 ( Dr) → SAVE Go and See Vendor Account Transactions ( FBL1N) : Vendor A/c 44000001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8) We can see report showing 15,000 Debit and Credit under Cleared items Scenario 2: Advance Amount is More and Purchase Invoice is Less Advance =100000 Bill Amount : 25000 ( Advance may be for 4 Items) Steps: 1 Advance Payment Posting of Rs. 100,000 ( F-48) 2 Purchase Invoice Posting for Rs. 25,000 ( F-43) 3 Transfer of advance of Rs. 25000 from Special GL A/c to Normal Items ( F-54) 4 Clearing of Normal Items( F-44) Final Result: Vendor Special GL A/c shows a balance of Rs. 75,000 as Advance to Vendors Vendor A/c ↙↘ ↙↘ 3- 25,000 2-25,000 1-100,000 3-25,000 0 Special GL A/c 75,000 Prepared by: Rao MH 80 0 (Balance) Scenario-3: Advance Amount is Less and Bill Amount is More Advance = 8000 ( 10%) Bill Amount =80,000 Step 1. Advance Payment of Rs. 8,000 ( F-48) 2 Purchase Invoice Posting for Rs. 80,000( F-43) 3 Transfer of Advance From Special GL A/c to Normal by clearing Special GL Items(F-54) 4 While we make Balance payment of 72,000 Rs. Double Click on Bill Amount 80,000 and advance amount 8,000. All 3 line items will go to Cleared Iems ( F-53) Normal Items ↙↘ ↙↘ 2- 80,000 3-8,000 1-8,000 3-8,000 4-72,000 0 (Balance) Special GL A/c 0 75,000 (Balance) (Balance) Prepared by: Rao MH 80
  • 81. TERMS OF PAYMENT: TERMS OF PAYMENT: TERMS OF PAYMENT: TERMS OF PAYMENT: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable---->Business Transactions---->Incoming Invoices/Credit Memos ----->Maintain Terms of Payment Select New Entries Button Payment Terms: PSL1 ( Text Field) Select Vendor Check Box } If we want to use same payment terms Select Customer Check Box } for both Customers and Vendors Under Default for Base line Data: Select Posting Date Radio Button Term: If we make payment within 10 days we get 3% Cash Discount If we make payment within 20 days we get 2% Cash Discount Due within 30 days Term % No.of Days 1 3% 10 2 2% 20 3 -- 30 Press Enter and See Explanation changes according to our Terms Save and Press Enter to Save In our request. ** Under Default for Base Line Date There are 4 Options Prepared by: Rao MH 81 ** Under Default for Base Line Date There are 4 Options A. No Default: Number of Purchases during the Month Terms: 10 days from the Month End 3% C.Discount 20 days from the Month End 2% C.Discount Due within 30 days from the Month End . Base Line Date : Keep Blank (If Enter Month End Date -10/20/30 will be calculated from Month End) B. Document Date: Party Bill Date C. Posting Date: Goods Receipt Date → Select This Option D. Entry Date: Quality Approval Date ΩΩΩΩΩ Cash Discount Received: Trade Discounts are to be adjusted against Purchases wherere as Cash Discounts are to be shown under Other Income 1 Creation of GL Master " Cash Discount Received" under Other Income( FS00) GL A/c: 300101 Comp Code: PSL Select With Template GL A/c: 300100 Comp Code: PSL → ENTER Change Short Text & Long Text to "Cash Discount Received" → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 81
  • 82. 2 Assaignment of Accounts for Automatic Postings: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Receivble & Accounts Payable--->Business Transactions---->Outgoing Payments----> Outgoing Payments Global Settings---->Define A/c's for Cash Discounts taken(OBXU) Chart of Accounts : PSL → ENTER → SAVE A/c # 300101 ( Cash Discount Received ) → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request END USER AREA: 1 Purchase Invoice Posting (F-43) Normal Date in SAP Terminology Party Bill Date 01.08.09 Doc. Date Goods Rec.Date 05.08.09 Posting Date Quality Ap.Date 08.08.09 Entry Date Doc.Dt 01.08.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL Post.Dt 05.08.09 Post.Key 31 A/c# 4400001 → ENTER Amount: 100000 Bus.Area: PSLH Payment Terms: PSL1 Text: Purchase Invoice Posting → ENTER Ignore Warning Message and → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 82 Ignore Warning Message and → ENTER Post Key: 40 A/c # 200120 → ENTER Amount: * Buss.Area PSLH Text: + From Menu → Document→Simulate & SAVE 2 Go and See Vendor A/c Transactions(FBL1N) Vendor A/c# 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL select Open Items Radio Button Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute(F8) We can see Rs. 100,000 shwos in Open Items Select Change Layout Button : From Hidden Fields Column Select " Currnet Cash Discount Amount" Select Amount in Local Document in Currency under Column Contents Side Select Left Arrow or Show Selected Fields Button Select Copy Button Prepared by: Rao MH 82
  • 83. 3 Outgoing Payment with Clearing ( F-53) Doc.Date 08.08.09 Type: KZ Comp. Code: PSL Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment A/c Under Bank Data: A/c# 200105 (SBI Current Account) Bus.Area PSLH Amount: 97000 (* Amount Paid is 97000 only as 3% CD Text: Outgoing Payment can be availed as payment is below 10days) A/c Under Open Item Selection: A/c# 4400001 (Godrej Steels Limited) Select Process Open Items Button Double Click on Payable Amount 100000 From Menu → Document→Simulate & SAVE Double Click on Blue Font Line Items Text : + → SAVE AUTOMATIC PAYMENT PROGRAMME (APP) : In Automatic Payment Programme, System will define the Due date for the Bill based on the Payment terms for the Vendors. System will issue Check, Pass Entry and Clear the Party Account. System Will generate Payment Advice . It will Update the Check Register. Everything will be done automatically. The Checks will be issued from the Lots specified for APP. Check Lot should be Prepared by: Rao MH 83 The Checks will be issued from the Lots specified for APP. Check Lot should be Sequential. This APP will be used normally by Cash Rich Companies not by all Companies. They run Every Week (or) 10 days ( or) 15days once. We are not Programmers. We use system Given Payment Programme, Check Format and Payment advice Format. Before Run we have to give Bank Wise Ranking wit available amounts. Bank Rank Available Amount SBI 1 1000000 ICICI 2 500000 IDBI 3 300000 System will issue checks first from Rank 1 Bank , then it will go to Rank 2. Like that it issues checks based on ranks upto available amount. When we run the programme. It first give a Proposal . In the proposal it shows for which parties, for which invoices for which amount and from which bank it is going to issued checks. We can Edit the proposal by Blocking some invoices for payment or by changing banks for payment. Blocking of Invoices Means: If we have funds for payment of 8 Bills , but as per the Programme Payable Bills came 12, we can drill down the gross amount payable to any party and block some bills for payment from that proposal. Changing of Bank can be done when any Vendor requested to make payment from specific bank, and as per programme, system allotted another bank, we can make changes in Bank for issuance of Check. Prepared by: Rao MH 83
  • 84. Customization of APP: Step1. Set up Payment Methods per Country for Payment Transactions: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ----> Accounts Receivable& Accounts Payable---->Business Transactons--->Outgoing Payment---->Automatic Outgoing payament---->Payment Method/Bank Selection for payemnt Programme---->Set up payment Methods per country for payment transactions Select New Entries Button Country : IN Payament Method : M ( Text Field) Description : Check Select Outgoing Payaments Radio Button Select Check Radio Button Document Type for Payment : KZ Clearing Document Type : KZ Pay Medium Programme: RFFOUS_C Name of Print Data Sheet: LIST1S → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step2. Set up Payment Methods per Company Code for Payment Transactions: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ----> Accounts Receivable& Accounts Payable---->Business Transactons--->Outgoing Payment---->Automatic Outgoing payament---->Payment Method/Bank Selection for payemnt Prepared by: Rao MH 84 Outgoing payament---->Payment Method/Bank Selection for payemnt Programme---->Set up payment Methods per Company Code for payment transactions Select New Entries Button Paying Company Code: PSL Minimum Amount 100 Payment Method: M Max. Amount : Select Payment Per Due Date Check Box Select Form Data Button Form for Payment Medium F110_PREMIUM_CHECK ( SAP Script) Drawer on the Form For Pennar Steels Limited Authorised Signatory → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step3. Set up all Company Codes for Payment Transactions : Same Path ( Next Line of Last Path) Select New Entries button Company Code: PSL Paying Company Code: PSL Select Separate Payment for Business Area Check Box Under Vendors Spl. GL transactions to be Paid: A ( Select from Dropdown Button ) ( A for Advance Payment) → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. 9999999999 Prepared by: Rao MH 84
  • 85. Step4. Setup paying Company Codes for Payment Transactions Same Path ( Next Line to last path) Select New Entries Button Paying Company Code: PSL Select Forms Button Form for the Payment Advice: SAP script F110_D_AVIS Select Sender Details Button Text ID: Select ST ( ST stands for Standard Text) Letter Header: F_0001_Header Footer: F_0001_Footer Sender: F_0001_Sender → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 5 Creation of Sequential Check Lots ( FCH1) Paying Comp Code :PSL House Bank SBI A/c ID SBI1 select Change Button ( Shift +F5) Select Create Button Lot # 2 Check From 800001 { For Sequential Checks Banks will Check To 801000 give 1000 Numbers not 100) De-Select Non Sequential Check Box Sort Information SBI Prepared by: Rao MH 85 Sort Information SBI Purchase Date 10.08.09 {It Means Check Book Issued Date} → ENTER & SAVE Step 6. Assaign Payment Methods in Vendor Masters: PATH: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting --->Accounts Payable ---->Master Records---->Maintain Centrally---->Change ( XK02) Vendor 4400001 Comp. Code PSL Select Payment Transaction Check Box under Company Code Data → ENTER Payment Methods M → SAVE SAP has defined 4 payment Methods in APP Programme : I. Payment Block: If we don’t want to issue any cheks in APP, we can select * ( Skip A/c) Option and Select payment Block II.Alternative Payee PSL has to pay GSL. GSL has to make payment to XYZ. GSL requested to issue check in the name of XYZ instead of GSL. Here Clearing Party will be GSL and check will be issued in the name of XYZ. III. House Bank: If PSL and GSL both are having Bank Account in ICICI and GSL requested to make payment from ICICI then House Bank will be ICICI IV. Individual Pay: If 5 Bills are due to GSL. System will generate 1 check for all the 5 bills If GSL asked to issue a separate check for each bill , we select this option. So System will Generate individual payment Prepared by: Rao MH 85
  • 86. END USER AREA : 1. Purchase Invoice Entry ( F-43) Doc.DT: 10.08.09 Type : KR Company Cod: PSL Post.Key: 31 A/c No: 4400001 → ENTER Amount : 40000 Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Purchase Invoice Posting Post.Key: 40 A/c No: 200120 → ENTER Amount : * Buss.Area PSLH Text: + From Menu → Document→Simulate & SAVE 2. Set up Bank Determinations for Payment Transactions: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---->Periodic Processing ----> Payments From Menu--->Environment--->Maintain Configuration ( FBZP) Select Bank Determination Button Select Company Code PSL Double Click on Ranking Order Folder Select New Entries Button Payment Currency Rank House Method Order Bank M INR 1 SBI → SAVE → ENTER to save in your Request Double Click on Bank Account Folder Prepared by: Rao MH 86 Double Click on Bank Account Folder Select New Entries Button House Bank SBI Payment Method M Currency INR Bank A/c ID SBI1 Bank A/c # 200105 Buss.Area PSLH → SAVE Double Click on Available Amounts Folder Select New Entries Button House Bank A/c ID Days Currency Available Amount SBI SBI1 999 INR 10,00,000 → SAVE Automatic Payment Programme Run: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---->Periodic Processing ---->Payments (F110) Run Date: 11.08.09 Identification : PSL1 Select Payment Tab Company Code: PSL Payment Method: M Next Payment Date: 21.08.09 ? Vendor a/c: 4400001 to 4400100 → SAVE Select Back Arrow ----> select Proposal Button Select Start immediately Check Box Go on pressing Enter until we get the message ." Payment Proposal has been created" Prepared by: Rao MH 86
  • 87. ? Importance of Next Payment Date: If purchase Terms of Payment are like below Within 15 days ----> 3% Cash Discount Morethan 15 days ----> No Discount If we make payment on 11.08.09 we get 3 % cash Discount If we make payment on 21.08.09 we get 3% cash discount So, system will not make payment on 11.08.09 as we are getting same 3% cash discount on 21.08.09 also . System automatically controlling cash flow. Select Edit Proposal Button : Double Click on Vlaues # System Sbows outgoing bills details To Blcok One Invoice for Payment: Double Click on Bill Amount for which payment is to Block. For Payment Block Select "A" ( Blocked for Payment ) -----> Enter To Change the Bank: Double click on the Bill Amount to which Bank account is to change. Select Reallocate Button ( F6) Payment Method M House Bank SBI A/c ID SBI1 → SAVE Save again Select Back Arrow We get a Message " Payement Proposal has been Edited" Select Payment Run Button → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 87 Select Payment Run Button → ENTER Go on pressing Enter until we get the message "Payment Run has been Carried out" For Check Printing: Select Printout/Data Medium Tab For Programm: RFFOUS_C Give Variant "X" ( Text Field) Select Maintain Variants Button Select For All Selections Fieled Radio Button Select Contineu Button Programme Run Date: 11.08.09 Identification Feature: PSL1 Paying Comp. Code PSL Paying Method M Business Area PSLH House Bank SBI A/c ID SBI1 Check Lot No 2 ( Sequeantial) Select Chk Box Printer Print Immediately Print Check LP01 Select Payment Summary LP01 Select Payment Advice Notes LP01 Select No of Sample Printouts: 0 Select Do not Void any Check Box select Attributes Button Variant X Meaning : SBI Check Printing Dated 11.08.09 → SAVE Select Back Arrow ----> Save Once again -----> Select Back Arrow Prepared by: Rao MH 87
  • 88. To take Printing : Select Printout Button For Job Number : In place of "?" Enter Variant "X" → ENTER → ENTER Once again To View the Check on System: From Menu---->System---->Services----> Output Control Select Execute ( F8) Select Spool No. Check Box for Title Check Select Display Contents Button Go and See Vendor A/c ( FBL1N): Vendor A/c No: 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Clearing Date: 11.08.09 Select Normal Items Check Box Select Execute ( F8) Double Click on Type KZ Select Callup Document Overview Button → ENTER Menu----> Environment---->Check Information Go and See Check Register ( FCHN): Paying Company Code: PSL → Execute(F8) We can see that Chck was posted against the outstandign amount CREDIT MEMO POSTINGS : We have purchased Material from GSL. But the Material is not good in quality. We reduced the price of material or return the material to GSL. In that case in Accounting Prepared by: Rao MH 88 reduced the price of material or return the material to GSL. In that case in Accounting Credit Memo will raise on GSL PSL Raises Debit → OR → GSL Raises Credit Note on GSL Not of PSL Document Type: KG KA Number Range 17 17 As Earlier for Document Type KA, No range defined is 17. So There is no need to define No range 17 again for Document Type KG PATH: Accounting--->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Payable---->Document Entry---->Credit Memo General ( F-41) Doc.Dt: 11.08.09 Type: KG Comp. Code: PSL Post. Key: 21 ( Vendor Debit) A/c# 4400001 → ENTER Amount: 1000 Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Credit Memo Posting Post Key: 50 A/c# 200120 → ENTER Amount * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: + Menu-----> Document-----> Simulate & SAVE ( Credit Memo) Prepared by: Rao MH 88
  • 89. Sr. No TC 1 Creation of General Ledger ( GL) Masters FS00 2 Posting of Trans. to GL A/c. ( Menu->Document->Simulate) F-02 3 Changing the Document Posted FB02 4 Display Document Posted FB03 5 Display Account Balance FS10N 6 Defining Document Number Range FBN1 7 Creation of Sample Document F-01 8 Parking Document Entry F-65 9 Display/Change Parked Document FBV0 10 Hold Document Entry ( Menu--->Document---->Hold) F-02 11 Creation of Recurring Document FBD1 12 Display Recurring Document Created F.15 13 Check Foreign Exchange Rate Types SPRO 14 Define Translation Ratios for Currency Translation SPRO 15 Entering Exchange Rates SPRO 16 Exchange Rates Entry at End User Area 17 Enter Default Exchange Rate type "B"for Doc. Type SA OBA7 18 Defining Reversal Reason SPRO 19 Entering Accrual / Deferral Documents FBS1 20 Reversal of Accrual / Deferral Document F.81 21 Display of Open Item Managed A/c Transactions FBL3N Nature of Transaction S_BCE_68000174 IMPORTANT TRANSACTION CODES IN GL ACCOUNTING & ACCOUNTS PAYABLE Prepared by: Rao MH 89 21 Display of Open Item Managed A/c Transactions FBL3N 22 Outgoing Payment with Full /Partial/Residual Clearing F-07 23 Individual Document Reversal FB08 24 Reversal of Reverse Document F-02 25 Mass Reversal F.80 26 Cleared Items Reversal ( For Resetting Cleared Items) FBRA 27 Defining Interest Calculation SPRO 28 Prepare A/c Balance for Interest Calculation OBAA 29 Define Interest Rates ( OBAC) SPRO 30 Deine Time Dependent Terms ( Next Step to Last Transaction) SPRO 31 Enter Interest Values OB83 32 Assaignment of Account for Automatic Interest Posting OBV2 33 To Open Posting Periods at End User Area OB52 34 Interest Calculation F.52 35 Checking of Account Groups for Availability of A/c Numbers OBD4 36 Define A/c Principles for FC Balance Revaluation SPRO 37 Assaing Accounting Principle to Ledger Groups SPRO 38 Deine FC Valuation Methods SPRO 39 Define FC Valuation Areas SPRO 40 Assaigning Valuation Areas & Accounting Principles SPRO 41 Prepare Automatic Postings for F C Valuation OBA1 42 Entering Year End Exchange Rates in Forex Table OB08 43 FC Valuation at End User Area FAGL_FC_PAL Prepared by: Rao MH 89
  • 90. Sr. No TC 44 To see the steps saved in our request SE09 46 Posting Key for General Ledger Debit Posting in F-02 40 47 Posting Key for General Ledger Credit Posting in F-02 50 48 Creation of Vendor Account Groups SPRO 49 Create Number Ranges for Vendor Accounts XKN1 50 Assaign Number Range to Vendor Account Groups SPRO 51 Creation of Tolerance group for Vendor Accounts SPRO 52 Creation of Vendor Master XK01 53 Document Types and Number Ranges OBA7 54 Defining House Bank F112 55 Creation of Check Lots F110 56 Purchase Invoice Posting F-43 57 How to View Vendor Account Transactions FBL1N 58 Outgoing Vendor Payment with Clearing F-53 59 Manual Check Creation FCH5 60 Display Check Register FCHN 61 Check Encashment Date Updation FCH6 62 Cancellation of Unissued Checks FCH3 63 Creation of Void Reason for Check Cancellation FCHV 64 Deletion of Encashment Date of Check FCHG Nature of Transaction To view Path for any TC: in Commad Field enter Search_Sap_Menu ---> ENTER Type TC for Search Text Entry Field 45 Prepared by: Rao MH 90 64 Deletion of Encashment Date of Check FCHG 65 Cancellation of issued Checks before encashment FCH8 66 Creating Link between Sundry Cr and Advances to Vendors OBYR 67 Advance Payment Postings to Vendors F-48 68 F-54 69 Clearing of Normal Items under Accounts Payable F-44 70 Assaignment of Account for Automatic Payment OBXU 71 Setup Payment methods per country for payment transactions SPRO 72 Setup Payment methods per Comp. Code for payment transacts SPRO 73 Setup all Company Codes for payment Transactions SPRO 74 Setup Paying Company Codes for payment Transactions SPRO 75 Creation of Sequential Check Lots FCHI 76 Assaign Payment Methods in Vendor Masters XK02 77 Setup Bank Determination for Payment Transactions FBZP 78 Automatic Payment Programme Run F110 79 Credit Memo Posting F-41 80 Posting Key for Vendor Credit 31 81 Posting Key for Vendor Debit 25 END OF ACCOUNTS PAYABLES Transfer of advances from Spl.GL to Normal by Clearing Sppecial Clearing Items Prepared by: Rao MH 90
  • 91. This is also subledger ( Subsidary Ledger) . This is used when Sales & Distribution Module is not implemented for all types of Sales. Ex: for Product Sales / Scrap Sales/ Asset Sale When SD Module is implementing , this is used for Scrap Sale / Asset Sales, Other than Product Sales. Product Sales will be used in SD Module. in case of Sales: Customer A/c Dr. → Sub Ledger → Sundry Dr. A/c (General Ledger) To Sales A/c → Gen. Ledger A/c Reconciliatino Account or control account. Basic Settings for Accounts Receivable: Basic Settings for Accounts Receivable: Basic Settings for Accounts Receivable: Basic Settings for Accounts Receivable: 1 Creation of Customer Account Groups a) FI Customers----> for Scrap Sale/ Asset Sale Parties b) SD Customers----> for Product sale parties In Both the cases, make Reconciliation account required entry field 2 Create Number Ranges for Customer Account 3 Assaign No Ranges to Customer Account Groups 4 Creation of 2 GL Master ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE Prepared by: Rao MH 91 4 Creation of 2 GL Master a) Sundry Debtors → Under Current Assets, Loans & Advances b) Sales Account → Under Sales 5 Creation of Customer Masters 6 Document Types & Number Ranges DR → Customer Invoice DZ → Customer Payment DA → Customer Document for Transfers/ Reversals 7 Posting Keys → 01 : Customer Debit 15 : Customer Credit We are testing a Scenario where Vendor is a Customer also GSL Purchases 100000 Sales 100000 Sales 20000 Purchases 20000 Net Payable 80000 Net Receivable 80000 When we make net payment or when we receive Net amount , we have to clear Vendor as well as Customer Transactions. Prepared by: Rao MH 91
  • 92. Customization : Customization : Customization : Customization : Step 1. Creation of Customer Account Groups PATH: SPRO---->Financial accounting ---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable----> Customer Accounts ---->Master Data---->Preparations for Creating Customer Master Data---->Define Account Groups with Screen Lay Out ( Customers) Select New Entries Button Account Group: PSL1 ( Text Field) Name : FI Customers for PSL Double Click on Company Code Data Double Click on Account Management Reconciliation Account Make it Required Entry Field → SAVE Select Create Request Button Short Description : AR Customization for PSL → ENTER Press ENTER to save in your request. Select Next Entry Button A/c Group: PSL2 Name : SD Customers for PSL Double Click on Company Code Data Double Click on Account Management Reconciliation Account Make it Required Entry Field → SAVE Step 2. Create Number Ranges for Customer Accoounts: Prepared by: Rao MH 92 Step 2. Create Number Ranges for Customer Accoounts: PATH: SPRO---->Financial accounting ---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable----> Customer Accounts ---->Master Data---->Preparations for Creating Customer Master Data---->Create No. Ranges for Customers (TC=XDN1) Select Change Interval Button Select Interval Button No. Range From No To No 35 3000001 3000100 → ENTER Select Drop Down Button Select Interval Button No. Range From No To No 36 3000101 3000200 → ENTER & SAVE Step 3 Assaign Number Ranges to Customer Accounts: PATH: SPRO---->Financial accounting ---->Accounts Receivable & Accounts Payable----> Customer Accounts ---->Master Data---->Preparations for Creating Customer Master Data---->Assaign Number Ranges to Cust A/c Select Position Button Account Group: PSL1 → ENTER For Group Assaign PSL1 35 PSL2 36 → SAVE → ENTER to Save in your Request. Prepared by: Rao MH 92
  • 93. Step 4 Creation of 2 GL Masters ( FS00) A/c #1 GL A/c: 200110 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c: 200150 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Change Short text & GL A/c Long Text to : Sundry Debtors Select Conrol / Data Tab Reconciliation for Account type Select Customers Sork Key: 031 ( Customer No) → SAVE A/c #2 GL A/c: 300000 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c: 300100 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Select Type/ Description Tab Change Account Group to Sales Change Short text & GL A/c Long Text to : Sales Accounts → SAVE Step 5 Creation of Customer Masters: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable----> Master Records----->Maintain Centrally -----> Create ( XD01) Account Group: Select FI Customers for PSL Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 93 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Title: Company ( Select from Drop Down Button ) Name : Godrej Steel Limited Country : IN ( India) Select Control/ Data Tab Vendor A/c: Select 4400001 Select Company Code data button Recon A/c: 200110 ( Sundry Debtros A/c) Sort Key: 031 ( Customer Number) Select Payment Transaction Tab Terms of Payment : 0001 ( Payable Immediately due net) → SAVE Step 6 Document Types & Number Ranges ( OBA7) Select DR Customer Invoice Select Details Button Number Range: 18 Select Number Range information Button Company Code: PSL Select Change Intervals Button Select Intervals Button No. Range 18 Year : 2009 From No: 400001 To No 500000 → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Enter Press Back Arrow 3 Times Prepared by: Rao MH 93
  • 94. Select DZ Customer Payment Select Details Button Number Range: 14 Select Number Range information Button Company Code: PSL Select Change Intervals Button Select Intervals Button No. Range 14 Year : 2009 From No: 500001 To No 600000 → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Enter Press Back Arrow 3 Times Select DA Customer Document Select Details Button Number Range: 16 Select Number Range information Button Company Code: PSL Select Change Intervals Button Select Intervals Button No. Range 16 Year : 2009 From No: 600001 To No 700000 → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Enter END USER AREA: END USER AREA: END USER AREA: END USER AREA: Step1: Sales Invoice Posting : Prepared by: Rao MH 94 Step1: Sales Invoice Posting : Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---> Accounts Receivable----> Document Entry--->Invoice General ( F-22) Doc. Date: 12.08.09 Type : DR Company Code: PSL Post.Date: 12.08.09 Post.Key: 01 ( Customer Debit) A/c # 3000001 → ENTER Amount : 200000 Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Sales Invoice Posting Post.Key: 50 ( Sales) A/c# 300000 ( Sales A/c) → ENTER Amount: * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: + From Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE Step2: How to view Customer Account Transactions: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---> Accounts Receivable----> Accounting ---->Display/ Change Line Items ( FBL5N) Customer A/c # 3000001 Company Code: Select Open Items Radio Button Select Normal Items Check Box -----> Execute ( F8) We can see report that 200000 receivable . If We select Vendor Items Check Box also we can see Vendor A/c & Customer transactions Together. Prepared by: Rao MH 94
  • 95. Incoming Payment and Clearing Vendor & Customer Transactions: Step A: Document Type DZ( Customer Payment should allow Vendor Trnasactions also We have 5 Account types of Number Ranges. When we receive Payment from Customer When we made payment to Vendor Bank A/c Dr Vendor A/c Dr. To Customer A/c To Bank A/c A: Assets A: Assets D: Customers---> Selected D: Customers---> to be Selected K: Vendors----> to be selected K: Vendors----> Selected M: Materials---> M: Materials---> S: GL Masters---> Selected S: GL Masters---> Selected Use TC= OBA7 Select Type: DZ Select Details Button Select Vendor Check Box-----> SAVE Press Enter to Save in your request. Step B: Incoming Payment : Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ---> Accounts Receivable----> Doc. Entry ---->Incoming Payment ( F-28) Prepared by: Rao MH 95 ---->Incoming Payment ( F-28) Doc.Dt: 12.08.09 Type: DZ Comp. Code: PSL Clearing Text: Incoming Payment A/c : 200105 ( SBI C/A) Buss.Area: PSLH Amount: 198000 Text: Incoming Payment Under Open Items Selection A/c # 3000001 ( GSL) A/c Type: D ( It come by Default) D Stands for Customer Select Other A/c Check Box Select Process Open Items Button A/c Type Comp. Code Standard OI A/c K ( Vendors) PSL √ 4400001 Select Contineu Button Double Click on all Open Items Menu----> Document -----> Simulate & Save Go and See Customer A/c Transactions ( FBL5N): Go and See Customer A/c Transactions ( FBL5N): Go and See Customer A/c Transactions ( FBL5N): Go and See Customer A/c Transactions ( FBL5N): Cust. A/c: 3000001 Comp. Code PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Select Noram Items Check Box Select Vendor Items Check Box------> Execute ( F8) Prepared by: Rao MH 95
  • 96. Advance Receipt from Customers ( Down Payments Received ) : Advance Receipt from Customers ( Down Payments Received ) : Advance Receipt from Customers ( Down Payments Received ) : Advance Receipt from Customers ( Down Payments Received ) : Normally after sales we receive payment from Customer. In this case, we received advance from Customer and after that sales were made. Step 1. Creation of Advance from Customers under Current Liabilities and Provisions FS00 GL A/c # 100502 Comp.Code: PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c # 200110 Comp.Code: PSL Change Account Group to Current Liabilities and Provisions Change Short Text and GL Account Long Text to Advances from Customers SAVE Step 2. Link Between Sundry Debtors & Advances from Customers: SPRO--->Financial Account---->Acounts Receivable & Accounts Payable----> Business Transactions---> Down Payment Received ---->Define Reconciliation A/c for Customer Downpayments ( TC=OBXR) Double Click on Special GL Indicator "A" ( A for Advance) Chart of Accounts PSL → ENTER Recon A/c Spl.GL A/c Prepared by: Rao MH 96 Recon A/c Spl.GL A/c 200110 100502 → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 3 Advance Receipt Posting ( F-29) Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable---->Document Entry---->Down Payment(F-29) Doc.Dt: 13.08.09 Type: DZ Comp.Code: PSL Under Customer : A/c # 30000001 Spl.GL Indicator: A Under Bank: A/c# 200105 Buss. Area: PSLH Amount: 30000 Text: Advance Receipt Pisting → ENTER Amount : * Buss. Area: PSLH Text : + Menu----> Document -----> Simulate & SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 96
  • 97. Step 4 Go and See Customer Account Transactions ( FBL5N) Cust.A/c: 3000001 Comp.Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Select Spl.GL Transactions Check Box select Execute ( F8) Button We can see Report Showing Advance receipt from Customer Step 5 Sale Invoice Posting ( F-22) Doc.Dt: 13.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSLH Post. Key: 01 A/c# 3000001 → ENTER Amount : 30000 Buss. Area: PSLH Text : Sale Invoice Posting Post. Key: 50 A/c # 300000 → ENTER Amount : * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document -----> Simulate & SAVE Step 6 Go and See Customer Account Transactions ( FBL5N) Cust.A/c: 3000001 Comp.Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Select Normal Items Check Box -----> Execute ( F8) We can see Sale Invoice showing as Open Item under Normal Items Select Back Arrow Prepared by: Rao MH 97 Select Back Arrow Select Spl.GL Transactions Check Box along with Normal Items select Execute ( F8) Button We can see Report Showing Advance receipt from Customer and Sale Invoice under Open Items Step 7 Transfer of Advance from Special GL to Normal by Clearing Special GL Items ( F-39) Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable----> Document Entry---->Down payment---->Clearing ( F-39) Doc.Dt: 13.08.09 Type: DA Comp.Code: PSL Cust. a/c: 3000001 Text: Advance Receipt Clearing Select Process Down Payment Button Trasnfer Posting : 30000 → SAVE Step 8 Go and See Customer Account Transactions ( FBL5N) Cust.A/c: 3000001 Comp.Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Select Normal Itmes Check Box -----> Execute ( F8) We can see Sale Invoice and Advance showing as Open Items under Normal Items Prepared by: Rao MH 97
  • 98. Step 9 Clearing of Normal Itmes: ( F-32) Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable---> Accounting ---> Clear ( F-32) A/c # 3000001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Process Open Items Button Double Click on Debit 30000 and Double Click on Credit 30000. Save. Now Both will go from Open Items and cleared. If we are purchasing following material from One Supplier : RM → Sundry Cr. RM → 100501 Stores → Sundry Cr. Stores → 100502 Capital Goods → Sundry Cr. C G → 100503 Services → Sundry Cr. Service → 100504 In F-43 Posting Key will Be 39 and Special GL Indicator "X" BILL DISCOUNTING : BILL DISCOUNTING : BILL DISCOUNTING : BILL DISCOUNTING : Normally Banks are offering 2 Types of Facilities. 1. Fund Based Banking Facilities 2. Non Fund Based Banking Facilities Non Fund Based Facilities Fund Based Facilities Prepared by: Rao MH 98 1. Money Physically given by Bank 1.Banks will not give Money Physically 2. Types of Facilities ( Credit ) 2. Types of Facilities ( Credit ) a) Cash Credit against Local Sales a) Letter of Credit ( LC's) b) Packing Credit against Export b) Bank Guarantees ( BG's) Sales c) Bank Over Draft d) Bill/ Invoice Discounting We are Discussing with Bill Discounting only Now Suppose PSL Made a sale to one customer on 13.08.09 on 30 days credit payment terms. If we have Bill Discounting Facilities, We can discount the Invoice with the bank . We receive the Money now itself after deducting the Bank Charges and Interest for 30 days. On due date, we have 2 scenarios. if Customer Made the Payment IF Customer does not pay to Bank to the Bank on Due Date ↓ ↓ ↓ No Liability to Bank from PSL Liability rises with PSL and Bank will debit the amount from PSL's Bank C/A Prepared by: Rao MH 98
  • 99. Suppose , if we disounted some of bills with the bank. Out of them, some of the bills due date is after the date of Fiscal Year Closing Date. The amount which is outstanding after Fiscal Year Closing date, will be contingent liability of the Customer as , we do not know, wether customer will pay to the bank or not. So we will show that amount as Contingent Liability in Notes to the Balance Sheet as " Bills Discounted with Banks" Entries in Normal A/c Entries in SAP 1. For Sales: 1. For Sales: Customer A/c Dr. 50000 Customer A/c Dr. 50000 to Sales A/c 50000 to Sales A/c 50000 2 For Bill of Exchange Payament 2 For Bill of Exchange Payament No Entry in Accounting Customer Spl GL( W) Dr. 50000 to Customer with Clg 50000 3 Bills of Exchange Discount 3 Bills of Exchange Discount SBI C/A Dr. 48000 SBI C/A Dr. 48000 Interest A/c Dr. 2000 Interest A/c Dr. 2000 To SBI Bill Discounting A/c 50000 To SBI Bill Discounting A/c 50000 Entry No 2 & 3 will pass together in SAP 4. We can see Report Customer Wise 4. Same Reports available in SAP Bill Wise, Due Date wise, and Bank Prepared by: Rao MH 99 Bill Wise, Due Date wise, and Bank Wise outstanding 5 Reverse of Contingent Liability 5 SBI Bill Discounting with Clg 50000 SBI Bill Discounting A/c Dr. 50000 To Cust. Spl GL( W) with clg 50000 to SBI C/A 50000 ( Sundry Dr. Bill of Exchange) Presentation of Bills of Exchanges in Balance Sheet: If we received Bills of Exchange from Customer and discounted in Bank we have 2 types of presentation in Balance Sheet {A} We will show Sundry Debtors including the Bills of Exchange Amounts and Sundry Dr. Bills of Exchange 50000 Dr. SBI Bills Discounting 50000 Cr. Net ZERO OR {B} Some Companies show normal Debtors and Bills Discounting will not show in B/S. It will be appeared in Notes to B/S under Contingent Liabilities. Prepared by: Rao MH 99
  • 100. Customization: Step 1. Creation of 2 GL Masters ( FS00) 1st A/c GL A/c: 200111 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c: 200110 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Change short Text to Sundry Dr. B/E Change Long Text to Sundry Debtors Bills of Exchange SAVE 2nd A/c GL A/c: 100302 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template Button GL A/c: 100300 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Change short Text to SBI Bill Discounting A/c Change Long Text to SBI Bill Discounting A/c Select Control Data Tab Select Open Items Management Check Box Select Line Items Check Box Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab Select Post Automatically Check Box → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 100 Step 2. Link Between Sundry Debtors and Sundry Debtors Bills of Exchange: PATH: SPRO---> Financial Accounting--->Bank A/c---> Business Transactions--->Bills of Exchange Transactions---->Bills of Exchange Receivables---> Post Bill of Exchange Receivable--->Define Alternative Reconciliation Account for Bills of Exchange Receivable ( OBYN) Double Click on Special GL Indicator " W" Chart of Accounts : PSL → ENTER Recon A/c Spl. GL A/c 200110 200111 → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 3 Define Banks of Sub Accounts: Upto Bills of Exchange Receivable Path is same----> Present Bill of Exchange Receivable Bank---->Define Bank sub Account ( TC=OBYK) Select New Entries Button COA Bank A/c Usage SGL Ind Customer Bank Sub A/c Recon A/c for Liability PSL 200105 Discounting W 200110 100302 ( SBI Bill Discounting A/c) → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request Prepared by: Rao MH 100
  • 101. END USER AREA: END USER AREA: END USER AREA: END USER AREA: Step 1 Sales Invoice Posting ( F-22) Doc.Dt: 14.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSL Post.Key: 01 A/c # 3000001 → ENTER Amount: 50000 Buss. Area: PSLH Pay. Terms: NT30 Text : Sales Invoice Posting ( Net 30) Post.Key: 50 A/c # 300000 → ENTER Ignore Warning Message → ENTER Amount: * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE Step 2 Bills of Exchange Payment Path: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable----> Document Entry---->Bills of Exchange---->Payment ( F-36) Doc.Date: 14.08.09 Type : DZ Comp. Code: PSL Post.Key: 09 A/c # 3000001 Special GL Indicator: W X ENTER Amount: 50000 Buss. Area: PSLH Text : Bills of Exchange Payment Due on : 12.09.09 Planned Usage: Select Discounting Domicile: SBI ( Bank Name in which B/E is discounted) Central Bank Location: Main Branch, Hyd ( Location of the Bank) Select Choose Open Items Check Box Prepared by: Rao MH 101 Select Choose Open Items Check Box select Processs Open Iteme Double Click on Receivable amount( Rs. 50,000 Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE Note Down the Dcoument Number saved like # 500003. Step 3 Bills of Exchange Discounting( F-33) Path: Accounting ----> Financial Accounting ----< Accounts Receivable ----> Document Entry----> Bills of Exchange---->Discounting ( F-33) Doc.Dt: 14.08.09 Type: DA Comp. Code: PSL Bank A/c: 200105 ( SBI C/A) Buss. Area: PSLH Amount : 48000 Text: SBI Bill Discounting Post. Key: 40 A/c # 400400 ( Interest A/c) → ENTER Amount : 2000 Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Interest on SBI Bill Discounting Select Bill of Exchange Button Doc # : 500003 Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 101
  • 102. Step 4 Report to View Customer wise, Bill Wise, Due Date Wise and Bank Wise O/s: Path: Accounting ---> Financial Accounting --->Accounts Receivable ---> Periodic Processing--->Bills of Exchange Processing --->Korea---->B/E Management ( TC= S_ALR_87012213) COA : PSL GL A/c: 200111 Comp. Code: PSL Special GL Indicator : W Usage: D ( Discounting ) select Discounted/ Collected Radio Button → Execute ( F8) Select Change Layout Button Keep fields Due Date, Doc # , Customer No, Received from, Doc Dt, Domicile, Amount in Local Currency Select Copy Button REVERSE OF CONTINGENT LIABILITY: Accounting --->Financial Accounting---->Accounts Receivable---> Document Entry--->Bills of Exchange--->Reverse Contingent Liability ( TC=F-20) Doc.Dt: 11.09.09 Type: DA Comp. Code: PSL Bills of Exchange Selection GL A/c : 200111 Usage: Discounting Customer: 3000001 Due By: 30.09.09 Select Edit Line Items Button → Ignore Warning Message Press ENTER *** Command: + ( Set Items to Active) → SAVE MENU----> Document ----> Display If the Bill is Dishonour by Customer : The Contingent Liability Becomes Actual Liability when the Bill is dishonoured by Customer. We have to Reverse Contingent Liability and Pass Customer A/c Dr. Prepared by: Rao MH 102 Customer A/c Dr. To SBI C/A *** Why to Select "+" in Command Field: + set items to active ++ set items in block to active - set items to inactive -- set items in block to inactive If customer paid to Bank for Bill Nos 2,3 & 4, then we can select like below Bill No {OR} {OR} 1 - If we are using "++" or "--" it 2 + ++ should be marked from and to 3 + Bill. In between the marks all bills 4 + ++ will be active or inactive. 5 - Later If customer made payment for Bill Nos 1 & 5 then Bill No {OR} {OR} 1 + 2 - - 3 - 4 - - 5 + Prepared by: Rao MH 102
  • 103. Dunning means Reminder. If the customer does not make the payment as per the payment terms, we can issue Dunning ( Reeminder) Letter to Customer from SAP. Dunning Area: Dunning area can be Company Code, as a whole (or ) Region (or) Location In Case of Big Companies Separate Marketing Head from Each Region wants to issue Dunning Letters to his Area Customers. In this Case Dunning area will be Region In Case of Small Companies, One Marketing Head for all the Regions . In this case Dunning area will be Company Code as a whole Dunning Levels: Dunning Levels means Types of Letters. There are Maximum 9 levels in SAP. But we are using 4 levels. Dunning Intervals: Dunning Intervals means Frequency of Letters to be generated Every 10 days or 15 days Grace Period: 3 days Ex: if Sale is made on 17.08.09 and Terms of Payment 0001 ( payable immediately) 1st Letter 2nd Letter 3rd Letter 4th Letter After 20th Aug After 30th After 9th After 19th DUNNING DUNNING DUNNING DUNNING Prepared by: Rao MH 103 After 20th Aug After 30th After 9th After 19th (including 3days Aug Sept Sept for Grace) Note: Grace Period is calculated only for the 1st Letter but not for all letters. Dunning Charges: For Sending the letters we can collect Dunnig Charges from Customers. Dunning Charges can be a Fixed Amount or Percentage Basis Amount or Percentage can be based on Levels of Dunning . Dunning Charges will be levied only in the Letters and will not be posted to Accounts. It will be Done to Threaten the Customer to make the Payment with in Due Date. If the Customer paid Dunning Charges in Real, then only posting will be done to " Dunning Charges A/c " as Other Income. CUSTOMIZATION OF DUNNING PROCEDURE: Step 1. Define Dunning Area: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable& Accounts Payable--->Business Trnsactions---->Dunning ---> Basic settings for Dunning---> Define Dunning Area Select New Entries Buton Company Code: PSL Area : Blank (Blank Area is for Creating Text: Dunning Area for PSL Dunning area at Comp Code Level) SAVE ----> Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Press Enter to Save in your Request. Prepared by: Rao MH 103
  • 104. Step 2. Define Dunning Procedure: Upto Dunning Path is same--->Dunning Procedure ---->Define Dunning Procedure( FBMP) Select New Procedure Button Dunning Procedure: PSL1 ( Text Field) Name: Dunning Procedure for PSL Dunning Interval in Days: 10 No. of Dunning Levels: 4 Line Item Grace Period: 3 Interest Indicator 01 ( Standard Item Interest Calculator) Select Standard Transaction Dunning Check Box Select Dunning Texts Button Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Company Code: PSL Select Customer Radio Button Pres Enter and Select New Company Code Button Company Code: PSL Press Enter De-select Dunning by Dunning Area Check Box. If Area is Blank. Select Separate Notice for Dunning Level Check Box Select Back Arrow 2 times Select "Yes" Button Press Enter to save in your request. Select Dunning Texts Button once Again. Comp Code: PSL Select Customer Radio Button and Press Enter Prepared by: Rao MH 104 Select Customer Radio Button and Press Enter Open One More Session with TC = FBMP Double Click on Procedure 0001 select Dunnint Texts Button Comp. Code 1000 Select Customer Radio Button → ENTER Come to 1st Session Dunning Level From 1 F150_DUNN_01 2 F150_DUNN_01 Select Page Down Button 3 F150_DUNN_02 4 F150_DUNN_02 Select Dunning Levels Button Select Always Dunn Check Box for all the 4 levels Select Charges Button Currency : INR → ENTER ( In this section we can give Dunning Charges to be collected from Customer) Select Back Arrow Select Save or Ctrl+S → Ignore Warning Message → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 104
  • 105. Step3. Assaign Dunning Procedure in Customer Master: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable--->Master records ---->Maintain Centrally--->Change ( XD02) Customer A/c#: 3000001 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER select Company Code Data Button Select Correspondence Tab Dunning Procedure: PSL1 → SAVE END USER AREA: Step1. Sales Invoice Posting ( F-22) Doc.DT: 10.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSL Post. Key: 01 Account # 3000001 → ENTER Amount : 9999 Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Sales Invoice Posting Post. Key: 50 Account # 300000 → ENTER Amount : * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate & SAVE Step2. Dunning : Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->Accounts Receivable---> Periodic Processing ---->Dunning ( F150) Run ON : 18.08.09 Identification: PSL1 ( Text Field) Select Payment Tab Prepared by: Rao MH 105 Select Payment Tab Dunning Date( Letter Date): 18.08.09 Documents Posted Upto: 18.08.09 Company Code: PSL Customer A/c: 3000001 to 3000100 → SAVE Select Back Arrow Select Schedule Button Output Device : LP01 Select Contineu Button Select Start Immediately Check Box Select Schedule Button Go and Press Enter till we get message " Dunning Selection is Compleate" Select Dunning Printout Button Output Device : LP01 Select Contineu Button Select Print Button Go on Press Enter till we get theMessage " Dunning Printout is Complete" Prepared by: Rao MH 105
  • 106. Select Dunning History Button Comp. Code: PSL → Execute ( F8) Keep the Cursor on Amount 9999 Select Display Dunning Notice Button Keep the Cursor on Doc # Select Print Preview Button , Output Device : LP01 Select Contineu Button Go and See Customer Master ( XD02): Customer A/c # 3000001 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Select Comp Code Data Button Select Correspondence Tab We can see the Letter to the Customer regarding the Outstanding Payment Sales Tax is part of CIN in SAP. CIN mans Country India Version. If we made Local Purchases or Local Sales i.e., Within State Purchases / Sales VAT is applicable ( VAT Purchases / Vat Sales} SALES TAX Prepared by: Rao MH 106 If we made Out of State Purchases/ Sales Central Sales Tax( CST Purchases/ Sales) Sales Local Outside Local Outside Purchase Purchase Sales Sales Basic Price 100 100 Basic Price 200 200 Excise Duty ( 6%apx) 6 6 Excise Duty ( 8%apx) 16 16 106 106 216 216 VAT 4% {*} 4.24 VAT 12.5% {?} 27 CST 2 % {**} 2.12 CST( 2%) ( ??) 4.32 Vendor account 110.24 108.12 Customer Account 243 220.32 Note *: will go to VAT Receivable A/c Note ?: Will go to VAT Payable Account Note **: to be added to Inventory only, No Note??: will go to CSTG Payable Account adjustment is possible for CST. VAT payable and VAT Receivable eventhough 2 accounts, everymonth, we will reconicile these accounts and adusted against other. Net amount only be payable or receivable. Where as In the case of CST Payable , we cannot able to adjust this amount agaisnt other account . CST Receivable can be adjusted against VAT Payable. Purchases Prepared by: Rao MH 106
  • 107. Payment to Sales Tax Dept: Payable A) Local Sales - Local Purchases (27 - 4.24) 22.76 B) Local Sales - CST Sales (27-0) 27 C)CST Sales - Local Purchases (4.32-4,24) 0.08 D)CST Sales - CST Purchases (4.32-0) 4.32 Customization : Step 1: Define Tax Procedure: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Finanial Accounting Global Settings---> Tax on Sales / Purchases----> Basic Settings--->Check Calculation Procedure Double Click on Define Procedure Select New Entries Button Procedure Description PSL Tax Sales Tax India → SAVE ( Text Field) → ENTER to save in your request. Select PSL Tax Double Click on Control Data Folder Select New Entries Button Step Contition From To A/c Key Type 10 BASB Base Amount - - - 20 MWVS Input Tax 10 10 VST ( Input Tax) 30 MWAS Output Tax 10 10 MWS(Output tax) Description Prepared by: Rao MH 107 30 MWAS Output Tax 10 10 MWS(Output tax) → SAVE Step 2: Assaign Country to Calculation Procedure: PATH: Upto tax on sales / Purchase Path is same---> Basic Settings--->Assaign Country to Calculation Procedure Select Position Button Country : IN ( For India) → ENTER For Country IN Assaign Procedure PSL Tax → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 3: Define Tax Codes for Sales and Purchases: PATH: Upto Tax on Sales / Purchases path is same----> Calculation --->Define Tax Codes for Sales & Purchases Give Country Code: IN → ENTER Tax Code: V1( Text Field) → ENTER Description: 4% Input Tax Tax Type: V ( Input Tax) → ENTER Tax % Input Tax 4% Output Tax Keep cursor on Out Put tax % and select Deactivate Button → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 107
  • 108. Tax Code: V0 → ENTER Description : 0% Input Tax Tax Type: V ( Input Tax) → ENTER Tax % Input Tax 0% Output Tax Keep cursor on Out Put tax % and select Deactivate Button → SAVE Tax Code: A1 → ENTER Description: 12.5% Output Tax Tax Type A ( Output Tax) → ENTER Tax % Output Tax 12.5% Input Tax Keep cursor on InPut tax % and select Deactivate Button → SAVE Tax Code: A0 → ENTER Description: 0% output Tax Tax Type: A ( Output Tax) → ENTER Tax % Output Tax 0.0% Input Tax Keep cursor on InPut tax % and select Deactivate Button → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 108 Step 4: Assaign Tax Codes for Non Taxable Transactions: PATH: Upto Tax on Sales / Purchases path is same----> Posting ---->Assaign Tax Codes for Non Taxable Transactions (OBCL) Select Positon Button Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER For Company Code PSL Input tax Output tax Code Code V0 A0 → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 5: Creation of 2 GL Masters: A} VAT Receivables Under Current Assets Loans & Advances B} VAT Payable Under Current Liabilities & Provisions Enter TC=FS00 1st a/c GL A/c : 200155 Comp. Code : PSL Select with template GL A/c : 200120 Comp. Code : PSL → ENTER Change Short Text and GL A/c Long Text to " VAT Receivable Account" Select Control Data tab Tax Category: * ( All Tax types allowed) Prepared by: Rao MH 108
  • 109. select Posting Without Tax Allowed Check Box select Create/ Bank/ Interest tab Change Field Status group to G041 ( tax office clearing account ) → SAVE 2nd a/c GL A/c : 100505 Comp. Code : PSL Select with template GL A/c : 200155 Comp. Code : PSL → ENTER Select Type / Description Tab Change Account Group to Current Liabilities & Provisions Change Short Text & Long Text to " VAT Payable A/c" → SAVE To Change in Ing. RM & Sales Account to Tax Procedure: GL A/c: 200120 ( Inventory Raw Material A/c) Menu----> GL A/c----> Change Select Control Data tab Tax Category : * ( All Tax Type allowed) Select Posting Without tax allowed Check Box → SAVE Ignore Warning Message & Press Enter to SAVE GL A/c: 300000 ( Sales A/c) Menu----> GL A/c----> Change Select Control Data tab Tax Category : * ( All Tax Type allowed) Prepared by: Rao MH 109 Tax Category : * ( All Tax Type allowed) Select Posting Without tax allowed Check Box → SAVE Ignore Warning Message & Press Enter to SAVE Step 6: Define Tax Accounts: PATH: Upto Tax on Sales/ Purchases path is same----> Posting---->Define tax Accounts ( OB40) Double Click on Transactions VST( Input Tax) Chart of Accounts: PSL → ENTER → SAVE Account: 200155 ( Vat Receivable) → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Select Back Arrow Double Click on Transactions MWS( Output Tax) → SAVE Account: 100505 ( Vat Payable ) → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. In Live Environment: FI Consultants Job: 1. Define Tax Procedure 2. Define Tax Codes 3. Creation of GL Accounts 4. Assaign GL Accounts Prepared by: Rao MH 109
  • 110. In MM Module: Purchase Order Material 1 Vendor 1234 Qty 1 Kg Rate 100 Rs Tax Code: V1 ( Input Tax) Procedure: Base Amount( 1kg x 100) = 100 Inventory Account Tax Input V1 ( 4%) = 4 Vat Receivable account Vendor Credit 104 IN SD Module: Sales Order Material 1000 Vendor 4567 Qty 1 Kg Rate 200 RS Tax Code: A1 (Output Tax) Procedure: Base Amount( 1kg x 200) = 200 Sales Account Tax Input A1 (12.5%) = 25 Vat Payable account Customer Debit 225 IN FI Module : Customer A/c Dr. 225 Prepared by: Rao MH 110 Customer A/c Dr. 225 To Sales 225 once we save the entry systme will pass entry like below Customer A/c dr 225 To Sales A/c 200 To VAT Payable 25 These entries will pass automatically when MM Module is activated and documents posted in MM Module. But for our example Now, we are testing only in FI. Not in MM Module END USER AREA: Step 1: Sales Invoice Posting ( F-22) Doc. Dt: 19.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSL Post.Dt: 19.08.09 Post. Key: 01 A/c # 3000001 → ENTER Amount: 225 Select Calculate Tax Check Box Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Sales Invoice Posting Post Key: 50 A/c # 300000 → ENTER Amount: * Tax Code : A1 ( 12.5% output tax) Buss. Area: PSLH Text : + Document -----> Simulate & SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 110
  • 111. TDS is part of CIN ( Country India Version) TDS stands for Tax Deducted at Source TCS stands for Tax Collected at Source We collect TDS for Vedor Payments to Services like Legal , Professional charges ,& Job work charges We collect TCS from Customers of Slaes from Scrap & Waste Sales. Upto SAP Version 4.7C , SAP has given 2 packages in India. SAP +CIN from Version 4.7EE on wards CIN is part of SAP There are 2 types of Withholding tax in SAP Classic Withholding Tax SAP was released in India in 1995 in 1996 after Finance Budget , For changes in Tax SAP Released PATCHES (Programme). Like that Upto year 2000 SAP has released patches and providing along with SAP pack. A new company which purchased SAP in the Year 2000 got SAP+CIN+ Attach of All the Patches from 1996 to 1999. Extended Withholding Tax SAP modified existing programme with the changes in all Finance Budgets. Later on in Finance Budgets Surcharge, Education Cess, Higher education Cess was WITH HOLDING TAX ( TDS) WITH HOLDING TAX ( TDS) WITH HOLDING TAX ( TDS) WITH HOLDING TAX ( TDS) Prepared by: Rao MH 111 Later on in Finance Budgets Surcharge, Education Cess, Higher education Cess was introduced by Govt.of India in Taxes. In the Present Budget for Financial Year 2010, Surcharge, EducationCess and Higher Ed Cess removed. Earlier we have Annual TDS Return on Contractors a Separate Form 26C Later it changed to Common TDS Form of 26. From Year 2009 Quarterly Return of 26Q was introduced. Procedure of TDS on Contractors/Interest/Rent/Professional Charges is same except for Salaries. Only Rates are Different. TDS on salaries is part of "Pay Roll Module" which we are not Covering in Training. As Procedure is same, we are Testing only " TDS on Contractors" for Testing Purpose ( IT Sec 194C) 1. Status Company/Partnership Firm Individuals 2. Rates Basic 2% 2% 3 TDS is to be deducted at the time of Invoice Posting / Advance Payment Posting which ever is earlier 4. If the Bill amount is less than Rs. 20,000 and the Whole Year Contract Value with the same party is less than 50,000. No TDS to be deducted. 5. If the Contractor does not have taxable income, we can get exemption certificate from Income Tax Department for lower rate of Deduction or NIL Rate of Deduction. In that case we have to deduct TDS at Lower Rate or NIL rate . Income Tax Dept give exemption for each year. Prepared by: Rao MH 111
  • 112. 6. TDS Deducted should be deposited within 7 days from the month end. in case of Year End credits, to be deposited within 2 months from the end of the year. 7. If 7th day come on Holiday choice to make payment 1 day before or after. 8. If the Bill amount includes material cost and conversion charges, we have the option to deduct TDS on Full Amount or only on Conversion Charges 9 Issue TDS Certificates in Form 16A should be issued within 1 month or we can issue consolidated certificate for the whole year within 1 month from the end of Closing Financial Year. 10. File Quarterly Return in form 26Q 11. Tax deducted at source can be obtained at company code level/ Business Area Level/Business Place Level. CUSTOMIZATION: Step 1: Maintain Calendar: SPRO--->SAP Netweaver---->General Settings--->Maintain Calender ( TC= SCAL) Select Public Holidays Radio Button Select Change Button Select Create Button Select With Fixed Date Radio Button Select Create Button Day 01 Prepared by: Rao MH 112 Day 01 Month 05( May) Short Holiday Name: May Day Long Holiday Name: May Day → ENTER Ignore Warning Message Select Button → ENTER Select Back Arrow Select Holiday Calendar Radio Button Select Change Button Select Create Button Calendar ID P2 ( Text Field) Description : PSL HYD Factory Holiday Calendar Select Assaign Holiday Button Salect May Day Check Box Select Assaign Public Holiday Button → SAVE Ignore Warning Message → ENTER Select Back Arrow 2 times Select Factory Calender Radio Button Select Change Button Select Create Button Calendar ID P3 ( Text Field) Description : PSL Hyd Factory Calendar Holiday Calendar ID: P2 Select Monday to Saturday Check Box → SAVE Ignore Warning Message → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 112
  • 113. Step 2: Check Withholding Tax Countries: SPRO--->Financial Accounting--->Financial A/c Global Settings---> Withholding Tax---->Extended Withholding Tax---->Basic Settings---> Check withholding tax countries Select New Entries Button Country : IN W/Tax Country: IN Description : India → SAVE Save in AP Customization Request Step 3: Define Withholding Tax Keys → Same Path Country Key: IN → ENTER Select New Entries Button Off. Withold Name Tax Key 194C TDS on Contractors → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. Step 4: Define Business Places ( Section Code) Upto Extended Withholding Tax Path is Same---->Basic Settings----> India--->Define Business Places Select New Entries Button Comp.code: PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 113 Comp.code: PSL Section Code: PSL ( Text Field) Name: PSL Hyderabad Factory → SAVE Name: PSL Hyderabad Factory Country : IN → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. Step 5: Assaign Factory Calender to Business Place( Section Code) Same Path → Select New Entries Comp. Section Fact. Cal Rule Code Code ID PSL PSLF PS Day Before ( Select from Dropdown Button) → SAVE → ENTER to save in ur request Prepared by: Rao MH 113
  • 114. Step 6: Define Business Places: Menu-->System-->Services-->Table Maintenance--->Extended Table Maintenance ( SM30) Table View: J_1BBRANCV Select Maintain Button Give Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Select New Entries Button Business Place: PSLF Description: PSL Hyd Factory → SAVE Name: PSL Hyd Factory Country: IN Press Enter to Save in your Request Step 7: Assaign Section Code to Business Place: Use TC= SM30 Table/ View : V_SECCODE Select Maintain Button Comp Code: PSL → ENTER For Section Business Code Place PSLF PSLF ( Assaign) → SAVE Step 8: Define Withholding Tax Type for Invoice Posting Prepared by: Rao MH 114 Step 8: Define Withholding Tax Type for Invoice Posting Upto Extended W/Tax Path is same--->Calculations--->Withhold Tax Type---->Define Withhold Tax Type for Invoice Posting Country : IN → ENTER Select New Entries Button Withhold Tax Type P1 Description : Sec194C Contractors Invoice Posting Under Base Amount Select Gross Amount Radio Button Select Withhold Tax Commercial Rounding Radio Button Select Post Withhold Tax Amount Check Box Select No Accumulation Radio Button Save ----> Press Enter to save in your Request. Step 9: Define Withhold Tax Type for Payment Posting ( At Advance) Same Path( Next Line to Last Price) Country Key: IN for India → ENTER Select New Entries Button Withhold Tax Type : PA Description : Section 194C Contractors Advance Posting Base Amount: Select Gross Amount Radio Button Select Withhold Tax Commercial Rounding Radio Button Select Post Withhold Tax Check Box Prepared by: Rao MH 114
  • 115. Select No Accumulatio Radio Button ** Select Central Invoice Proportionate Radio Button → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request ** Importance of Central Invoice Proportionate Radio Button on 10.07.09 Advance Payemnt Posting ( F-48) Vendor Special GL A/c Dr. 100000 To Bank A/c 98000 To TDS Payable A/c 2000 ( to be paid to Govt before 07.08.09) on 21.08.09 Posting of Coversion Charges ( F-43) Conversion Charges A/c Dr 500000 To Vendor A/c 490000 To TDS A/c 10000 ( to be paid to Govt before 07.09.09) Transfer of Advance from Special GL to Normal by Clearing Special GL Items ( F-54) Vendor A/c Dr. 98000 TDS A/c 2000 To Vendor Special GL A/c 100000 Debit to TDS Account will be done automatically when we select the Central Invoice Proportionate Radio Button Effect on 07.09.09 to be paid : 10000 Cr Total to be payable 2000 Dr advance paid Prepared by: Rao MH 115 2000 Dr advance paid 8000 Cr Balance to be paid Step10: Define Withholding Tax Codes: Upto Extended Withholding Tax Path is same--->Calculation ----> Withholding Tax---->Define Withholding tax codes Country Key: IN ( For India) → ENTER Select New Entries Button Withholding Tax Type: P1 Withholding Tax Code: P1 Description : Select 194C Contractors Invoice Posting Official W/Tax Key: 194C ( Standard Posting : Bank/Vendor/ Customer Line Items Reduced) Base Amount Percentage Subject to Tax: 100% Posting Indicator: 1 Calculation : Withholding Tax Rate: 2% → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Select Back Arrow Select Withhold Tax Type P1 Select Copy as Button Change Withhold Tax Type to PA Change Withhold Tax Code to PA Description : Sec 194C Contractors Advance Posting → ENTER & SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 115
  • 116. Step11: Check Receipient Types : Upto Extendted Withholding Tax Path is same--->Basic Settings---> Check Recipient Types Country Key: IN ( India) → Enter Select New Entries Button Withholding Tax Type: P1 Receipient Type: CO ( Text Field) Text : Company 2nd : Withholding Tax Type: P2 Receipient Type: CO ( Text Field) Text : Company SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step12: Maintain Tax Due Dates: Upto Extended Withholding Tax Path is same---> Basinc settings---> India--->Maintain Tax Due Dates Select New Entries Button Country: IN ( for India) Official W/tax Key : 194C Receipient Type : CO ( Company) No. of Days Until Tax Due Date: 777 ( 7 Days from the Month End) Select SAVE or Ctrl+S → Enterto save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 116 Step13: Assaign Withhold Tax Types to Company Codes: Upto Extended Withholding Tax Path is same---> Company Code---> Assaign Withhold Tax Types to Company Codes Select New Entries Button Company Code: PSL W/Tax Type: P1 Recipient Type: CO Select W/Tax Agent Check Box W/Tax Obligated from : 01.04.09 W/Tax Obligated to : 31.03.09 Select SAVE or Ctrl+S → Enter to save in your request. Select back Arrow Button Select Company Code: PSL Select Copy As Button Change W/tax type to PA and SAVE Step14: Activate Extended Withholding Tax Same Path select Position Button Company Code: PSL → Enter For Comp Code PSL Select Extended W/Tax Check Box SAVE ---> Ignore Warning Message → Enter to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 116
  • 117. Step15: Creation of 2 GL Masters ( FS00) a) Conversion Charges under Manufacturing Group b) TDS on Contractors under Current Liabilities& Provisions FS00 → Enter 1st A/c GL A/c: 400200 Comp.Code: PSL Select With Template GL A/c: 400100 Comp.Code: PSL → Enter Change Account Group to " Manufacturing" Change ST & GL Long Text to " Conversion Charges" → SAVE 2nd A/c GL A/c: 100510 Comp.Code: PSL Select With Template GL A/c: 100500 Comp.Code: PSL → Enter Change ST & GL Long Text to " TDS on Contracting" → SAVE Step16: Assaignment of Accounts for Automatic Posting Upto Extended Withhold tax path is same---> Postings---> A/c for Withhold tax--->Define account for Withhold Tax to be paid over Chart of Accounts: PSL → Enter Select W/Tax Code: Check Box Prepared by: Rao MH 117 Select W/Tax Code: Check Box With Hold Tax Type: Check Box → SAVE W/Tax Type W/Tax Code A/c P1 P1 100510 PA PA 100510 → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step17: Maintain Company Code Settings SPRO--->Logistics General----<Tax on Goods Movements---> India--> Basic Settings--->Maintain Comp. Code Settings Select New Entries Button Comp.Code: PSL → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step18: Specify Document Types for Remittance Challan: TDS Challan for Company Contractors---CO TDS Challan for Individual Contractors---IN If in TDS on Contractors A/c there are 5 Bills O/s. ( to pay to Govt) BillNo Type Amount 1 CO 1000 2 CO 2000 3 IN 3000 4 CO 4000 5 IN 5000 Prepared by: Rao MH 117
  • 118. At the time of making payment We seelct receipt type = CO Bills to select 1,2,4== 7000 Document type we use to enter SA as Debit A/c and Credit A/c Both are general Ledger Accounts. Entry: TDS on Contractors A/c 7000 To Bank A/c 7000 PATH: Upto Extended W/Tax path is same--->Postings---> India---> Remittance Challans--->Document Types----> Specify Document Types ( A/c Payable) Select New Entries Button CoCode RC Doc Type PSL SA → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step19: Maintain Number Ranges : Same Path Select Maintain Groups Button Select Group Without Text Having 005 Check Box Menu---->Interval---->Maintain Comp. Code: PSL → Enter Select Interval Button Year From No To No Prepared by: Rao MH 118 Year From No To No 2009 1 100000 → Enter & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Step20: Assaign No Group to Business Place: Use TC= SM30 Table / View == J_1IEWTNUMGR select maintain button select new entries button Comp. Code: PSL Off W/ Tax Key: 194C Buss. Place: PSLF No. Group: 005 Select Save or Ctrl+S Step21 Assaign No Group to Section Code: Use TC=SM30 Table / View=== J_1IEWTNUMGR_1 Select Maintain Button Select New Entries Button Co.Code Sect. Code Off. Key No.Group PSL PSLF 194C 005 → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 118
  • 119. Step22 Maintain Numbe Groups & SAP Script Forms( for TDS Certificates) Upto Extended W/Tax Path is same--->Postings--->India---->W/Tax Certificates for Vendors & Customers--->Maintain No. Groups & SAP Script Forms Select New Entries Button Co.Code Sect. Code Off. Key Form PSL PSLF 194C J_1IEWT_CERT → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step23 Assaign Number Ranges to Number Groups: Same Path Select New Entries Button No. Group: 004 Internal No. Range 04 → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Step24 Maintain Number Ranges: Same Path Select Maintain Groups Button Select Group W/tax having '004 Check box Menu--->Internal---> Maintain Comp. Code: PSL → Enter Select Internal Button Year From To 2009 100001 200000 → Enter & Save Prepared by: Rao MH 119 2009 100001 200000 → Enter & Save Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Step25 Assaign Tax Codes in Vendor Master: Accounting --->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---->Master Records--->Maintain Centrally---->Change ( XK02) Vendor No: 4400001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Withhold Tax Check Box → Enter W/Tax Country : IN W/ Tax Type: P1 W/tax Code: P1 Select Liable Check Box Recepient Type: CO W/Tax Type PA W/tax Code: PA Select Liable Check Box Recepient Type: CO Select CIN Details Ignore Warnign Message and Press Enter Select W/tax Tab PAN of Vendor : PSL123456C ( Text Field) Select Back Arrow: Select Save or Ctrl+S Prepared by: Rao MH 119
  • 120. END USER AREA: Step1: Posting of Conversion Charges ( F-43) Doc.Dt: 25.08.09 Type : KR Comp. Code: PSL Post.DT: 25.08.09 Post Key: 31 A/c# 4400001 → Enter Amount: 100000 Buss. Area: PSLH Buss.Place: PSLF Text: Conversion Charges Posting Post.Key: 40 A/c# 400200 → Enter (Conversion Chg. A/c) Remove W/Tax Code: PA → Enter Amount: * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document----> Simulate Double Click on Blue Font Line item Change Text to + SAVE Regarding TDS following points are important: Option1 : If the Bill amount is less than 20,000 and in the whole year contracts gross value is less than 50000, No TDS to be deducted . Remove P1 from PA Option2 :If the Bill includes Material Value of Rs. 30,000 and Conversion Charges are Rs. 70,000. TDS should be deducted on 70,000 but not on 100,000. Withholding Tax Base is 70,000 for P1. and Remove PA Option3 :If the Bill is only for Conversion charges of Rs. 100,000, TDS should be deducted on 100,000. Remove PA Prepared by: Rao MH 120 deducted on 100,000. Remove PA Step 2: Create Remittance Challan: PATH: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting--->Accounts Payable---> W/tax ---->India--->Extended W/tax--->Remittance of W/tax---> Create Remittance Challan (J1INCHLN) Comp.Code: PSL Fiscal Year: 2009 Buss.Place/ Sect Code: PSLF Posting Date: 01.08.09 to 31.08.09 Section: 194C Recipient Type CO Document Dt: 07.09.09 Post. Date: 07.09.09 Bank A/c: 200105 ( SBI C/A) Buss Area: PSLH → Execute ( F8) Text : TDS payment for Aug'09 Select Process Open Items Button Double Click on all Open Items Select Document Overview Button Double Click on SBI C/A Line Item Amount * → SAVE Select Clearing Document Button Select Back Arrow Prepared by: Rao MH 120
  • 121. Step 3: Enter Bank Challan : Same Path ( J1INBANR) Comp. Code: PSL Fiscal Year: 2009 Challan Clg. No: Select 31 Once we select Challan Clrg. No Internal Challan No and Internal Challan Date will be updated Automatically Bank Challan NO: 567 ( Text Field) Bank Challan Dt: 07.09.09 Bank Key Select SBI → Execute ( F8) Step 4: Print TDS Certificates : Upto Extended W/tax path is same---> Certificates---> Print ( J1INCERT) Comp. Code: PSL Buss Place/Sect Code: PSLF Fiscal Year: 2009 Section 194C Post Date: 01.04.09 to 31.03.2010 Bank Challan Dt: 01.05.09 to 30.04.2010 Certificate Date: 30.04.2010 Signatory: Mr. X Designation : Manager Accounts Place of Printing: Hyderabad → Execute ( F8) Output Device: LP01 → Select Print Button To View the printout From Menu--->System--->Services--->Output Control Prepared by: Rao MH 121 To View the printout From Menu--->System--->Services--->Output Control → Execute ( F8) Select Spool No Check Box Select Display Contents Button from 2009 New Quarterly Return ( Form 26Q) introduced which is not in the learning package for which TC=J1INQEFILE We can get Daily Cash positions by Opening Balance+Receipts-Payments Some Companies will use this for Petty Cash purpose Cash Journal will not accept Negative Cash Balance Step1: Create GL Masters- Hyderabad City Office Cash Account( FS00) GL A/c: 200101 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template GL A/c: 200100 Comp. Code: PSL → Enter Change Short Text & GL A/c Long Text to "Hyd City Office Cash A/c" Select Create/Bank/Interest Tab Select Post Automatically only Check Box → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. CASH JOURNAL CASH JOURNAL CASH JOURNAL CASH JOURNAL Prepared by: Rao MH 121
  • 122. Step2: Define Number Range Intervals for Cash Journal Documents: SPRO--->Financial Accounting --->Bank Account--->Business Transactions --->Cash Journal--->Define No Range Interval for --->Cash Journal Doc Comp. Code: PSL Select Change Interval Button Select Interval Button No Range: 01 From No : 500001 To No: 600000 → Enter & SAVE Ignore Warning message → Enter Step3: Set up Cash Journal: Path is same as above Select New Entries Button Comp. Code: PSL Cash Journal: 0001 GL A/c 200101 Currency INR Doc. Type for GL A/c: SA Doc. Type for Vendor Payment KZ Doc. Type from Vendor Payment KZ Doc. Type from Customer Payment DZ Doc. Type to Customer Payment DZ Cash Journal Name: PSL Hyd City Office Cash Book SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 122 Step 4: Create Change Delete Business Transaction same Path----> Select New Entries Button Comp. Code: Bus. Tran Type GL A/c Cash Journal Transactions i) PSL R( Revenues) 300000 Revenues Select Account Modifiable Check Box ii) PSL E ( Expenses) 400100 Expenses Select Account Modifiable Check Box → SAVE → Enter to save in your request. Note: If I select Account Modifiable, We need not give all Revenue Accounts ( or) All Expenses Account IF I don’t Select Account Modifiable Check Box, We need to give for Revenue and Expenses Account Numbers 300000 400100 300001 400101 300002 400102 300003 400103 Step 5: Set up Print Parameters for Cash Journal: Same Path CoCode Cash Jrn Report Correspondence Print Prg Variant PSL RFCASHOO DEMOEN SAP18 ( Cash Document) Press Enter and Save Prepared by: Rao MH 122
  • 123. END USER AREA: Posting to Cash Journal(FBCJ) Path: Accounting-->Financial Accounting --->General Ledger---> Posting --> Cash Journal Posting (FBCJ) From Menu--->Extras--->Change Cash Journal Comp. Code: PSL Cash Journal: 0001 → ENTER Select Today Button Select Cash Receipts Tab Business Transactions: Select Business Amount G/L A/c Text Buss. Transaction Area Revenues 5000 300000 Cash PSLH Sales Select Post Button Select Print Cash Journal Button Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Check Deposit can be of two types a) Manual Check Deposit b) Electronic Check Deposit Bank Statement can be of two types BANK RECONCILIATION BANK RECONCILIATION BANK RECONCILIATION BANK RECONCILIATION Prepared by: Rao MH 123 Bank Statement can be of two types a) Manual Statement b) Electronic Statement We are testing now with Manual Check Deposit/Manual Bank Statement We have to create 4 GL accounts for each Bank Current Account 1 Main Bank Account 2 Check Issue Account as Open Item 3 Check Deposit Account as Open Item 4 Clearing Account as Open Item Bank Charges Account to be Created If we have 100 Bank Current accounts, we have to assaign account 100 times Instead we can assaign account only one time for all 100 Bank Accounts like below. 1 Main Bank Account +++++ ++++0 ( 9 times Plus Symbol) 2 Check Issue Account +++++ ++++1 3 Check Receipt Account +++++ ++++2 4 Clearing Account +++++ ++++3 Always Main Bank account Balance and Bank Statement Balance will be same. Sales Scenario: 1.Sales Invoice Posting ( F-22) Customer A/c Dr. 200000 to Sales A/c 200000 2 3 A/c No Should End With 1 0 Prepared by: Rao MH 123
  • 124. 2. Check Deposit A) Bank Key E) Customer Number B) Bank A/c No F) Ref. Bill No C) Transactions G) Amount D) Group SAVE IDBI Check Deposit A/c Dr 200000 to Customer A/c with Clrg 200000 3. Enter Manual Bank Statement : i) If the checks deposited does not appear in Bank Statement, they should be in IDBI Check Deposit Account as Open Items. In BRS these items will be called as Checks Deposited but not cleared ii)If check deposited appear in Bank Statement , then enter a) Bank Key b) Bank A/c No c) Transaction, d)Ref. Doc No f) Amount and SAVE Once we saved, Entry will generate like below IDBI Bank A/c Dr 200000 to IDBI Chq. Dep with Clrg A/c 200000 4. Purchase Invoice Posting ( F-43) Inventory RM A/c Dr 50000 To Party A/c 50000 5 Outgoing Payment with Clearing ( F-53) Party A/c Dr 50000 To IDBI Check Issued A/c 50000 Prepared by: Rao MH 124 To IDBI Check Issued A/c 50000 6. Creation of Manual Check (FCH5) Assaing Check No to Payment Document Number 7. Enter Manual Bank Statement a) If the Check Issued Debit does not appear in the Bank Statement , it will appear in IDBI Check Issued Account as Open Items. In BRS it will come under Check Issued but not Cleared b) If the Check issued Debite appears in Bank Statemetn then Enter 1) Bank Key 2) Bank A/c No 3) Transaction 4) Bank Ref No ( Check No) 5) Amount and SAVE IDBI Check Issue Dr 50000 to IDBI Bank A/c 50000 8. Bank Charges Direct Debit to Bank Account: Enter from Manual Bank Statement a) Bank Key b) Bank A/c # c) Transaction d) Amount and Save Bank Charges A/c Dr 1000 to IDBI Bank A/c 1000 CUSTOMIZATION FOR BRS: Step 1: Creation of 4 GL Masters( FS00) 1st a/c GL A/c: 200130 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template GL A/c: 200105 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Change ST & LT to IDBI Main Bank A/c → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 124
  • 125. 2nd a/c GL A/c: 200131 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template GL A/c: 200130 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Change ST & LT to IDBI Check Issue A/c Selct Control Data Tab Select Open Items Management Check Box → SAVE 3rd a/c GL A/c: 200132 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template GL A/c: 200131 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Select Type/ Description Tab Change ST & LT to IDBI Check Deposit A/c → SAVE 4th a/c GL A/c: 400304 Comp. Code: PSL Select With Template GL A/c: 400300 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Select Type/ Description Tab Change ST & LT to Bank Charges Account → SAVE Step 2: Define House Bank ( FI12) Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Select New Entries Button House Bank : IDBI Bank Country: IN Bank Key: PSLIDBI1 Prepared by: Rao MH 125 Bank Key: PSLIDBI1 Save Bank Name: IDBI Bank Name Street: Basheerbagh City: Hyderabad Branch: Main Branch → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. Double Click on Bank Account Folder Select New Entries Button A/c ID: IDBI1 Description: IDBI Current A/c # 1 Bank A/c #: IDBI12345 ( Text Field) Currency: INR GL A/c : 200130 ( IDBI Main Bank A/c) SAVE Step 3: Creation of Check Lots ( FCHI) Paying Comp. Code: PSL House Bank: IDBI A/c ID IDBI1 Select Change Button Select Create Button Lot Number: 1 Check No from : 600001 Check No to : 600100 Select Non Sequention Check Box Short Information : IDBI Bank Purchase Dt: 27.08.09 → ENTER & Save Prepared by: Rao MH 125
  • 126. Step 4: Define Posting Keys and Posting Rules for Check Deposit: SPRO--->Financial Accounting--->Bank Accounting--->Business Transactions--->Check Deposit--->Define Positng Keysand Posting Rules for Check Deposits Chart of Accounts: PSL → ENTER Select New Entries Button Account Text ( Text Field) PSLA Main Bank PSLB Check Issue PSLC Check Deposit PSLD Bank Charges → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request Double Click on Accounts to Assaign A/c Symbols Folder Select New Entries Button A/c Symbol Currency GL A/c PSLA INR +++++ ++++0 PSLB INR +++++ ++++1 PSLC INR +++++ ++++2 PSLD INR 400304 → SAVE Double Click on Create Keys for Posting Rules Folder Posting Rule(TF) Text PSL1 Check Deposit---> Clear Customer Prepared by: Rao MH 126 PSL1 Check Deposit---> Clear Customer PSL2 Check Deposit---> Credited in Bank PSL3 Check Issue-----> Debited in Bank PSL4 Bank Charges Direct Debits → SAVE Double click on Define Posting Rules Folder Select New Entries Button Posting Rule : PSL1 Posting Area: 2 ( sub Ledger A/c) Debit Posting Key: 40 A/c Symbol: PSLC Doc. Type: DZ Post. Type: 8 ( Clear Credit Sub Ledger A/c) Select Next Entries Button Post Rule : PSL2 Check Deposit Contidin is Bank Posting Area: 1 Doc. Posting Type: SA Posting Key: 5 Select New Entries Button Post Rule : PSL3 Posting Area: 1 Debit Posting Key: Blanck Cr. Posting Key : 50 Debit Account Key; PSLB Cr a/c symbol PSLA Doc. Type: SA Post Key : SA Post Type: 4 Prepared by: Rao MH 126
  • 127. Select New Entries Button Post. Rule : PSL4 Post Area 1 ( Bank a/c) Doo. Post Key: 40 Cr. Posting Key : 50 DrA/c Symbol PSLD Cr. A/c Symbol" PSLA Doc. Type: SA Post Typ:: 1 ( Posting → SAVE Step 5: Create and Assaign Business Transactions Upto Business Transactions Path is same---->Check Depsosit--->Create & Assaign Business Transactions Select New Entries Transactions +/- Post Rule Text PSL1 + PSL1 Cheque Deposit Clear Customer PSL1 - PSL1 Chq. Dep Clear Cust Reversal Select SAVE or Ctrl+S Select Cancel Button & Select "YES" Button. Select Save Again Select your request and save in your request. Step 6: Define Variants for Check Deposit: Same Path Select Create Button Variant: PSL1 (Text Field) Name: Cheq Deposit Variant for PSL → ENTER From Possible Fields Column Double click on Ref. Doc No ( Sel) → ENTER second Column offset change to 20 Prepared by: Rao MH 127 second Column offset change to 20 From Possible Fields Column Double click on Customer No ( Sel) → ENTER From Possible Fields Column Double Click on Business Area → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. Keep the Cursor on PSL1 and Select Activate Button Step 7: Create and Assaign Business Transactions for Manual Bank Statement Upto Business Transactions Path is same--->Payment Transactions---> Manual Bank Statement---->Credit and Assaign Business Transactions Select New Entries Button Transaction +/- Post Int. Algor- Text Rule ithm PSL2 + PSL2 Chq. Dep Cr in Bank PSL2 - PSL2 Chq. Dep Cr in Bank(reversal) PSL3 - PSL3 "0"Level Cheque issue Dr. In Bank PSL3 + PSL3 "0"Level Cheque issue Dr. In Bank(Reversal) PSL4 - PSL4 Bank Charges Direct Debit PSL4 + PSL4 Bank Charges Direct Debit(Reversal) SAVE and Enter to Save in your request. ZERO Level mean 011- outgoing check. Check no different from Payment Doc. No Prepared by: Rao MH 127
  • 128. Purchase Scenario: 1. Purchase Invoice Posting ( F-43) Doc # Inventory Raw Material A/c Dr 50000 100001 to Party Account 50000 2. Outgoing Payment With Clearing ( F-53) Doc # Party Account Dr 50000 200001 to IDBI Cheque Issued A/c 50000 3.Creating of Manual Check ( FCH5) Assaign Check No to Payment Document No Payment Doc # 200001 Check # 500001 If we assaign "0" ( ZERO) level System will take payment Doc# and Check # as different . Otherwise systeme assume payment Document # as Check # Define Variants for Manual Bank Statement: Same Path----> Selecgt Create Button Variant PSL (Text Field) Name Manual Bank Statement Variant for PSL → ENTER From Possible Fields Column Double click on Ref Doc# ( Selection ) → ENTER 4th Column Offset Change to 36 Double Click on Bank Reference → ENTER Double Click on Bussiness Area → ENTER → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE In Your work bench request. Prepared by: Rao MH 128 → ENTER to SAVE In Your work bench request. Keep the Cursor PSL2 and select Activate Button To Make Text Field Optional for Field Status Group G-001 and G-005 TC= OBC4 → ENTER Field Status Variant PSL Double Click on Field Status Group Folder Double Click on G-001 Double Click on General Date Make Text Optional Field → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE In Your request. Double Click on G-005 Double Click on General Date Make Text Optional Field → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE In Your request. END USER AREA: Sales Scenario: Step 1 Sales Invoice Posting (F-22) Doc.Dt: 28.08.09 Type: DR Comp. Code: PSL Ref: Bill No 1234 Post Key: 01 A/c # 3000001 → ENTER Amount : 200000 Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Sales Invoice Posting Post Key: 50 A/c # 300000 → ENTER Amount : * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document ----> Simulate & SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 128
  • 129. Step 2 Manual Check Deposit ( FF68) Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Banks--->Incomings---->Check Deposit---->Manual Entry From Menu---> Settings---> Specifications Short Variant : PSL1 → ENTER Bank Key: PSLIDBI1 Bank A/c: IDBI12345 Currency: INR Group: 1 Transaction : PSL1 ( Check Deposit Clear Customer ) Posting Date: 28.08.09 Value Date: 28.08.09 Currency: INR → ENTER Amount : 200000 Ref. Doc # 1234 Customer : 3000001 Buss. Area: PSLH → SAVE SAVE Once again From MENU---> System---->Services--->Batch Input--->Sessions Select Session Name : IDBI/IDBI1 Select Process Button Select Display Errors only Radio Button Select Process Button Prepared by: Rao MH 129 Select Process Button Ignore Warning Message Select Exit Batch Input Button Step 3 Go and See Customer Account Trnasactions ( FBL5N) Customer A/c: 3000001 Comp. Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Clearing Date : 28.08.09 Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8) Double Click on Type DZ Select Callup Document Overview Button to see the Entry Posted Step 4 Go and See IDBI Check Deposit Account ( FBL3N) GL A/c : 200132 ( IDBI Check Deposit Account ) Comp. Code: PSL Select Open Items Radio Button Select Normal Items Check Box → Execute ( F8) We can see IDBI Check Deposit Report Prepared by: Rao MH 129
  • 130. Step 5 Enter Manual Bank Statement ( FF67) Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->Banks---->Incomings--->Bank Statement---->Manual Entry( FF67) From Menu---->Settings---->Specifications Short Variant: PSL2 → ENTER Bank Key: PSLIDBI1 Bank A/c: IDBI12345 Currency: INR Settlement No: 1 Statement DT: 28.08.09 Opening Balance: 0 Closing Balance: 200000 Posting Date: 28.08.09 → ENTER Ignore Warning Message → ENTER Trans. Value Dt Amount Ref. Doc Buss. NO Area PSL2 28.08.09 200000 1 PSLH → ENTER SAVE → SAVE once Again Purchase Scenario: Step 1. Purchase Invoice Posting (F-43) Doc.Dt: 29.08.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 130 Doc.Dt: 29.08.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL Post Key: 01 31 A/c # 4400001 → ENTER Amount : 50000 Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Purchase Invoice Posting Post Key: 40 A/c # 200120 → ENTER Remove TDS Codes Amount : * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----> Document ----> Simulate & SAVE Step 2. Outgoing Payment with Clearing ( F-53) Doc.Dt: 29.08.09 Type: KZ Comp. Code: PSL Clearing Text: Outgoing Payment Bank Data: Account : 200131 Buss.Area: PSLH Amount : 50000 Text : Outgoing Payament Open Item Selection: Account :4400001 Select Process Open Items Button Double Click on Payable Amount 50000 MENU-----> Document---->SAVE Step 3. Creation of Manual Checks ( FCH5) Give Check No : 600005 → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 130
  • 131. Step 4. Enter Manual Bank Statement ( FF67) Select Overview Button Keep the Cursor on Company Code PSL- IDBI Bank Limited Selecgt New Statement Button Give Closing Balance : 149000 Receipt → 200000 Posting Date: 29.08.09 Less: Payment → 50000 Bank Chg → 1000 149000 Transaction Value DT Amount Bank Ref Buss. Area PSL3 29.08.09 -50000 600005 PSLH PSL4 29.08.09 -1000 PSLH → ENTER SAVE → SAVE Once Again From MENU---->System--->Services---> Batch Input---->Sessions Select Session Name: IDBI/IDBI1 Select Process Button Select Display Errors only Radio Button Selecgt Process Button → ENTER → ENTER Once Again Ignore the message and select Exit Batch Input Button Step 5. Go and See Check Issue Account ( FBL3N) Prepared by: Rao MH 131 Step 5. Go and See Check Issue Account ( FBL3N) GL A/c: 200131 Comp. Code: PSL Select Cleared Items Radio Button Execute( F8) Step 6. Go and See Main Bank Account ( FS10N) GL A/c: 200130 Comp. Code: PSL Fiscal Year: 2009 → Execute(F8) Double Click on Cumilative Balance 51000 Double Click on 1000 Cr Select Column Document Overview Button We can see Bank Charges Entry How to View the Bank Statement in SAP (FF67) Select Overview Button Double Click on PSL-IDBI Bank Ltd Double Click on Statement No 2 We can see the Bank Statement in SAP END OF BANK RECONCILIATION Prepared by: Rao MH 131
  • 132. This is also a Sub Ledger ( Subsidery Ledger) Chart of Depreciaion: Asset Customization steps will be made for Chart of Depreciation and Chart of Depreciation will be assaigned to Company Code /Comp. Codes. In SAP we don’t have option of creating the Chart of Depreciation for our own company But SAP has given the option to copy the Existing Chart of Accounts of Germany or Indian. We have to copy either Germany Chart of Depreciation or Indian Chart of Depreciation and make changes according to our company Porocedure. Depreciation Areas: We have many areas of Depreciation like 1. Book Depreciation 2. Depreciation as per Income Tax Rules 3. Costing Depreciation as mentioned in Schedule 14 of Companies Act 4. Group Depreciation Postings to Books of Accounts will be done only Book Depreciation, others are for information purpose only. Depreciation Methods: There are So many Depreciation methods recognised by SAP. But in India we use either 1. Straight Line Method ( SLM) 2. Written Down Value ( WDV) Depreciation Keys: Depreciation Keys are nothing but Rate+ Method say 5% SLM or 5%WDV ASSET ACCOUNTING ASSET ACCOUNTING ASSET ACCOUNTING ASSET ACCOUNTING Prepared by: Rao MH 132 5% SLM or 5%WDV Posting Keys: We use the Following Posting Keys in Asset Accounting Posting Key: 70 for Asset Debit Posting Key: 75 for Asset Credit Transaction Types: 100 → External Asset Acquisition 110 → In House Production 210 → Retirement with Revenue( Consideration) Assets can be acquired from Outside Purchases/ InHouse Production/ Inter Unit Transfers/ Inter Company Transfers. So, when we are posting the Debit Entry, by mentioning the Transaction Type we can come to know what type to transaction it is. Asset Accounting is based on 4 Rules: [A] Sub Asset Master is to be created with reference to the Main Asset Master [B] Main Asset Master is to be created with Asset Class [C] Account Determination is specified in Asset Class [D] For Account Determination we Assaign G L Account based on Nature of Transaction Prepared by: Rao MH 132
  • 133. We will create the Accounts and Determine Accounts like below for Asset Accounting Testing Purpose c. Expansion2 ( Cap. On 20.06.06) Mach.No2 ( Cap. On 15.04.05) Mach.No1 Motor (29.08.09) A/c to Create Account Determination Asset Class Main Asset Master Sub Asset Master F. Depreciation G. Acc.Depreciation f. Capital WIP e. Vehicles d. F & F c. P& M b. Buildings a. Land a. Heavy b. Others a. General b. Expansion 1 A. Purchases 200000 P& M B. Sale of Asset C. Profit on Sale of Asset D. Loss on Sale of Asset E. Loss Dut to Scrapping a. Free Hold b. Lease Hold a. Factory b. Admin a. Dept-A b. Dept-B c. Dept-C a. F& F b. O/ Equip Prepared by: Rao MH 133 Additions to the Main Asset will be created as Sub Asset Master Account Determination :- The Items will determine the GL Accounts to be Posted Automatically Main Asset Will have always Subnumber ZERO Depreciation will be calculated at the Sub Asset Master Level, from the date of Capitalization of Sub Assets. CUSTOMIZATION : CUSTOMIZATION : CUSTOMIZATION : CUSTOMIZATION : Step1. Copy Reference Chart of Depreciation/ Depreciation Areas: PATH: SPRO----> Financial Accounting ---->Asset Accounting ---->Organizational Structures---->Copy Reference Chart of Depreciation / Depreciation Areas Double Click on Copy Reference Chart of Depreciation (TC= EC08) Menu----> Organizational Object---->Copy Organizational Object From Chart of Dep: ODE ( Max Valuation : Germany) To Chart of Dep: PSL (Text Field) → ENTER Ignore Warning Messgae → ENTER Select Creat Request Button Shot Description : Asset Customization for PSL → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. We will get a Message Chart of Depreciation Copied to PSL → ENTER c. Expansion2 Prepared by: Rao MH 133
  • 134. Select Back Arrow Double Click on Specify Description of Chart of Depreciation Select Position Button Chart of Depreciation PSL → ENTER Change Description to : Chart of Description for PSL Select SAVE or CTRL + S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Back Arrow Double Click on Copy / Delet Depreciation Areas Give Chart of Depreciation PSL → ENTER Select Depreciation Areas 3,10,15,20,31,32,41 & 51 From MENU---->EDIT----->DELET SAVE Ignore Warning Messgae → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. Step 2. Asaign Chart of Depreciaton to Company Codes : Same Path (TC=OAOB ) Select Position Button Company Code: PSL → ENTER for Company Code PSL Assaign Chart of Dep PSL Select SAVE or CTRL+S → ENTER to save in your request. Step 3. Specify Account Determination Upto Organizational Structure Path is Same -----> Asset Class---->Specify Account Prepared by: Rao MH 134 Upto Organizational Structure Path is Same -----> Asset Class---->Specify Account Determination Select New Entries Button A/c Detrmination Name for Account Determination PSL10000 Land PSL11000 Buildings PSL20000 Plant & Machinery PSL30000 Funiture & Fittings PSL31000 Vehicles PSL40000 Capital Work In Progress SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 134
  • 135. Step 4. Create Screen Layout rules : Same Path Select Layout 1000, 1100,2000,2100,2500,3000 Select Copy as Button Change Screen Change the Name to Layout 1000 to PSL1 Land 1100 to PSL2 Buildings 2000 to PSL3 Plant & Machinery 2100 to PSL4 Furniture & Fittings 2500 to PSL5 Vehicles 3000 to PSL6 Capital WIP → ENTER SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 5. Define Number Range Interval: Same Path ( TC=AS08) Company Code: PSL Select Change Interval Button Select Interval Button No. Range : 01 From No: 1 To No: 100000 → ENTER Select Interval Button once Again No. Range : 02 From No: 100001 Prepared by: Rao MH 135 From No: 100001 To No: 200000 → ENTER Select Interval Button once Again No. Range : 03 From No: 200001 To No: 300000 → ENTER Select Interval Button once Again No. Range : 04 From No: 300001 To No: 400000 → ENTER Select Interval Button once Again No. Range : 05 From No: 400001 To No: 500000 → ENTER Select Interval Button once Again No. Range : 06 From No: 500001 To No: 600000 → ENTER & SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 135
  • 136. Step 6. Define Asset Class: Path is Same (TC=OAOA) Select New Entries Button 1st Asset: Asset Class: PSL1000 ( Text Field) Description : Free Hold Land Short Text: Free Hold Land A/c Determination: Select PSL10000 (LAND) Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL1 (LAND) No. Range: 01 ** Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button (AUC Stands for Asset Under Construction) Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Next Entry Button 2nd Asset: Asset Class: PSL1100 ( Text Field) Description : Factory Buildings Short Text: Factory Buildings A/c Determination: Select PSL11000 (BUILDINGS) Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL2 (BUILDINGS) No. Range: 02 Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button Prepared by: Rao MH 136 Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Next Entry Button 3rd Asset: Asset Class: PSL2000 ( Text Field) Description : Dept-A Short Text: Dept-A A/c Determination: Select PSL20000 (PLANT & MACHINERY) Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL3 (PLANT & MACHINERY) No. Range: 03 Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Next Entry Button 4th Asset: Asset Class: PSL2001 ( Text Field) Description : Dept-B Short Text: Dept-B A/c Determination: Select PSL20000 (PLANT & MACHINERY) Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL3 (PLANT & MACHINERY) No. Range: 03 Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Next Entry Button Prepared by: Rao MH 136
  • 137. 5th Asset: Asset Class: PSL3000 ( Text Field) Description : Furniture & Fixtures Short Text: Furniture & Fixtures A/c Determination: Select PSL30000 (FUNITURE & FIXTURES) Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL4 (FUNITURE & FIXTURES) No. Range: 04 Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Next Entry Button 6th Asset: Asset Class: PSL3100 ( Text Field) Description : Vehicles Others Short Text: Vehicles Others A/c Determination: Select PSL31000 (VEHICLES) Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL5 (VEHICLES) No. Range: 05 Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box Select No AUC or Summary Management of AUC Radio Button Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Next Entry Button 7th Asset: Asset Class: PSL4000 ( Text Field) Description : Capital Work In Process Prepared by: Rao MH 137 Description : Capital Work In Process Short Text: Capital Work In Process A/c Determination: Select PSL40000 (CAPITAL WIP) Screen Layout Rule: Select PSL6 (CAPITAL WIP) No. Range: 06 De-Select Include Asset and Inventory Data Check Box Select Line Items Settlement Radio Button Select SAVE or Ctrl +S ** WHY WE SELECTED " INCLUDE ASSET INVENTORY" CHECK BOX Here inventory means Fixed Assets Inventory List. Once we select the Check box, what ever asset we creat under this asset class, will be included in Fixed Assets Inventory List As per Companies Auditors Report Order ( CARO), Auditor should specify in his report wether the Fixed Assets have been physically verified by the Management or Not In Big Companies , Physical Verification will be done in a Phased Manner. When we create an asset master , there is a field called Last Verification date. Asset Master Last Verification Date 1 31.03.2009 In the report if we give the verification date 2 31.03.2008 01.04.08 to 31.03.09 we will get the list of 3 31.03.2009 assets physically verified between those days 4 31.03.2009 like 1,3&4 5 31.03.2008 Prepared by: Rao MH 137
  • 138. Step7. Select Line Item Settlement for Capital Work in Progress: on 01.08.09 Machinery Purchased xxxxx Add: on 05.08.09 Freight Charges paid xxxx Add: on 31.08.09 Commission Charges paid xxxx on 02.09.09 Asset Commissioned as Mach. No 1 xxxxx Settle CWIP to Machine No 1. Line Item Wise De select Include Asset Check Box under Inventory Data. Step8. Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounts---->Asset Accounting---->Master Data---->Screen Layout ---->Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data Double Click on Define Screen Layout for Asset Master Data Select Positon Button Give Screen Layout: PSL1 → ENTER Select PSL1 Land Double Click on Logical Field Groups Folder Select 2 Positing Information Double Click on Field Group Rules Folder Capitalization Field Required ¥ We have created PSL1 Land Layout Select Main No Check Box by Copying Layout 1000 Land . Afterwards if we are Select Sub No Check Box creating Layout XYZ by copying Layout PSL1, what ¥ Select Copy Check Box ever fields we have choosen for PSL1, will be copied to XYZ only if we select Copy Check BOX Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 138 Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Back Arrow Select 3 Time Dependent Data Double Click on Field Group Rules Folder Cost Centre Mate it Optional Entry Field Select Main No Check Box Select Sub No Check Box Select Copy Check Box Bussiness Area Make it Required Entry Field Select Main No Check Box Select Sub No Check Box Select Copy Check Box SAVE-----> Selecgt Back Arrow 2 Times NOTE: SAME PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED FOR LAYOUTS PSL2-BUILDINGS, PSL3- PLANT & MACHINERY, PSL4-FURNITURE& FIXTURES, PSL5-VEHICLES, PSL6- CAPITAL WIP. Prepared by: Rao MH 138
  • 139. Step 9. Define Screen Layout for Asset Depreciation Areas: Same Path Select Screen Layout 2000- Depreciation on Asset Sub No Level Double Click on Field Group Rules Folder Dep Key make it Required Entry Field Deselect Class Check Box Select Main No Check Box Select Sub No Check Box Select Copy Check Box SAVE-----> Selecgt Back Arrow 2 Times Step 10. Determine Depreciation Areas in Asset Class: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Asset Accounting ---->Valuation -----> Determine Depreciation Areas in Asset Class Chart of Dep: PSL → ENTER (TC== OAYZ) Select Asset Class : PSL1000 (Free Hold Land) Double Click on Depreciation Areas Folder De-select De-Activation Check Box for Area 01 ( Book Depreciation) Area Layout for 01 Select 2000 ( Dep on Asset Sub No Level) 02 Select 2000 30 Select 2000 Select SAVE or Ctrl +S → ENTER to save in your request. Select Back Arrow Prepared by: Rao MH 139 Select Back Arrow NOTE: SAME PROCEDURE TO BE FOLLOWED TO ASSET CLASS PSL1100-FACT BUILD, PSL2000- DEPT A, PSL2001-DEPTB,PSL3000-FURNITURE & FIXTURES, PSL3100- VEHILES OTHERS & PSL4000- CAPITAL WIP. Why we have to De-select Deactivation Check Box for Land and Capital WIP even though there is no Depreciation on Land and Capital WIP. At the time of Creating Land Master we give Capitalization Date which would be Purchase Date of Land or Registration Date and Rate of Depreciation as "0%" Layout of 2000 - Depreciation on Asset Sub No Level will be like below Asset No Main No Sub No Captalization Date Mach.1 1 0 20.04.2005 Motor 1 1 02.09.2009 Sub Number for Main Asset No will always be ZERO. Depreciation will be calculated based on Capitalization Date. Depreciation will be calculated at Sub Number Level. Prepared by: Rao MH 139
  • 140. Step 11. Creation of 15 GL Masters ( FS00) Create 15 GL Masters as mentioned below under the TC=FS00 A/c to A/c to Create Copy 200000 200110 200005 200000 Group- Fixed Assets 200010 200000 Reconciliation A/c Type- Assets 200015 200000 Sort Key- 018 ( Asset No) 200020 200000 Field Status Group: G067 ( Reco Account) 200025 200000 100200 200000 Group- Accumulated Depreciation 100205 100200 Reconciliation A/c Type- Assets 100210 100200 Sort Key- 018 ( Asset No) 100215 100200 Field Status Group:G067 ( Reco Account) 300102 300100 ( Exchange Gain A/c) Group- Other Income Sork Key-018 Field Status Group-G052 300103 300100 Field Status Group-G001 Others as above 400302 300103 Group- Admn Sork Key-018 Field Status Group-G001 400303 400302 400500 400302 Group- Depreciation Sork Key-018 Field Status Group-G001 ------> Like Above <------ Parameters to Maintain Asset Sale A/c Profit on Asset Sale Loss on Asset Sale Loss Due to Scrap Depreciation A/c Description Land Buildings Plant & Machinery Furniture & Fixtures Capital WIP Vehicles Acc. Dep Vehicles Acc. Dep F & F Acc. Dep P & M Acc. Dep Buildings Prepared by: Rao MH 140 Field Status Group-G001 Step 12. Assaignment of Accounts for Automatic Postings: SPRO---->Financial Accounting ---->Asset accounting ----->Integration with the General Ledger---->Assaing GL Accounts Select Position Button (TC==AO90) Chart of Depreciation : PSL → ENTER Seelct Chart of Accounts PSL Double Click on Account Determination Folder Select Account Determination PSL10000 ( Land ) Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder A/c to Determine Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200000 ( Land) Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap) Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c) Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale) Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale) → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter → ENTER to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 140
  • 141. Double Click on Account Determination Folder Select Account Determination PSL11000 ( Buildings ) Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder A/c to Determine Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200005 ( Buildings) Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap) Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c) Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale) Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale) → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Double Click on Depreciation Folder Accumulated Dep A/c for Ordinary Depr. 100200 (Acc. Dep Buildings A/c) Exp. A/c for Ordinary Depreciation 400500 ( Depreciation A/c) SAVE--> Ignore the Warning Message Double Click on Account Determination Folder Select Account Determination PSL20000 (Plant & Machinery ) Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder A/c to Determine Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200010 ( Plant & Machinery) Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap) Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c) Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale) Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale) Prepared by: Rao MH 141 Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale) → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Double Click on Depreciation Folder Accumulated Dep A/c for Ordinary Depr. 100205 (Acc. Dep P & M A/c) Exp. A/c for Ordinary Depreciation 400500 ( Depreciation A/c) SAVE--> Ignore the Warning Message Double Click on Account Determination Folder Select Account Determination PSL30000 (Furniture & Fixtures ) Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder A/c to Determine Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200015 ( Furniture & Fixtures) Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap) Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c) Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale) Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale) → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Double Click on Depreciation Folder Accumulated Dep A/c for Ordinary Depr. 100210 (Acc. Dep F & F A/c) Exp. A/c for Ordinary Depreciation 400500 ( Depreciation A/c) SAVE--> Ignore the Warning Message Prepared by: Rao MH 141
  • 142. Double Click on Account Determination Folder Select Account Determination PSL31000 (Vehicles ) Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder A/c to Determine Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200020 (Vehicles) Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap) Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c) Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale) Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale) → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Double Click on Depreciation Folder Accumulated Dep A/c for Ordinary Depr. 100215 (Acc. Dep Vehicles A/c) Exp. A/c for Ordinary Depreciation 400500 ( Depreciation A/c) SAVE--> Ignore the Warning Message Double Click on Account Determination Folder Select Account Determination PSL40000 (Capital WIP ) Double Click on B/S Accounts Folder A/c to Determine Acquisition: Acquisition & Production Costs 200025 (Capital WIP) Loss Made on Asset Retirement w/o Revenue 400303 ( Loss due to Scrap) Clearing Account Revenue from Asset Sale 300102 ( Asset Sale A/c) Gain from Asset Sale 300103 ( Profit on Asset Sale) Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale) Prepared by: Rao MH 142 Loss from Asset Sale 400302 ( Loss on Asset Sale) → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter NOTE: No Depreciation for Capital WIP Step 13. Specify Document Type for posting of Depreciation: SPRO----->Financial Accounting--->Asset Accounting ---->Integration with the General Ledger---->Post Depreciation to the General Ledger----> Specify Document Types for Posting of Depreciation (TC===OBA7) Double click on Define Document Types Select Type AF ( Depreciation Postings) Select Details Button No. Range: 04 Select No Range Information Button Company Code: PSL Select Change Interval Button Select Interval Button Number Year From No To No External Range Chk Box 04 2009 700001 800000 √ → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter Prepared by: Rao MH 142
  • 143. **** As per ECC 6.0 of SAP Documentation , we should not select External Check Box at the time of Number Range Intervals. Upto Version 4.7EE selection is required. When we select the External Check Box, at the time of posting the document , we have to specify what should be the document number. There is an exception to this for Depreciation Documents Postings. IN F-02, when we are posting a Document, We can post one document at a time. Where as for Depreciation Postings systme will post Number of Documents at a time based on the Account Determination. PSL10000 Land PSL11000 Buildings PSL20000 P&M → System Will generate 4 documents at a time monthly PSL30000 F&F as Account Determinations are 4 PSL31000 Vehicles PSL40000 CapitalWIP Step 14. Specify Intervals and Posting Rules: Same Path (TC== OAYR) Select Company Code: PSL Doubel Click on Posting Rules Folder Select Monthly Posting Radio Button SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 15. Specify Rounding Off Net Book Valeu and/ or Depreciation: PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Asset Accounting---->Valuation----> Amount Specifications(Comp.Code/Dep.Area)---->Specify Rounding off Net Book Prepared by: Rao MH 143 Amount Specifications(Comp.Code/Dep.Area)---->Specify Rounding off Net Book Value and /or Depreciation (TC===OAYO) Ignore Message and Press Enter Company Code: PSL Double Click on Rounding Specifications Folder Select Area: 01 ( Book Depreciation) Select Details Button Select Automatically Calculated Depreciation Check Box Select Rounding Radio Button SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 16. Creation of Depreciation Keys: In Creation of Depreciation Keys we have 5 steps. Step 1. Define Base Methods Step 2. Define Declining Balance Method All the 4 steps will be assaigned in Step 5 Step 3. Define Multilevel Methods Step 4. Maintain Period Control Method Step 5. Maintain Depreciatio Key 5th Step will be assaigned in Asset Master Customization of 5 steps is detailed below Prepared by: Rao MH 143
  • 144. Step 1. Define Base Methods SPRO----> Financial Accounting ----> Asset Accounting ---->Depreciation --->Valuation Methods---->Depreciation Key---->Calculation Methods---->Define Base Methods 0014 Ordinary:Explicity Percentage( after end of life) * Ordinary -- Means Ordinary Depreciation Explicit Percentage--- We follow percentages specified in Com. Act Schedule 14. After End of Life--- No depreciation should be calculated if Net Book Value = ZERO Step 2. Define Declining Balance Method: Same Path (TC==AFAMD) Chart of Depreciation : PSL → ENTER Note Down the Number '001 ( in this Step Nothing to save) We will mention this number in 5th Step Step 3. Define Multilevel Methods: Same Path (TC==AFAMS) Select New Entries Button Multilevel Method P1 Description: 5% SLM Validity Satart: Select from Ordinary Depreciation Date SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Double Click on Levels Folder Select New Entries Button Acquisition Year Period Base Value Percent Year 9999 999 12 01 5 → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 144 9999 999 12 01 5 → SAVE Double Click on Multilevel Method Folder Select Next Entry Button Multilevel Method P2 (Text Field) Description : 5% WDV Validity Satart: Select from Ordinary Depreciation Date SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Double Click on Levels Folder Select New Entries Button Acquisition Year Period Base Value Percent Year 9999 999 12 24 5 → SAVE (N.B.V) Prepared by: Rao MH 144
  • 145. Note: Some of the Fields in above steps are briefed below for information. Point 1. Validity Start From : Ordinary Depreciation Start Date Here Ordinary Depreciation Date means , the date from which system should calculate depreciation. Normally it should be the Capitalization Date. In some Countries it will be from 1st of Next month of Capitalization . Asset Master in India Some other Countries A. Capitalization DT: 05.09.2009 05.09.2009 B. Ordinary Dep DT: 05.09.2009 01.10.2009 Point 2. Levels Acquisition Year: 9999 . If we give Acquisition Year as 2009. 5% depreciation Rate is applicable to only for the assets purchased in 2009. If we mention 9999 , 5% is applicable to any asset acquired in any year. Years: 999 (Maximum No. of Years) If the Depreciation Method is Straight Line Method and Dep Rate is 5% - Life of asset can be assuemed as 20 Years, if rate is 1% Life would be 100 Years. But in Written Down value Method Life of the Asset is difficult to calculate as there would always be some remining value. If we select 999 for Years, it will calculate upto any number of Years. Period: 12 Means the number of Months Basic Value: 01 - Acquisition Value-- it is applicable to Straight Line Method. In SLM, Dep will be calculated always on Acquisition Value 24- Net Book Value-- it is applicable to Written Down Method. in WDV dep will be calculated on the Net Book value. Prepared by: Rao MH 145 in WDV dep will be calculated on the Net Book value. Percent: Rate of Depreciation Reduction: Ex: Acquisition Value of the Asset: 100000 Less: Estimated Scrap Value at the end of the Life of the Asset. 1000 Actual Asset Value for Depreciation Purpose 99000 If we are following 5% Dep Rate in Reduction Method, Dep will be calculated on 99,000 but not on 100,000. In India this method is not applicable. Rem Life: Depreciation will be calculated in 2 ways. One is Percentage Method Second One is Useful Life Method. In India at Present 2nd Method is not using by most of the Companies. For Example. If an Asset is Purchased in 2004 for Rs. 100,000 which is having Useful Life of 20 Years. So Depreciation Per Anum is Rs. 5,000. If this Company is Implementing SAP from 2009 onwards. Already 5years accounting was done in Other Accounting Software. AT the time of Creation of Asset Master in SAP we should mention like Acquisiton Value : 100,000 , Acc. Depreciation : 25,000. Select Remaining Life check Box. System will Know Raining Life of Asset is 15 years. System will calculate depreciation for 15 years only. This system is applicable if Depreciation Method is Straight Line Method in which life of asset can be assumed. In WDV it is not possible. Prepared by: Rao MH 145
  • 146. Step 4. Maintain Period Control Methods: Same Path (TC== AFAMP) Chart of Depreciation: PSL → ENTER Select New Entries Button Period Acq. Additions Retirement Transfers Control Year Method 006 PSL Period Control 01 01 01 01 Method SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 5. Maintain Depreciation Keys: Same Path (TC==AFAMA) Select New Entries Button Dep. Key : PSL1 Description: 5% Straight Line Method Select Period Control According to Fiscal Year √ Select Depreciation to the Day √ SAVE → Ignore Warning Message → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. Double Click on Assaignment of Calculation Methos Folder Select New Entries Button Depreciation Type: Ordinary Depreciaton ( Select from Drop Down Phase: From the Start of Depreciation Button) Base Method: 0014 Decl.Bal Method: 001 Description ( Prorata at Period Start Date) Prepared by: Rao MH 146 Decl.Bal Method: 001 Period Control Method: 006 Multilevel Method: P1 Class: Straight Line Depreciation ( Select from DD Button) SAVE → Select Back Arrow 4 times Select Depreciation Key: PSL1 Select Activate Button → SAVE Select New Entries Button Dep. Key : PSL2 Description: 5% Written Down Value Method Select Period Control According to Fiscal Year √ Select Depreciation to the Day √ SAVE → Ignore Warning Message → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request. Double Click on Assaignment of Calculation Methos Folder Select New Entries Button Depreciation Type: Ordinary Depreciaton ( Select from Drop Down Phase: From the Start of Depreciation Button) Base Method: 0014 Decl.Bal Method: 001 Period Control Method: 006 Multilevel Method: P2 Prepared by: Rao MH 146
  • 147. Class: Declining Balance Depr. ( Select from DD Button) SAVE → Select Back Arrow 4 times Select Depreciation Key: PSL2 Select Activate Button → SAVE Select First Page/ Control +Page Up Button on Top Right Side Select Depreciation Key: 0000 ( No Depreciation & No Interest) and Select Activate Button Note: Activation of Depreciation Key '0000 is necessary for Land and Capital WIP as there is no Depreciation on these 2 assets. END USER AREA: END USER AREA: END USER AREA: END USER AREA: Step 1. Creation of Main Asset Master: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets----->Assets---->Create---> Asset (TC==AS01) Asset Class: PSL2000 ( Dept A) Comp. Code: PSL Description: Machine No 1 Capitalized on : 10.04.2009 Select Time Dependent Tab Business Area: PSLH Select Depreciation Areas Tab Depreciation Key: PSL1 ( 5% Straight Line Mehtod) Useful Life 15 Yrs } This is only of Information purpose Prepared by: Rao MH 147 Useful Life 15 Yrs } This is only of Information purpose Period 6 Months } Not to Calculate Dep. Based on this. Ordinary Dep. Start Date: 10.04.2009 SAVE → System Will give a Message Asset No 200001 Sub No. 0 created ( Main Asset No always will have Sub Number ZERO) Step 2. Creation of Sub Asset Master: Upto Create Path is Same---->Sub number---->Asset (TC==AS11) Asset Number: 200001 Company Code: PSL Description : Motor Capitalized on : 07.09.2009 Select Time Dependent Tab Business Area: PSLH Select Depreciation Area Tab Depreciation Key : PSL2 ( 5% Written Down Value Method) Useful Life 15 Yrs } This is only of Information purpose Period 6 Months } Not to Calculate Dep. Based on this. Ordinary Dep. Start Date: 07.09.2009 SAVE → System Will give a Message Asset No 200001 Sub No. 1 created Prepared by: Rao MH 147
  • 148. Step 3. Posting of Main Asset Purchase : Accounting----->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets---->Posting---->Acquisition----> External Acquisition---->With Vendor (TC==F-90) Doc. Dt: 10.04.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL Post. Dt: 10.04.09 Post Key: 31 A/c: 4400001 → ENTER Ignore Warning Message → ENTER Amount: 500000 Business Area: PSLH Text: Machinery Purchase Posting Post Key: 70 (Debit Asset) A/c: 200001-0 Transaction Type: 100 ( External Acquisition of Asset) → ENTER Remove TDS Codes → ENTER Amount: * Text: + From MENU----> DOCUMENT---->SIMULATE----> SAVE Asset No 200001-0 updates GL account No 200010 Plant & Machinery Automatically Because of : 2nd Rule: Main Asset Master to Create With Reference to the Asset Class 200001-0 created with reference to Asset Class PSL2000( Dept A). 3rd Rule: Account Determination is specified in Asset Class. Account Determination PSL20000 P& M specified in Asset Class PSL2000 ( Dept-A) 4th Rule: For Account Determination we assaign GL Account Based on the Nature of Transaction. For Account Determination PSL2000 in case of Acquisition , we have Prepared by: Rao MH 148 Transaction. For Account Determination PSL2000 in case of Acquisition , we have given GL A/c 200010 Plant & Machinery. Step 4. Posting of Sub Asset Purchase ( F-90) Doc. Dt: 07.09.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL Post. Dt: 07.09.09 Post Key: 31 A/c: 4400001 → ENTER Ignore Warning Message → ENTER Amount: 60000 Business Area: PSLH Text: Motor Purchase Posting Post Key: 70 (Debit Asset) A/c: 200001-1 Transaction Type: 100 ( External Acquisition of Asset) → ENTER Remove TDS Codes → ENTER Amount: * Text: + From MENU----> DOCUMENT---->SIMULATE----> SAVE Note 1st Rule: Sub Asset Master is to Create with reference to the Main Asset Master. 200001-1 created with reference to Main Asset 200001 Machine No 1. The other Rules 2nd, 3rd & 4th are same as above . Prepared by: Rao MH 148
  • 149. Report1: Report to view Each Sub Asset Wise , Year-wise Values: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets---->Asset---->Asset Explorer (TC==AW01N) Give Asset No: 200001-0 → ENTER To view Depreciation Calculations Select Display Dep. Calculation Button Select Period Information Button We can see the Report of Depreciation Calculation Select Back Arrow Select Comparisions Tab Change the Asset to 200001-1 We can see the Depreciation for Sub Number 1 Select Planned Values Tab Change the Fiscal Year to 2010 → ENTER Select Display Dep. Calculation Button We can see the Report of Depreciation Calculation Select Back Arrow Report2: Report to view All Assets for a Particular Period Accounting---->Financial Accounting--->Fixed Assets--->Information Systems---> Report on Asset Accounting --->Asset Balances---->Balance Lists--->Asset Balances---> By Business Area (TC==S_ALR_87011965) Press All Selections Button Give the Company Code: PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 149 Give the Company Code: PSL Change Report Date: 30.09.09 Select Execute Button We can see Summary Report for all assets Double Click on Dept-A, we can see for that particular area Double Click on Machine No 1, we can see the report for Machine No 1 Select Back Arrow 3 times Give Report Date 30.04.09 Select Execute Button Double Click on Dept-A Step 5. Depreciation RUN: Accounting--->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets---->Periodic Processing---> Depreciation Run---->Execute (TC==AFAB) Comp. Code: PSL Fiscal Year: 2009 Posting Period: 01 Select Planned Posting Run Radio Button Select Test Run Check Box Select Execute Button Ignore Warning Message and Select "YES" to the Message If any Errors has come, to View the Errors Select Eroor Lists Button ( F7) Select Back Arrow Prepared by: Rao MH 149
  • 150. Deselect Test Run Check Box From Menu---->Program Execute in Background Output Device: LP01 → ENTER → ENTER once again Depreciation Run Programme will take some time to Compleate. In Live Environment where Assets are more, it take much time. So SAP has given an option to keep the programme scheduled to run in nights when no data entry will take place. Dep run programme will take place in Server system not at User System level. To make Schedules , follow the below process. Select Date and Time Button Schedule Start Date: 08.09.09 Time : 23hrs 00 min 00ss SAVE To Run Immediately, Select Immediate Button Select Save or Ctrl+S We get a Message " Background Tab was scheduled for Programme :"RAPOST2000" To Check the Job is Processed or Not: from Menu---->System---->Servicess---->Jobs--->Job Overview Select Execute Button To View the Document Posted (TC==FB03) To view the Document posted by System for Depreciation use TC=FB03. Select Document List Button Comp. Code: PSL Prepared by: Rao MH 150 Comp. Code: PSL Doc. Type: AF (depreciation Document type) Select Execute Button Double Click on Document Number for Drilldown and see the Entry for the Doc. Posted Double Click on Document Number for Drilldown and see the Entry for the Doc. Posted In Depreciation Run Screen WE have 4 options for Depreciation Calculation( AFAB) 1. Planned Posting Run Comp. Code: PSL Fiscal Year : 2009 Posting Period: 02 (May) Select Planned Posting Run Check Box Before Executing depreciation run for May and after Eexuting Depreciation Run for April , if we commissioned New Asset with April Date. Ex: Mach. No 2 dated 25.04.09 if we run Depreciation Programme for May system will calculated Dep like below For Asset 200001-0: Dep from 01.05.09 to 31.05.09 ( As for Apr dep already calculated) For Asset 200002-0: Dep from 25.04.09 to 31.05.09 ( As for Apr dep Not calculated) 2. Repeat Run : Instead of Selecting Planned Posting like in Earlier Case for Asset No 200002-0, we can Select Repeat Run for April. If we selected Repeat Run, System will check the Assets for which Depreciation is not calculated in April and post the Depreciation in that Period. Repeate Run is possible only for the Latest Planned Run i.e, in this case for April only Before Repeat Run, there should be Planned Posting Run for that Period. Prepared by: Rao MH 150
  • 151. Period for which Repeat Run is going on should be in Open . In the Present Example. When we Selected Repeat Run System will calculate Depre. for Machine No 200002-0 from 25.04.09 to 30.04.09 and post in April Month When we run for May , we have to choose Planned Posting then system will consider For Asset 200001-0: Dep from 01.05.09 to 31.05.09 For Asset 200002-0: Dep from 01.05.09 to 31.05.09 3.Restart : This Option is useful when we have Scheduled Depreciation Run and because of any Reasons ( Either Technical or Power Problems) the scheduled Job is not Finished, System gives a Message that Job is not Completed. Select the Restart Radio Button 4 Unplanned Posting : This option is to be selected when the Depreciation Posting is not as per Planned one In Live Environment, monthly we pass a Provisional Entry in F-02 in stead of Running Depreciation Programme in SAP. Entry will be like below Depreciation Provision A/c Dr to Accumulated Depreciation Provision Account Once Audit is over, we will reverse the manual Entries and Run Depreiciation in SAP Comp. Code: PSL Fiscal Year: 2009 Period : 12 (upto March) Select Unplanned Psting Run Prepared by: Rao MH 151 Select Unplanned Psting Run SALE OF ASSET: SALE OF ASSET: SALE OF ASSET: SALE OF ASSET: When we sale the Asset , we will transfer the Acc. Depreciation to the Particular Asset and transfer the Proft or Loss on sale of Asset to P& L A/c Ex: Suppose if we sold Asset No: 200001-0 Acquistion Value 500000 Less: Accumulated Dep upto 30.04.09 1438 Net Book Value as on 30.04.09 498562 Asset Sale on 01.05.09 501000 Profit on Sale of Asset ( 501000-498562) 2438 Step 1. To Make Asset Retirement Field as Required Field for Field Status Group G052 ( Accounts for Fixed Assets Retirement ) (TC==OBC4) Select Field Status Variant: PSL Double Click on Field Satus Group Folder Double Click on Field Satus Group G-052 Double Click on Asset Accounting Make Asset Retirement as Required Entry Field SAVE or Ctrl+S → ENTER to save in your Request. Prepared by: Rao MH 151
  • 152. Step 2. Asset Sale: Accounting --->Financial Accounting--->Fixed Assets---->Posting---->Retirement----> Retirement with Revenue---->With Customer (TC==F-92) Doc.Dt: 01.05.09 Type : DR Comp. Code: PSL Post Dt: 01.05.09 Post Key: 01 A/c: 3000001 → ENTER Amount: 501000 Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Asset Sale Posting Post Key: 50 A/c: 300102 (Asset Sale a/c) → ENTER Amount: * Buss. Area: PSLH Text: + From Menu----> Document---->Simulate Select Asset Retirement Check Box → ENTER Asset Number: 200001 } Asset Number which is Selling Sub Number: 0 } Transaction Type: 210 ( this will come by Default) Asset Value Date: 01.05.09 Select complete Retirement Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Blue Font Line Items → SAVE Eventhough We posted only 2 Entries , System will generate 6 postings automatically like below Post Key Amount 01 501000 Dr 70 1438 Dr 40 501000 Dr 50 501000 Cr A/c Customer Acc. Dep P& M Asset Sale Asset Sale Prepared by: Rao MH 152 50 501000 Cr 75 500000 Cr 50 2438 Cr In Normal Account We give Credit to Plant & Machinery IN SAP by using the method of Asset Sale, Posting will be done Automatically when we Sale the Asset. NOTE: It the Asset is sold on 12.05.09 instead of 01.05.09, at the time of Asset sale we do not run Depreciation Programme in SAP. We will run the programme as usual at the end of the month or end of the year. Eventhough we do not run the depreciation programe systeme will calculate the depreciation upto the date of Sale of Asset and calculate the Profit on Sale of Asset. On the day when we run the Depreciation Programme, system will calculate depreciation for the sold asset upto the date of Sale of Asset and post the entry on the Programme Run Date. TRANSFER OF ASSET: TRANSFER OF ASSET: TRANSFER OF ASSET: TRANSFER OF ASSET: We have Asset No 200001-0, we want to transfer this asset from Hyd unit to Bangalore Unit. In this type of Transfers we have to transfer the Asset at Cost price. There will be no change in the Life of the Asset as it is transferred within the Company Code Level. When we are transferring the Asset within 2 units of the same Company Code,there will be No PROFIT or NO LOSS. We have to transfer both Acquisition Value(Gross Value) and Accumulated Depreciation on that Asset. Eventhough Dep Programme is not run, upto the date of transfer depreciation will be considered in sending unit. From the date of Transfer Depreciation will be considered in Receiving Unit. Asset Sale P& M 200001-0 Profit on Sale of Asset Prepared by: Rao MH 152
  • 153. There are 2 types in Asset Transfers Two Step Transfer Procedure One Step Transfer Procedure In this Method first we have to In this method we will create Asset 1 Create Asset Master in Receiving Master and Transfer Values in One Unit (AS01) Step only 2 Transfer the Asset Values Two Step Transfer Procedure is followed when we want to Transfer Number of Assets at a Single Time or Asset which is going to Transferred will be the Sub Asset Master in the Receiving Unit. For Testing Purpose we are Covering One Step Procedure PATH: Accounting----->Fianancial Accounting----->Fixed Assets---->Posting ----> Transfer--->Transfer within Company Code (TC==ABUMN) Asset No: 200001 Sub No: 0 Doc. Date: 01.05.09 Post.Dt: 01.05.09 Asset Value Dt: 01.05.09 Text : Asset Transfer Select New Asset Radio Button Description: Machine No 75 ( No of Receiving Unit) Asset Class: PSL2001 (Dept-B) Select Master Data Button Business Area: PSLH Select Additional Data Button Capitalized on : 01.05.09 Select Depreciation Area Tab Prepared by: Rao MH 153 Select Depreciation Area Tab Dep Key: PSL1 (Dep Key should be same as in Sending Unit) Useful Life: 15 } Only for Informaion purpose Period: 5 } Ord. Dep. Date: 01.05.09 ( From date of Dep in receiving Unit) Select Back Arrow → ENTER & SAVE We can see the message that Document Posted. To View the Posted Document Use TC=FB03 Document No: 35 (Document Number is that which it posted earlier) → ENTER We can see the Document which SAP Posted for Transfer of Asset SCRAPPING OF ASSET: SCRAPPING OF ASSET: SCRAPPING OF ASSET: SCRAPPING OF ASSET: We have so many assets, out of that Asset Motor 200000-1 is one Asset. If we are not able to Use/Sold/Trnasfer the asset, we will Scrap it. The Net Book Value of Asset will be charged to P& L Account. As per Accounting Standard 28-Impairment of Assets: If the realisable value of the assets are less than the Net Book Value, and Future Cash Flows are Negative, then we have to Impair the Asset. Ex: Acquisition Value: 100000 Acc. Depreciation 20000 Net Book Value 80000 Expected Sale Price 70000 Future Cash Losses Partial Impairment 10000 Prepared by: Rao MH 153
  • 154. To View Motor Values as on 31.10.2009 ( S_ALR_87011965) Press All Selections Button Company Code: PSL Buss. Area: PSLH Report Date: 31.10.09 Select Execute Button ( F8) Double Click on Dept-A We can see Assets in Dept-A Scrapping of Asset: PATH :-> Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Fixed Assets---->Posting---->Retirement---->Asset Retirement by Scrapping (TC=ABAVN) Asset No: 200000-1 200000 Sub No: 1 Doc. Dt: 01.11.09 Post.Dt: 01.11.09 Asset Value DT: 01.11.09 Text: Asset Scrapping SAVE Go and See Document Posted ( FB03) Doc # 36 ( Last Posted Document Number of Asset Scrapping) Comp. Code: PSL F.Year 2009 → ENTER CAPITAL WORK IN PROGRESS LINE ITEM SETTLEMENT: When we purchase asset on 01.08.09 Machine No 1, we will debit it to Capital Work in Progress account. on 05.08.09 Freight charges Paid and Debited to CWIP A/c Prepared by: Rao MH 154 on 05.08.09 Freight charges Paid and Debited to CWIP A/c on 12.08.09 Commissioning Charges Paid Debited to CWIP A/c Asset is Capitalized on 16.08.09 as Machine No 16. Settlement of CWIP to Machine No 1 Line Item wise is necessary. Customization: Step 1. Define Settlement Profile: SPRO--->Financial Accounting---->Asset Accounting---->Business Transactions----> Capitalization of Assets under Construction---->Define / Assaign Settlement Profiles Double Click on Define Settleement Profile (TC==OK07) Settlement Profile AI ( Settlement of Asset Cost Constructions) Select Details Button Select " To be Settled in Full Radio Button " Allocation Structure : 01 {Co Allocation Structure} Default Object Type: FXA ( Assets) Select % settlement Check Box Select Equivalence Number check Box Select Amount Settlement Check Box Under Valid Receivers : For Fixed Assets -----> Settlement Required Doc. Type: AA ( Asset Posting) Max. No of Distribution Rules: 999 Residence Time 12 Months → SAVE Select Back Arrow 2 Times Prepared by: Rao MH 154
  • 155. Double Click on Assaign Settlement Profile to Company Code Select Position Button Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER For PSL Assaign Settlement Profile AI SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. END USER AREA : Step 1: Creation of Captial Work In progress Asset Master (AS01) Asset Class: PSL4000 (Capital WIP) Comp. Code: PSL Description: Capital Work In Progress Capitalized on : 01.08.09 ( Date should be the purchased date as it is posted to Capital WIP) Select Time Dependent Tab Business Area: PSLH Select Depreciation Tab Dep. Key: 0000 → SAVE Asset Number : 500001-0 Step 2: Machinery Purchase Posting (F-90) Doc. DT: 01.08.09 Type: KR Comp. Code: PSL Post.DT: 01.08.09 Post Key: 31 Vendor A/c: 4000001 → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 155 → ENTER Amount: 50000 Buss. Area: PSLH Text: Machinery Purchase Posting Post Key: 70 ( Asset Debit) A/c No: 500001-0 T. Type: 100 (External Acquisition of Asset) → ENTER Remove TDC Codes and → ENTER Amount: * Text: + From Menu----->Document----->Simulate & SAVE Step 3: Posting of Freight on Asset Payment ( F-02) Doc.DT: 05.08.09 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL Post.DT: 05.08.09 Post.Key: 70 A/c : 500001-0 T.Type: 100 Amount: 15,000 Text: Freight Payment Post Key: 50 A/c# 200105 → ENTER Amount: * Business Area: PSLH TEXT: + From Menu----->Document----->Simulate & SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 155
  • 156. Step 4: Creation of Machinery Asset Master( AS01) Asset Class: PSL2000 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Description: Machine No 16 Capitalized on : 16.08.09 Select Time Dependent Tab Business Area: PSLH Select Depreciation Tab Dep. Key: PSL1 Useful Life: 16 Years Period: 6 Months Ord. Dep Start Dt: 16.08.09 → SAVE We will get the message that Asset Number : 200004-0 Created Step 5: Settlement of Capital Work In Progress to Machine No 16. Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets----->Posting---->Capitalized Asset Under Construction---->Distribute. (TC==AIAB) Comp. Code: PSL Asset :500001 Sub.No : 0 → Execute (F8) Menu--->Edit---->Select---->Select All Select ENTER Button on Screen Category Settlement Rec.ST % Prepared by: Rao MH 156 Category Settlement Rec.ST % Receiver FXA 200004-0 Mach.#16 100 → Select Back Arrow & SAVE select Settlement Button Asset Value Date: 16.08.09 Text: Capital Work In progress for 16 Settlement Deselect Test Run Check Box Execute--- > We will Get Message Transaction was Posted. Go And See the Document Posted : Use TC=FB03 NOTE: Before Transfering the CWIP Settlement, We have to Assaign Settlement Document Number Ranges in Controlling for Posting the Settlement Document. Othewise System will give Error Prepared by: Rao MH 156
  • 157. Data Takeover is an important Topic to be concentrated in Implementation Procedure. If any Company which is using some other Software for Accounting purpose is swithching over to SAP, Closing balances in previous Software will be taken as Opening Balances in SAP. For this There should be Cutoff Date in Old Software. During the Process of Data Takeover, it is adviced to practice not to post any transactions in Old Software until the Data Takeover is completed, otherwise confusion will arise or balances may not match. IN SAP, Data Takeover is of 2 Processes 1. Masters Uploading 2. Balances Uploading Masters Uploading: IN masters we have GL Masters : FS00 Vendor Masters : XK01 Customer Masters : XD01 Asset Masters : AS01 Material Masters : MM01 In Live Environment , if we have Number of Masters it is Difficult to Create in SAP One by One. So we first Create all Fields in Excel. Flow of Masters Uploading will be like Below Step 1 : DATA TAKEOVER (LSMW) DATA TAKEOVER (LSMW) DATA TAKEOVER (LSMW) DATA TAKEOVER (LSMW) Create Masters Data in Excel File Prepared by: Rao MH 157 Step 1 : Step 2 : Step 3 : ( We have 3 Methods for Uploading to SAP) ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ Legacy System Batch Data Computer Aided Management Comunication Testing Tools WorkBench ( BDC) (CATT) (LSMW) ↓ ↓ To Do this ABAP Prgramming required This is used only for Testing Purpose But not for Data Uploading As LSMW is the Job of Functional Consulatant, we are covering this topic for learning purpose ↓ ↓ Upload to SAP Convert Excel File to Text Format Create Masters Data in Excel File ↓ ↓ ↓ ↓ Prepared by: Rao MH 157
  • 158. Step 1 : Open a New Excel File and Note Down the Values to be Uploaded GLA/c# Comp. A/c P& L St B/S Short Text Long Text A/c Code Group A/c A/c Currency {1} {2} {3} {4} {5} {6} {7} {8} 100001 PSL SCPL X Pref.Share Cap Pref.Share Cap INR 200125 PSL CAST X Inventory Stores Inventory Stores INR 300001 PSL SALE X Sales Trading Sales Trading INR 400101 PSL PRSN X Wages A/c Wages A/c INR Only Bal Line Sort Field in Loc Item Key Status Currency Display Group {9} {10} {11} {12} X X 001 G001 X X 001 G001 X X 001 G001 X X 001 G001 Remove Column Headings and Delete Other Sheets in Excel File Select the Total Sheet by clicking on the left Corner Click Right Mouse Button and Select format Cells Select Text-------> Select OK Button from Menu ----> SAVE as Save As type : Text ( tab Delimited) Give the File Name: PSLText Select Save Button Prepared by: Rao MH 158 Give the File Name: PSLText Select Save Button Select No for the message " to Keep Wrokbook Format" Select cancel Button From Menu---->File---->Close Select No Button for the Message Save Excel File. Step 2. Open a New Excel File and Note Down the Technical Name of EachField. It should be in the same order of fields in Text File. To Check the Technical Names go to the Screen of FS00. In FS00 Screen keep the Cursor on GL A/c and Press F1. Select Technical Information Button . Double Click on Field Name SAKNR. Like that we can see technical names of other fields. Component Data type Length Field Name SAKNR C 10 GL A/c BUKRS C 4 Comp.Code KTOKS C 4 A/c Group XPLACCT C 1 P& L A/c XBILK C 1 B/S A/c TXT_20ML C 20 Short Text TXT_50ML C 50 Long Text WAERS C 5 A/c Currency XSALH C 1 Only Bal. in Local Currency XKRES C 1 Line Item Display ZUAWA C 3 Sort Key FSTAG C 4 Field Status Save the File in Excel Format as PSL Excel Prepared by: Rao MH 158
  • 159. Step 3. Masters Uploading: Use TC= LSMW in SAP Ignore the Warning Message Project: PSL Sub Project: FI Object: GL Masters Select Create Entry Button Give Project Description: PSL Project → ENTER Sub Project Description: FI Area → ENTER Object Name: GL Masters Uploading → ENTER Select Contineu or Execute Button Select Execute Button Select Batch Input Recording Radio Button MENU----->GOTO----->RECORDINGS OVERVIEW select Create Recording Button Recording Name: PSLGL Description: PSLGL Masters Uploading → ENTER Transaction Code: FS00 → ENTER GL A/c 100310 Comp. Code: PSL Menu ---->GL A/c----->Create Account Group: Secured Loans Select B/S Account Θ Short Text: IDBI Rupee Term Loan Prepared by: Rao MH 159 Short Text: IDBI Rupee Term Loan Long Text: IDBI Rupee Term Loan Select control Data tab Account Currency: INR Select Only Balances in Local Currecny √ Select Line Item Display √ Sort Key: 001 Select Create/Interest/Bank tab Field Status Group: G001 → SAVE Keep the Cursor on FS00 . Select Default All Button → SAVE Select Back Arrow 2 Times Give Recording Name PSLGL → ENTER & SAVE Select Back Arrow Select Execute Button Select Create a Structure Button Source Structure : PSLSTR Description: PSLGL Structure → ENTER & SAVE Select Back Arrow Select Execute Button Keep the Cursor on PSLSTR Select Table Maintenance Button Prepared by: Rao MH 159
  • 160. Copy Component Column in Excel File in SAP Field Name Column Copy Data Tyep Column in Excel File in SAP Type Column Copy Length in Excel File in SAP Length Column → SAVE Select Back Arrow → SAVE Select Back Arrow Select Execute Button → SAVE Select Back Arrow Select Execute Button Menu---->Extras---->Auto Field Mapping → ENTER Select Accept Proposal Button till we get the Message "Auto Field Mapping Completed" → ENTER & SAVE Select Back Arrow SKIP Maintain Fixed Values , Translation User Defined Routines Select Specify Files Radio Button Select Execute Button Keep the Cursor on the PC(Front End) Select Add Entry Button ( Ctrl+F2) File : PSLText.txt ( The same Text File Earlier created) Name: PSLGL Masters Select Tabulator Radio Button → ENTER & SAVE Select Back Arrow Select Execute Button → SAVE Select Back Arrow Select Execute Button → Select Execute Button once again Prepared by: Rao MH 160 Select Execute Button → Select Execute Button once again Select Back Arrow 2 times SKIP Display Read Data Select Conver Data Radio Button Select Execute Button → Select Execute Button once again Select Back Arrow 2 times SKIP Display Converted Data Select Create Batch Input Session Button Select Execute Button → Select Execute Button once again We will get a message " 1 Batch Input Folder with 4 Transactions Created" → ENTER Select Execute Button for Run Batch Input Selection Select Session Name: GLMasters → Select Process Button Select Display Errors Only Radio Button Select Process Button Ignore the Message and Select Exit Batch Input Button To View the Accounts Created use TC=FS00 Select Drop Down Button Beside GL a/c Comp. Code : PSL → ENTER We can see the Masters Created in List. In the Same Way , We can Upload the Vendor Masters, Customer Masters, Asset Masters and Material Masters. Technical Names Can be known from the Screen of Particular Master Creation. Prepared by: Rao MH 160
  • 161. Balances Uploading : If the Company is a Going Concern and is implementing SAP on 01.04.09 --- Upload only Balance Sheet Items Balances on 01.08.09 --- Upload Balance Sheet Items Balances and P& L A/c Balances as Uploading is in the Middle of the Fiscal Year SAP Suggets only to upload the Balances but not the Transactional Data except for Vendors and Customers where we need Open Item Transactions. NOTE: Reasons given by SAP for suggesting the Uploading of Balances not Transactions for some Masters : A. In Normal Accounting Vendors, Customers and Asset Balances are part of GL A/c's where as in SAP we have them as SUB Ledgers B. In Normal Accounting for Vendors and Customers, we keep Payables/ Receivables and Advances in One Account. But in SAP Payables/ Receivables will be shown under Normal Items and Advances will be shown under Special GL Items C. In Normal Accounting we show Accountwise Gross Block and Accumulated Dep. Ex: P& M Wise, Where as in SAP we maintain each Sub Asset Wise Gross Block and Accumulated Depreciation. D. In Normal Accounting Depreciation is a Provisional Figure, where as in SAP Depreciation is Actually Calculated figure. E. In Normal Accounting Consumption is a Balance Sheet Figure. Where as in SAP Actual Consumption entries will be passed. Ex: Raw Material Consumption in Normal Accounting Opening Stock xxxxx Add: Purchases xxxxx Prepared by: Rao MH 161 Add: Purchases xxxxx Less: Closing Stock xxxxx RM Consumption xxxxx F. In Normal Accounting for Closing Stock only One Entry will be passed Closing Stock Dr. ( B/S Account) To Closing Stock Cr (P& L Account) IN SAP Closing Stock will be Maintained Each Material wise-Quantity, Rate and Closing Amount G. In Normal Accounting Production Entries and Delivery Entries will not be passed. The Difference between Production and Delivery is Increase/Decrease In Stock. in SAP Production Entries and Delivery Entires will be passed at Product Cost. Procedure for Balances Uploading : 1 Prepare a Statement Showing Each Vendors - Billwise Payables and Advances which should match with the Trial Balance 2 Prepare a Statement Showing Each Customers - Billwise Receivables &Advances which should match with the Trial Balance 3 Prepare a Statement Showing each Sub Assetwise, Purchase Cost, and Accumulated Depreciation and the Total Should match with Trial Balance Fixed Assets Account and Accumulated Depreciation Account. 4 Prepare a Statement showing each material wise Quantity, Rate and Amount, which should match with the Trial Balances Inventory Account. Prepared by: Rao MH 161
  • 162. 5 Create 5 Dummy GL Accounts . It can be under any Account Group. Generally we create under Liabilities. a) GL Clearing A/c b) Vendor Clearing A/c c) Customer Clearing A/c d) Asset Clearing A/c e) Stock Taking A/c 6 If Balances Uploaded is Correct, Balances of 5 Dummy Accounts will become ZERO. If in Any Dummy Account Balance is not become ZERO, it means there is some mistake in uploading that Balances. Balances of the Masters will Upload but with Mistakes. We have to Check manually the Balances to identify the Mistake and make the Rectification Entry . 7 We should not allow users to enter day to day transactions until the Balances are uploaded. Example of Simple Normal Trial Balance Particulars Debit Credit A/c Type Equity Share Capital 500000 GL A/c Party A 100000 Sub Ledger Acc. Dep. P& M No 40 200000 Sub Ledger Sales 300000 GL A/c Fixed Assets P& M No 40 500000 Sub Ledger Inv.Raw Meterials 100000 Sub Ledger Party X 250000 Sub Ledger SBI Current Account 50000 GL A/c R M Consumption A/c 200000 Sub Ledger 1100000 1100000 Prepared by: Rao MH 162 1100000 1100000 Step 1. Create 5 Dummy Accounts by using TC=FS00 Step2. Credit GL Balances Uploading in F-02 Fast Data Entry GL Clearing A/c Dr 1100000 To Equity Share Capital Account 500000 To Vendor Clearing Acount 100000 To Asset Clearing Account 200000 To Sales Account 300000 (All Credit Balances of Trial Balances Transferred to GL Clearing Account) Step3. Debit Balances Uploading in F-02 Fast Data Entry Asset Clearing Account Dr 500000 Stock Taking A/c Dr 100000 Customer Clearing A/c Dr 250000 SBI Current Account Dr 50000 RM Consumption A/c Dr 200000 To GL Clearing Account 1100000 (All Debit Balances of Trial Balances Transferred to GL Clearing Account) Prepared by: Rao MH 162
  • 163. Why The above 2 Entries are Requrired? As we discussed in Point No 6 of Procedure above, First We will Transfer the Total Amount to the Particular Clearing Account in the 5 Dummy Accounts Created. When we transfer the Individual Balances of Customers/ Vendors/Assets/Materials line item wise we will make programming to transfer the total to the particular Clearing Account Whne Debit amount and Credit Amount equals automatically that Particular Clearing Account ( Dummy) will become ZERO. If any Clearing Account shows balance , it means there is some mistake in uploading the balances in that partcular category. We can easily check the balances manually to sort out the difference and make the adjustment Entry. Point to be noted is that, even if the Balances total does not match with the amount existing in that Clearing Accoount also, at the time of uploading line itemwise, data will automatically upload. We can not revert it back. We have to pass the Adjustment Entry only for rectifing the Mistakes. Step 4A. Prepare a Statement showing each Vendor Bill Wise Open Items and Advances Ex: Party A account as in Trial Balance Bill No 1 50000 Bill No 2 40000 Bill No 3 30000 Advance 20000 Step 4B. Vendor Transactions Uploading F-43 Vendor Clearing Account Dr. 105000 ( Balancing Figure) Party A Spl Gl A/c Dr 20000 Advance to Vendors Prepared by: Rao MH 163 Party A Spl Gl A/c Dr 20000 Advance to Vendors To Party A Bill No 1 50000 Sundry Cr To Party A Bill No 2 40000 Sundry Cr To Party A Bill No 3 35000 Sundry Cr Step 4C. Rectification Entry: As we Discussed earlier , at the time of Uploading the Line Items, if any mistake is there, data will upload as we mentioned. In this Example, we can see as per Trial Balance Party A balance is Rs. 100,000/-. But as per the Data Uploading Bill wise Total Uploaded is Rs. 105,000/-. So Vendor Clearing Account will not be Zero showing 5000 Debit Balance Which should be rectified with Rectification Entry as Data already uploaded. Party A A/c Bill No 3 Dr. 5000 To Vendor Clearing Account 5000 NOTE: Like the Above we have to Transfer the Item wise Balances of all the Vendors. In Live, as the Data Base would be more, it is difficult to upload the Data through TC=F-43. Like what we had done in GL Masters uploading, we will prepare an Excel Sheet and Upload the data from there in One Lot. For this, ABAP Programmer is required. Prepared by: Rao MH 163
  • 164. Step 5A. Prepare a Statement Showing Each Customerwise, billwise open items and Advances Party X A/c : Bill No 1 170000 } Closing Balance is Rs. 250,000 DR which Bill No 2 110000 } is equal to Trial Balance Advance 30000 } Step 5B Customer Transactions Uploading F-22 Party X a/c ( Bill No 1) 170000 Party X a/c ( Bill No 2) 110000 To Party X Spl GL a/c 30000 To Customer Clearing A/c 250000 The Debit Balance in Customer Clearing A/c what we transferred through the Entry in Step 3 is Rs. 250,000 which was equal to the Credit Entry in the above Entry. So in Customer Clearing Account Balance would be ZERO ( Dr. 250000 - Cr 250000) Step 6A To Enter the Fixed Assets Balances, we have to Enter Plant & Machinery GL A/c and Acc. Dep on P & M GL A/c with the below Entry Post. Key 40 Plant & Machinery A/c 500000 50 To Acc. Dep on P & M A/c 200000 50 Asset Clearing Account 300000 For Uploading the Fixed Assets Item Wise, first we have to Remove the Reconciliations Accounts Prepared by: Rao MH 164 For Uploading the Fixed Assets Item Wise, first we have to Remove the Reconciliations Accounts for Assets.( See Step 6C for further Details) USE TC= OAMK { OR} SPRO---->Financial Accounting--->Preparing for Production Start up----> Set or Reset Reconciliations Account Comp. Code: PSL Double Click on Change Control of Reconciliation A/c Folder From Menu----> Edit---->Selections---->Select All Select Delect Reconciliation Indicator for All Account → SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 6B Creation of Asset Master TC=AS01 → ENTER Asset Class: PSL2000 Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER Description : Machine No 40 Capitalized on : 20.07.09 Select Time Dependent Tab Business Area: PSLH Select Depreciation Area tab Dep.Key Useful Period Ord. Dep St. Dt Life PSL1 10Yrs 4 Months 01.04.2009 → SAVE It Shows Asset "200003" Sub No "0" Created Prepared by: Rao MH 164
  • 165. Step 6C To Upload Acquisition Value and Acc. Depreciatio Values This will not update the GL A/c as we have earlier Removed the Reconciliation A/c for Account Type Assets. It will updated only the SubLedger of Asset . PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->Asset Accounting---->Asset Data Transfer ----->Manual Online Transfer---->Create/Change/Display Legacy Asset Double Click on Change Legacy Asset ( TC==AS92) Asset No: 200003 Sub Asset No: 0 Comp. Code: PSL Select Takeover Values Button Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER Cum. Acquisition Value: 500000 Accu. Ordinary Dep: 200000 → SAVE Step 6D To Make Fixed Assets P& M A/c and Acc. Dep P& M GL A/c as Reconciliation A/c After Uploading the Balances for Assets, again change the Assets as Reconciliation A/c USE TC= OAMK → ENTER Comp. Code: PSL Double Click on Change/Control of Reconciliatio of A/c Folder From Menu---->Selections---->Select All ( F7) Select Set Reconciliation Indicator for Accounts Button SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Prepared by: Rao MH 165 SAVE → ENTER to save in your request. Step 7A Prepare a Statement showing the Each Materialwise , Quantity, Rate and Amount. The Total should match with the Trial Balance Amount. Ex. Statement of Stock Material No Qty Rate Amount RM 1 200 50 10000 RM 2 3000 20 60000 RM 3 1000 30 30000 Total which is equal to TB Figure 100000 Step 7B Create Material Masters and In Accounting View Enter Moving Avg Price ( TC=MM01) Item Mvg. Price RM 1 50 RM 2 20 RM 3 30 Data Take over regarding the Stock is the Job of MM Consultant . But we are briefly explaining the Procedure Prepared by: Rao MH 165
  • 166. Step 7C Use TC=MBIC Movement Type =561 Plant: Hyd Storage Location: RM Storage Location Material No Qty RM 1 200 RM 2 3000 RM 3 1000 → SAVE Once We saved the Data, Accounting Entries will be Generated Automatically. Entries will be Like below Inventory RM Local Dr 100000 To Stock Taking A/c 100000 Closing Procedure is used at the Year End. It will explain what steps we have to do in the year end. If the Current Accounting Year is April 2009 to March 2010 Fiscal Year 2009 Next A/c Year would be April 2010 to March 2011 Fiscal Year 2010 Closing Procedure will be followed in the last week of March 2010 for the Fiscal Year 2009. Like that every Fiscal Year in the Last Week of March we will follow the Closing Procedure. ( Value = Qty x Material Master Price) CLOSING PROCEDURE CLOSING PROCEDURE CLOSING PROCEDURE CLOSING PROCEDURE Prepared by: Rao MH 166 that every Fiscal Year in the Last Week of March we will follow the Closing Procedure. Step 1. To Carry Forward the Vendor and Customer Balances to Next Year: Every Year We have to do this step One Time. PATH: Accounting---->Financial Accounting----->Accounts Payable Periodic Processing Closing---->CarryForward----->Balances Carry Forward ( TC=F.07) Comp. Code: PSL Carry Forward to Fiscal Year: 2010 Select Customers Check Box Vendors Check Box De-select Test Run Check Box Select Detailed log Check Box → EXECUTE ( F8) Ignore Warning Message → ENTER We will get Report that No of Accounts Transferred and Customerwise Balances, Vendor Account Balances Transferred. Prepared by: Rao MH 166
  • 167. Step 2. Asset Closing Balances Transfer (or) Carry Forward: For Asset Accounting We can Open 2 Fiscal Years at a time . So For Opening the Fiscal Year 2010 we have to Close the Fiscal Year 2008 for Asset Accounting . Step2A To Check Which Years is Closed for Asset Accounting : Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->Fixed Assets---->Periodic Processing ----> Year End Closing---->Undo--->Entire Company Code (TC=OAAQ) Select Position Button Comp. Code: PSL → ENTER We can see Which Year is Last Closed Step2B To Close Fiscal Year 2008 for Asset Accounting : Path: Upto Periodic Processing Path is Same---->Year End Closing ---->Execute (TC=AJAB) Comp. Code: PSL Fiscal Year to be Closed: 2008 De-Select Test Run Check Box From Menu---->Programme--->Execute in Background (F9) Output Device: LP01 → ENTER → ENTER Again Select Immediate Button → SAVE We get a Message " Background Job was Scheduled for Programm RAJABS00" To Check weather the JOB is processed or not : Menu--->System---->Services--->Jobs--->Job Overview Prepared by: Rao MH 167 Menu--->System---->Services--->Jobs--->Job Overview Execute(F8)-----> We can see that JOB is Finished To View the Result of the Job : Select Job " RAJABS00" Check Box Select Spool Button Select Sppl No Check Box-----> Select Display Contents Button To Close Any Fiscal Year for Asset Accounting , We have to Post Depreciation for all Assets for all the Periods in that Fiscal Year. Step 3 To Open Fiscal Year 2010 for Asset Accounting: PATH: Upto Periodic Processing Path is Same----> Fiscal Year Change (TC=AJRW) Comp. Code: PSL New Fiscal Year : 2010 De-Select Test Run Check Box Menu--->Programme--->Execute----> Background Output Device: LP01 → ENTER → ENTER Again Select Immediate Button → SAVE We will get a Message " Background Job was Scheduled for Programm RAJAWE00" Prepared by: Rao MH 167
  • 168. To Check weather the JOB is processed or not : Menu--->System---->Services--->Jobs--->Job Overview Execute(F8)-----> We can see that JOB is Finished Select Job " RAJAWE00" Check Box Select Spool Button Select Sppl No Check Box-----> Select Display Contents Button We can see the Report of Assets in Summary in Quantity Step 4 To Carry Forward GL Balances: Accounting---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing----> Closing---->Carry Forward---->Balances Carry Forward(New) (TC=FAGLGVTR) Ledger OL ( Leading Ledger) Comp. Code: PSL Carry Forward to Fiscal Year 2010 De-Select Test Run Check Box Select Output List of Resulst Check Box Select Balances in Retained Earnings A/c Check Box Select Execute Button We can See Report Select Retained Earnings A/c Button Select Back Arrow Select Balance Sheet Accounts Button We can see Balance Sheet Items Carryforded to the Same Accounts in Next Year. Prepared by: Rao MH 168 We can see Balance Sheet Items Carryforded to the Same Accounts in Next Year. Step 4 To Copy Number Range Intervals for 2010 SPRO--->Financial Accounting--->Financial Accounting Global Settings---->Document ---->Document Number Ranges--->Copy to Fiscal Year (TC=OBH2) Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER Comp. Code: PSL To Fiscal Year Under Source Fiscal Year Details 2009 To Fiscal Year Under Target Fiscal Year Details 2010 Select Execute Button Ignore the Warning Message Select "YES" Button Step 5 To Open Posting Periods for Year 2010 Generally in Live Environment we have 2 Periods Period A/c Year Fiscal Year Period to Open From Prd 1 Apr.2010 to March 2011 2010 1.2010 to 1.2010 ( Mandatory) From Prd 2 Apr.2009 to March 2010 2009 12.2009 to 12.2009 Use TC=OB52 → ENTER Select Position Button Posting Period Variant : PSL → ENTER Variant From. Prd F.Year To Prd F.Yr Frm.Prd 2 F.Yr ToPrd 2 F Yr PSL 1 2010 1 2010 12 2009 12 2009 → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 168
  • 169. If Accounts Department Finalized Profitabilty on 15.04.2010 for the year End 31.03.10 Management Adjustments to Post in Special Periods. How to Open Special Periods: From Period 1 Period to Open Fiscal Year ( Mandatory) 1.2010 to 1.2010 2010 From Period2 13.2009 to 13.2009 2009 (Optional) (Spl Prd 1 of 2009) WE have 4 Special Periods for each Fiscal Year which are part of March to make adjustments. 13, 14,15,16 part of Period 12. USE TC=OB52 for Variat PSL Frm.Prd 2 F.Yr To Prd.2 F.Yr 13 2009 13 2009 → SAVE How to Post to Special Periods ( F-02) Doc.Dt: 27.03.2009 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL Post.Dt: 27.03.2009 Post Key: 40 A/c: 400100 → ENTER Ignore Warning Message → ENTER System Shows Error that Post. Period Not in Open Change Period to : 13 → ENTER Ignore Warning Message → ENTER Amount: 500000 Buss.Area: PSLH Prepared by: Rao MH 169 Amount: 500000 Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Salary Provision Post Key: 50 A/c: 100500 → ENTER Amount: * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: + Menu---->Document---->Simulate & SAVE Go and See GL A/c Balance (FS10N) GL A/c: 400100 Comp. Code: PSL F.Year: 2009 Buss.Area: PSLH → Execute ( F8) We can See the Posting in Period 13. Prepared by: Rao MH 169
  • 170. Point 1 How to Creat a Folder: In Live Environment for Generating Reports or Statements is common and Frequently Required. So it is Difficult to remember or go to the Particular Report through Path or Remembering the Transaction Codes. So create a Folder and Keep all the Reports frequently required by Management in that Folder so as to acess them easily. Keep The Cursor on Favourites Menu---->Favourites---->Insert Folder Give the Folder Name : FI Reports → ENTER Point 2 How to Attach the Report to Folder : Keep the Cursor on FI Reports Folder Menu---->Favourites---->Insert Transactions Transaction Code : S_ALR_87011965 ( Asset Balances Report) Double click on Asset Balances Report We can see that System will go Directly to the Asset Balances Report Point 3 How to Attach a Report on Desktop: Go the The Asset Balances Report (Any Report which we want on Desktop) Select Generate a Shortcut Button On Right Top Some Important Topics & Reports in SAP Some Important Topics & Reports in SAP Some Important Topics & Reports in SAP Some Important Topics & Reports in SAP Prepared by: Rao MH 170 Select Generate a Shortcut Button On Right Top Description: Select ECC Server → ENTER Select OK to the Message --->SAP will Create Desktop Short cut of the Report Log Off the SAP Double Click on Asset Balances Icon on Desktop Give the Login Password → ENTER We can see that System will Go directly in to the Asset Balances Report. Point 4 How to View the Chart of Accounts: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting--->General Ledger--->Information System----> General Ledger Reports----> Master Data--->Chart of Accounts---->Chart of Accounts (TC=S_ALR_87012326) Chart of Accounts: PSL Select Execute Button We can See the Report of List of Accounts Created Point 5 How to Generate Trial Balance: Upto General Ledger Report Path is Same---->Account Balances---->Korea--->Trial Balance South Korea (TC=S_ALR_87012310) Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER Select Current Lay Out Button Keep the Fields GL A/c, GL Long Text, Cl Balances, and Hid other Fields → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 170
  • 171. For Trial Balance We have 2 types of Reports 1st General Report A/c No Descr. Op. Bal 16th Mnt 16th Mnt Acc. Acc. Cl. Bal Debit Credit Debit Credit 2nd Korea Repot It gives all Fields like in General Report but we can Hide the Fields which are not required. Hiding of Fields is not possible in General Report Point 6 Exporting Statements to Excel: From Menu--->Lists--->Export to Spread Sheets Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER Select Table Radio Button → ENTER → ENTER Once Again and SAVE Point 7 Printing the Ledger: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger---->Periodic Processing ----> Closing ---->Document---->Balances Audit Trial---->All Accounts--->General Ledger from Document File (TC=S_ALR_87100205) Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE Select Current Layout Button Keep the Fields Doc. No , Post. Date From Hidden Fields Column Select Text Field Prepared by: Rao MH 171 From Hidden Fields Column Select Text Field Select Left Arrow From Hidden Fields Column Select Dr. Amount in Local Currency Select Left Arrow from Hidden Fields Column Select Cr. Amount in Local Currency Select Left Arrow For Debit Amount in Local Currency and For Cr. Amount in Local Currency select Totals Check Box Select Copy Button Double Click on Doc. No to drill down into Voucher Select Callup Document Overview Button We can See the Voucher Report Point 8 How to View the Vendors List: Accounting---->Financial Accounting----->Accounts Payable---->Information System--> Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting ---->Master Data---->Vendors List (TC=S_ALR_87012086) Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE Point 9 How to View Vendorwise Purchases Report: Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same----> Vendor Balances---> Vendor Business (TC=S_ALR_87012093) Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE Prepared by: Rao MH 171
  • 172. Point 10 How to View the Outstanding List of Vendors: Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same--->Vendors Items---> List of Vendor Open Items for Printing (TC=S_ALR87012083) Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE Point 11 Agewise Analysis of Vendors: Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same--->Vendors Items---> Vendor Payment History with Open Items Sorted List (TC=S_ALR_87012085) Comp. Code: PSL Summarization Level: 0 Select Days Over Due Sorted List Check Box only but not Other Check Boxes → EXECUTE Point 12 Vendor Advances Report: Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same--->Vendors Items---> List of Down Payments Open on Key Data-Vendors (TC=S_ALR_87012105) Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE Point 13 Vendors Ledger ( Payables + Paid): Upto Reports for Accounts Payable Accounting Path is Same--->Vendors Items---> List of Vendor Line Items (TC=S_ALR_87012103) Prepared by: Rao MH 172 List of Vendor Line Items (TC=S_ALR_87012103) Comp. Code: PSL → EXECUTE Assets Reports Point 14 Depreciation Forecast: Accounting --->Financial Accounting --->Fixed Assets---->Information System----> Reports on Asset Accounting ---->Depreciation Forecast---->Depreciation on Capitalized Assets ( Depreciation Simulation ) (TC=S_ALR_87012936) Comp. Code: PSL Report Date: 31.03.2012 → EXECUTE ( Report for FY. 2009,2010,2011) Point 15 Depreciation Schedule as per Schedule VI of Companies Act: Information Systems--->Accounting ---->Financial Accounting ---->Fixed Assets----> Asset History Sheet ( TC=AR02) Comp. Code: PSL Report Date: 31.03.2010 Select Group Totals Only Radio button → EXECUTE We can See Report in Schedule VI Format Select Assets Button Double Click on Asset Retirements We can see the Asset Retirement Report Prepared by: Rao MH 172
  • 173. CREATION: In this Chapter we create Format for Balance Sheet and P& L Account . Each Company had its own Format. In India we have Companies Act Schedule VI format. In Client 000 for India SAP has given BAIN--- Balance Sheet and P& L A/c format FORMAT: Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Summary: Liabilities Share Capital Equity Share Capital 100000 Pre. Share Capital 100001 Reserves & Surplus Surplus in P& L A/c 100100 General Reserve 100101 Capital Reserve 100102 Secured Loans TL From Institutions 100310 TL From Banks 100311 Unsecured Loans Fixed Deposits 100400 Sales Tax Dept 100401 By using 0 to 9 lelvels we can get all 3 versions. In Live Environment we create 2 versions. 1st Version --------> Summary 2nd Version--------->Schedules FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS ( F S V ) FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS ( F S V ) FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS ( F S V ) FINANCIAL STATEMENT VERSIONS ( F S V ) Prepared by: Rao MH 173 CUSTOMIZATION: SPRO---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger A/c----->Business Transactions---->Closing Document---->Define Financial Statement Versions. Select New Entries Button Financial Statement Version: PSL ( Text Field) Name: Balance Sheet and P& L A/c Maintenance language: EN Select Item Keys Automatic Check Box Chart of Accounts PSL → SAVE Save in your request (or) Create your request. Select Financial Staatement Items Button Keep the Cursor on PSL Select Create Items Button Give the Itmes Like : Balance Sheet Profit & Loss Account Surplus/Loss Carried to Balance Sheet → ENTER Double Click on NO Text Exists against Liability & Equity Give the Item Liabilities → ENTER Double Click on NO Text Exists against Assets Item: Assets → ENTER Press Select Button Keep the Cursor on Balance Sheet Select Re Assaign Button Prepared by: Rao MH 173
  • 174. Select Subordinate Radio Button → ENTER keep the Cursor on Liabilities Press Select Button (F9) Keep the Cursor on Balance Sheet Select Re Assaign Button ( Shift +F6) Select Subordinate Radio Button → ENTER Keep the Cursor on P& L Account Select Create Items Button Give the Heads Like Income Expenditure → ENTER Keep the Cursor on Liablilites Select Create Iems Button Give the Heads Like Share Capital Reserves & Surplus Secured Loans Unsecured Loans → ENTER Keep the Cursor on Assets Select Create Items Button Give the Heads Like Net Fixed Assets Net Current assets Misc. Exp to the Extent Not Writtedn off → ENTER Keep the Cursor on Income Prepared by: Rao MH 174 Keep the Cursor on Income Select Create Item Buton Give the Heads Like Sales Other Income Inc/Dec in Stock → ENTER Keep the Cursor on Expenditure Select Create Item Button Give the Heads Like RM Consumption Personal Cost Manufacturing Exp Administration Exp Interest Depreciation → ENTER → ENTER to save in your request Double Click on No Text Exists against Net Result Profit Items: Surplus Transfer from P & L A/c → ENTER Keep the Cursor on Surplus Trnsfer from P& L A/c Press Select Button Keep the Cursor on Reserves & Surplus Select Reassaign Button Select Subordinate Radio Button → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 174
  • 175. Double Click on No Text Exists against Net Result Loss Item: Loss Transferred from P& L Account → ENTER Keep the Cursor on Loss Transfer from P& L A/c Press Select Button Keep the Cursor on Misc. Exp To the Extent Not Writtne Off Select Reassaign Button Select Subordinate Radio Button → ENTER & SAVE Assaignment of Accounts: We have to assaign to the Last Node. Keep the Cursor on Share Capital Select Assaign Accounts Button From A/c To A/c Debit Credit 100000 100099 √ √ 100101 199999 √ √ → ENTER Here we are assaigning only Share Capital. But in Live we have to assaign Respective Accounts to the Nodes Keep the Cursor on Net Fixed Assets From A/c To A/c Debit Credit 200000 299999 √ √ → ENTER Keep the Cursor on Sales Select Assaign Account Button From A/c To A/c Debit Credit 300000 399999 √ √ → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 175 300000 399999 √ √ → ENTER Keep the Cursor on RM Consumption Select Assaign Accounts Button From A/c To A/c Debit Credit 400000 499999 √ √ → ENTER Keep the Cursor on Surplus / Loss Carried To Balance Sheet Select Assaign Accounts Button From A/c Debit Credit 100100 √ √ → ENTER & SAVE How to Check All the Accounts Are Assaigned or Not ? Select Check Button ( Ctrl +F5) Select Not Assaigned Check Box → ENTER We can see the Message if any Accounts are not Assaigned , Lis of Accounts will appear Prepared by: Rao MH 175
  • 176. We are going to Create the Format for Liabilities Like Below Liabilities : Sources of Funds: Share Capital 100000 Equity Share Capital xxxxx 100001 Pre.Share Capital xxxxx 100002 Redeem Share Capital xxxxx xxxxx Reserves & Surplus 100100 Surplus in P& L A/c xxxxx 100101 General Reserve xxxxx 100102 Capital Reserve xxxxx xxxxx Secured Loans 100300 SBI Rupee Term Loan xxxxx 100301 SBI FC Term Loan xxxxx xxxxx Unsecured Loans 100400 Fixed Deposits xxxxx 100401 Sales Tax Department xxxxx xxxxx TOTAL LIABILITIES XXXXX Double Click on Liabilities Start of Groups: Liabilities Prepared by: Rao MH 176 Start of Groups: Liabilities End of Group Total Liabilities Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Share Capital Start Group: Sources of Funds End of Group Share Capital Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Reserves & Surpluses End of Group Reserves & Surpluses Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Assets Star of Group Assets End of Group Total Assets Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Net Fixed Assets Start of Groups: Application of Funds End of Group Net Fixed Assets Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Business Expenditure to the Extent Not Written off End of Group Buss. Exp to the Exent Not Written Off Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER & SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 176
  • 177. Double Click on P& L A/c Start of Groups: P& L A/c End of Group Profit /Loss for the Year Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Income Start of Groups: Income End of Group Total Income Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER & SAVE Double Click on Sales End of Group Sales Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Expenditure Start of Groups: Expenditure End of Group Total Expenditure Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on RM Consumption End of Group RM Consumption Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on Surplus / Loss Carried to B/S Start of Groups: Surplus/ Loss Carried to B/S End of Group Surplus/ Loss Carried to B/S Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER Double Click on No Text Exist against P& L Result Give the Item: Surplus / Loss Carried to B/s Prepared by: Rao MH 177 Give the Item: Surplus / Loss Carried to B/s End of Group Surplus / Loss Carried to B/s Select Display Total Check Box → ENTER & SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request Open One More Session to See Report : Accounting --->Financial Accounting ---->General Ledger----->Information System---->General Ledger Reports----->Balance Sheet ( Or) P& L Statement (Or) Cash Flow ---->General-----> Actual /Actual Comparisions----->Balance Sheet ( or) P& L Statement (TC=S_ALR_87012284) Comp. Code: PSL Buss. Area: PSLH Financial Statement Version: PSL Reporting Year : 2009 Reporting Periods: 1 t0 16 Comparision Year 2008 Comparision Periods 1 t0 16 Select Classical List Radio Button Select Special Evaluation Tab Balance Sheet Type 1 (Standard Financial Statement) Select Output Control Tab Comp. Code Summarization 1 (Balance Sheet for Company Code) Business Area Summarization 1 ( Balance Sheet for Business Area) Summary Report 3 (i.e., Level of Balance Sheet) * Comparision Type 1 ( % of Increase) ** Scaling 5/2 Select Execute Button ---> We can see the BALANCE SHEET AND P& L A/C Prepared by: Rao MH 177
  • 178. * Comparision Types: 2009 2008 Sales ( In Lakhs) 100 25 1st type : Percentage of Increase Current Year - Previous Year X 100 = 100-25 X 100 =300% 2nd Type: Percentage of Group Current Year x 100 = 100 x 100 =400% ** Scaling: Scale A) Full Rupee with Paise 0/2 B) Full Rupee without Paise 0/0 C) Rupees in Lakhs withoud Decimals 5/0 D) Rupees in Millions Without Decimals 6/0 E) Rupees in Crores Without Decimals 7/0 F) Rupee in Lakhs Thousands in Decimals 5/2 Ex: If Sales = Rupees In Lakhs 5= Thousands in 2 Dec= Previous Year 25 Previous Year 25 987654321.55 9876.5432155 9876.54 Prepared by: Rao MH 178 CASH FLOW STATEMENT AND RATIO ANALYSIS: SAP has given Cash Flow Statement and Ratio Analysis as Hardcoded in the Chart of Accounts. We have to copy the Format and Assaign our Accounts only. Cash Flow and Ratio Analysis are in Report Painter. PATH: SPRO---->Financial Accounts--->Information System----> Drill Down----> Reports ( GL A/c's)---->Form---->Define Form (TC=FS15) Double Click on Change Form Select Form Type 002 Folder Select OSAPAUDIT_01 ( RATION ANLYSIS) Double Click on form OSAPRATIO_03 ( Cash Flow Indirect) Prepared by: Rao MH 178
  • 179. New General Ledger ( Multiple Ledgers): This is the Concept given in ECC6.0 by SAP. For Indian Companies Financial Year is April to March. If an Indian Company is Registered in US Stock Exchange, it has to Submit Reports to Stock Exchange according to the Financial Year there in US ( ie., Jan to Dec). If The Same Company had its Group HeadQuarters in UK, it has to Submit Reports according to the Financial Year there ( i.e., July to June). So For One Company we are Creating Reports according to the Financial Year. In India Period of April is 01 but in US it is '04' and in UK it "10". So When we are posting a Transaction in the Period "04" for the Fiscal Year Variant V3( which is for India), it has to update the Posting Period '01' for the Fiscal Year Variant K4 ( for US) and Posting Period '10' for the PP Variant V6(for UK). Here we have the Concept of Leading Ledger and Non Leading Ledgers. Example: Company Location Financial Year FYVariant Ledger Group In India 1st April to31st March V3 0L Leading Ledger In US 1St Jan to 31st Dec K4 J1 Non Leading Led IN UK 1st July to 30th June V6 J2 Non Leading Led When we Create Ledger J1, Automatically Ledger Group J1 will be created and J1 ledger will be assaigned . At the Time of Posting , if we do not give any Ledger Group it will updates all the Ledgers. For Example, Gain on FC Revaluation in India and US it will be Trnasferred to P& L A/c as ECC 6.0 New Features ECC 6.0 New Features ECC 6.0 New Features ECC 6.0 New Features Prepared by: Rao MH 179 For Example, Gain on FC Revaluation in India and US it will be Trnasferred to P& L A/c as Other Income. But in UK it will Add to the Fixed Assets and calculate Depreciation Over the Life of Asset. We create a New Ledger Group J3 and assaign Ledgers 0L and J1. At the Time of Posting When we give Leder Group J3, and Post , it updates Ledgers 0L and J1. In Ledger Group One Ledger will be Representative Ledger and others will be Non Representative Ledgers. We have to Open the Periods in which Posting is done in Representative Ledgers. Eventhough the Periods for Non Representative Ledgers is not open, it will update the records. When the Ledger Group is Consisiting of Ledgers 0L an J1 always 0L will be the Leading Ledger or Representative Ledger When we Post a Document, System will generate Documents in non leading ledgers. In Live Environment, for All document types we will give only One Number Range for No range interval to post in Non Leading Ledgers. Customization: Step 1: Define Ledgers for GL Account: SPRO---->Financial Acccounting ( New)---->Financial Accounting Global Settings(New) ---->Ledgers---->Ledger--->Define Ledgers for GL A/c Select New Entries Button Ledger Description J1 (Text Field) Non Leading Ledger 1 for PSL Totals Table: FAGLFLEXT Prepared by: Rao MH 179
  • 180. Ledger Description J2 (Text Field) Non Leading Ledger 2 for PSL Totals Table: FAGLFLEXT → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER Once Again Ignore the Warning Message → ENTER Step 2. Define and Activate Non Leading Ledgers: Same Path ( Next Level to he Old Path) Ledger : J1 → ENTER select New Entries Button Comp. Fiscal Yr PPV Code Variant PSL K4 PSL → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request Select Back Arrow Button Ledger : J2 → ENTER select New Entries Button Comp. Fiscal Yr PPV Code Variant PSL V6 PSL → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request Prepared by: Rao MH 180 Step 3. Define Ledger Groups: Same Path ( Next Level to Last path) Select New Entries Button Ledger Group: J3 Description: Ledger Group for PSL → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request Select Ledger Group J3 Double Click on Ledger Assaignment Folder Select New Entries Button Ledger : 0L Select Representative Ledger Check Box Ledger: J1 De-select Representative Ledger Check Box → SAVE Step 4. Define Document Types for Entry View in a Ledger: SPRO--->Financial Accounting( New)---->Financaial Accounting Global Settings (New) ---->Document---->Document Types---->Define Doc. Types for Entry View in a Ledger Ledger: J1 → ENTER Select New Entries Button Type No. Range Type No. Range Type No. Range SA 61 ER 61 RE 61 AA 61 WA 61 RV 61 KR 61 WE 61 WL 61 → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request Prepared by: Rao MH 180
  • 181. Select Back Arrow Ledger: J2 → ENTER Select New Entries Button Type No. Range Type No. Range Type No. Range SA 62 ER 62 RE 62 AA 62 WA 62 RV 62 KR 62 WE 62 WL 62 → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request IN Live Environment We have to Give Number Range for all 51 Document Types Select Back Arrow Step 5 Define Document Types for General Ledger Group: Same Path ( Next Level to Old Path) Ledger: J1 → ENTER Select New Entries Button Type No. Range Type No. Range Type No. Range SA 63 ER 63 RE 63 AA 63 WA 63 RV 63 KR 63 WE 63 WL 63 → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request Ledger: J2 → ENTER Select New Entries Button Type No. Range Type No. Range Type No. Range SA 64 ER 64 RE 64 Prepared by: Rao MH 181 SA 64 ER 64 RE 64 AA 64 WA 64 RV 64 KR 64 WE 64 WL 64 → SAVE → ENTER to SAVE in your Request Step 6 Define Document No Ranges for Entry Group Upto Document Path is Same---->Document No. Ranges---->Documents in Entry View ---->Define Doc. No Ranges for Entry View Company Code: PSL Select Change Intevals Button Select Interval Button No. Range: 61 Year : 2009 From. No 800001 To No 900000 → ENTER Select Interval Button No. Range: 62 Year : 2009 From. No 900001 To No 1000000 → ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message → ENTER Prepared by: Rao MH 181
  • 182. Step 7 Define Document Number Ranges for General Ledger View: Upto Document Path is Same---->Document Number Range---->Doc. In General Ledger View---->Define Document Number Ranges for General Ledger View Comp. Code: PSL Select Change Interval Button No. Range Year From.No To No 63 2009 1 100000→ENTER Select Inteval Button 64 2009 100001 200000→ENTER & SAVE Ignore Warning Message and Press Enter As the Company is in India, it has Currncy of Indian Rupee. As it is Listed in US Stock Exchange, Trnasactions has to pass to that Ledger in USD. For UK, system should Pass Entries in GBP. So We need to Maintain Group Currency in SAP when we are using New GL Accounts Step 8 How to Maintain Group Currency GBP: Path: Tools ---->Administration--->Administration---->Client Administration---> Client Maintenance(Sec4) Select Client : 800 Select Details Button Menu---->Table View---->Display/Change Standard Currency: Change to GBP → SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 182 Step 9 How to Maintain Hard Currency USD per Country India: SPRO---->SAP Net weaver---->General Settings---->Set Countries--->Define Countries in my SAP Systems Select Positon Button Country : IN ( India) → ENTER Select IN Select Details Button Language : EN Hard Currency: USD → SAVE → ENTER to save in your Request. Step 10 Define Currencies for Leading Ledger: SPRO--->Financial Accounting(New)-->Financial Accounting Global Settings(New) --->Ledger---->Ledger---->Define Currencies of Leading Ledger Select Company Code: 1000 Select Copy As Button Change Company Code to : PSL Select Save or Ctrl + S → ENTER to save in your Request. Step 11 Define and Activate Non Leading Ledgers: Same Path Ledger : J1 → ENTER For Currency 2{C2}: 40 ( Select for USD) → SAVE → ENTER to save in your Request. Select Back Arrow Ledger : J2 → ENTER For Currency 2{C2}: 30 ( Select for GBP) → SAVE → ENTER to save in your Request. Prepared by: Rao MH 182
  • 183. END USER AREA: Step 1. Posting to New General Ledger: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting --->General Ledger---->Posting --->Enter GL Posting for Ledger Group (TC=FB01L) 1st Doc. Doc. Dt: 15.08.09 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL Ledger Group: Keep Blank (to Update all Ledgers) Post Key: 40 A/c: 200105 → ENTER Amount: 200000 Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Equity Share Capital Receipt Post.Key: 50 A/c: 100000 → ENTER Amount: * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----->Document----->Simulate & SAVE 2nd Doc. Doc. Dt: 15.08.09 Type: SA Comp. Code: PSL Ledger Group: J3 Post Key: 40 A/c: 200105 → ENTER Amount: 100000 Buss.Area: PSLH Text: Equity Share Capital Receipt Post.Key: 50 A/c: 100000 → ENTER Amount: * Buss.Area: PSLH Text: + Menu----->Document----->Simulate & SAVE Prepared by: Rao MH 183 How to View the New Ledger: Accounting ---->Financial Accounting---->General Ledger---->Accounting ----> Display Balances ( New) (TC=FAGLB03) A/c # 100000 ( Equity Share Capital) Comp. Code: PSL Fiscal Year: 2009 → EXECUTE (F8) Double Click on Cumilative Balance 500000 How to View the Document: Select Document Number Check Box Select Display Document Button Select Callup Document Overview Button select Back Arrow 3 times Select Choose Ledger Button Change Ledger to J2 → ENTER → EXECUTE(F8) Double Click on Cumilative Balance 200000 NOTE: IT IS ADVICED TO PRACTICE ECC 6.0 FEATURES AFTER COMPLEATING ALL OTHER TOPICS AS THERE WILL BE SOME CONFIGURATION PROBLEMS. END OF FINANCIALS Prepared by: Rao MH 183